the graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

350
THE GRAVEN PALM A MANUAL OF THE SCIENCE OF PALMISTRY BY MRS. ROBINSON " In the hand of all the sons of men God places marks, that all the sons of men may know their own works." Chaldean Version of the Book of Job. Ch. xxxvi. 7 " Behold I have graven thee upon the palms of My hands."! ISA. xlix. i6 LONDON EDWARD ARNOLD 1911 [All rights reserved] K/'LAM 5 Q;/25, /f THE GRAVEN PALM A MANUAL OF THE SCIENCE OF PALMISTRY BY l/IRS. ROBINSON I tl l cl f ll th f G d pl marks, that all tl f 5 k th k C N BOOK OF ]OB. Ch. Xxxvi. 7 B h ld I h g th p th p l fMy hzmds."I ISA. xlix. 16 LONDON EDWARD ARNOLD IQII [A ZZ rzlghfs res wed] I

Upload: vuongdan

Post on 02-Jan-2017

251 views

Category:

Documents


8 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE GRAVEN PALM

A MANUAL OF THE SCIENCE OF

PALMISTRY

BY

MRS. ROBINSON

" In the hand of all the sons of men God places marks, that all

the sons of men may know their own works."

Chaldean Version of the Book of Job.

Ch. xxxvi. 7

" Behold I have graven thee upon the palms of My hands."!

ISA. xlix. i6

LONDONEDWARD ARNOLD

1911

[All rights reserved]

K/'LAM 5 Q;/25, /f

THE GRAVEN PALM

A MANUAL OF THE SCIENCE OF

PALMISTRY

BY

l/IRS. ROBINSON

I tl l cl f ll th f G d pl marks, that all

tl f 5 k th k

C N BOOK OF ]OB.Ch. Xxxvi. 7

B h ld I h g th p th p l fMy hzmds."IISA. xlix. 16

LONDON

EDWARD ARNOLD

IQII

[A ZZ rzlghfs res wed]

I

Page 2: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE LIBKATtT

CPJGHAM YOUNG UNIVERSITT

PROVO, UTAH

{'»'v`

THE LIBRARY

BIHGHAM YOUNG IJNIVERSTFY

PROVO, UTAH

Page 3: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

PEEFACE

In presenting this volume to the public, I crave their kind

indulgence for all its imperfections, asking them only to

reserve their opinion of it until they have carefully read

from cover to cover.

I have tried to express myself as clearly and simply as

possible, and I think that, if the pictures are studied

attentively in the sequence in which they are placed (not

looked at haphazard), my readers will find that Palmistry

is a Science, though as yet an inexact one, and meant, if

interpreted rightly, to be a guide and assistance to us on

our journey through life.

I doubt whether I should ever have attempted to write

a book at all had I not received so much encouragement

from many clever and well-known persons, amongst them

the late Sir Walter Besant, who assured me that he

believed a book of mine would be well received by many.

I should also like to take this opportunity of thanking

my many friends and clients for their kindness to me

during the nineteen years I have been a professional.

A. ROBINSON.

October, 1911.

PREFACE

IN presenting this volume to the public, I crave their kind

indulgence for all its imperfections, asking them only to

reserve their opinion of it until they have carefully read

from cover to cover.

I have tried to express myself as clearly and simply' as

possible, and I think that, if the pictures are studied

attentively in the sequence in which they are placed (notlooked at haphazard), my readers Will ind that Palmistry

is a Science, though as yet an inexact one, and meant, if

interpreted rightly, to be a guide and assistance to us on

our journey through life.

I doubt Whether I should ever have attempted to Write

a book at all had I not received so much encouragementfrom many clever and Well-known persons, amongst them

the late Sir Walte1" Besant, Who assured me that he

believed a book of mine would be Well received by many.

I should also like to take this opportunity of thanking

my many friends and clients for their kindness to me

during the nineteen years I have been a professional.A. ROBINSON.

October, 1911.

V

Page 4: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry
Page 5: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

CONTENTS

CHAPTER

I. INTRODUCTORY

II. THE HAND -- " "

III. THE MOUNTS - - ' '

IV. THE LINE OF LIFE

V. THE LINE OF HEART -

VI. THE LINE OF HEAD -

VII. THE LINE OF FATE

VIII. THE LINES OF FORTUNE AND OF FAME

IX. THE LINE OF HEALTH

X. OTHER LINES AND MARKS

XL THE MOUNT OF VENUS

XII. ILLUSTRATED HANDS -

PA GE

1

34

62

73

95

103

116

120

126

148

173

245

8 PLATES—FAMOUS HANDS - Between Images 324 and 325

INDEX326

Vll

Page 6: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

V

'i

Page 7: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE GKAVEN PALM

CHAPTER I

INTRODUCTORY

I HAVE often been asked to write a book on tlie subject of

Palmistry^ but hitherto have had no desire to do so, as I

felt that it would take months of continuous labour to bring

out a book which would set forth and explain my system

clearly and comprehensively ; and, also, my life was for manyyears such a busy one, owing to my professional work, that

it was difficult to find sufficient leisure in which to attempt

so great an undertaking. As it has, however, been very

clearly brought home to me that a great many people have

now learnt my system—I myself having had many pupils in

the past, and these in their turn having had pupils of their

own—it seemed that it was only just to myself to write a

short sketch of my method of looking at the hand and of

interpreting the lines before the system, which I had

myself discovered, became quite an old story.

Palmistry is one of the most ancient sciences in the

world, and Desbarrolles, the great French palmist, says

that it emanated from India. It is known that the

Chaldeans were adepts in the art of hand-reading, and

that it was much practised in Egypt, and afterwards in

Grreece. Many ancient writers refer to it, amongst them1

THE GRAVEN PALM

CHAPTER I

INTRODUCTORY

I HAVE often been asked to write a book on the subject of

Palmistry, but hitherto have l1ad no desire to do so, as I

felt that it would take months of continuous labour to bringout a book which would set forth and explain my systemclearly and comprehensively ; and, also, my life was for many

years such a busy one, owing to my professional work, that

it was difficult to find sufficient leisure in which to attemptso great an undertaking. As it has, however, been very

clearly brought home to me that a great many people have

now learnt my system-I myself having had many pupils in

the past, and these in their turn having had pupils of their

own-it seemed that it was only just to myself to write a

short sketch of my method of looking at the hand and of

interpreting the lines before the system, which I had

myself discovered, became quite an old story.Palmistry is one of the most ancient sciences in the

world, and Desbarrolles, the great French palmist, saysthat it emanated from India. It is known that the

Chaldeans were adepts in the art of hand-reading, and

that it was 1nucl1 practised in Egypt, and afterwards in

Greece. Many ancient writers refer to it, amongst them

1

Page 8: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

2 THE GEAVEN PALM

Anaxagoras (428 B.C.), and, in later times, Josephus (in

the first century a.d.) .

The science, as we now have it, is unfortunately most

incomplete. We undoubtedly know far less upon the

subject than was known by the ancients, as, during many

hundreds of years, palmistry fell into disrepute, and was

classed as a form of witchcraft : in fact, as Desbarrolles

says, the science was long lost to the world, and was only

recovered by an erudite savant, Eliphas Levi (Alphonse

Louis Constant), the author of a clever work on the Kabbala.

Another reason for the incompleteness of the subject is

that there is no general rule which can be applied un-

failingly to every hand with reference to dates, and with

regard to the interpretation of those lines which are directly

under the influence of the subject's own character.

It is a great error to imagine that, because some people

are often clever interpreters of the lines, they should there-

fore be infallible, and never liable to make mistakes.

Palmistry is a science, but as yet an inexact one, insomuch

as every hand is of a diiferent size and shape, and, in conse-

quence, no uniform standard of measurement can be used

really successfully in every case. Each hand has to be

interpreted alone, just as each life has to be lived alone.

I propose in this little book giving a few directions,

which will, I trust, enable my readers to tell others what

has happened to them in the past with the approximate

dates, and will also be a guide to them in foretelling the

probable dates at which events are likely to occur in the

future. It will be many times more useful and interestmg

to be able to do this, when reading a hand, than to give,

however correctly, any number of vague generalities.

Practical palmistry is what is really needed. Such vague

remarks, for instance, as the following: " You have signs

which show that you will become famous,'' "that you will

2 THE GRAVEN PALM

Anaxagoras (428 B.C.), and, in later times, Josephus (in

the first century A.D.>.The science, as we now have it, is unfortunately most

incomplete. VVe undoubtedly know far less upon the

subject than was known by the ancients, as, during many

hundreds of years, palmistry fell into disrepute, and was

classed as a form of witchcraft: in fact, as Desbarrolles

says, the science was long lost to the world, and was only

recovered by an erudite savant, Eliphas Levi (Alphonse

Louis Constant) ,the author of a clever work on the Kabbala.

Another reason for the incompleteness of the subject is

that there is no general rule which can be applied un-

failingly to every hand with reference to dates, and with

regard to the interpretation of those lines which are directly

under the influence of the subject's own character.

lt is a great error to imagine that, because some people

are often clever interpreters of the lines, they should there-

fore be infallible, and never liable to make mistakes.

Palmistry is science, but as yet an inexact one, insomuch

as every hand is of a different size and shape, and, in conse-

quence, no uniform standard of measurement can be used

really successfully in every case. Each hand has to be

interpreted alone, just as each life has to be lived alone.

I propose ini this little book giving a few directions,

which will, I trust, enable my readers to tell others what

has happened to them in the past with the approximate

dates, and will also be a guide to them in foretelling the

probable dates at which events are likely to occur in the

future. It will be many times more useful and interesting

to be able to do this, when reading a hand, than to give,

however correctly, any number of vague generalities.Practical palmistry is what is really needed. Such vague

remarks, for instance, as the following: "You have signs

which show that you will become famous,"" that you will

Page 9: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

• INTRODUCTORY 3

be unlucky/^ ^^ that you will have a serious accident/^ etc.,

are all of little use and most unsatisfactory, unless the

palmist is able to give the correct dates in every case,

certain in the past and probable in the future.

Character shown by the Hand.—We will suppose that the

palmist has read the character of the subject correctly fromthe shape of his hands, the comparative lengths of palmand fingers, and the relative sizes of the mounts. Heshould then be able in nearly every case to give the exact

age of the subject, and should be able to state what profes-

sion, if any, he has entered or intends to enter, and then,

keeping these characteristics in view, he should be guided

by them in applying the lines of success or non-success

during the entire reading of the hand.

He should thus be able to give the exact date at whichthe subject's success or fame commenced and when the

zenith was reached, and be able to point out whether there

were intermediate years of comparative failure or not.

It is of the greatest possible importance in palmistry to

observe the mutual interdependence of cause and effect, onespecific action producing, necessarily, various combinationsand sequences of events ; these resulting, as the student

will soon perceive, almost entirely from the character of the

individual—for character is fate.

Character, truly, is life and fate to a very great extent.

As the character develops, and as the intellect is educated,

so the lines either deepen or alter, or, in some rare cases,

almost entirely disappear.

For example, some people are born with the line indicating

an hereditary tendency to drink or the drug habit. If

education and surroundings both go towards correcting this

tendency, the line which indicates this terrible evil will

either not develop, or will, as I have already said, almost

disappear ; whereas, if education and habit had both gone

`

INTRGDUCTORY 3

be unlucky," "that you Will have a serious accident," etc.,are all of little use and most unsatisfactory, unless the

palmist is able to give the correct dates in every case,

certain in the past and probable in the future.

Character shown by the Hand:-VVe will suppose that the

palmist has read the character of the subject correctly from

the shape of his hands, the comparative lengths of palmand fingers, and the relative sizes of t-he mounts. Heshould then be able in nearly every case to give the exact

age of the subject, and should be able to state what profes-sion, if any, he has entered or intends to enter, and then,keeping these characteristics in view, he should be guidedby them in applying the lines of success or non-success

during the entire reading of the hand.

He should thus be able to give the exact date at which

the subject's success or fame commenced and when thezenith was reached, and be able to point out whether thereWere intermediate years of comparative failure or not.

It is of the greatest possible importance in palmistry to

observe the mutual interdependence of cause and effect, one

specific action producing, necessarily, various combinationsand sequences of events 5 these resulting, as the studentWill soon perceive, almost entirely from the character of theindividual-for character is fate.

Character, truly, is life and fate to a very great extent.

As the character develops, and as the intellect is educated,so the lines either deepen or alter, or, in some rare cases

almost entirely disappear.For example, some people are born with the line indicating

an hereditary tendency to drink or the drug habit. Ifeducation and surroundings both go towards correcting this

)

tendency, the line which indicates this terrible evil willeither not develop, or Will, as I have already said, almost

disappear, Whereas, if education and habit had both gone

Page 10: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

4 THE GEAYEN PALM

towards developing the tendency, the line would have

greatly increased and deepened. I know cases m which

exactly what I have described has occurred.

Hence my own feeling is that a firm belief in palmistry

prevents one from being a fatalist with regard to any

events of the life which depend on our own personal actions

and efforts. To think otherwise would be to do away

altogether with a belief in free will.

But the student must also be prepared for what may be

called fatality lines : viz., lines which indicate events over

which the subject can have no control whatever—such as

deaths and unavoidable accidents, which can be in no way

occasioned by the subject's own character.

Whenever you hear people speak of palmistry as the

"black art/' or—to use their mildest expression—" humbug,''

you may be quite certain that those people have no

practical knowledge whatever of the subject they condemn.

The kindest would say, ^ But surely there is no great

difference in the markings on different hands!they all

look much alike." And yet it would, nevertheless, be difficult

to find nowadays anyone who is sceptical with regard to

the accuracy of the wonderful collection of criminal finger-

prints at Scotland Yard—no two of which have ever been

found to be alike—the lines being so graven into the inner

part of the first phalange of the thumb that no amount of

doctoring and scraping, such as escaped criminals have

been known to resort to, has ever succeeded m altering

them. ,

Again, sceptics will say :" It is only the few silly people

who have any belief in all this rubbish." In reply, I can

only say that my clients during the last nineteen years have

been largely composed of deeply thinking, clever people.

Then the sceptic says: "Yes, but it is only the very few

who have ever believed; the majority look upon it with

4 THE GRAVEN PALM

towards developing the tendency, the line would have

greatly increased and deepened. I know cases in which

exactly what I have described has occurred.

Hence my own feeling is that a firm belief in palmistry

prevents one from being a fatalist with regard to any

events of the life which depend on our own personal actions

and efforts. To think otherwise would be to do away

altogether with a belief in free will.

But the student must also be prepared for what may be

called fatality lines: viz., lines which indicate events over

which the subject can have no control whatever-such as

deaths and unavoidable accidents, which can be in no way

occasioned by the subject's own character.

VVhenever you hear people speak of palmistry as the

"black art," or-to use their inildest expression-~" humbug,"

you may be quite certain that those people have no

practical knowledge whatever of the subject they condemn.

The kindest would say, "But surely there is no great

difference in the markings on different hands! they all

look much alike." And yet it would, nevertheless, be difficult

to find nowadays anyone who is sceptical with regard to

the accuracy of the wonderful collection of criminal linger-

prints at Scotland Yard-no two of which have ever been

found to be alike--the lines being so graven into the inner

part of the first phalange of the thumb that no amount of

doctoring and scraping, such as escaped criminals have

been known to resort to, has ever succeeded in altering

them.

Again, sceptics will say :" It is only the few silly people

who have any belief in all this rubbish." In reply, I can

only say that my clients during the last nineteen years have

been largely composed of deeply thinking, clever people.

Then the sceptic says: "Yes, but it is only the very few

who have ever believed; the majority look upon it with

Page 11: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

INTRODUCTORY 5

distrust and scorn." But are the majority always right ?

As a Christian girl once, in heated argument, said to an

audience composed almost entirely of Jewish friends :" How

can you say that the majority are always right ? Don't

you remember that the majority voted for Barabbas V^

Certainly, in this decade particularly, we ought to place

very little dependence on majorities, composed of ignorant

individuals, who have no real knowledge of the issues at

stake.

Yery often has this question been asked me :" Is it

equally easy to read the hands of all the people who con-

sult you?'' My answer has always been emphatically,

" No, not by any means." I have read hundreds of hands

as easily as one can read a page of well-printed history. I

have stumbled over many others, as one stumbles over a

badly-printed book read by an insufficient light ; and I have

been nonplussed by others, as one Avould be when trying

to read a book written in a foreign language of which one

had but a limited knowledge ; and a very few stand out in

my memory reminding me of a hieroglyphic papyrus to

which the Egyptologist had no key.

Hands differ just as people do. Grenerally speaking, it

is easier to read a woman's than a man's hand, because, in

the first place, women usually have more lines upon their

hands than men have ; and, secondly, because a woman lives

her life so very much more vividly than a man does, that

even trivial details are often marked upon her hands, and

this marking of minor events is of great service to a

palmist.

Even the very cleverest reader of hands only sees, as it

were, " through a glass darkly," and is often at a loss how

to unravel the mysteries of the numerous and intricate lines

which are to be found upon the hands of so many people.

Often, too, when reading a man's hand, the palmist finds

INTRODUCTORY 5

distrust and scorn." But are the majority always right?As a Christian girl once, in heated argument, said to an

audience composed almost entirely of Jewish friends :" How

can you say that the majority are always right? Don't

you remember that the majority voted for Barabbas ?"

Certainly, in this decade particularly, we ought to place

very little dependence on majorities, composed of ignorantindividuals, who have no real knowledge of the issues at

stake.

Very often has this question been asked me: "Is it

equally easy to read the hands of all the people who con-

sult you ?" My answer has always been emphatically," No, not by any means." I have read hundreds of hands

as easily as one can read a page of well-printed history. I

have stumbled over many others, as one stumbles over a

badly-printed book read by an insufficient light ; and lf have

been nonplussed by others, as one would be when tryingto read a book written in a foreign language of which one

had but a limited knowledge ; and a very few stand out in

my memory reminding me of a hieroglyphic papyrus to

which the Egyptologist had no key.Hands differ just as people do. Generally speaking, it

is easier to read a woman' s than a 1'Il2LI]JS hand, because, in

the first place, women usually have more lines upon their

hands than men have 3 and, secondly, because a woman lives

her life so very much more vividly than a man does, that

even trivial details are often marked upon her hands, and

this marking of minor events is of great service to a

palmist.Even the very cleverest reader of hands only sees, as it

were, "through a glass darkly," and is often at a loss how

to unravel the mysteries of the numerous and intricate lines

which are to be found upon the hands of so many people.Often, too, when reading a nian's hand, the palmist finds

Page 12: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

6 THE GRAVEN PALM

that many of the finer lines have either been rubbed out or

blistered over by rowing, cricket, riding, bicycling, or the

use of Indian clubs, sword exercise, etc., and in these cases

those who have never tried the experiment will be surprised

to find what a difference it will generally make to rub or

massage the hand of the subject for a few seconds before

commencing to read the lines. I have, in these cases,

frequently felt at first almost despondent of being able to

distinguish the small lines, by which the lesser incidents of

life are shown ; but after doing this the lines would often

begin to show up quite clearly.

It is altogether an erroneous idea to suppose that lines on

the hand are ever caused by the position in which we hold

our hands, or by the clasping or clenching of them, or by

the numberless different movements which the daily use of

our hands necessitates.

Very little study will convince any open-minded person

of this fact. It will be noticed, too, that the hands of a

young baby are as full of lines as those of a grown-up

person ; also that the hands of women who have never done

any manual work have many more lines than the hands of

those who are constantly doing hard manual labour, or

riding, driving, playing hockey, or golf, etc. I remember

on one occasion looking at the hand of a blacksmith: I

say " looking,'' advisedly ; there was nothing to tell, for he

had no lines. It is also a curious fact that people whose

arms have been paralyzed from the effect of gunshot wounds

and similar causes lose temporarily almost all the lines in

their hands, which, however, return and deepen as they

regain the use of the limb. I have seen several remarkable

cases of this kind, notably that of an officer badly wounded

in the South African War, and that of a celebrated naval

man wounded at Tientsin during the Chinese War of

1900, whose hand I had the pleasure of reading again

6 THE GRAVEN PALM

that many of the finer lines have either been rubbed out or

blistered over by rowing, cricket, riding, bicycling, or the

use of Indian clubs, sword exercise, etc., and in these cases

those who have never tried the experiment will be surprisedto ind what a difference it will generally make to rub or

massage the hand of the subject for a few seconds before

commencing to read the lines. I have, in these cases,

frequently felt at first almost despondent of being able to

distinguish the small lines, by which the lesser incidents of

life are shown; but after doing this the lines would often

begin to show up quite clearly.It is altogether an erroneous idea to suppose that lines on

the hand are ever caused by the position in which we hold

our hands, or by the clasping or clenching of them, or bythe numberless different movements which the daily use of

our hands necessitates.

Very little study will convince any open-minded person

of this fact. It will be noticed, too, that the hands of a

young baby are as full of lines as those of a grown-up

person; also that the hands of women who have never done

any manual work have many more lines than the hands of

those who are constantly doing hard manual labour, or

riding, driving, playing hockey, or golf, etc. I remember

on one occasion looking at the hand of a blacksmith: I

say"

looking," advisedly5 there was nothing to tell, for he

had no lines. It is also a curious fact that people whose

arms have been paralyzed from the effect of gunshot wounds

and similar causes lose temporarily almost all the lines in

their hands, which, however, return and deepen as they

regain the use of the limb. I have seen several remarkable

cases of this kind, notably that of an officer badly wounded

in the South African War, and that of a celebrated naval

man wounded at Tientsin during the Chinese War of

1900, whose hand I had the pleasure of reading again

Page 13: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

INTRODUCTORY 7

not long ago, when all his lines were once more fully

en evidence.

Apart from those people, the lines on whose hands have

been blurred or erased by manual labour or strenuous out-

door games, the palmist has to deal with another type

viz., people whose hands it is difficult and indeed wellnigh

impossible to read on account of the real absence of the

smaller and finer lines. These are, as a rule, the hands of

thoroughly selfish people : men or women upon whom the

vicissitudes of life leave little or no impression, so long as

their own immediate wants and desires are gratified, and

whose natures are callous and indifferent to the troubles of

others.

But these hands are in the minority ; and even in hands

showing many selfish and evil tendencies, there are con-

stantly to be found redeeming and really fine qualities. Of

the selfish and sensual hand I have found two types : the

one in which the hands, even though belonging to men who

do not indulge in any outdoor exercises likely to roughen

them, are without the smaller and finer lines ; the other, in

which the hands are simply covered with fine lines—these

lines being treacherous and not to be depended upon,

because circumstances which affect the subject's comfort

only assume undue importance, and those other events,

which would in a less selfish hand be shown very distinctly,

leave comparatively little or no impression. But one must

not by any means jump to the conclusion that the fact of a

man having few fine lines in his hand necessarily denotes

a selfish and sensual nature. There are many men of high

and noble character whose buoyancy of spirit enables them

to rise above the small minor troubles of life ; and in the

hands of such men the small fine lines are often not marked?

and thus only the events of great importance in their lives

are shown; but these can, in this case, be read with ease.

INTRODUCTORY 7

not long ago, when all his lines were once more fullyen evidence.

Apart from those people, the lines on Whose hands have

been blurred or erased by manual labour or strenuous out-

door games, the palmist has to deal with another type--

viz., people whose hands it is diflicult and indeed wellnigh

impossible to read on account of the real absence of the

smaller and finer lines. These are, as a rule, the hands of

thoroughly selfish people: men or women upon whom the

vicissitudes of life leave little or no impression, so long as

their own immediate wants and desires are gratified, and

whose natures are callous and indifferent to the troubles of

others.

But these hands are in the minority 5 and even in hands

showing many selfish and evil tendencies, there are con-

stantly to be found redeeming and really fine qualities. Cf

the selfish and sensual hand I have found two types: the

one in which the hands, even though belongingito men who

do not indulge in any outdoor exercises likely to roughenthem, are without the smaller and finer lines 5 the other, in

which the hands are simply covered with fine lines-these

lines being treacherous and not to be depended upon,

because circumstances which affect the subject's comfortonly assume undue importance, and those other events,

which would in a less selfish hand be shown very distinctly,leave comparatively little or no impression. But one must

not by any means jump to the conclusion that the fact of a

man having few fine lines in his hand necessarily denotes

a selfish and sensual nature. There are many men of highand noble character whose buoyancy of spirit enables them

to rise above the small minor troubles of life 5 and in the

hands of such men the small fine lines are often not marked:

and thus only the events of great importance in their lives

are shown 5 but these can, in this case, be read with ease.

Page 14: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

8 THE GRAVEN PALM

I could give many instances of having read the hands of

men of this type correctly from beginning to end, giving

the exact date of every event of importance which had

taken place in the past, and I have been able in many of

these cases to foretell the future equally correctly. I have

also found the hands of some persons of admirable character

more difficult to read than one could have believed possible.

These are the hands of the very, very few people who are

actually capable of being stronger than their fate : who by

sheer strength of will have been able to conquer their lower

nature, and thereby to alter the whole bent of their lives.

It must be borne in mind, too, when examining a hand

with many fine lines, that lines on the hands of some people

show great material changes, while those on the hands of

others show few material, but great mental, changes.

Palmists, of course, often have to deal with people whose

one idea is to endeavour to puzzle or confuse them. I have

had myself some strange instances of this. For example,

I one day had an interview with a gentleman who, before

I had even looked at his hand, said to me :" I think it will

simplify matters if I tell you that I am in the army." He

spoke in so apparently truthful a manner that I believed

what he said, and though very much astonished at finding

a man with his type of hand to be a soldier, simply accepted

his word, and applied that rendering to the lines of success

marked upon his hand, saying, "You were successful in

your profession at such and such ages," and so on. He

assured me that I was wonderfully correct in my delineation

of his hand, and, staying only a short time, departed.

Since then I have repeatedly heard from many people that

this particular gentleman, whose name I now know, con-

sidered I was no good at all, because I had told him that

he was in the army

!

People have tried very hard to puzzle me by giving me

8" TI-IE GRAVEN PALM

I could give many instances of having read the hands of

men of this type correctly from beginning to end, givingthe exact date of every event of importance which had

taken place in the past, and I have been able in many of

these cases to foretell the future equally correctly. I have

also found the hands of some persons of admirable character

more difiicult to read than one could have believed possible.These are the hands of the very, very few people who are

actually capable of being stronger than their fate : who bysheer strength of will have been able to conquer their lower

nature, and thereby to alter the whole bent of their lives.

It must be_ borne in mind, too, when examining a hand

with many fine lines, that lines on the hands of some peopleshow great material changes, while those on the hands of

others show few material, but great mental, changes.Palmists, of course, often have to deal with people whose

one idea is to endeavour to puzzle or confuse them. I have

had myself some strange instances of this. For example,I one day had an interview with a gentleman who, before

I had even looked at his hand, said to me :" I think it will

simplify matters if I tell you that I am in the army." He

spoke in so apparently truthful a manner that I believed

what he said, and though very much astonished at Endinga man with his type of hand to be a soldier, simply acceptedhis word, and applied that rendering to the lines of success

marked upon his hand, saying, "You were successful in

your profession at such and such ages," and so on. He

assured me that I was wonderfully correct in my delineation

of his hand, and, staying only a slfort time, departed.Since then I have repeatedly heard from many people that

this particular gentleman, whose name I now know, con-

sidered I was no good at all, because I had told him that

he was in the army!People have tried very hard to puzzle me by giving me

Page 15: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

INTRODUCTORY 9

misleading names before their interviews. I have received

telegrams purporting to be from celebrated Members of

Parliament—the senders of which generally turned out to

be impecunious subalterns in a line regiment, about whose

personality I was never for a moment deceived.

On two distinct occasions two would-be lady clients

gave their names as the Countess of , though the real

possessor of the title given has not, to my knowledge, ever

as yet consulted me.

On another occasion, after reading the hand of a gentle-

man, he said :" How is it that you have not mentioned my

wife at all ?" I felt covered with confusion at my stupidity,

and searched anxiously for the missing line, and, not being

able to find it, said :" I am so sorry, but I fear your wife

has made no impression on your hand, for I cannot find

her line.^^ I heard afterwards that this gentleman said

that he really believed I was not a humbug. He had never

been married at all

!

I am, however, glad to be able to say that, out of the

many thousands of hands I have read, there are only a

very few whom I have not sent away more or less believing

in the science of palmistry.

I have had the funniest experiences with people whohave good-naturedly tried to deceive me as to their identity.

For instance, clergymen have often come dressed in plain

clothes, married women minus wedding-rings, unmarried

women with wedding-rings, well-known ladies with thick

black crepe veils concealing their faces (in fact, there is

one lady client who has often consulted me during the last

nineteen years whom I know only as " the veiled lady,^^

for I have never seen her face, nor do I know her name,

she having always worn a very thick doubled veil, as she

prefers—she tells me—to maintain her incognito) ; and I

think I can honestly say that I have never been really

INTRODUCTORY 9

misleading names before their interviews. I have received

telegrams purporting to be from celebrated Members of

Parliament-the senders of which generally turned out to

be impecunious subalterns in a line regiment, about whose

personality I was never for a moment deceived.

On two distinct occasions two would-be lady clients

gave their names as the Countess of 1, though the real

possessor of the title given has not, to my knowledge, ever

as yet consulted ine.

On another occasion, after reading the hand of a gentle-man, he said :

" How is it that you have not mentioned my

wife at all ?" I felt covered with confusion at niy stupidity,and searched anxiously for the missing line, and, not beingable to find it, said: "I am so sorry, but I fear your wife

has made no impression on your hand, for I cannot find

her line." I heard afterwards that this gentleman said

that he really believed I was not a humbug. He had never

been married at all!

I am, however, glad to be able to say that, out of the

many thousands of hands I have read, there are only a

very few whom I have not sent away more or less believingin the science of palmistry.

I have had the funniest experiences with people who

have good-naturedly tried to deceive me as to their identity.For instance, clergymen have often come dressed in plainclothes, married women minus wedding-rings, unmarried

women with wedding-rings, well-known ladies with thick

black crepe veils concealing their faces (in fact, there is

one lady client who has often consulted me during the last

nineteen years whom I know only as "the veiled lady,"for I have never seen her face, nor do I know her name,

she having always worn a very thick doubled veil, as she

prefers--she tells me-to maintain her incognito); and I

think I can honestly say that I have never been really

Page 16: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

10 THE GIKAVEN PALM

deceived on any occasion of this kind as to the profession

or status of my client. Once in particular I very mucli

prided myself upon telling a charming and very celebrated

actress the events of a most remarkable career quite

correctly, though I read her hand while her face was con-

cealed by an absolutely impenetrable veil. Directly I had

finished the delineation she courteously removed her veil

and told me how correct I had been.

Palmists, like everybody else, want fair play. Some

years ago a well-known novelist devoted some two

columns of a lady's paper to a description of an interview

with me, in which he endeavoured to prove that all that

I had told him with regard to his character, life, and the

name that I had read in his hand, etc., was entirely achieved

by face and thought-reading. But he quite forgot to

mention one little fact in his article—namely, that the visit

he so graphically described was the second one he had paid

me, and that the first words which he said to me on the

occasion of this our second interview were, how marvellously

everything I had told him two years before had come to pass.

For I had given him the date of his quite unexpected

emergence from the chrysalis stage of obscure journalism

into the empyrean realms peopled by successful novehsts.

Of course, the best palmists make many mistakes and

miscalculations; but do not clever doctors do the same?

I know a lady who is at the present moment strong and

well, who was told ten years ago by an eminent specialist

that she could not live more than two years !As an

American client said to me once: "Everyone makes

mistakes, but a palmist in these days is always supposed

to know quite as much as the Almighty.'^

I have, as a rule, found people most kind in telling me, at

the end of the interview, exactly where I had been right

10 THE GRAVEN PALM

deceived on any occasion of this kind as to the professionor status of my client. Once in particular I very much

prided myself upon telling a charming and very celebrated

actress the events of a most remarkable career quite

correctly, though I read her hand while her face was con-

cealed by an absolutely impenetrable veil. Directly I had

finished the delineation she courteously removed her veil

and told me how correct I had been.

Palmists, like everybody else, want fair play. Some

years ago a well-known novelist devoted some two

columns of a lady's paper to a description of an interview

with me, in which he endeavoured to prove that all that

I had told him with regard to his character, life, and the

name that I had read in his hand, etc., was entirely achieved

by face and thought-reading. But he quite forgot to

mention one little fact in his article-namely, that the visit

he so graphically described was the second one he had paid

me, and that the first words which he said to me on the

occasion of this our second interview were, how marvellously

everything I had told him two years before had come to pass.

For I had given him the date of his quite unexpected

emergence from the chrysalis stage of obscure journalisminto the empyrean realms peopled by successful novelists.

Cf course, the best palmists make many mistakes and

miscalculations; but do not clever doctors do the same?

I know a lady who is at the present moment strong and

well, who was told ten years ago by an eminent specialistthat she could not live more than two years! As an

American client said to me once:"

Everyone makes

mistakes, but a palmist in these days is always supposedto know quite as much as the Almighty."

I have, as a rule, found people most kind in telling me, at

the end of the interview, exactly where I had been right

Page 17: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

INTRODUCTORY 11

or wrong in my delineation; and I have also found the

reverse. I will quote two opposite cases to illustrate this :

I once read the hand of a man who, when I had finished,

told me that everything I had said had been absolutely

correct, except the initials of a lady whom he could not

remember as having influenced his life at the period at

which I said that she had done so. He had left some little

time, and I was engaged with my next client, when mylandlady knocked at the door and said a gentleman who

would not come in wished to speak to me for one moment.

I went out, and beheld under an umbrella, in a downpour

of rain, my last client, who apologized for troubling me,

but said that he had suddenly remembered, when near his

hotel (it was at a seaside place), the name, lady, and full

circumstances to which I had referred, and he had come

back to tell me that I was quite correct. Was not that a

very charming thing to do ?

The other instance was that of a man who denied the

correctness of everything that I told him all through the

interview, and yet I heard afterwards that this very manhad spoken of me as being very clever, saying that I had

read most of the events in his life quite correctly.

I have at different times received hundreds of kind

letters from former clients, either telling me that myprophecies had come true, or that they had been partially

fulfilled; and I have also had many letters thanking me

for good advice, and telling me that the success of the

writers as painters, novelists, etc., had been, they believed,

greatly owing to the encouraging manner in which I had

spoken to them of the indications of success shown in their

future.

I have also constantly been told that my advice in the

past had helped people to live through miserable years with

the hope of better times coming. Women have thanked

INTRODUCTORY 11

or wrong in my delineation; and I have also found the

reverse. I will quote two opposite cases to illustrate this :

I once read the hand of a man who, when I had finished,told me that everything I had said had been absolutelycorrect, except the initials of a lady whom he could not

remember as having influenced his life at the period at

which I said that she had done so. I-Ie had left some little

time, and I was engaged with my next client, when my

landlady knocked at the door and said a gentleman who

would not come in wished to speak to me for one moment.

I went out, and beheld under an umbrella, in a downpourof rain, my last client, who apologized for troubling me,

but said that he had suddenly remembered, when near his

hotel (it was at a seaside place), the name, lady, and full

circumstances to which I had referred, and he had come

back to tell me that I was quite correct. Was not that a

very charming thing to do ?

The other instance was that of a man who denied the

correctness of everything that I told him all through the

interview, and yet I heard afterwards that this very man

had spoken of me as being very clever, saying that I had

read most of the events in his life quite correctly.I have at different times received hundreds of kind

letters from former clients, either telling me that my

prophecies had come true, or that they had been partiallyfulfilled ; and I have also had many letters thanking me

for good advice, and telling me that the success of the

writers as painters, novelists, etc., had been, they believed,

greatly owing to the encouraging manner in which I had

spoken to them of the indications of success shown in their

future.

I have also constantly been told that my advice in the

past had helped people to live through miserable years with

the hope of better times coming. Wonien have thanked

Page 18: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

12 THE GIRAYEN PALM

me for persuading them not to leave their homes and

children for the very doubtful happiness of another

marriage after the publicity of the Divorce Court. Others,

again, have constantly said to me :" Oh, if only I had

followed your advice V^

On one occasion, however, after I had been warning a

lady that she was in great dmiger of being divorced,

I heard that she had said :" Mrs. Robinson saw divorce in

my hand, therefore it must be fate !" So she was divorced,

and all my advice to her regarding free will was of no avail.

It is also curious how some people seem to beheve that

palmists must be endowed with supernatural powers

:

indeed, it would seem as if many people thought that they

held the issues of life and death, and could make events

happen or not as they chose. Others who consult pahnists

appear to desire always to be told something new and

sensational on each succeeding visit. On one occasion,

after reading the hand of a lady who had consulted me

several times, whose name I never knew, she said, at the

conclusion of our interview, quite angrily :" I will never

come to you again;you always tell me the same things !"

Another experience has been reading the hands of

foreigners with the help of an interpreter. This I have

frequently done, but a still more trying incident occurred

on one occasion, when I had read the hand of a person

who understood my language very imperfectly, and whose

language I myself did not understand at all, there being

no interpreter at hand. I have often wondered since what

notions of his future life he took away with him.

Once, some years ago, when reading the hand of a very

charming lady, I told her that the lines indicating children

were so clearly and definitely marked upon her hand

that I felt sure they must all be remarkably beautiful.

She said it was true that they were noted for their beauty.

I2 THE GRAVEN PALM

me for persuading them not to leave their homes and

children for the very doubtful happiness of another

marriage after the publicity of the Divorce Oourt. Others,

again, have constantly said to me:"

Oh, if only I had

followed your advice l"

On one occasion, however, after I had been warning a

lady that she was in great clcmger of being divorced,

I heard that she had said :" Mrs. Robinson saw divorce in

my hand, therefore it must be fate l" _So she was divorced,

and all my advice to her regarding free will was of no avail.

It is also curious how some people seem to believe that

palmists must be endowed with supernatural powers:

indeed, it would seem as if many people thought that they

held the issues of life and death, and could make events

happen or not as they chose. Others who consult palmists

appear to desire always to be told something new and

sensational on each succeeding visit. On one occasion,

after reading the hand of a lady who had consulted me

several times, whose name I never knew, she said, at the

conclusion of our interview, quite angrily;" I will never

come to you again ; you always tell me the same things l"

Another experience has been reading the hands of

foreigners with the help of an interpreter. This I have

frequently done, but a still more trying incident occurred

on one occasion, when I had read the hand of a person

who understood my language very imperfectly, and whose

language I myself did not understand at all, there beingno interpreter at hand. I have often wondered since what

notions of his future life he took away with him.

Once, some years ago, when reading the hand of a very

charming lady, I told her that the lines indicating children

were so clearly and definitely marked upon her hand

that I felt sure they must all be remarkably beautiful.

She said it was true that they were noted for their beauty,

Page 19: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

INTRODUOTOEY 13

and went away much delighted with what she considered

my cleverness. This same lady had shortly afterwards

another interview with me, but had then lost much of her

faith in my palmistry, for, as she told me, her husband had

said that, as the beauty of her children must be an absolutely

impossible thing to see on a woman's hand, I must therefore

have seen the children with their mother Avhen driving in

the Park. It was a curious thing that I had not, at that

time, been in the Park for many years, owing to my having

lived so much abroad.

Lately I have had the pleasure of reading the hands of

two of these children, now beautiful and well-known

women, and we have laughed together over the anecdote

related above.

As Avill be seen in Chapter XI., it is not so difficult as it

may appear to gather from the hand if the children are

fine or beautiful, as they will always be so if their lines

upon the mother's hands are straight and clearly cut.

But palmistry has always curiously reminded me of the

story of the old woman who, when her sailor son returned

from his first long voyage, and told her of all his wonderful

adventures, chief among which figured mountains of sugar,

rivers of rum, and flying fish, said :" Ah, my son, don't

impose on your old mother. I can well believe in mountains

of sugar and rivers of rum, but never, never, will I believe

that there are flying fish."

Just so I have met with people who have expected me to

tell them utter impossibilities in their lives, and thought

I was stupid because I could not do so ; and, again, I have

met others who thought that I must have been posted up

in their private affairs beforehand by friends, because

I told them things which would have been obvious to any

tyro in the study of palmistry.

I do not intend in this little book to set forth quite all

INTRODUCTGRY 13

and went away much delighted with what she considered

my cleverness. This same lady had shortly afterwards

another interview with me, but had then lost much of her

faith in my palmistry, for, as she told me, her husband had

said that, as the beauty of her children must be an absolutely

impossible thing to see on a woman's hand, I must therefore

have seen the children with their mother when driving in

the Park. It was a curious thing that I had not, at that

time, been in the Park for many years, owing to my havinglived so much abroad.

Lately I have had the pleasure of reading the hands of

two of these children, now beautiful and well-known

women, and we have laughed together over the anecdote

related above.'

As will be seen in Chapter XI., it is not so difficult as it

may appear to gather from the hand if the children are

fine or beautiful, as they will always be so" if their lines

upon the mother's hands are straight and clearly cut.

But palmistry has always curiously reminded me of the

story of the old woman who, when her sailor son returned

from his irst long voyage, and told her of all his wonderful

adventures, chief among which figured mountains of sugar,

rivers of rum, and flying fish, said: "Ah, my son, don't

impose on your old mother. I can well believe in mountains

of sugar and rivers of rum, but never, never, will I believe

that there are flying fish."

Just so I have met with people who have expected me to

tell them utter impossibilities in their lives, and thoughtI was stupid because I could not do so ; and, again, I have

met others who thought that I must have been posted up

in their private affairs beforehand by friends, because

I told them things which would have been obvious to any

tyro in the study of palmistry.I do not intend in this little book to set forth quite all

Page 20: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

14 THE aRAYEN PALM

my views and theories. Some of them might be considered,

by those who do not at present understand and practise

my system, too vague and impossible to be taken as part of

the science—such as my method of determining whether a

woman is married to a man younger or older than herself,

the number of brothers and sisters she has, and many other

little details of this kind. All these things I have, in many

cases, been able to tell, not by clairvoyant power, but by

little signs upon the mount of Venus. If, however, this,

my first book on palmistry, is successful, I shall write more

fully on the subject in a later edition.

I am now giving merely a short sketch of some of myviews, depending chiefly upon the illustrations, which are

in every single case genuine, and taken from hands I have

myself seen, to express my ideas upon palmistry generally,

and particularly to draw attention to the hitherto unnoticed

lines upon the mount of Venus, which I have made myspecial study—lines the interpretation of which has gained

me the reputation amongst many people of being not a

palmist, but a clairvoyante, because by them I have been

enabled to describe people and places in a manner hitherto

impossible to the ordinary scientific palmist, who worked

almost entirely by the line of fate, unassisted by the mount

of Venus, which, if read aright, gives details and intricacies

of the life undecipherable by any other hitherto known

method.

Clairvoyance.—I do not wish to underrate in any way the

great and natural gift of clairvoyance, which some people

undoubtedly possess, and which, as I take it, is the power

of distinctly seeing pictures of places and persons at a

distance. I am simply stating that real scientific palmistry

need not be assisted in any way by clairvoyance, neither

does real palmistry depend on thought-reading, which is

also another distinct gift.

14 THE GRAVEN PALM

1ny views and theories. Some of them might be considered,

by those who do not at present understand and practisemy system, too vague and impossible to be taken as part of

the science-such as 1ny method of determining whether a

woman is married to a man younger or older than herself,the number of brothers and sisters she has, and many other

little details of this kind. All these things I have, in many

cases, been able to tell, not by clairvoyant power, but bylittle signs uponthe mount of Venus. If, however, this,

1ny Hrst book on palmistry, is successful, I shall write more

fully on the subject in a later edition.

I am now giving merely a short sketch of some of my

views, depending chiefly upon the illustrations, which are

in every single case genuine, a11d taken from hands I have

myself seen, to express my ideas upon palmistry generally,and particularly to draw attention to the hitherto unnoticed

lines upon the mount of Venus, which I have made 1ny

special study-lines the interpretation of which has gainedme the reputation amongst many people of being not a

palmist, but a clairvoyante, because by them I have been

enabled to describe people and places in a manner hitherto

impossible to the ordinary scientific palmist, who worked

almost entirely by the line of fate, unassisted by the mount

of Venus, which, if read aright, gives details and intricacies

of the life undecipherable by any other hitherto known

method.

Clairvoyance.-I do not wish to underrate in any way the

great and natural gift of clairvoyance, which some peopleundoubtedly possess, a11d which, as I take it, is the power

of distinctly seeing pictures of places and persons at a

distance. I am simply stating that real scientific palmistryneed not be assisted in any way by clairvoyance, neither

does real palmistry depend on thought-reading, which is

also another distinct gift.

Page 21: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

INTRODUCTORY 15

I remember once reading the hand of a man who had had

a very interesting and exciting life, and when I had finished

he said to me :" Now, I am quite certain that you are not

a thought-reader, for, though you have told me most of the

principal events of my life correctly, you have altogether

omitted to tell me of one serious illness which I have had,

and which I have been thinking about most earnestly on

purpose to prove whether you were a thought-reader

or not."

Of course, there are many people who believe that a

palmist is merely a charlatan, and these are very often

people who have never had their hands read. I have been

told that some people believed that I employed a large

number of detectives to find out beforehand all about those

with whom I had arranged interviews; but as generally

the most important things that a palmist sees in a hand are

just those which no detective on earth could ever know,

I do not think that this is an opinion that would gain

credence with many.

Advice to Beginners.—And now I should like to say a few

words to those who are taking up the study of palmistry

with the intention of becoming professionals themselves.

It is not within the power of everyone to become a

successful palmist in the true sense of the word, any more

than it lies in everyone's power to become a great musician,

artist, or novelist. It is necessary to have special qualities

not possessed by all; and also both determination and

perseverance are required in order to develop and make

the most of these qualities. Really hard study is necessary

in this, as in all other callings, followed by experience—the

greatest teacher of all. It should be borne in mind that it

is the first duty of a palmist, as of all human beings, to

endeavour to help others ; for palmistry can, to an enormous

extent, be made a medium for either good or evil, and it is

INTRODUCTORY 15

I remember once reading the hand of a man who had had

a very interesting and exciting life, and when I had finished

lie said to me:" Now, I am quite certain that you are not

a thought-reader, for, though you have told me most of the

principal events of Bly life correctly, you have altogetheromitted to tell me of one serious illness which I have had,and which I have been thinking about most earnestly on

purpose to prove whether you were a thought-readeror not."

Of course, there are many people who believe that a

palmist is merely a charlatan, and these are very often

people who have never had their hands read. I have been

told that some people believed that I employed a largenumber of detectives to find out beforehand all about those

with whom I had arranged interviews; but as generallythe most important things that a palmist sees in a hand are

just those which no detective on earth could ever know,I do not think that this is an opinion that would gaincredence with many.

Advice to Beginners.-And now I should like to say a few

words to those who are taking up the study of palmistrywith the intention of becoming professionals themselves.

It is not within the power of everyone to become a

successful palmist in the true sense of the word, any more

than it lies in everyone' s power to become a great musician,

artist, or novelist. It is necessary to have special qualitiesnot possessed by all; and also both determination and

perseverance are required in order to develop and make

the most of these qualities. Really hard study is necessary

in this, as in all other callings, followed by experience-thegreatest teacher of all. It should be borne in mind that it

is the first duty of a palmist, as of all human beings, to

endeavour to help others ; for palmistry can, to an enormous

extent, be made a medium for either good or evil, and it is

Page 22: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

16 THE GEAYEN PALM

for this reason a most dangerous weapon in the hands of an

unscrupulous person. It is quite extraordinary how much

one can, at critical times, help others to follow different

modes of action, though it is with every palmist, however

conscientious, always a great difficulty to maintain a strictly

impartial attitude, and to interpret the lines of the future

as he himself really sees them, rather than as his client

wishes him to see them. Again, it is difficult, even for one

possessing immense tact, to be always brave enough to tell

his clients what he really sees in their hands, nor, indeed,

is it always advisable or possible to do this. A palmist is

often so afraid that he is taking a too severe view, either of

character or life, that he will frequently go to the other

extreme, and take too lenient a view of a case, and there-

fore will not give such earnest or condemnatory advice as

he might otherwise have done, from a mistaken fear of

deeply offending his client ivithout sufficient cause. On the

other hand, it is difficult to avoid sometimes taking an over-

severe view of the character and life.

Do not expect to become successful, and to help rather

than hinder your fellow-creatures, unless you possess both

tact and sympathy and discrimination to an unusual

degree, coupled with knowledge of human nature and the

world. It is quite necessary to tell people of their faults

if you undertake to tell them their characters at all, but it

is possible to do this in a kindly and sympathetic manner,

showing that you are anxious to help them by pointing out

their shortcomings, and that you understand their diffi-

culties and entirely sympathize with them. Such a line of

action is much more likely to have a beneficial effect upon

others than mere fault-finding, which can only wound their

feelings, and is quite uncalled for under the circumstances.

It is necessary to make yourself one with your subject

i.e., to identify yourself as far as possible with his or her

16 THE GRAVEN PALM

for this reason a most dangerous weapon in the hands of an

unscrupulous person. It is quite extraordinary how much

one can, at critical times, help others to follow different

modes of action, though it is with every palmist, however

conscientious, always a great difficulty to maintain a strictly

impartial attitude, and to interpret the lines of the future

as he himself really sees them, rather than as his client

wishes him to see them. Again, it is difficult, even for one

possessing immense tact, to be always brave enough to tell

his clients what he really sees in their hands, nor, indeed,is it always advisable or possible to do this. A palmist is

often so afraid that he is taking a too severe view, either of

character or life, that he will frequently go to the other

extreme, and take too lenient a view of a case, and there-

fore will not give such earnest or condemnatory advice as

he might otherwise have done, from a mistaken fear of

deeply offending his client without szgficvfent cause. On the

other hand, it is diflicult to avoid sometimes taking an over-

severe view of the character and life. .

Do not expect to become successful, and to help rather

than hinder your fellow-creatures, unless you possess both

tact and sympathy and discrimination to an unusual

degree, coupled with knowledge of human nature and the

world. It is quite necessary to tell people of their faults

if you undertake to tell them their characters at all, but it

is possible to do this in a kindly and sympathetic manner,

showing that you are anxious to help them by pointing out

their shortcomings, and that you understand their diffi-

culties and entirely sympathize with them. Such a line of

action is much more likely to have a beneficial effect upon

others than mero fault-finding, which can only wound their

feelings, and is quite uncalled for under the circumstances.

It is necessary to make yourself one with your subject-f1§.e., to identify yourself as far as possible with his or her

Page 23: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

INTRODUCTORY 17

interests, thouglits, feelings, and surroundings, to try and

imagine exactly how you would feel yourself, and how you

would most likely have acted if placed in similar circum-

stances. It, of course, follows that it is very much easier

to read the hand of a sympathetic than that of an un-

sympathetic person. The former can enter into your

feelings as a palmist, and will understand that you are

trying to do your best; whilst the latter is endeavouring not

to be convinced of the truth of palmistry, and ultimately

believes almost against his will.

Some years ago I experienced immense difficulty, whilst

reading the hand of an elderly man, occasioned by constant

criticism and contradiction of everything I said, and at

last, becoming utterly despairing and reckless, I exclaimed:

" Well, all I can tell you is that all your lines seem to end

suddenly at the age of fifty-eight ; but as nothing I have

said hitherto was right, this probably will not be right

either,^^ and so terminated our interview.

Two or three days afterwards the client who had advised

him to consult me told me his name—that of a very well-

known man deeply interested in all occult subjects, but

who had been so much criticized, and even ridiculed, for

giving credence to nearly every branch of occultism, that

he had firmly made up his mind to make palmistry the

exception. The sequel to this anecdote is that he died

quite suddenly at the age of fifty-eight. It was the late

Mr. Frederic Myers.

I will now give a short sketch of the method of procedure

which I have myself proved to be most satisfactory when

reading a hand. I have always found it convenient to sit

on the left side of the subject, the faces of both turned in

the same direction, and to look at the hand as one would

at a map, the line of life being then read downwards from2

INTRODUCTORY 17

interests, thoughts, feelings, and surroundings, to try and

imagine exactly how you would feel yourself, and how you

would most likely have acted if placcd in similar circum-

stances. It, of course, follows that it is very much easier

to read the hand of a sympathetic than that of an un-

sympathetic person. The former can enter into your

feelings as a palmist, and will understand that you are

trying to do your best 5 whilst the latter is endeavouring not

to be convinced of the truth of palmistry, and ultimatelybelieves almost against his will.

Some years ago I experienced immense difficulty, whilst

reading the hand of an elderly man, occasioned by constant

criticism and contradiction of everything I said, and at

last, becoming utterly despairing and reckless, I exclaimed:

"WVell, all I can tell you is that all your lines seem to end

suddenly at the age of fifty-eight , but as nothing I have

said hitherto was right, this probably will not be righteither," and so terminated our interview.

Two or three days afterwards the client who had advised

him to consult me told me his name-that of a very wcll-

known man deeply interested in all occult subjects, but

who had been so much criticized, and even ridiculed, for

giving credence to nearly every branch of occultism, that

he had iirmly made up his mind to make palniistry the

exception. The sequel to this anecdote is that he died

quite suddenly at the age of fifty-eight. It was the late

l/Ir. Frederic Myers.

I will now give a short sketch of the method of procedurewhich I have myself proved to bc most satisfactory when

reading a hand. I have always found it convenient to sit

on the left side of the subject, the faces of both turned in

the same direction, and to look at the hand as one would

at a map, the line of life being then read downwards from

2

Page 24: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

18 THE GBAVBN PALM

the root of the first finger and the line of fate upwards

from the wrist. I cannot myself read the hand when

sitting opposite to my subject, as in that position the lines

appear to me to be upside down. It is convenient also to

the subject to rest his or her hand on a cushion, and it will

be found advantageous to use a fine pencil or glass pointer

with which to follow the lines. It is impossible to attempt

to examine the finer lines of the hand without the aid of a

strong magnifying glass, for some of these lines are so

minute and thread-like that the unaided sight is apt to

overlook them altogether—in fact, in some hands, lines lie

so much under the skin in the future that it is excessively

difficult with the naked eye to see them at all.

The two hands should first be examined separately, and

then compared with each other ; and it is most necessary

for the student to remember that no conclusion should be

drawn from any one sign, but that a large comparison of

many different signs in both hands must first be made

before a definite decision can be arrived at, as one line may,

and often does, contradict or mitigate the significance of

others.

And now for a word of warning to beginners. Be care-

ful not to frighten people unnecessarily, and do not yourself

jump to a hasty conclusion when reading a hand. It is

better to lose one^s reputation as a correct foreteller of

events than to run the risk of needlessly causing pain

or discomfort to those whose hands one delineates by giving

them cause to fear that some terrible calamity was likely to

overtake them, or someone belonging to them.

I perhaps feel the more strongly upon this subject on

account of an incident, which made a great impression upon

my mind many years ago, long before I ever thought of

taking up palmistry in earnest.

When turning over the leaves of a friend's album I came

18 'THE GRAVEN PALM

the root of the first finger and the line of fate upwardsfrom the wrist. I cannot myself read the hand When

sitting opposite to my subject, as in that position the lines

appear to me to be upside down. It is convenient also to

the subject to rest his or her hand on a cushion, and it will

be found advantageous to use a fine pencil or glass pointerwith which to follow the lines. It is impossible to attemptto examine the finer lines of the hand without the aid of a

strong magnifying glass, for some of these lines are so

minute and thread-like that the unaided sight is apt to

overlook them altogether--in fact, in some hands, lines lie

so much under the skin in the future that it is excessivelydifficult with the naked eye to see them at all.

The two hands should first be examined separately, and

then compared with each other ; and it is most necessary

for the student to remember that no conclusion should be

drawn from any one sign, but that a large comparison of

many different signs in both hands must first be made

before a definite decision can be arrived at, as one line may,

and often does, contradict or mitigate the significance of

others.

And now for a Word of Warning to beginners. Be care-

ful not to frighten people unnecessarily, and do not yourselfjuinp to a hasty conclusion when reading a hand. It is

better to lose one's reputation as a correct foreteller of

events than to run the risk of needlessly causing painor discomfort to those Whose hands one delineates by givingthem cause to fear that some terrible calamity was likely to

overtake them, or someone belonging to them.

I perhaps feel the more strongly upo11 this subject on

account of an incident, which made a great impression upon

my mind many years ago, long before I ever thought of

taking up palmistry i11 earnest.

When turning over the leaves of a friend's album I came

Page 25: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

INTRODUCTORY 19

across the pliotograph of a man which impressed me greatly^

because of his singularly sad expression. On inquiry myfriend said :

" Oh, that is poor B ^s photograph, of the

—th Regiment, taken in India shortly before his death/^

And then my friend told me the following curious incident

:

B. was going by the overland route to India to join his

regiment, looking forward with great keenness to a chance

of seeing active service. On the railway journey he got

into conversation with a fellow-traveller, who offered to

tell his fortune by looking at his hand. The stranger then

said that without doubt B. would in the course of the next

three or four months be engaged in active service, andbefore six months were over would meet his death. Theyvery' soon parted company, but what he had heard seemedto haunt B., and, from being a light-hearted young soldier,

he became a depressed and melancholy man. Exactly as

the palmist had foretold, he was soon engaged in active

service, and within six months from the date of the

prophecy, when on a river in India, the boat he was in wassurprised and surrounded by a party of Dacoits. Everyother man on board the boat sought shelter from the

shower of arrows by which they were assailed, with the

exception of B., who appeared absolutely paralyzed, andremained standing in the same unprotected position he hadbeen in when first surprised by the natives, until he fell

dead, covered with wounds.

The idea that he was doomed to die within that period

had so fixed itself upon his mind, that it appeared to deprive

him of any desire or ability to attempt to save his life.

The question therefore arises : Would he not have sought

shelter and thereby have saved his life, as did his brother

officers, had not the palmist foretold his doom ? Or, was it

written in the book of fate that he should meet both the

palmist and his doom at that time ? Anyhow, I, as a

INTRODUCTORY 19

across the photograph of a man which impressed me greatly,because of his singularly sad expression. On inquiry myfriend said: "

Oh, that is poor B---'s photograph, of the

-th Regiment, taken in India shortly before his death."

And then my friend told me the following curious incident :

.B. was going by the overland route to India to join his

regiment, looking forward with great keenness to a chance

of seeing active service. On the railway journey he gotinto conversation with a fellow-traveller, who offered to

tell his fortune by looking at his hand. The stranger then

said that without doubt B. would in the course of the next

three or four months be engaged in active service, and

before six months were over would meet his death. Theyvery'soon parted company, but what he had heard seemed

to haunt B., and, from being a light-hearted young soldier,he became a depressed and melancholy man. Exactly as

the palinist had foretold, he was soon engaged in active

service, and within six months from the date of the

prophecy, when on a river in India, the boat he was in was

surprised and surrounded by a party of Dacoits. Everyother man on board the boat sought shelter from the

shower of arrows by which they were assailod, with the

exception of B., who appeared absolutely paralyzed, and

remained standing in the same unprotected position he had

been in when hrst surprised by the natives, until he fell

dead, covered with wounds.

The idea that he was doomed to die within that periodhad so fixed itself upon his mind, that it appeared to deprivehim of any desire or ability to attempt to save his life.

The question therefore arises : VVould he not have soughtshelter and thereby have saved his life, as did his brother

officers, had not the palmist foretold his doom? Or, was it

written in the book of fate that he should meet both the

palmist and his doom at that time? Anyhow, I, as a

Page 26: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

20 THE GIKAYEN PALM

palmist, have always dreaded taking a too great responsi-

bility upon myself by predicting misfortune.

It is, too, extremely difficult for beginners to read their

own bands without imagining that everything terrible

which flesh is heir to is likely to be their fate in life.

Cancer, madness, drowning, violent death by accident or

fire, have all been seen in their own hands by students who

have come to me at different times, and in almost every

case there was little or no cause for alarm. This mental

phase occurs also in the case of many young medical

students, who, as is well known, during the early years

of study, at one time or another imagine themselves to be

suffering, or likely to suffer, from every kind of disease.

A palmist is always learning, and the more he learnS the

more he will realize his own ignorance.

Many people who have come to consult me at different

times have been in great distress of mind on account of the

terrible events which had been foretold them by others,

chiefly amateurs. One lady said that she had just been

told that she would be in a terrible accident, in which one

she dearly loved would be killed. This was causing her

great mental anxiety, and led her to dread every sort of

pleasure-party or excursion by land or sea. But, on ex-

amining her hand most carefully myself, all I could find to

corroborate this statement was that, about ten years before

the date of her visit to me, she had been with her husband

at the time of his sudden death during the performance of

an operation. An illustration of this hand will be found in

Fig. 228. Mistakes of this description are so easily made

that the utmost precaution is necessary in foretelling events,

and not even the cleverest palmist can always read the

future aright. Lines alter, breaks come, and the whole

tenour of the life is sometimes changed by new lines, which

arise and bar the older lines.

20 THE GRAVEN PALM

palmist, have always dreaded taking a too great responsi-

bility upon myself by predicting misfortune.

lt is, too, extremely diflicult for beginners to read their

own hands without imagining that everything terrible

which flesh is heir to is likely to be their fate in life.

Cancer, madness, drowning, violent death by accident or

fire, have all been seen in their own hands by students who

have come to me at different times, and in almost every

case there was little or no cause for alarm. This mental

phase occurs also in the case of many young medical

students, who, as is well known, during the early years

of study, at one time or another imagine themselves to be

suffering, or likely to suffer, from every kind of disease.

A palmist is always learning, and the more he learns the

more he will realize his own ignorance.Many people who have come to consult me at different

times have been in great distress of mind on account of the

terrible events which had been foretold them by others,

chielly amateurs. One lady said that she had just been

told that she would be in a terrible accident, in which one

she dearly loved would be killed. This was causing her

great mental anxiety, and led her to dread every sort of

pleasure-party or excursion by land or sea. But, on ex-

amining her hand most carefully myself, all I could find to

corroborate this_ statement was that, about ten years before

the date of her visit to me, she had been with her husband

at the time of his sudden death during the performance of

an operation. An illustration of this hand will be found in

Fig. 228. Mistakes of this description are so easily made

that the utmost precaution is necessary in foretelling events,

and not even the cleverest palmist can always read the

future aright. Lines alter, breaks come, and the whole

tenour of the life is sometimes changed by new lines, which

arise and bar the older lines.

Page 27: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

INTEODUCTOEY 21

Further^ I cannot too earnestly warn students against the

prediction of madness, for I could enumerate many instances

of people having been nearly frightened out of their wits

owing to rash prophecies (most frequently with the very

smallest foundation) having been made with regard to this

terrible fate. A broken head-line is as often as not a sign

merely of a defective memory, and nothing more. I have

found it very frequently in the hands of quite old and

perfectly sane people, who had been for years labouring

under the belief that they were to have some terrible

accident or head illness which would eventually lead to

insanity.

It is also one of the most difficult things in the science of

palmistry to find out how long exactly the subject is likely

to live. I have myself actually seen a very short line of life

gradually grow longer as the years passed by, under an

improved condition of health ; and Desbarrolles, the great

French palmist, himself said, with a large amount of truth

with regard to many hands, that no certainty could be

placed on the occurrence of events marked on the handmore than ^ye years in advance.

It is, again, a very cruel thing to tell a young man or

woman decidedly that they will never marry. In manycases it is most difficult to decide this with any certainty

long beforehand. I heard a story the other day of an

amateur palmist, who, having read consecutively the hands

of nine girls at a garden party, assured eight of them that

they would marry, but told the ninth that she was doomedto be an old maid. The eight girls for whom matrimony

was predicted were, as it happened, all well off, and hadhappy homes, while the ninth was an orphan and obliged

to work for her living. To be told, then, when only about

eighteen, that she would have to spend the remainder of

her life in drudgery, and would never have a home of her

INTRODUCTORY 21

Further, I cannot too earnestly Warn students against the

prediction of madness, for I could enumerate many instances

of people having been nearly frightened out of their Wits

owing to rash prophecies (most frequently with the very

smallest foundation) having been made with regard to this

terrible fate. A broken head-line is as often as not a signmerely of a defective memory, and nothing more. I have

found it very frequently in the hands of quite old and

perfectly sane people, who had been for years labouringunder the belief that they were to have some terrible

accident or head illness which would eventually lead to

insanity.It is also one of the most difficult things in the science of

palmistry to find out how long exactly the subject is likelyto live. I have myself actually seen a very short line of life

gradually grow longer as the years passed by, under an

improved condition of health; and Desbarrolles, the greatFrench palmist, himself said, with a large amount of truth

with regard to many hands, that no certainty could be

placed on the occurrence of events marked on the hand

more than five years in advance.

It is, again, a very cruel thing to tell a young man or

woman decidedly that they vill»--never marry. In manycases it is most difficult to decide this With any certaintylong beforehand. I heard a story the other day of an

amateur palmist, Who, having read consecutively the hands

of nine girls at a garden party, assured eight of them that

they Would marry, but told the ninth that she was doomed

to be an old maid. The eight girls for Whom matrimonyWas predicted Were, as it happened, all well off, and had

happy homes, While the ninth Was an orphan and obligedto Work for her living. To be told, then, when only about

eighteen, that she would have to spend the remainder of

her life in drudgery, and would never have a home of her

Page 28: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

22 THE GRAVEN PALM

own, was enough to sour the nature of any girl who really

believed what she had been told ; but, as it happened, this

particular girl was married very happily several years

before any of the other eight. I am afraid that at the

present day she would not express any great belief in

palmistry from her own experience of it. Of course, it is

almost equally unkind to tell a girl that you think she will

marry, unless you are perfectly positive that she has all the

signs of marriage in her hand ; and this is a mistake which

one is very much more likely to make, when going by the

old acknowledged signs of marriage, than when working by

the influence lines on the mount of Venus, according to

the system which I did not myself evolve until I had

been a professional palmist for the greater part of a

year.

I shall never forget, many years ago, when a young

amateur, telling a boy of about fifteen that he would

never marry, but live to a very advanced age an old

bachelor. To my amazement and horror he burst into

tears, leaving me a wiser and a sadder palmist.

The best course for the student to pursue in telling the

hand of a young person, if uncertain whether he sees a

clear indication of marriage in the future or not, is to tell

him (or her) of his uncertainty, and to advise him to consult

a palmist again at a future date, when the lines will, in all

probability, have become more distinct. Of course, to the

young a few years often appear an eternity, and it is some-

times very painful to have to tell a girl of eighteen, who

is hoping to be married very soon, that you see no indica-

tion of marriage for her till the age of thirty-five. Not

long ago I was reading the hand of a very pretty girl of

seventeen, who asked me eagerly if I thought she would

marry young. Delighted to be able to please her with a

perfectly truthful answer (according to my calculation),

22 THE GRAVEN PALM

own, was enough to sour the nature of any girl who reallybelieved what she had been told; but, as it happened, this

particular girl was married very happily several years

before any of the other eight. I am afraid that at the

present day she would not express any great belief in

palmistry from her own experience of it. Of course, it is

almost equally unkind to tell a girl that you think she will

marry, unless you are perfectly positive that she has all the

signs of marriage in her hand; and this is a mistake which

one is very much more likely to make, when going by the

old acknowledged signs of marriage, than when working bythe influence lines on the mount of Venus, according to

the system which I did not myself evolve until I had

been a professional palmist for the greater part of a

year.I shall never forget, many years ago, when a young

amateur, telling a boy of about fifteen that he would

never marry, but live to a very advanced age an old

bachelor. To my amazement and horror he burst into

tears, leaving me a wiser and a sadder palmist.The best course for the student to pursue in telling the

hand of a young person, if uncertain whether he sees a

clear indication of marriage in the future or not, is to tell

him (or her) of his uncertainty, and to advise him to consult

a palinist again at a future date, when the lines will, in all

probability, have become more distinct. Gf course, to the

young a few years often appear an eternity, and it is some-

times very painful to have to tell a girl of eighteen, who

is hoping to be married very soon, that you see no indica-

tion of marriage for her till the age of thirty-live. Not

long ago I was reading the hand of a very pretty girl of

seventeen, who asked me eagerly if I thought she would

marry young. Delighted to be able to please her with a

perfectly truthful answer (according to my calculation),

Page 29: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

INTEODUCTORY 23

I said :" Yes, when you are twenty-one, I think." She

drew her hand away from mine, and, in a most scornful

and indignant voice, exclaimed :" Do you call that young ?"

As I have said before, lines indicating future events do

most undoubtedly alter in many cases, for we all know

that character changes ; and that the life is influenced,

and, indeed, to a great extent made, by the character, who

can doubt ? Again, events in the future which we dread

are often marked by terrible trouble lines, which arise

when the fear of the events begins, and often disappear

almost entirely when the cause for anxiety has been

removed. I give instances of this in Figs. 226, 227, and

227a.

Palmistry teaches us to have infinite sympathy and

patience with the foibles, mistakes, and even sins of others

;

for people are terribly handicapped by hereditary taints of

character, and by the adverse circumstances of their lives.

In some hands we cannot but see the great struggle that

has gone on, and will go on as long as life lasts, between

the spirit and the flesh, the one so willing and the other so

weak. Again, we often find that people have been placed

in such circumstances that it is impossible to blame them

for the committal of questionable actions in their lives;

and, though I must confess that I have become acquainted

through palmistry with more extraordinary facts about

real life than I ever could have believed possible, myexperience, gleaned from many thousands of hands, seen in

different parts of the world, has left me with the belief

that there is far more good than evil in human nature.

I can number amongst my clients all ranks and classes,

from royalty downwards, and it is by seeing the hands of

those holding widely different positions in life that one

arrives at the comparative value of lines

e.g., one of my

INTRODUCTORY 23

I said: "Yes, when you are twenty-one, I think." She

drew her hand away from mine, and, in a most scornful

and indignant voice, exclaimed :" Do you call that young ?"

As I have said before, lines indicating future events do

most undoubtedly alter in many cases, for we all know

that character changes, and that the life is influenced,

and, indeed, to a great extent made, by the character, Who

can doubt? Again, events in the future which we dread

are often marked by terrible trouble lines, which arise

when the fear of the events begins, and often disappearalmost entirely When the cause for anxiety has been

removed. I give instances of this in Figs. 226, 227, and

22'7a.

Palmistry teaches us to have infinite sympathy and

patience With the fcibles, mistakes, and even sins of others ;

for people are terribly handicapped by hereditary taints of

character, and by the adverse circumstances of their lives.

In some hands we cannot but see the great struggle that

has gone on, and will go on as long as life lasts, between

the spirit and the flesh, the one so Willing and the other so

Weak. Again, we often find t-hat people have been placedin such circumstances that it is impossible to blame them

for the committal of questionable actions in their lives;

and, though I must confess that I have become acquaintedthrough palmistry with more extraordinary facts about

real life than I ever could have believed possible, my

experience, gleaned from many thousands of hands, seen in

different parts of the world, has left me with the belief

that there is far more good than evil in human nature.

I can number amongst my clients all ranks and classes,from royalty downwards, and it is by seeing the hands of

those holding Widely different positions in life that one

arrives at the comparative value of lines-ag., one of my

Page 30: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

24 THE GRAVEN PALM

clients will think £20,000 a year abject poverty, while

another will consider £500 a year wealth. To give an

instance of how necessary it is to be able to discriminate :

a girl occupying a high position in society was one day

consulting a palmist belonging to the lower ranks of life,

who said to her, much to her amazement :" I can see that

you will make a great marriage. I may be mistaken, but,

you know, I do really think that you may marry a doctor.''

It will therefore be seen that the palmist must first

exactly grasp and understand his client's walk in life and

status in society before giving a definite opinion as to the

position he takes or will take. Thus, the same solitary line

marked in the same way on different hands might mean in

one case accession to a dukedom, in another preferment to

a bishopric, in another obtaining by one grand coup half

a million on the Stock Exchange ; or, again, an advantageous

rise in a bank or office, the position of foreman or fore-

woman in a shop, or a small money legacy, according to

what the possessor of the hand would himself consider a

great advancement in life.

I once was confronted by a client dressed, as I thought,

in the full garb of a Roman Catholic priest. His hand

was a very interesting one, as his was a remarkable person-

ality, with a strange combination of types, which one very

rarely comes across, indicating great intellectual capacity

;

but it was not by any means naturally the hand of an

ascetic, though a wonderful example of the triumph of

mind over matter, which can be accomplished by a good

brain and strong will. I said that there were many changes

ahead for him, and that a great position would ultimately

be his. At which be, quite grasping the fact that I took

him for a Roman Catholic priest, said, with a twinkle in

his eye :" Cardinal ? Pope ? eh ?" Oddly enough, though

he was at the time an Anglican clergyman, he later did go

24 THE GRAVEN PALM

clients will think £20,000 a year abject poverty, while

another will consider £500 a year wealth. To give an

instance of how necessary it is to be able to discriminate:

a girl occupying a high position in society was one day

consulting a palmist belonging to the lower ranks of life,

who said to her, much to her amazement :" I can see that

you will make a great marriage. I may be mistaken, but,

you know, I do really think that you may marry a doctor."

It will therefore be seen that the palmist must first

exactly grasp and understand his client's walk in life and

status in society before giving a definite opinion as to the

position he takes or will take. Thus, the same solitary line

marked in the same Way on different hands might mean in

one case accession to a dukedom, in another preferment to

a bishopric, in another obtaining by one grand coup half

a million on the Stock Exchange 5 or, again, an advantageousrise in a bank or ofiice, the position of foreman or fore-

woman in a shop, or a small money legacy, according to

what the possessor of the hand would himself consider a

great- advancement in life.

I once was confronted by a client dressed, as I thought,in the full garb of a Roman Catholic priest. His hand

was a very interesting one, as his was a remarkable person-

ality, with a strange combination of types, which one very

rarely comes across, indicating great intellectual capacity ;

but it was not by any means naturally the hand of an

ascetic, though a wonderful example of the triumph of

mind over matter, which can be accomplished by a goodbrain and strong will. I said that there were many changesahead for him, and that a great position would ultimatelybe his. At which he, quite grasping the fact that I took

him for a Roman Catholic priest, said, with a twinkle in

his eye :" Cardinal ? Pope ? eh ?" Oddly enough, though

he was at the time an Anglican clergyman, he later did go

Page 31: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

INTRODUCTORY 25

over to the Church of Rome, and, if rumour be correct, he

may, at no very distant date, become, at any rate, if not

Pope, a Cardinal.

I consider that pahnistry is a science for the educated

only, and also that the ancient custom in Egypt of confining

the study of it to priests and priestesses was a wise one.

The reason the science has got into such bad odour is

that it has been practised by people with no real knowledge

of the subject, to supply which deficiency they have had to

draw upon their imaginations, thereby turning the whole

matter into ridicule, and making the word palmist in the

minds of many, but more particularly the uneducated

classes, synonymous with the term rogue and vagabond.

An old landlady of mine, whom I have known for manyyears, but who has only known me unprofessionally, came

to me one day in great distress, when we were at her

lodgings, and said :" Oh, madam ! isn^t it terrible ? My lady

on the next floor has a palmist coming to tea with her this

afternoon. How shall I be sure that she won't make awaywith some of my things, if she is left alone in the room V

It is rather amusing that one of those who believe in memost firmly is an ex-policeman, high up in the service ; and

I number, and have numbered, amongst my most valued

clients, many eminent Judges and K.C.'s.

What must have appeared to many people as a delightful

distinction without a difference was made by a landlord I

once had, who, when people inquired, as they occasionally

did, for the fortune-teller, replied with great dignity :

^' Excuse me, madam, there is no fortune-teller here ; but

possibly you may wish to consult the lady palmist who has

rooms on the third floor."

I have had some amusing and curious experiences, as

everybody must who has been a professional for a great

many years.

INTRODUCTORY 25

over to the Church of Rome, and, if rumour be correct, he

may, at no very distant date, become, at any rate, if not

Pope, a Cardinal.

I consider that palmistry is a science for the educated

only, and also that the ancient custom in Egypt of coniiningthe study of it to priests and priestesses was a wise one.

The reason the science has got into such bad odour is

that it has been practised by people with no real knowledgeof the subject, to supply which deficiency they have had to

draw upon their imaginations, thereby turning the whole

matter into ridicule, and making the word palmist in the

minds of many, but more particularly the uneducated

classes, synonymous with the term rogue and vagabond.An old landlady of mine, whom I have known for many

years, but who has only known me unprofessionally, came

to me one day in great distress, when we were at her

lodgings, and said: "

Oh, madam l isn't it terrible ? My ladyon the next floor has a palmist coming to tea with her this

afternoon. I-Iow shall I be sure that she won't make awaywith some of m thinfrs if she is left alone in the room ?Y e 2

It is rather amusing that one of those who believe in me

most firmly is an ex-policeman, high up in the service ; and

I number, and have numbered, amongst my most valued

JJ

clients, many eminent Judges and KC." s.

What must have appeared to many people as a delightfuldistinction without a difference was made by a landlord I

once had, who, when people inquired, as they occasionallydid, for the fortune-teller, replied with great dignity:" Excuse me, madam, there is no fortune-teller here ; but

possibly you may wish to consult the lady palmist who has

rooms on the third floor."

I have had some amusing and curious experiences, as

everybody must who has been a professional for a greatmany years.

Page 32: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

26 THE GRAVEN PALM

Once, on a Saturday afternoon in Bond Street, when

staying over time, I suddenly realized that I was the only

person in the whole building with the exception of my

cHent, who, I had just discovered, was newly released from

a lunatic asylum, where he had been confined for attempted

suicide. I was not, however, the least alarmed, and we

terminated our interview by my dictating to him a long

letter to his lady-love, who liad been the cause of all his

woes.

A drawing showing the health and life lines of this

subject is given in Fig. 229.

On another occasion, when, fortunately, I had my atten-

dant with me, a somewhat inebriated lady forced her way

into ray waiting-room, and insisted that she must have an

interview with me immediately, to obtain which she was

quite willing to bribe us all round with any number of five-

pound notes. A gentleman who was waiting for an inter-

view very kindly and carefully escorted her downstairs and

put her into a cab, his wife, who was also waiting to see me,

having already sought refuge in my kitchen.

I don't know any of their names, and have never seen

any of them since, though this happened seventeen years

ago, but I have always looked upon that gentleman as my

ideal of a prefix chevalier.

Talking of the lady's five-pound notes reminds me that

on two separate occasions I have had fees of twenty and

twenty-five guineas respectively offered me to read the

hands of people who came in on the chance for interviews

on days when I was fully posted up, for even weeks ahead,

with engagements; while on another occasion I found,

after my client had left, that she had slipped two half-

pennies into my hand, depending on my not discovering

her little ruse until she had departed.

During my professional life I have never met with any-

26 THE GRAVEN PALM

Once, on a Saturday afternoon in Bond Street,`when

staying over time, I suddenly realized that I was the only

person in the whole building with the exception of my

client, who, I had just discovered, was newly released from

a lunatic asylum, where he had been confined for attemptedsuicide. I was not, however, the least alarmed, and we

terminated our interview by my dictating to him a longletter to his lady-love, who had been the cause of all his

woes.

A drawing showing the health and life lines of this

subject is given in Fig. 229.

On another occasion, when, fortunately, I had my atten-

dant with me, a somewhat inebriated lady forced her way

into my waiting-room, and insisted that she must have an

interview with me immediately, to obtain which she was

quite willing to bribe us all round with any number of five-

pound notes. A gentleman who was waiting for an inter-

view very kindly and carefully escorted her downstairs and

put her into a cab, his wife, who was also waiting to see me,

having already sought refuge in my kitchen.

I don't know any of their names, and have never seen

any of them since, though this happened seventeen years

ago, but I have always looked upon that gentleman as my

ideal of a preuaz Chevalier.

Talking of the lady's five-pound notes reminds me that

on two separate occasions I have had fees of twenty and

twenty-five guineas respectively offered me to read the

hands of people who came in on the chance for interviews

on days when I was fully posted up, for even weeks ahead,

with engagements, while on another occasion I found,

after my client had left, that she had slipped two half-

pennies into my hand, depending on my not discoveringher little ruse until she had departed.

During my professional life I have never met with any-

Page 33: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

INTRODUCTORY 27

tMng" but kindness and respect, except on one notable

occasion, many years ago now, when, on entering mywaiting-room, I found two perfect types of the jeunesse

doree, leaning' back in easy-chairs, hats on their heads and

cigars in their mouths. On my entering they remained in

the same position, and so did I, until they gradually rose,

removed their hats and cigars, and actually bowed politely.

It was a complete transformation scene, after which I muchregretted that I was fully engaged for many days ahead.

I had on one occasion to be stern, though inwardly muchamused, on finding that a celebrated actress and a nowequally well-known M.P. had made an Aunt Sally of the

very proper umbrella left in my waiting-room by an elderly

lady who was consulting me at the time.

Few things in my life have ever given me greater

pleasure than a letter which I received, about four years

ago, from one of the most celebrated humorists of the

day, telling me that everything I had foretold for him eight

years previously had come to pass ; and so sceptical had he

been at the time of our interview about the ultimate title

which he had, notwithstanding, just received, that I

appreciated his kindness in writing to me more than

I can say.

As has been said already, to read a hand really success-

fully, it is necessary first to study carefully the subject's

character, for a true comprehension of this gives the key

to the whole life. If you can first grasp the character, you

will then be able to understand why the subject acted as

you find he did, under certain circumstances, at different

times during his career ; and the same knowledge of his

character will also be a very great guide in forming an

opinion as to how he is likely to act in the future.

When the character has been correctly grasped—at all

events, in his own mind—then the palmist should begin at

INTRODUGTORY 27

thing but kindness and respect, except on one notable

occasion, many years ago now, when, on entering my

waiting-room, I found two perfect types of the jczmessccloréc, leaning back in easy-chairs, hats on their heads and

cigars in their mouths, On my entering they remained in

the same position, and so did I, until they gradually rose,

removed their hats and cigars, and actually bowed politely.It was a complete transformation scene, after which I much

regretted that I was fully engaged for many days ahead.

I had on one occasion to be stern, though inwardly much

amused, on finding that a celebrated actress and a now

equally well-known MP. had made an Aunt Sally of the

very proper umbrella left in my waiting-room by an elderlylady who was consulting me at the time.

Few things in my life have ever given me greaterpleasure than a letter which I received, about four years

ago, from one of the most celebrated humorists of the

day, telling me that everything I had foretold for him eightyears previously had come to pass ; and so sceptical had he

been at the time of our interview about the ultimate title

which he had, notwithstanding, just received, that I

appreciated his kindness in writing to me more than

I can say.~~

As has been said already, to read a hand really success-

fully, it is necessary first to study carefully the subject'scharacter, for a true comprehension of this gives the keyto the whole life. If you can first grasp the character, you

will then be able to understand why tl1e subject acted as

you ind he did, under certain circumstances, at differenttimes during his career ; and the same knowledge of his

character will also be a very great guide in forming an

opinion as to how he is likely to act in the future.

Wlien the character has been correctly grasped-at all

events, in his own mind-then the palmist should begin at

Page 34: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

28 THE aRAYEN PALM

the very commencement of the line of life (between the

thumb and first finger), and read through each year of the

subject^s life in regular succession, examining, of course,

the lines of life in both hands for confirmation, and also the

lines of fate, fortune, and health.

By this means the diagnosis of the past should be abso-

lutely correct in a well-marked and eventful hand. But,

of course, apart from those who have badly-marked hands,

which are difficult to read, the lives of many people are

dull and uneventful, and there is often nothing of very

great importance to tell for a number of years in succession

beyond the general events of everyday life, which are not

marked by any particular signs.

It may not be out of place to state here that I have not

myself the most rudimentary acquaintance with astrology.

I have adopted, as all other palmists before me have done,

the astrological names of the mounts and fingers merely as

a convenient nomenclature, and one which is now so

generally known that it is less likely to lead to confusion

than the use of the terms first, second, third, fourth fingers

and thumb would be.

That every subject is dominated both mentally and

physically more or less by one or more of the mounts in his

hand, my study of Desbarrolles and years of experience

and research have taught me to be correct ; for even a little

observation will show a student that a small, lively person,

with dark brown hair and keen, dark brown eyes, will

possess the mental and moral characteristics of the Mercury

mount and finger, whereas a tall, thin, sallow person, with

black hair and eyes, will have the qualities and idiosyncrasies

which belong to the Saturnian mount and finger. Again,

people who do not appear to belong physically to any

special mount, but to be a combination of many, will be

28 THE GRAVEN PALM

the very commencement of the line of life (between the

thumb and irst finger), and read through each year of the

subject's life in regular succession, examining, of course,

the lines of life in both hands for confirmation, and also the

lines of fate, fortune, and health.

By this means the diagnosis of the past should be abso-

lutely correct in a well-marked and eventful hand. But,

of course, apart from those who have badly-marked hands,which are diflicult to read, the lives of many people are

dull and uneventful, and there is often nothing of very

great importance to tell for a number of years in succession

beyond the general events of everyday life, which are not

marked by any particular signs.

It may not be out of place to state here that I have not

myself the most rudimentary acquaintance with astrology.I have adopted, as all other palmists before me have done,

the astrological names of the mounts and fingers merely as

a convenient nomenclature, and one which is now so

generally known that it is less likely to lead to confusion

than the use of the terms first, second, third, fourth fingersand thumb would be.

That every subject is dominated both mentally and

physically more or less by one or more of the mounts in his

hand, my study of Desbarrolles and years of experienceand research have taught me to be correct ; for even a little

observation will show a student that a small, lively person,

with dark brown hair and keen, dark brown eyes, will

possess the mental and moral characteristics of the Mercury

mount and finger, whereas a tall, thin, sallow person, with

black hair and eyes, will have the qualities and idiosyncrasieswhich belong to the Saturnian mount and finger. Again,

people who do not appear to belong physically to any

special mount, but to be a combination of many, will be

Page 35: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

INTRODUCTOEY 29

found in the same way to possess the moral and mental

traits of character attributable to the influence of several

different mounts.

With regard to the idea that people are affected by the

ascendancy of some special planet at the time of their birth,

my want of knowledge of the subject prevents my giving

any opinion. In one singular instance, however, I remem-

ber seeing the hand of a lady whose lines and mounts

appeared to be confused in some extraordinary manner, but,

unfortunately, I did not at the time take a drawing of her

hand, as it was in the very early years of my professional

work.

The hand was a very difficult one to read, for no sooner

did an influence begin in her life than a line appeared

to dash through it and cut it off, and the hand was also full

of perpetual changes and fatality marks. As her hand

was, so had her life been; and she told me that she had

been born at a time of peculiar atmospheric disturbance

shortly after a shower of falling stars had taken place.

Whether this was the cause of there being such con-

fusion of the mounts and lines I have not had sufficient

experience of similar hands to be able to say ; but, at the

same time, it is a curious case. It certainly appears likely,

the whole life being influenced by the character, and the

character being due to the domination of certain mounts^

that the influence upon the character of certain distant

planets, if there be such an influence, might be weakened

at the hour of birth by the shower of falling stars.

The Reading of Names.—I have been considered very

marvellous by a large number of my clients because I have

been able to read upon their hands initials or names ; and

I should like to state here that this has absolutely nothing

whatsoever to do with palmistry proper.

I began doing it first for amusement, because I had heard

INTRODUCTGRY 29

found in the same way to possess the moral and mental

traits of character attributable to the influence of several

different mounts.

Witli regard to the idea that people are affected by the

ascendancy of some special planet at the time of their birth,

my want of knowledge of the subject prevents my givingany opinion. In one singular instance, however, I remem-

ber seeing the hand of a lady whose lines cmd mounts

appeared to be confused in some extraordinary manner, but,

unfortunately, I did not at the time take a drawing of her

hand, as it was in the very early years of my professionalwork.

The hand was a very difficult one to read, for no sooner

did an influence begin in her life than a line appearedto dash through it and cut it off, and the hand was also full

of perpetual changes and fatality marks. As her hand

was, so had her life been; and she told me that she had

been born at a time of peculiar atmospheric disturbance

shortly after a shower of falling stars had taken place.Wliether this was the cause of there being such con-

fusion of the mounts and lines I have not had sufficient

experience of similar hands to be able to say , but, at the

same time, it is a curious case. It certainly appears likely,the whole life being influenced by the character, and the

character being due to the domination of certain mounts,that the influence upon the character of certain distant

planets, if there be such an influence, might be weakened

at the hour of birth by the shower of falling stars.

The Reading of Names.--I have been considered very

marvellous by a large number of my clients because I have

been able to read upon their hands initials or names ; and

I should like to state here that this has absolutely nothingwhatsoever to do with palmistry proper.

I began doing it Hrst for amusement, because I had heard

Page 36: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

30 THE GRAVEN PALM

that tlie famous Gripsy Lee at the Dyke near Brighton read

initials upon the hands of those who consulted her. In the

beginning I was only able to see single letters, but gradually

I found that I could read entire names, and sometimes

several names. Let anyone look at their hands, and most

assuredly they will be able to see letters formed by the

different lines. It is on exactly the same principle as

making up pictures or letters from clouds, cracks in an old

ceiling, or the often quoted pictures in the fire. I have

found the most curious instances, in the hands of both men

and women, where I could show the subjects themselves

the initials and letters of the names of those dear to them,

as it were engraved on their hands.

It is certainly not thought-reading, for the reason that I

have constantly read names to people which they did not

in the least expect to hear, and often the names of those

they did not meet till after I had read their hands, and

I have had many letters from former clients telling me that

they had just met the people whose names I had spelt in

their hands, or else that I was perfectly right in saying that

certain people whom they had already known had, for

instance, a second name, which they at the time I read their

hands had not known of at all, but which I had spelt

to them correctly.

Sometimes in reading the hands of a woman who had

been twice married, the first time happily, and the second

time unhappily, I have only been able to find the name

of her first husband.

There are many hundreds of clients of mine to whom

I have never told initials or names at all;, for I very seldom

tell the names or initials unless asked to do so, and always

as an adjunct to the hand-reading, and not as part of the

reading itself.

In some cases I have been able to say the names straight

30 THE GRAVEN PALM

that the famous Gipsy Iiee at the Dyke near Brighton read

initials upon the hands of those who consulted her. In the

beginning I was onlyable to see single letters, but graduallyI found that I could read entire names, and .sometimes

several names. Iiet anyone look at their hands, and most

assuredly they will be able to see letters formed by the

different lines. It is on exactly the same principle as

making up pictures or letters from clouds, cracks in an old

ceiling, or the often quoted pictures in the fire. I have

found the most curious instances, in the hands of both men

and women, where I could show the subjects themselves

the initials and letters of the names of those dear to them,as it were engraved on their hands.

It is certainly not thought-reading, for the reason that I

have constantly read names to people which they did not

in the least expect to hear, and often the names of those

they did not meet till after I had read their hands, and

I have had many letters from former clients telling me that

they had just met the people whose names I had spelt in

their hands, or else that I was perfectly right in saying that

certain people whom they had already known had, for

instance, a second name, which they at the time I read their

hands had not known of at all, but which I had speltto them correctly.

Sometimes in reading the hands of a woman who had

been twice married, the first time happily, and the second

time unhappily, I have only been able to find the name

of her first husband.

There are many hundreds of clients of mine to whom

I have never told initials or names at all ,_ for I very seldom

tell the names or initials unless asked to do so, and alwaysas an adjunct to the hand-reading, and not as part of the

reading itself.

In some cases I have been able to say the names straight

Page 37: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

INTRODUCTOHY 3]

out, as, for instance, to give a fictitious case, ^^John

Alexander "; at other times I have found merely one short

name, as, for instance, " Ida/' and nothing more. In other

cases I have only been able to decipher a confused mass

of letters, out of which I have not myself been able to make

any name at all, though in many of these cases my clients

themselves have said that they could quite easily put the

letters together, and that they knew the name, or names,

formed by the letters which I had found.

In other cases, again, when reading the hands of young

unmarried people, and being able only to find a confused

number of letters, of course the amusing thing is to find out

what names the letters can make ; but whether the names

thus found will be those of my subjects' future husbands or

wives is another question.

Though in many instances I have told people names, and

they have afterwards married the individuals I have named

to them, yet in other cases, although I have foretold the

exact date of the marriage (before any engagement had

taken place), the subjects have not after all married those

whose names I had read in their hands, though they mayhave been intimately acquainted with the owners of the

names, and in some cases there may even have been an

engagement between them.

On the other hand, it is by no means only the names of

future husbands and wives that I have read upon the hand.

I have often found in the hands of women the names of

their great women friends, and in the hands of men the

name of some special man friend. In the hands of one or

two men the only names I have been able to find have been

their own. And I think I ought in fairness to myself to say

that in every one of these latter cases I have not had

the least idea that they were my clients' own names until

they told me so at the conclusion of the interview. Con-

INTRODUCTORY 3]

out, as, for instance, to give a fictitious case, "John

Alexander ' '

; at other times I have found merely one short

name, as, for instance,"

Ida," and nothing more. In other

cases I have only been able to decipher a confused mass

of letters, out of which I have not myself been able to make

any name at all, though in many of these cases my clients

themselves have said that they could quite easily put the

letters together, and that they knew the name, or names,

formed by the letters which I had found.

In other cases, again, when reading the hands of young

unmarried people, and being able only to find a confused

number of letters, of course the amusing thing is to find out

what names the letters can make 5 but whether the names

thus found will be those of my subjects' future husbands or

wives is another question.Though in many instances I have told people names, and

they have afterwards married the individuals I have named

to them, yet in other cases, although I have foretold the

exact date of the marriage (before any engagement had

taken place), the subjects have not after all married those

whose names I had read in their hands, though they may

have been intimately acquainted with the owners of the

names, and i11 some cases there may even have been an

engagement between them.

On the other hand, it is by no means only the names of

future husbands and wives that I have read upon the hand.

I have often found in the hands of women the names of

their great women friends, and in the hands of men the

name of some special 111311 friend. In the hands of one or

two men the only names I have been able to find have been

their own. And I think I ought in fairness to myself to saythat in every one of these latter cases I have not had

the least idea that they were my clients' own names until

they told me so at the conclusion of the interview. Con-

Page 38: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

32 THE aRAYEN PALM

stantly in mothers' hands I find the names of their children,

and in one noteworthy instance, when looking at the hand

of a man, and reading a woman's name, he told me that it

was the name of his sister who had been some few years

earlier very terribly before the world in a well-known legal

case. Whether Desbarrolles ever read names upon the

hand I do not know, but a client of mine, who had many

years before seeing me consulted him, told me that one of

the first things Desbarrolles had said to him was:" You

have a nickname/' My client was the late Admiral Sir

Reginald Macdonald, with whose nickname, "Rim," all

those who knew him will be well acquainted.

I have often been asked how, when reading names in

the hands of those foreigners whose language would be

written in characters different to our own, I deciphered

the letters. The only instance I can give of having seen

foreign characters was in the hand of a Russian lady, who

once consulted me, and on whose hand I found a name

written, as it appeared to me, in the most extraordinary

hieroglyphics ; she, however, when I showed her the letters

upon her hand, exclaimed with delight :" Oh, yes, that is

the name of the man I care for ! You are reading it in the

Russian characters." This pleased me very much, as may

be imagined.

Sceptics are very fond of saying that whenever prophecies

come true it is merely coincidence. This students must be

left to judge of for themselves ; but I have often wondered

whether it is the long arm of coincidence or not which

controls the curious fact that constantly each successive

client who has come to me on one particular day has been

born in the same month, if not in the same year, and

I have sometimes got so accustomed to this being the case

that, if I started my day with a person born, say, in Aprd,

I would take it quite for granted that my next client

32 THE GRAVEN PALM

stantly in mothers' hands I find the names of their children,

and in one noteworthy instance, when looking at the hand

of a man, and reading a woman's name, he told me that it

was the name of his sister who had been some few years

earlier very terribly before the world in a well-known legal

case. VVhether Desbarrolles ever read names upon the

hand I do not know, but a client of mine, who had many

years before seeing me consulted him, told me that one of

the first things Desbarrolles had said to him was: "You

have a nickname." My client was the late Admiral Sir

Reginald Macdonald, with whose nickname, "Rim," all

those who knew him will be well acquainted.I have often been asked how, when reading names in

the hands of those foreigners whose language would be

written in characters different to our own, I decipheredthe letters. The only instance I can give of having seen

foreign characters was in the hand of a Russian lady, who

once consulted me, and on whose hand I found a name

written, as it appeared to me, in the most extraordinary

hieroglyphics; she, however, when I showed her the letters

upon her hand, exclaimed with delight:" Oh, yes, that is

the name of the man I care for ! You are reading it in the

Russian characters." This pleased me very much, as may

be imagined.Sceptics are very fond of saying that whenever prophecies

come true it is merely coincidence. This students must be

left to judge of for themselves 5 but I have often wondered

whether it is the long arm of coincidence or not which

controls the curious fact that constantly each successive

client who has come to me on one particular day has been

born in the same month, if not in the same year, and

I have sometimes got so accustomed to this being the case

that, if I started my day with a person born, say, in April,

I would take it quite for granted that my next client

Page 39: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

INTRODUCTORY 33

would be born in April also, even if there were manyyears^ difference in the ages.

I have constantly found this to be correct even in a

sequence of four clients of different ages and sex, comingon the same day, whose lives, however, wo»ild not of

necessity be at all alike. I do not in the least know howto explain this. I merely state what I have proved byexperience to be frequently the case.

INTRODUCTORY 33

would he born in April also, even if there were many

years' difference in the ages.I have constantly found this to be correct even in a

sequence of four clients of oliilerent ages and sex, comingon the same day, Whose lives, however, would not of

necessity he at all alike. I do not in the least know how

to explain this. I merely state what I have proved byexperience to be frequently the case.

3

Page 40: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

CHAPTER II

THE HAND

To gain a satisfactory knowledge of a subject's character

both the front and the back of the hand must be examined

carefully ; for character is shown almost entirely by the

shape of the palm and fingers, and by their comparative

lengths. Not only must the fingers be compared one with

the other, but much may be learnt by comparing the

leno-ths of the fingers with the length and breadth of the

palm These indications will be found to vary very con-

siderably in different hands, and it is only by much practice

and long experience that a correct judgment can be quickly

arrived at.

Comparative Lengths of Fingers.-People whose fingers

are short in proportion to the length of their palms, the

hand being placed palm uppermost (see Fig. 2), have, as

a rule, great instinct, as distinguished from reason,^ and

their first unprejudiced impressions are almost invariably

correct ; and though these individuals, especially it the

fingers are smooth, are often too impulsive not to alter or

modify their opinions very frequently, in the end they will

almost certainly return to their first convictions

The natural tendency of those who have short fingers

and large nails is to find it most difficult to pay any atten-

tion to detail ; they see things so quickly en mas.e, that they

feel it too tedious to go quietly into the minutiaa of the

34

CHAPTER H

THE HAND

To gain a satisfactory knowledge of a subject's character,

both the front and the back of the hand must be examined

carefully ; for character is shown almost entirely by the

shape of the pahn and fingers, and by their comparative

lengths. Not only must the fingers be compared one with

the other, but much may be learnt by comparing the

lengths of the fingers with the length and breadth of the

palm. These indications Will be found to vary very con-

siderably in different hands, and it is only by much practice

and long experience that a correct judgment can be quickly

arrived at.

Comparative Lengths of Fingers.-People whose fingers

are short in proportion to the length of their palms, the

hand being placed palm uppermost (see Fig. 2), have, as

a rule, great instinct, as distinguished from reason, and

their first unprejudiced impressions are almost invariably

correct, and though these individuals, especially if the

fingers are smooth, are often too impulsive not to alter or

modify their opinions very frequently, in the end they will

almost certainly return to their first convictions.

The natural tendency of those Who have short fingers

and large nails is to find it most difficult to pay any atten-

tion to detail 5 they see things so quickly en masse, that they

feel it too tedious to go quietly into the minutiae of the

34;

Page 41: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE HAND 35

subject afterwards, and they are usually too impulsive andquick in action to be very methodical. But, if they haveshort fingers and small nails, they will, though disliking

Fig. 1.

detail, always attend to it, and you will generally findthese hands belonging to very capable, adaptable, andmethodical, though not fidgety, people.

On the other hand, those whose fingers are long in

THE I-IAND 35

subject afterwards, and they are usually too impulsive and

quick in action to be very methodical. But, if they have

short Hngers and small nails, they will, though disliking

I

7/

§_

§2 & |

2

'T2

*'* .

3 QI

5

J §_, &

l "

-`,-;»~_ g

\"'+ it

e ¢'

/.

/j

'z- _

/ a

D

FIG. 1.

detail, always attend to it, and you Will generally indthese hands belonging to very capable, adaptable, and

methodical, though not idgety, people.On the other hand, those Whose lingers are long in

Page 42: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

36 THE aBAVEN PALM

Fig. 2.

36 THE GRAVEN PALM

*~

;;'-'"-

Q

/ 1? ,_

'i f%A

I Ti/fr 0/

"

" XE./R i

~_I C ; `§

yf `q ;"° " `» ~ 'ss "

/ b #as _.Qv *

//f §`_ _

_

E_

5

> §§

' ' f .

~ ~

y M { `v' _<

`

\\

X

f

Q f_

-_é»> / _f

'>`- CZ

'

J3 .-¢_»_@;==»

*~- ; ¢f''§;%g ,

FIG. 2.

Page 43: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE HAND 37

proportion to the length, of the palm (see Fig. 3), and whoalso have small nails, go into detail of necessity, for their

brains work far less quickly, though as a rule more

accurately (if the head-line is good, see Chapter IV.), than

the brains of their short-fingered brethren. They arrive,

therefore, at a conclusion with more difficulty ; and also,

being less impulsive, are able to see both sides of a ques-

tion ; and, since they weigh the pros and the cons more

accurately, cannot agree to any assertion which is not

approved of both by their instinct and their reason.

Those whose fingers are long but the nails large, also

give much attention to detail, but they are a much longer

time than the other types in mastering a subject, and still

longer in forming an opinion. Of course, one finds great

modifications of these" general rules—for instance, a long-

fingered person with long nails, if the joints of the fingers

are not strongly developed, will often have as much dislike

to detail as the people with short fingers.

It will be as well to make a brief summary of the fore-

going remarks. Short fingers denote impulsiveness and

rapidity, long fingers detail and hesitation ; well-developed

joints (as will be seen later) denote reason ; smooth fingers,

instinct; small nails denote tidiness and method (and

consequently the critical faculty) ; large nails denote the

opposite qualities.

Having made these preliminary observations, the student

must next note which is the dominant finger in the hand^

and which the dominant phalange in that finger. For

example, if the first or Jupiter finger be unusually long,

in proportion to the other fingers, then that finger is the

dominant one ; and in such a case, though this finger would

not, of course, be as long as the second finger, or finger of

Saturn, it would be nearly as long, and certainly longer than

the third finger, or finger of Apollo (see Fig. 1). Having

THE HAND 37

proportion to the length of the palm (see Fig. 3), a11d who

also have small nails, go into detail of necessity, for their

brains Work far less quickly, though as a rule more

accurately (if the head-line is good, see Chapter IV), than

the brains of their short-fingered brethren. They arrive,therefore, at a conclusion with more difficulty ; and also,being less impulsive, are able to see both sides of a ques-

tion; and, since they Weigh the pros and the cons more

accurately, cannot agree to any assertion which is not

approved of both by their instinct and their reason.

Those Whose fingers are long but the nails large, also

give much attention to detail, but they are a much longertime than the other types in mastering a subject, and still

longer in forming an opinion. Of course, one finds greatmodifications of these" general rules-for instance, a long-fingered person with long nails, if the joints of the lingersare not strongly developed, will often have as much dislike

to detail as the people with short fingers.It will be as Well to make a brief summary of the fore-

going remarks. Short fingers denote impulsiveness and

rapidity, long fingers detail and hesitation; Well-developedjoints (as Will be seen later) denote reason; smooth fingers,instinct; small nails denote tidiness and method (andconsequently the critical faculty); large nails denote the

opposite qualities.Having made these preliminary observations, the student

must next note which is the dominant finger in the hand,and which the dominant phalange in that Enger. For

example, if tl1e Hrst or Jupiter finger be unusually long,in proportion to the other fingers, then that finger is the

dominant one; and in such a case, though this finger would

not, of course, be as long as the second finger, or finger of

Saturn, it would be nearly as long, and certainly longer than

the third finger, or finger of Apollo (see Fig. 1). Having

Page 44: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

38 THE GRAVEN PALM

Fig. 3.

THE GRAVEN PALM

§

$'>*

'gS§Q §

' <\ =?<\

">\ \\

iw

§5d \f

-6

a/

7 inf

,J

6

.

FIG. 3.

Page 45: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE HAND 39

decided this point, the student must then compare the

lengths of the phalanges of the dominant finger with what

his experience tells him should be their normal lengths, and

must next note any abnormal development of any of the

phalanges of the other fingers, in order to determine in

what way any of the dominant characteristics may be

subsequently modified. It must be remembered, too, that

the comparative thicknesses of the phalanges must be taken

into consideration, as well as their lengths.

An abnormal thickness of one of the phalanges would

show the same characteristics as would an excessive length

of that phalange, but the thickness would denote the

greater force of character and determination.

Taking the phalanges (?'.e., the spaces between the

joints) as a whole, the first phalange (that containing

the nail) indicates the ideal, the second phalange the

reasonable, and the third the material ; and any unusual

development of any one of these gives us at once an

insight into the character of the man with whom we have

to deal.

The Jupiter Finger.—We will now consider the phalanges

of each finger separately, beginnnig with the first finger

(Jupiter). The first phalange of the finger of Jupiter

indicates religion, the second ambition, the third love

of rule.

li the first phalange is very short, in comparison with

the first phalanges of the other fingers, it indicates that the

individual has naturally a very small sense of his religious

obligations. The reasonable and material side of life will

always appeal to him first, and though under extraordinary

pressure of life's vicissitudes he might become even a

religious enthusiast or a martyr to a philanthropic cause,

the enthusiasm would be sustained only at high pressure,

and the subject would himself be acting under the impulse

THE HAND 39

decided this point, the student must then compare the

lengths of the phalanges of the dominant finger with what

his experience tells him should be their normal lengths, and

must next note any abnormal development of any of the

phalanges of the other lingers, in order to determine in

what Way any of the dominant characteristics may be

subsequently modified. lt inust be remembered, too, that

the comparative thicknesses of the phalanges must be taken

into consideration, as Well as their lengths.An abnormal thickness of one of the phalanges would

show the same characteristics as would an excessive lengthof that plialange, but the thickness would denote the

greater force of character and determination.

Taking the phalanges ('z7.e., the spaces between the

joints) as a Whole, the first phalange (that containingthe nail) indicates the ideal, the second phalange the

reasonable, and the third the material ; and any unusual

development of any one of these gives us at once an

insight into the character of the man with Whom We have

to deal.

The Jupiter Finger.--WVe Will now consider the phalangesof each finger separately, beginning with the first finger

(Jupiter). The first phalange of the finger of Jupiterindicates religion, the second ambition, the third love

of rule.

If the first phalange is very short, in comparison with

the first phalanges of the other fingers, it indicates that the

individual has 'naturally a very small sense of his religions

obligations. The reasonable and material side of life will

always appeal to him first, and though under extraordinary

pressure of life's vieissitudes he might become even a

religious enthusiast or a martyr to a philanthropic cause,

the enthusiasm would be sustained only at high pressure,

and the subject would himself be acting under the impulse

Page 46: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

40 THE GEAYEN PALM

of an unnaturally overstrained and overwrought mind and

brain. You will therefore find amongst natures of this

class, especially if the finger be pointed^ those girls who

enter a convent under the immediate influence of some

great sorrow or disappointment, and deeply regret having

done so ever after; and likewise those men who take up

some philanthropic scheme, and finding, after the first

novelty of the life was over, that drudgery forms a com-

ponent part of religious exercise, are compelled to give up

the life through sheer weariness of spirit and that want of

ideal religious enthusiasm which a long first phalange of

Jupiter never fails to give, and which would enable them

to soar triumphantly in spirit above their mean and sordid

surroundings.

A well-proportioned first phalange of Jupiter—particularly

if it be rather pointed, and found in combination with a

good line of head—will almost invariably give a decided

talent for languages, or rather the desire and ability to

acquire a large number of foreign languages, and to study

the literature of each country in its own language, as

distinguished from the capability of picking up and quickly

learning to speak many languages very indifferently, which

is almost exclusively a power belonging to that type of

Mercury subject who possesses a rather short and pointed

first phalange of the little finger.

A very pointed first phalange of Jupiter denotes spirit-

ualism and mysticism, and is more common amongst RomanCatholics than Protestants ; it is also curiously enough

found in the hands of racing men, who are inclined to put

great credence in lucky or unlucky omens.

A comparatively long and large second phalange of

Jupiter, unless very strongly contradicted by other indica-

tions in the hand, will usually enable the possessor to

successfully overcome adverse circumstances, and to even-

4fO THE GRAVEN PALM

of an unnaturally overstrained and overwrought mind and

brain. You will therefore find amongst natures of this

class, especially if the finger be pointed, those girls who

enter a convent under the immediate influence of some

great sorrow or disappointment, and deeply regret havingdone so ever after, and likewise those men who take up

some philanthropic scheme, and finding, after the first

novelty of the life was over, that drudgery forms a com-

ponent part of religious exercise, are compelled to give up

the life through sheer weariness of spirit and that want of

ideal religious enthusiasm which a long first phalange of

Jupiter never fails to give, and which would enable them

to soar triumphantly in spirit above their mean and sordid

surroundings.Awell-proportioned first phalange of Jupiter-particularly

if it be rather pointed, and found in combination with a

good line of head-will almost invariably give a decided

talent for languages, or rather the desire and ability to

acquire a large number of foreign languages, and to studythe literature of each country in its own language, as

distinguished from the capability of picking up and quicklylearning to speak many languages very indifferently, which

is almost exclusively a power belonging to that type of

Mercury subject who possesses a rather short and pointedfirst phalange of the little finger.

A very pointed first phalange of Jupiter denotes spirit-ualism and mysticism, and is more common amongst Roman

Catholics than Protestants ; it is also curiously enoughfound in the hands of racing men, who are inclined to put

great credence in lucky or unlucky omens.

A comparatively long and large second phalange of

Jupiter, unless very strongly contradicted by other indica-

tions in the hand, will usually enable the possessor to

successfully overcome adverse circumstances, and to even-

Page 47: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE HAND 41

tually reach that position which he had made up his mind

at the outset of his career to attain.

But before predicting this with absolute certainty the

palmist must be sure that the subject possesses a long and

thick first phalange of the thumb, especially in the right

hand, as this will indicate strength of will to enable him to

carry out his projects.

When the third phalange of the finger of Jupiter is the

dominant one, the subject will be, especially if he has a

large mount of Jupiter (see Chapter III.), proud and over-

bearing to an inordinate degree, will have no patience

whatever with a religious or intellectual enthusiasm in

others, if his own first phalange of Jupiter be small, and,

if this be large and long, will certainly belong to that class

of individuals who are absolutely intolerant of any other

form of religion but their own. Such fingers, we may rest

assured, did, and do, all bigots of the past and present

possess. When we meet people of this type it makes one

quite believe that the story of the minister's wife in

Scotland is true who, when a parishioner once said to her,

^^You speak as if you really believed that only yourself

and the minister would be saved,'' replied, ^' Whiles, I hae

ma doots aboot the meenister."

The Saturn Finger.—We now come to the second finger

(Saturn)

.

The first phalange indicates melancholy. A subject

possessing a comparatively very long first phalange of

the finger of Saturn will always look on the dark side of

life, have a strong vein of mysticism in his nature, be,

unless his reasoning powers are very strong, a slave to his

belief in the supernatural, and, if he have very strongly

marked lines in the palm of his hand indicative of the

same, inclined to believe that he was sent into the world

preordained either to commit suicide or to die mad. Many

THE HAND 41

tually reach that position which he had made up his mind

at the outset of his career to attain.

But before predicting this with absolute certainty the

palmist must be sure that the subject possesses a long and

thick iirst phalange of the thumb, especially in the righthand, as this will indicate strength of will to enable him to

carry out his projects./Vhen the third phalange of the iinger of Jupiter is the

dominant one, the subject will be, especially if he has a

large mount of Jupiter (see Chapter HI), proud and over-

bearing to an inordinate degree, will have no patienceWhatever with a religious or intellectual enthusiasm in

others, if his own first phalange of Jupiter be small, and,if this be large and long, will certainly belong to that class

of individuals who are absolutely intolerant of any other

form of religion but their own. Such lingers, we may rest

assured, did, and do, all bigots of the past and presentpossess. When We meet people of this type it makes one

quite believe that the story of the niinister's Wife in

Scotland is true who, when a parishioner once said to her,"You speak as if you really believed that only yourselfand the minister Would be saved,", replied, "Wl1iles, I hae

ma doots aboot the meenister."

The Saturn Finger.-We now come to the second finger(Saturn).

The first phalange indicates melancholy. A subjectpossessing a comparatively very long first phalange of

the Hnger of Saturn will always look on the dark side of

life, have a strong vein of mysticism in his nature, be,unless his reasoning powers are very strong, a slave to his

belief in the supernatural, and, if he have very stronglymarked lines in the palm of his hand indicative of the

same, inclined to believe that he was sent into the World

preordained either to commit suicide or to die mad. Many

Page 48: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

42 THE GRAVEN PALM

of the religious martyrs must have belonged to this class,

for, with other indications elsewhere in the hand, fine and

noble characters may be produced from such a type, willnig

to sacrifice their lives for a forlorn cause, or for the benefit,

real or imaginary, of others. This type, if found in com-

bination with the long first phalange of Jupiter, described

before, produces those followers of Calvin who seem to find

satisfaction in believing in the terrible doctrine of pre-

destination.

On the other hand, a person with a comparatively short

first phalange of Saturn is sceptical with regard to super-

natural matters, will not, under any circumstances, be

likely to follow a forlorn hope, and will cling to life with

great tenacity, the idea that it would be possible for him

to commit suicide or go out of his mind at any time during

his life never having entered his head. Such subjects will

not, necessarily, be thoughtless of their fellow-creatures,

but they will be naturally inclined to make the best of

their own circumstances, even if in so doing they may

injure the prospects of others.

Individuals of this type, though possibly greatly swayed

and influenced by national religion and tradition, would at

the same time let these take a secondary place where their

own personal comfort and amusement are concerned.

For instance, once, when reading the hand of a devout

and earnest Jewish gentleman, and speaking enthusiastically

about the wonderful manner in which his co-religionists

appeared to be returning en 'masse to the Holy Land ni

fulfilment of prophecy, he somewhat surprised me by

saying: ''But I don't want to go back to Jerusalem.

I like living in London so much better."

The second phalange of Saturn, if comparatively long,

indicates great fondness for outdoor life. Farmers,

gardeners, gamekeepers, land-agents, and, in conjunction

42 THE GRAVEN PALM

of the religious martyrs must have belonged to this class,

for, with other indications elsewhere in the hand, fine and

noble characters may be produced from such a type, willingto sacrifice their lives for a forlorn cause, or for the benefit,

real or imaginary, of others. This type, if found in com-

bination with the long first phalange of Jupiter, described

before, produces those followers of Calvin who seem to find

satisfaction in believing in the terrible doctrine of pre-

destination.

On the other hand, a person with a comparatively short

first phalange of Saturn is sceptical with regard to super-

natural matters, will not, under any circumstances, be

likely to follow a forlorn hope, and will cling to life with

great tenacity, the idea that it would be possible for him

to connnit suicide or go out of his mind at any time duringhis life never having entered his head. Such subjects will

not, necessarily, be thoughtless of their fellow-creatures,

but they will be naturally inclined to make the best of

their own circumstances, even if in so doing they may

injure the prospects of others.

Individuals of this type, though possibly greatly swayedand influenced by national religion and tradition, would at

the same time let these take a secondary place where their

own personal comfort and amusement are concerned.

For instance, once, when reading the hand of a devout

and earnest Jewish gentleman, and speaking enthusiasticallyabout the wonderful manner in which his co-religionists

appeared to be returning ev:/masse to the Holy Land in

fulfilment of prophecy, he somewhat surprised me by

saying: "But I don't want to go back to Jerusalem.

I like living in London so much better."

The second phalange of Saturn, if comparatively long,indicates great fondness for outdoor life. Farmers,

gardeners, gamekeepers, land-agents, and, in conjunction

Page 49: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE HAND 43

with a large mount of the Moon (see Chapter III.), sailors,

and all those who j)refeT an outdoor to an indoor life, will

be sure to have this phalange strongly developed. Many

people—of course, more especially those with whom the

first phalange of the thumb is comparatively small—miss

their vocation in life, and take up or have thrust upon

them professions for which they have no vocation, and are

entirely unsuited; but if, in examining the hands of a

grave man of business, who has spent most of his life in

a confined city office, you find that the second phalange of

Saturn is comparatively long and well developed, you may

rest assured that his greatest ambition has always been to

live in the country and spend most of his time out of

doors. When reading the hand of the blacksmith, whomI have mentioned before, I found that in his case every

single one of the smaller lines had been rubbed and

hardened out, and it was impossible to tell him anything

whatever with regard to the events of his life, past,

present, or future; but I readily discovered, from the

shape of his hand and from his weak thumb, that

he was neither suited by nature to be a blacksmith, nor

had chosen that trade for himself, as he was utterly unfitted

for that kind of life. This second phalange is often found

to be peculiarly developed in the hands of men connected

with the turf.

As Saturn rules the Earth, and all that is in it, and

grows upon it, miners and those who work beneath the

earth would almost always belong to the strong Saturnian

type, and have this phalange comparatively long.

A subject whose dominant phalange is the third phalange

of Saturn is a terribly material being, of the earth earthy

;

and, unless he has a very fine Jupiter finger, and many

other redeeming qualities, he will never be capable of

rising above the level of a mere clod.

THE HAND 43

with a large mount of the Moon (see Chapter Ill), sailors,

and all those who pwfcv' an outdoor to an indoor life, will

be sure to have this phalange strongly developed. Many

people-of course, more especially those with whom the

first phalange of the thumb is comparatively small-miss

their vocation in life, and take up or have thrust upon

them professions for which they have no vocation, and are

entirely unsuited, but if, in examining the hands of a

grave man of business, who has spent most of his life in

a confined city oflice, you find that the second phalange of

Saturn is comparatively long and well developed, you may

rest assured that his greatest ambition has always been to

live in the count-ry and spend most of his time out of

doors. W7hen reading the hand of tl1e blacksmith, whom

I have mentioned before, I found that in his case every

single one of the smaller lines had been rubbed and

hardened out, and it was impossible to tell him anythingwhatever with regard to the events of his life, past,

present, or future; but I readily discovered, from the

shape of his hand and from his weak thumb, that

he was neither suited by nature to be a blacksmith, nor

had chosen that trade for himself,-as he was utterly unfitted

for that kind of life. This second phalange is often found

to be peculiarly developed in the hands of men connected

with the turf.

As Saturn rules the Earth, and all that is in it, and

grows upon it, miners and those who work beneath the

earth would almost always belong to the strong Saturnian

type, and have this phalange comparatively long.A subject whose dominant phalange is the third phalange

of Saturn is a terribly material being, of t-he earth earthy ,

and, unless he has a very fine Jupiter finger, and many

other redeeming qualities, he will never be capable of

rising above the level of a mere clod.

Page 50: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

44 THE GRAVEN PALM

The Apollo Finger.—The finger of Apollo is a very trust-

worthy guide to a palmist in forming an opinion as to the

temperament, artistic talents, and inclinations of a subject.

People of a cheerful, hopeful nature almost invariably

have a long finger of Apollo, or rather they have the first

phalange comparatively long in proportion to the corre-

sponding phalange of the finger of Saturn.

When the Apollo, or Sun, finger is the dominant one in

the hand, the subject's nature is sunny and bright. If it

be exceptionally long

i.e., nearly or quite as long as the

Saturn finger—the hopeful tendency, being in excess,

would be likely to lead the subject into speculation of all

kinds ; but if the indications of caution are strongly

shown, and the subject has a strong will, the in-

dividual with a long Apollo finger, though he may

speculate, will not develop into a reckless gambler, as

he would almost certainly do if the indications of caution

were absent and the will weak. Caution will as a rule be

indicated by a reserved heart-line and a good strong

thumb, combined with fingers which naturally cling

together, when the hand is extended palm upwards.

Apollo governs the arts, music, painting, sculpture, and

histrionic talent of a certain higher type, though, of course.

Mercury, the fourth finger, governs mimicry and facility of

speech. Reason in art is naturally shown by the length of the

second phalange ; but it is a mistake to suppose that a good

Apollo finger alone will be sufficient evidence for a palmist

to go upon in deciding whether the subject is an actor,

sculptor, painter, or musician, as many other parts of the

hand must be examined carefully before it is possible to

arrive at a correct estimate.

The third phalange of Apollo, when very long and thick,

is one of the worst indications to be met with, especially if

accompanied by a large mount of Apollo. It indicates

441 THE GRAVEN PALM

The AQol10 Finger.-The finger of Apollo is a very trust-

worthy guide to a palmist in forming an opinion as to the

temperament, artistic talents, and inclinations of a subject.

People of a cheerful, hopeful nature almost invariablyhave a long finger of Apollo, or rather they have the first

phalange comparatively long in proportion to the corre-

sponding phalange of the finger of Saturn.

Wlieii the Apollo, or Sun, finger is the dominant one in

the hand, the subject's nature is sunny and bright. If it

be exceptionally long-i.e., nearly or quite as long as the

Saturn finger-the hopeful tendency, being in excess,

would be likely to lead the subject into speculation of all

kinds 5 but if the indications of caution are strongly

shown, and the subject has a strong will, the in-

dividual with a long Apollo finger, though he may

speculate, Will not develop into a reckless gambler, as

he Would almost certainly do if the indications of caution

were absent and the Will Weak. Caution will as a rule be

indicated by a reserved heart-line and a good strong

thumb, combined With fingers which naturally cling

together, when the hand is extended palm upwards.Apollo governs the arts, music, painting, sculpture, and

histrionic talent of a certain higher type, though, of course,

Mercury, the fourth finger, governs mimicry and facility of

speech. Reason in art is naturally shown by the length of the

second phalange; but it is a mistake to suppose that a good

Apollo finger alone Will be sufficient evidence for a palmistto go upon in deciding whether the subject is an actor,

sculptor, painter, or musician, as many other parts of the

hand must be examined carefully before it is possible to

arrive at a correct estimate.

The third phalange of Apollo, when very long and thick,

is one of the Worst indications to be met with, especially if

accompanied by a large mount of Apollo. It indicates

Page 51: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE HAND 45

purse pride of a most pronounced type, a vulgar love of

ostentation, fondness for show in dress, and for display

in jewellery.

The Mercury Finger.—The temper and disposition of a

person may be more accurately told from an examination

of the shape and formation of the Mercury, or little finger,

than from any other part of the hand.

I have invariably found that the longer the little finger

is, the longer the subject takes to forget and forgive an

injury. People with long little fingers must by no means,

because of this, be stigmatized as possessing cruel and

vindictive natures. The fact is merely that they feel an

unkindness or slight more deeply than others would do

whose little fingers are short.

You will invariably find that a child who has gained the

reputation of being very sulky has a long little finger.

Such children should be tenderly and kindly treated, not

scolded and called bad-tempered; for sulkiness with them

simply means that they feel unkindnesses more deeply, and

are able to forget them less speedily than other children

can. Of course, if a child is intensely imaginative,

every little thing appears to him to be of far more

importance than it really is, aTid he will often fancy a slight

or unkindness where none was intended, especially if the

first phalange of the Saturnian finger be also long.

A person with a very short little finger is as a rule quick

tempered, but forgets all about the cause of offence the

next moment, and is very much surprised to find that

everybody else has not forgotten likewise.

A subject with a long first phalange of the Mercury

finger has generally a very great flow of language and the

power of carrying his hearers along with him, and of con-

verting them almost against their will to a belief in his

opinions. If the first phalange be pointed, the subject will

THE HAND 45

purse pride of a most pronounced type, a vulgaih love of

ostentation, fondness for show in dress, and for displayin jewellery.

The Mercury Finger.-The temper and disposition of a

person may be more accurately told from an examination

of the shape and formation of the Mercury, or little finger,

than from any other part of the hand.

I have invariably found that the longer the little finger

is, the longer the subject takes to forget and forgive an

injury. People with long little fingers must by no means,

because of this, be stigmatized as possessing cruel and

vindictive natures. The fact is merely that they feel an

unkindness or slight more deeply than others would do

whose little fingers are short.

You will invariably find that a child who has gained the

reputation of being very sulky has a long little finger.

Such children should be tenderly and kindly treated, not

scolded and called bad-tempered 5 for sulkiness with them

simply means that they feel unkindnesses more deeply, and

are able to forget them less speedily than other children

can. Of course, if a child is intensely imaginative,

every little thing appears to 'him to be of far more

importance than it really is, and he will often fancy a slight

or unkindness where none was intended, especially if the

first phalange of the Saturnian finger be also long.

A person with a very short little finger is as a rule quick

tempered, but forgets all about the cause of offence the

next moment, and is very much surprised to iind that

everybody else has not forgotten likewise.

A subject with a long first phalange of the Mercury

finger has generally a very great fiow of language and the

power of carrying his hearers along with him, and of con-

verting them almost against their will to a belief in his

opinions. If the first phalange be pointed, the subject will

Page 52: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

46 THE GRAVEN PALM

have a very keen sense of tlie ridiculous, and the power of

mimicry ; and if, in addition, it be long, he will be a good

raconteur.

A long and thick second phalange is a great sign of

perseverance (just as a short and narrow phalange shows

the want of application) , and is often found on the hands of

merchants or other successful business people.

A long and thick third phalange of Mercury, as in the

case of the other fingers, shows a bad type of character.

When very large and thick, accompanied by a large

and badly marked mount of Mercury, and a head-line

with a branch sloping to the mount of the Moon, it

denotes a dishonest, untruthful, cunning, and deceitful

nature.

The subject who has a curved little finger (see Fig. 8)

makes an excellent nurse: in fact, I consider that it is

impossible to be a really good nurse unless this finger is

curved, for I have seen the hands of an immense number of

hospital nurses, and in every case where the subject was

suited to her profession, and had taken to it con amove, she

possessed the curved little finger.

When the little finger is set low, as in Fig. 8, it denotes

a want of push in the subject, which, if combined with a

lack of self-confidence and a weak will, presents a great

stumbling-block to his or her success in life. Combined

with a strong will and self-confidence, it is a good sign,

and denotes tact, as it prevents the subject from forcing

his own opinions, unasked, upon others.

For a high set and straight little finger, see Fig. 3.

The Manner of Opening the Hand.—There is much to be

learnt from the manner in which the subject first shows his

hand to the palmist for examination. Some people will

open their hands boldly and naturally, and keep them open

in a manner which affords every facility for reading the

46 THE GRAVEN PALM

have a very keen sense of the ridiculous, and the power of

mimicry 5 and if, in addition, it be long, he will be a goodraconteur.

A long and thick second phalange is a great sign of

perseverance (just as a short and narrow phalange shows

the want of application), and is often found on the hands of

merchants or other successful business people.A long and thick third phalange of Mercury, as in the

case of the other fingers, shows a bad type of character.

Wlieii very large and thick, accompanied by a largeand badly marked mount of Mercury, and a head-line

with a branch sloping to the mount of the Moon, it

denotes a dishonest, nntrnthful, cunning, and deceitful

nature.

The subject who has a curved little finger (see Fig. 8)makes an excellent nurse: in fact, I consider that it is

impossible to be a really good nurse unless this finger is

curved, for I have seen the hands of an immense number of

hospital nurses, and in _every case where the subject was

suited to her profession, and had taken to it con amore, she

possessed the curved little finger. -

Wlieii the little finger is set low, as in Fig. 8, it denotes

a want of push in the subject, which, if combined with a

lack of self-confidence and a weak will, presents a great

stumbling-block to his or her success in life. Combined

with a strong will and self-conidence, it is a good sign,and denotes tact, as it prevents the subject from forcinghis own opinions, unasked, upon others.

For a high set and straight little finger, see Fig. 3.

The Manner of Opening the Hand.-There is much to be

learnt from the manner in which the subject first shows his

hand to the palmist for examination. Some people will

open their hands boldly and naturally, and keep them open

in a manner which affords every facility for reading the

Page 53: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE HAND 47

lines correctly. You will find, from tlie subsequent ex-

amination of the hand, that these subjects have self-

reliance, due self-esteem, generally a clear judgment, and,

though often highly nervous, have great power of self-

control. A very trying hand to read is the hand which

opens out slowly and grudgingly, and curls up again when

the least opportunity offers, so that the palmist is con-

tinually engaged in straightening it out during the whole

course of the interview. The fingers of this subject often

overlap each other, showing extreme over-caution, an abso-

lute want of self-confidence, of originality, and of indepen-

dence of thought; but intense reserve and shyness, and

often ill-health, are also indicated by this annoying

characteristic.

Independence of thought is shown by the distance

between the first and second fingers when the hand is

thrown out naturally, palm uppermost, originality by

the distance between the second and third fingers, and self-

reliance and independence of action by that between the

third and fourth fingers (see Fig. 7)

.

If, when the hand is open palm uppermost, and the

fingers held close together, small spaces can be observed at

the bases of the third phalanges of each finger (see Fig. 57),

these subjects are those who, though fully appreciating the

good things of life, will be able on occasion to thoroughly

enjoy roughing it, and will exist with complacency on poor

and hard fare. To this type belong explorers, mountaineers,

and big-game hunters.

I have generally found it to be a great sign of adapta-

bility of character when the subject's hands are extremely

supple; but as the fact of birth in a warm climate will

often have this effect upon the hands, rendering the muscles

and tissues very pliable, caution must be used before

expressing a decided opinion, though of course the two

THE HAND 47

lines correctly. You will find, from the subsequent ex-

amination of the hand, that these subjects have self-

reliance, due self-esteem, generally a clear judgment, and,

though often highly nervous, have great power of self-

control. A very trying hand to read is the hand which

opens out slowly and grudgingly, and curls up again when

the least opportunity offers, so that the palmist is con-

tinually engaged in straightening it out during the whole

course of the interview. The fingers of this subject often

overlap each other, showing extreme over-caution, an abso-

lute want of self-confidence, of originality, and of indepen-dence of thought , but intense reserve and shyness, and

often ill-health, are also indicated by this annoyingcharacteristic.

Independence of thought is shown by the distance

between the first and second fingers when the hand is

thrown out naturally, palm uppermost, originality bythe distance between the second and third fingers, and self-

reliance and independence of action by that between the

third and fourth hngers (see Fig. 7).

If, when the hand is open palm uppermost, and the

fingers held close together, smallspaces can be observed at

the bases of the third phalanges of each finger (see Fig. 57),these subjects are those who, though fully appreciating the

good things of life, will be able on occasion to thoroughly

enjoy roughing it, and will exist with complacency on poor

and hard fare. To this type belong explorers, mountaineers,

and big-game hunters.

I have generally found it to be a great sign of adapta-

bility of character when the subject's hands are extremely

supple; but as the fact of birth in a warm climate will

often have this effect upon the hands, rendering the muscles

and tissues very pliable, caution must be used before

expressing a decided opinion, though of course the two

Page 54: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

48 THE GEAVEN PALM

Fig. 4

g

.-"'<

/<_

~/,L/'»-;:_/

,

THE GRAVEN PALM

\

4$__g,

_,

3-L ~`____.

»-<-'lr

"/*

`7¢*{-LV

;`\

"4-/-',_\

`/

»-\/7°

FT. \ "-/

' //` "3

'_ "\

,ff __/

\

\_\

/\;/

\

f \

fb /W

/1

i

,.`

C,_

,_ \__

~;;Ȥ',,//_/"'"//

FIG. 4

Page 55: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE HAND 49

interpretations may both be equally applicable to any one

subject in many cases.

It is usual for writers upon the science of palmistry to

arrange the shapes of hands under the following headings :

square, spatulate, pointed, conic, mixed, and sometimes

elementary, philosophic, and psychic—these types being

distinguished by the shapes of the finger-tips and the knots

on the finger-joints. Other writers classify the handsunder the same headings, but distinguish them one fromthe other by the shape of the palm, as well as by the shape

of the fingers.

I do not purpose in this book to go as deeply into this

branch of the subject as others have done, partly because

it has already been so exhaustively treated by many writers?

and partly because I prefer to devote as much space as

possible to explaining my own methods and system.

Square Finger-tips.—People with square finger-tips (see

Fig. 4), especially if the joints are strongly developed, are

practical, methodical, punctilious and precise, unimagina-

tive, fond of social functions, slaves to custom, fond of

show, though without vulgar ostentation; ruled by their

reason, not by their emotions ; believe only what they can

see and understand; are eminently truthful and respectable,

and fond of a decorous and regular life. They are generous,

but being always anxious to know that their charity has

been well bestowed, are not fond of promiscuous alms-

giving. They are punctual and orderly, and always insist

on having a good reason for every action of their lives.

With the joints very much accentuated, they will be

devoted to argument, and will not give in, even when really

worsted by their opponents, but will be, like the proverbial

man convinced against his will, of the same opinion still.

Taken as a whole, the square-fingered hand is a very

4

'PHE HAND 49

interpretations may both be equally applicable to any one

subject in many cases.

It is usual for writers upon the science of palinistry to

arrange the shapes of hands under the following headings :

square, spatulate, pointed, conic, mixed, and sometimes

elementary, philosophic, and psychic-these types beingdistinguished by the shapes of the finger-tips and the knots

on the finger-joints. Other writers classify the hands

under the same headings, but distinguish them one from

the other by the shape of the palm, as well as by the shapeof the fingers.

I do not purpose in this book to go as deeply into this

branch of the subject as others have done, partly because

it has already been so exhaustively treated by many writers,and partly because I prefer to devote as much space as

possible to explaining my own methods and system.

Square Finger-tips.-People with square finger-tips (seeFig. 41), especially if the joints are strongly developed, are

practical, methodical, punctilious and precise, unimagina-tive, fond of social functions, slaves to custom, fond of

show, though without vulgar ostentation; ruled by their

reason, not by their emotions 5 believe only what they can

see and understand ; are eminently truthful and respectable,and fond of a decorous and regular life. They are generous,but being always anxious to know that their charity has

been well bestowed, are not fond of promiscuous alms-

giving. They are punctual and orderly, and always insiston having a good reason for every action of their lives.

Witvli the joints very much accentuated, they will be

devoted to argument, and will not give in, even when reallyWorsted by their opponents, but will be, like the proverbialman convinced against his will, of the same opinion still.

Taken as a whole, the square-fingered hand is a very4

Page 56: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

Fig. 5.

fi

~

~

\ 1 )"

iii

?»`'

®Q22 32 >

if "`

Tg2 ( / / E5

/A / Z if I

/ 3./ | /

ff/

4`

1/

/ ~

//

1

I

,_fl 7 §

/1' ¥Z

\\\ 7 X

N`

FIG. 5

Page 57: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE HAND 51

clever, capable one, and, when not governed by prejudiceand smothered by conventionality, is possessed by some ofthe most successful characters.

Knotty fingers (see Fig. 5), to whatever type of hand theybelong, always give a strong leaning towards reason andstudy.

Those who have the top joints developed will be veryclever at organization and invention, but, unless the lowerjoints are equally well developed, they will be quite unableto perfect their inventions, or successfully carry out theirplans.

If the lower joints only are developed, the subject willbe fully competent to carry out and extend the plans ofothers, but will have very few original ideas of his own.

Spatulate Finger-tips.—The possessors of spatulate finger-tips (see Fig. 6) are usually very fond of using their hands,and are, as a rule, energetic, self-confident, and fond of anactive outdoor life. To this class, especially if the handsbe hard, belong the explorers, discoverers, and inventors ofall kinds. They are free and untrammelled in their tastes,almost always original, and are never bound down by con-ventionalities, though, without strong reason, they do notseek to change the established order of things.

If a hand with spatulate finger-tips is soft, it will usuallybe found that the subject is more inclined to work with hisbrains than with his hands; but if his hands are hard, hewill certainly prefer manual labour to brain work. It i's tobe remembered that, speaking generally, a hard handdenotes bodily energy, and a soft hand—in those cases inwhich the stigma of idleness is out of the question—mentalactivity; but the man with spatulate finger-tips finds it anecessity of his existence to be always at work in one wayor another.

Great caution must be observed in determining whether

THE HAND 51

clever, capable one, and, when not governed by prejudiceand smothered by conventionality, is possessed by some ofthe most successful characters.

Knotty fingers (see Fig. 5), to whatever type of ehand theybelong, always give a strong leaning towards reason and

study.Those who have the top joints developed will be very

clever at organization and invention, but, unless the lowerjoints are equally well developed, they will be quite unableto perfect their inventions, or successfully carry out theirplans.

If the lower joints only are developed, the subject willbe fully competent to carry out and extend the plans ofothers, but will have very few original ideas of his ow11.

Spatulate Finger-tips.-The possessors of spatulate linger-tips (see Fig. 6) are usually very fond of using their hands,and are, as a rule, energetic, self-conlident, and fond of an

active outdoor life. To this class, especially if the handsbe hard, belong the explorers, discoverers, and inventors ofall kinds. They are free and untrannnelled in their tastes,almost always original, and are never bound down by con-

ventionalities, though, without strong reason, they do notseek to change the established order of things.

If a hand with spatulate linger-tips is soft, it will usuallybe found that the subject is more inclined to work with hisbrains than with his hands ; but if l1is hands are hard, hewill certainly prefer manual labour to brain work. It is tobe remembered that, speaking generally, a hard handdenotes bodily energy, and a soft hand-in those cases inwhich the stigma of idleness is out of the question-mentalactivity; but the man with spatulate finger-tips finds it a

necessity of his existence to be always at work in one wayor another.

Great caution must be observed in determining whether

Page 58: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

52 THE GKAVEN PALM

the hand of a subject is naturally hard-^.e., firm ^nd spnngy

to the touch-or whether it has merely become hard through

excess of manual labour ; and, on the other hand, it must

02 THE GRAVEN PALM

1;-

;; §

Tl*

_

"` TQ

7-

\N lr,

//j f

,// f=

} G.

-

s

,cl

C

f 1°

b

g/F'J

/"/-ff

FIG. 6.

the hand of an subject is nafuurally hard--i.e., firm and springy'

' h* hto the touch-or

excess of 111311111

whether It has þÿ�I�I�1 ¬�1 ¬�1�ybecome bald t mug

al labour ; and, on the other hand, it must

Page 59: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE HAND 53

be noticed that a naturally firm or hard hand will lose its

firmness or springiness after a long period of illness.

Fig. 7.

Pointed Finger-tips.—The pointed or psychic finger-tips

(see Fig. 7) are generally found on the hands of those who

THE HAND 53

be noticed that at na,tura,lly Erin or hard hand will lose its

firmness or springiness after st long period of illness.

.~5_

'-

:`of

V-f '>`>'T-I §

l`..;

\ *Q

I/2 "'-§ 'M

/7

2/I 6

f I \

Z,

f» G

.

`

4

//

l /

FIG.7.

Pointed Finger-tips.-The pointed or psychic finger-tips(see Fig. 7) are generally found on the hands of those who

Page 60: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

54 THE GEAYEN PALM

belong to the ornamental, rather than to the useful, section

of society. These subjects appreciate and admire the

beautiful both in art and nature, but are, with few excep-

tions, unable themselves to do anything worthy of being

transmitted to posterity, owing to their not having sufficient

power of application. Never expect to find a good house-

wife or practical man of business in a subject all of whose

fingers are psychic. Such people have wonderful schemes

for the regeneration of the world, and are really anxious

to ameliorate the condition of poor, struggling, suffering

humanity, but they cannot understand that the stubborn

ground must be tilled before the seed can be sown. It is

a most unfortunate thing for a poor man to marry a woman

whose finger-tips are of this type, for his household and

children will go to ruin; while his wife, like Mrs. Jellyby in

" Bleak House,'' is organizing schemes for the regeneration

of Borrioboola-Grha. The type of the psychic hand which

has evolved and perfected various religious systems, would

never be purely psychic, but always dominantly so.

Conic Finger-tips.—The hand with purely conic fingers

(see Fig. 8) will belong to subjects who are governed by

impulse and instinct, and it will depend upon their

individual strength of will, as seen in a large or small

thumb, whether they will be hard-working members of the

community, or merely drones. To this class of hand belong

the Bohemians and wanderers upon the face of the earth

eccentric, restless beings, who can never remain long in one

place. Such subjects are excitable, sensitive, exaggerative,

free-handed, very lovable, but in some cases rather inclined

to be superficial in their feelings ; inconstant, because the

desire for change is a necessity of their nature; greatly

given to extremes ; always either in a condition of being

perfectly happy or unutterably miserable ; looking forward

to a fortune, or expecting to go into the workhous6.

54 THE GRAVEN PALM

belong to the ornamental, rather than to the useful, section

of society. These subjects appreciate and admire the

beautiful both in art and nature, but are, with few excep-

tions, unable themselves to do anything worthy of beingtransmitted to posterity, owing to their not having sufficient

power of application. Never expect to find a good house-

wife or practical man of business in a subject all of whose

fingers are psychic. Such people have wonderful schemes

for the regeneration of the world, and are really anxious

to ameliorate the condition of poor, struggling, suffering

humanity, but they cannot understand that the stubborn

ground must be tilled before the seed can be sown. It is

a most unfortunate thing for a poor man to marry a woman

whose finger-tips are of this type, for his household and

children will go to ruin ; while his wife, like Mrs. Jellyby in

" Bleak House," is organizing schemes for the regenerationof Borrioboola-Gha. The type of the psychic hand which

has evolved and perfected various religious systems, would

never be purely psychic, but always dominantly so.

Conic Fingertips.-The hand with purely conic fingers

(see Fig. 8) will belong to subjects who are governed by

impulse and instinct, and it will depend upon their

individual strength of will, as seen in a large or small

thumb, whether they will be hard-working members of the

community, or merely drones. To this class of hand belongthe Bohemians and wanderers upon the face of the earth-

eccentric, restless beings, who can never remain long in one

place. Such subjects are excitable, sensitive, exaggerative,free-handed, very lovable, but in some cases rather inclined

to be superficial in their feelings ; inconstant, because the

desire for change is a necessity of their nature ; greatly

given to extremes; always either in a condition of being

perfectly happy or unutterably miserable 5 looking forward

to a fortune, or expecting to go into the workhouse. f

Page 61: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE HAND 55

Fig. 8.

THE HAND

és

Q`

;§ &

"°>~

ev

_ 9 *R

jwe,

f» \/ff

/ /1; y ` j / ' aj

//

'/

1* S

Page 62: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

56 THE GRAVEN PALM

One of the worst hands is a purely conic hand, in which

the Mercury finger is the dominant one. To this class

belong thieves, rogues, and vagabonds, and those who

always instinctively choose the crooked instead of the

straight path, and prefer to get things by underhand

methods rather than obtain them fairly. These subjects

find it impossible to tell the truth, and even the best of them

never say quite what they mean, and always think that you

must mean something a little different from what you say.

Mixed Types.—It is, of course, extremely rare to find

anyone on whose hands the fingers are all uniformly of one

type, for most hands are made up of a mixture of types.

The most usual that we meet with will have the first and

fourth fingers either conic or pointed, and the second and

third fingers square or spatulate. Subjects such as these

will therefore have some of the characteristics belonging to

each type, and cannot be classified under any one of the

typical headings; but the discrimination of the palmist

must be brought into play in each individual case, and his

judgment must be formed of the hand and character as

a whole by an examination of each finger-tip separately.

Some of the cleverest and most artistic hands are those with

spatulated second and third fingers, pointed or conic first

and fourth fingers, and a large thumb inclined to be square.

The artistic instinct, love of colour, a good ear for music,

or the gift of rhythm, will be shown by the pointed or

conic first finger, especially if the mount of Venus be well

developed, in which case the subject will nearly always be

a painter of flowers and delicately coloured objects. The

pointed or very conic little finger will, as I have said before,

give its possessor the power of speaking well, and the

spatulate second and third fingers introduce the working

element and the ability to carry out the artistic instincts.

When, with the same finger-tips, the thumb, though large

56 THE GRAVEN PALM

One of the worst hands is a purely conic hand, in which

the Mercury finger is the dominant one. To this class

belong thieves, rogues, and vagabonds, and those who

always instinctively choose the crooked instead of the

straight path, and prefer to get things by underhand

methods rather than obtain them fairly. These subjectsfind it impossible to tell the truth, and even the best of them

never say quite what they mean, and always think that you

must mean something a little different from what you say.

Mixed Types.-It is, of course, extremely rare to find

anyone on whose hands the fingers are all uniformly of one

type, for most hands are made up of a mixture of types.The most usual that we meet with will have the first and

fourth fingers either conic or pointed, and the second and

third fingers square or spatulate. Subjects such as these

will therefore have some of the characteristics belonging to

each type, and cannot be classified under any one of the

typical headings; but the discrimination of the palmistmust be brought into play in each individual case, and his

judgment must be formed of the hand and character as

a whole by an examination of each finger-tip separately.Some of the cleverest and most artistic hands are those with

spatulated second and third fingers, pointed or conic first

and fourth fingers, and a large thumb inclined to be square.

The artistic instinct, love of colour, a good ear for music,

or the gift of rhythm, will be shown by the pointed or

conic first finger, especially if the mount of Venus be well

developed, in which case the subject will nearly always be

a painter of flowers and delicately coloured objects. The

pointed or very conic little finger will, as I have said before,

give its possessor the power of speaking Well, and the

spatulate second and third fingers introduce the workingelement and the ability to carry out the artistic instincts.

Wlieii, with the same finger-tips, the thumb, though large

Page 63: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE HAND 57

is conic (see Fig. 14), we obtain a clever but very Bohemian

type. These subjects are ahuost as restless as their purely

conic brethren, and love change and variety ; but they are,

as a rule, excellent workers. If, in addition, their nails are

very small, and their fingers short in comparison with the

palm, they will be good both at organizing and carrying

out their schemes, and will never rest when there is any

work to be done ; but they will expect all those under them

to work quite as hard as they do themselves ; so that, though

absolutely just, such people often obtain the reputation of

being hard taskmasters and slave-drivers.

A very unpleasant type of hand is that possessing pointed

finger-tips with largely developed joints. These hands

always denote a grasping nature, are personally extravagant,

and yet excessively mean to others, especially to members

of their own household.

Musical composition is shown by a hand with pointed

first and fourth fingers, spatulated second and third fingers,

a good mount of Venus, and with the joints well developed,

especially the first; whereas if all the joints are developed

and the fingers spatulated, mechanical inventive genius

is shown. When with this type of hand the joints are not

developed at all, the sense of rhythm will be more acute

than an ear for music, and the subject would be more likely

to be a poet than a musician.

Authors nearly always have their top joints developed,

whatever the shape otherwise of their hands and fingers

may be.

As a good ear for music is almost invariably to be found

in a hand in which the first and fourth fingers are inclined

to be either pointed or very conic (particularly if the

second and third fingers be spatulate or square), so a good

musical touch is indicated by the pads upon the inner

portion of the finger-tips (see a, Fig. 9), which are the

THE HAND 57

is conic (see Fig. 141), We obtain a clever but very Bohemian

type. These subjects are almost as restless as their purelyconic brethren, and love change and variety; but they are,

as a rule, excellent Workers. If, in addition, their nails are

very small, and their fingers short in comparison with the

palm, they will be good both at organizing and carryingout their schemes, and will never rest when there is any

Work to be done; but they will expect all those under them

to work quite as hard as they do themselves 5 so that, thoughabsolutely just, such people often obtain the reputation of

being hard taskmasters and slave-drivers.

A very unpleasant type of hand is that possessing pointedfinger-tips With largely developed joints. These hands

always denote a grasping nature, are person ally extravagant,and yet excessively mean to others, especially to members

of their own. household.

Musical composition is shown by a hand with pointedfirst and fourth fingers, spatulated second and third Hngers,a good mount of Venus, and with the joints Well developed,especially the first 5 Whereas if all the joints are developedand the fingers spatulated, mechanical inventive geniusis shown. þÿ�V�V�-�l�1 ¬�I�1with this type of hand the joints are not

developed at all, the sense of rhythm will be more acute

than an ear for music, and the subject would be more likelyto be a poet than a musician.

Authors nearly always have their top joints developed,Whatever the shape otherwise of their hands and fingersmay be.

As a good ear for music is almost invariably to be found

in a hand in which the first and fourth fingers are inclined

to be either pointed or very conic (particularly if the

second and third fingers be spatulate or square), so a goodmusical touch is indicated by the pads upon the inner

portion of the finger-tips (see al, Fig. 9), which are the

Page 64: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

58 THE GRAVEN PALM

certain signs of a nature sensitively alive to all that is

beautiful and harmonious ; and, as a rule, those who have

these pads prominently developed, have also a large amount

of personal magnetism or mesmeric power, and are invari-

ably sympathetic.

A good touch is also invaluable to a doctor, nurse, and

veterinary surgeon. A man with firm hands, short fingers

with well-developed pads, and a slightly curved little finger,

would be likely to make a good surgeon or a clever vet.

In fact, in the latter case, the pads are indispensable, as

Fig. 9. Fig. 10.

far more can be discovered, when dealing with animals, by

touch than by eyesight.

Another indication of strong magnetic power—that is,

the unconscious power possessed by some people of attracting

others to themselves—is shown by deep and clearly marked

transverse lines on the inner portion of the second phalange

of the thumb (see hh, Fig. 8)

.

Leaving for a moment the subject of lines on the hand,

it is well known to many that vertical ridges (see a. Fig 10)

on the nails are an almost sure sign of a rheumatic or gouty

tendency, and the horizontal furrows (see h, Fig. 10) are

58 THE GRAVEN PALM

certain signs of a nature sensitively alive to all that is

beautiful and harmonious, and, as a rule, those who have

these pads prominently developed, have also a large amount

of personal magnetism or mesmeric power, and are invari-

ably sympathetic.A good touch is also invaluable to a doctor, nurse, and

veterinary surgeon. A man with firm hands, short fingerswith well-developed pads, and 'a slightly curved little Finger,would be likely to make a good surgeon or a clever vet.

In fact, in the latter case, the pads are indispensable, as

/ / 5J my

X ,> WH

7 '/ /4 § §

l Q jx

5;- /%if J

/FIG. 9. FIG. 10.

far more can be discovered, when dealing with animals, bytouch than by eyesight.

`

Another indication of strong magnetic power-that is,

the unconscious power possessed by some people of attractingothers to themselves-is shown by deep and clearly marked

transverse lines on the inner portion of the second phalangeof the thumb (see hh, Fig. 8).

Leaving for a moment the subject of lines on the hand,

it is well known to many that vertical ridges (see a, Fig lO)

on the nails are an almost sure sign of a rheumatic or gouty

tendency, and the horizontal furrows (see b, Fig. 10) are

Page 65: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE HAND 59

indications tliat the subject has passed through severe

illnesses at dates corresponding to the distances of these

furrows from the root of the nail.

The Thumb.—The thumb is the greatest index to the

character, just as the mount of Yenus is the only true key

to the life. The first phalange of the thumb shows the

amount of will-power, the second indicates the amount of

reasoning power possessed by the subject; and one of the

first things to be ascertained when reading a hand is

whether the subject pos-

sesses more will than

reasoning power, or vice

versa.

In the finest characters

the two phalanges are

sometimes equally long,

but both phalanges must

be large if the subject is

to possess much force or

to be a leader of men.

The thumb, which in-

dicates a strong will (see

Fig. 11), has its first

phalange broad and proportionately long, when compared

with the second phalange, indicating reason. It must be

borne in mind that the second phalange is almost always

longer than the first. Sometimes, though very rarely, the

two phalanges are found to be absolutely equal. This shows

the rarely-met-with character in which the reason and will

are perfectly equally balanced.

The weak will is shown by the first phalange being

narrow, somewhat inclined to be pointed, and very small

in comparison with the second phalange (see Fig. 12).

The obstinate thumb (see Fig. 13) is a mixture of both

Fig. 11.

THE HAND 59

indications that the subject has passed through severe

illnesses at dates corresponding to the distances of these

furrows from the root of the nail.

The Thumb.-The thumb is the greatest index to the

character, just as the mount of Venus is the only true keyto the life. The first phalange of the thumb

amount of will-power, the second indicates the amount of

shows the

reasoning power possessed by the subject, and one of the

first things to be ascertained when reading a hand is

whether the subject pos-

Fig. ll), has its first

sesses more will than // I,

reasoning power, or vice / I

fversa.

A

(1In the finest characters l 5/ /

the two phalanges are V/ ll) sometimes equally long, E3

but both phalanges must ` Q/be large if the subject is lf ' 7 l

to possess much force or

/

/ ,/

to be a leader of men. /

The thumb, which in-/

,

dicates a strong will (see'

Fw IL

phalange broad and proportionately long, when comparedwith the second phalange, indicating reason. It must be

borne in mind that the second phalange is almost always

longer than the first. Sometimes, though very rarely, the

two phalanges are found to be absolutely equal. This shows

the rarely-met-with character in which the reason and will

are perfectly equally balanced.

The weak will is shown by the first phalange beingnarrow, somewhat inclined to be pointed, and very small

in comparison with the second phalange (see Fig. 12).The obstinate thumb (see Fig. 13) is a mixture of both

Page 66: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

60 THE aRAYEN PALM

these types ; for obstinate people are usually weak. These

thumbs are almost always conical, and slope down to

extreme width at the joint. The second phalange, too, is

comparatively small and narrow, showing want of reason,

a well-known characteristic of obstinacy.

The diplomatic and tactful thumb is of the true conic

order (see Fig. 14), having the first phalange long in pro-

portion to the second, this second phalange being narrow.

The greatest sign of extravagance to be found m the

hand is shown by the extreme suppleness of the thumb,

which in this case bends back naturally, as in Fig. 15.

Fig. 12. Fig. 13. Fig. 14.

This also indicates boldness, disregard for danger, and in

exaggeration recklessness. It is supposed to be the typical

sign of a spendthrift when all the fingers are inclined to

bend backwards in this manner.

The mean thumb is, of course, the exact opposite to the

last (see Fig. 16). No pressure will make the first phalange

bend back, nor, in some extreme cases, even straighten it.

This, it goes without saying, indicates a grasping and

avaricious nature.

An almost infallible sign of a cruel and revengeful

temper is the heavy, over-spatulated thumb (see Fig. 17)^

60 THE GRAVEN PALM

these types , for obstinate people are usually weak. These

thumbs are almost always conical, and slope down to

extreme width at the joint. The second phalange, too, is

comparatively small and narrow, showing want of reason,

a well-known characteristic of obstinacy.The diplomatic and tactful thumb is of the true conic

order (see Fig. 141), having the first phalange long in pro-

portion to the second, this second phalange being narrow.

The greatest sign of extravagance to be found in the

hand is shown by the extreme suppleness of the thumb,

which in this case bends back naturally, as in Fig. 15.

lj /

7' ' \%,

` ' Z >

/'/

.>/ lk % Y

/

\ FIG. 12. FIG. 131 FIG. 14.

This also indicates boldness, disregard for danger, and in

exaggeration recklessness. It is supposed to be the typical

sign of a spendthritt when all the fingers are inclined to

bend backwards in this manner.

The mean thumb is, ot course, the exact opposite to the

last (see Fig. 16). No pressure will make the first phalangebend back, nor, in some extreme cases, even straighten it.

This, it goes without saying, indicates a grasping and

avaricious nature.

An almost infallible sign of a cruel and revengeful

temper is the heavy, over-spatulated thumb (see Fig. 17),

Page 67: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE HAND 61

if found on a hand whicli has other evil tendencies. This

class of thumb is usually to be found on the hands of the

worst type of Mars subject.

A low-set thumb (see Fig. 8)—viz., a thumb with a long

space from the base of the Jupiter finger to the inner root

of the thumb—shows great general talent and adaptability,

Fig. 15. Fig. 16. Fig. 17.

but it is not usual for a subject with a low-set thumb to

possess great literary genius. I have, as a rule, found high-

set thumbs (see Fig. 2) in the hands of novelists, journalists,

and writers generally, though I have noticed that, in the

hands of those people who dramatize or adapt the books of

others, the thumb is, as a rule, low set, and that the hand

itself is a supple one.

THE HAND 61

if found on a hand which has other evil tendencies. This

class of thumb is usually to be found on the hands of the

Worst type of Mars subject.A low-set thumb (see Fig. 8)-viz., a thumb with a long

space froin the base of the Jupiter finger to the inner root

of the thumb-shows great general talent and adaptability,

.I

_ /

/V5

/ 4 f~ ~

1; 1' §.-LJ> » 'i , \¢"%

/Q`>`i

= 3/_*N*

`q

v / /`,l

, / X'/jx

.

9 /1 l </ .'1 / `

/ / /

'

\}if

,/V/

FIG. 15. FIG. 16. FIG. 17.

but it is not usual for a subject with a low-set thumb to

possess great literary genius. I have, as a rule, found high-

set thumbs (see Fig. 2) in the hands of novelists, journalists,and Writers generally, though I have noticed th_at, in the

hands of those people who drainatize or adapt the books of

others, the thumb is, as a rule, low set, and that the hand

itself is a supple one.

Page 68: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

CHAPTEE III

THE MOUNTS

The next step towards determining the character is to

discover whether the dominant finger is also accompanied

by the corresponding dominant mount. For instance, it

does not at all follow that a dominant Jupiter finger will

of necessity be accompanied by a dominant Jupiter mount

in fact, it is very often the reverse; and, of course, the

characteristics, as shown by the fingers, will be accentuated

or modified by the characteristics appertaining to the

various mounts. The influence which the mounts have

upon the character must be determined either by their

comparative size, or by the marks upon them, or by both

signs taken together.

The Mount of Jupiter.—The mount of Jupiter, which lies

at the base of the first finger (see Fig. 1), if moderately

large and well formed, and not crossed and barred bymany small indefinite lines, will accentuate the best qualities

of the Jupiter finger ; and, if that finger be lacking in the

better characteristics, a good mount will go far towards

remedying these defects, and this is equally true of all the

other mounts with regard to their corresponding fingers.

A good Jupiter mount gives religion, honour, proper

pride, self - confidence, generosity, gaiety, and a just

appreciation of the good things of life. The subject whohas this mount well, but not too largely developed, will

62

CHAPTER III

THE MOUNTS

THE next step towards determining the character is to

discover Whether the dominant finger is also accompaniedby the corresponding dominant mount. For instance, it

does not at all follow that a dominant Jupiter finger will

of necessity be accompanied by a dominant Jupiter mount-

in fact, it is very often the reverse; and, of course, the

characteristics, as shown by the fingers, will be accentuated

or modified by the characteristics appertaining to the

various mounts. The influence Which the mounts have

upon the character must be determined either by their

comparative size, or by the marks upon them, or by both

signs taken together.

The Mount of Jupiter.-The mount of Jupiter, which lies

at the base of the first iinger (see Fig. 1), if moderatelylarge and well formed, and not crossed and barred bymany small indefinite lines, Will accentuate the best qualitiesof the Jupiter Hnger ; and, if that linger be lacking in the

better characteristics, a good mount will go far towards

remedying these defects, and this is equally true of all the

other mounts with regard to their corresponding Iingers.A good Jupiter mount gives religion, honour, proper

pride, self-confidence, generosity, gaiety, and a justappreciation of the good things of life. The subject who

has this mount Well, but not too largely developed, will

62

Page 69: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE MOUNTS 63

not be vulgar or ostentatious, though he will be eager to

obtain the best that life can give, and will, if the other

indications in the hand be fortunate, certainly attain to a

good position. He will be likely to make a good marriage

in the eyes of the world Avhen young. Moreover, he will

be affectionate, and the desire for the advancement of his

own family will be always predominant with him, though

he will have some kind and generous thoughts to spare for

others.

If, on the other hand, the mount of Jupiter be exces-

sively large, and the better qualities be at the same time

lacking in the Jupiter finger, the subject will be inclined

to be arrogant, tyrannical, ostentatious, conceited, selfish,

fond of vulgar pomp and show, and an observer of the forms

only of religion. He will be gluttonous, and, if the mount of

the Moon be also developed, will have a tendency to drink.

If the mount of Jupiter be conspicuous by its absence,

and the space at the base of the finger covered by un-

certain, indefinitely marked lines, and especially if, as in

the last case, the better qualities of the Jupiter finger be

lacking, the subject will be empty - headed, irreligious,

lazy, with no ambition or proper pride, and will be content

to live his life without trying in any way to better his

position by any effort of his own. Those with the Jupiter

mount well developed are likely to become clergymen,

statesmen, politicians, diplomatists, schoolmasters, lecturers,

or teachers.

Also, if the subject be of the true Jupiter type, his

appearance will be somewhat as follows : hair—dark brown,

or with a chestnut tint ; eyes—dark blue, with black eye-

lashes j complexion—pale and clear ; stature—tall and in-

clined to stoutness. The foregoing is an example of the true

Jupiter type, but of course there are many modifications,

as most people are ruled by two, if not three or more,

THE MOUNTS 63

not be vulgar or ostentatious, though he will be eager to

obtain the best that life can give, and will, if the other

indications in the hand be fortunate, certainly attain to a

good position. He will be likely to make a good marriagein the eyes of the world when young. Moreover, he will

be affectionate, and the desire for the advancement of' his

own family will be always predominantwith him, thoughhe will have some kind and generous thoughts to spare for

others.

lf, on the other hand, thc mount of Jupiter be exces-

sively large, and the better qualities be at the same time

lacking in the Jupiter finger, the subject will be inclined

to be arrogant, tyrannical, ostentatious, conceited, selfish,fond of vulgar pomp and show, and an observer of the forms

only of religion. He will be gluttonous, and, if the mount of

the Moon be also developed, will have a tendency to drink.

If the mount of Jupiter be conspicuous by its absence,and the space at the base of the linger covered by un-

certain, indefinitely marked lines, and especially if, as in

the last case, the better qualities of the Jupiter finger be

lacking, the subject will be empty-headed, irreligious,lazy, with no ambition or proper pride, and will be content

to live his life without trying in any way to better his

position by any effort of his own. Those with the Jupitermount well developed are likely to become clergymen,statesmen, politicians, diplomatists, schoolmasters, lecturers,or teachers.

Also, if the subject be of the true Jupiter type, his

appearance will be somewhat as follows : hair-dark brown,or with a chestnut tint; eyes-dark blue, with black eye-

lashes; complexion-pale and clear 5 stature-tall and in-

clined to stoutness. The foregoing is an example of the true

Jupiter type, but of course there are many modifications,as most people are ruled by two, if not three or more,

Page 70: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

64 THE GRAVEN PALM

dominant mounts. Jupiter subjects will, as a rule, be

found to be exceeding'ly fortunate in all the affairs of life.

The student will do well to return to this section when

becomes to the consideration of colour lines in ChapterXL

The Mount of Saturn.—A good mount of Saturn (see

Fig. 1), which lies at the base of the second finger,

will give prudence, caution, and earnestness, a fond-

ness for mathematics and calculation, love of a quiet

country life, and an interest in sport, farming, all agri-

cultural pursuits, and land and mining enterprises. These

subjects are never so happy as when alone with nature.

They are independent, determined, have great powers of

endurance, and will patiently continue their labours even

when there is small chance of success, though, when

successful, they are rarely contented witb their achieve-

ments. They are economical and sober, argumentative,

inclined to be didactic, and always require to be given the

raison d'etre before accepting any statement. They seldom

marry when young, and often remain unmarried all their

lives.

In excess the qualities of this mount betoken a morbid,

discontented, distrustful nature, superstitious, rebellious,

avaricious and obstinate. The subject will be prone to

contradiction, and will be too proud to accept the smallest

favour from anyone, always suspecting some ulterior

motive. Of this type come the worst and most dangerous

class of ascetics, fanatics, revolutionists, and nihilists.

An utter absence of the mount of Saturn is an exces-

sively bad sign, and gives, of necessity, a want of prudence,

caution, and earnestness in all the affairs of life.

A true type of Saturnian is very tall and thin, with dull,

lustreless black hair, sallow skin, and black eyes, and

generally, also, an under-hung lip and protruding chin;

and, just as a subject of the true Jupiter type is generally

644 THE GRAVEN PALM

dominant mounts. Jupiter subjects will, as a rule, be

found to be exceedingly fortunate in all the affairs of life.

The student will do well to return to this section when

he comes to the consideration of colour lines in Chapter Xl.

The Mount of Saturn.--A good mount of Saturn (see

Fig. 1), which lies at the base of the second finger,will give prudence, caution, and earnestness, a fond-

ness for mathematics and calculation, love of a quietcountry life, and an interest in sport, farming, all agri-cultural pursuits, and land and mining enterprises. These

subjects are never so happy as when alone with nature.

They are independent, determined, have great powers of

endurance, and will patiently continue their labours even

when there is small chance of success, though, when

successful, they are rarely contented with their achieve-

ments. They are economical and sober, argumentative,inclined to be didactic, and always require to be given the

o'a,ison cfézire before accepting any statement. They seldom

marry when young, and often remain unmarried all their

lives.

In excess the qualities of this mount betoken a morbid,

discontented, distrustful nature, superstitious, rebellious,avaricious and obstinate. The subject will be prone to

contradiction, and will be too proud to accept the smallest

favour from anyone, always suspecting some ulterior

motive. Of this type come the worst and most dangerousclass of ascetics, fanatics, revolutionists, and nihilists.

An utter absence of the mount of Saturn is an exces-

sively bad sign, and gives, of necessity, a want of prudence,caution, and earnestness in all the affairs of life.

A true type of Saturnian is very tall and thin, with dull,lustreless black hair, sallow skin, and black eyes, and

generally, also, an under-hung lip and protruding chin,

and, just as a subject of the true Jupiter type is generally

Page 71: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE MOUNTS 65

fortunate, because his nature inclines him to look upon the

bright side of life, and to make the most of himself, and

his surroundings and opportunities, so the true Saturnian

type is, as a rule, unfortunate, because he by nature is

inclined to look upon the dark side, and to imagine that

nothing fortunate could ever happen to him or to anyone

belonging to him, and he therefore lets opportunities slip

by which a Jupiter subject would grasp and turn to his

own advantage.

Just as in the case of Jupiter subjects, so there are in

the Saturnian types, many modifications. Those possessing

a well-formed mount of Saturn will be by choice, if

given a free hand, likely to adopt a profession or occupa-

tion connected with an outdoor life. The combination of

the mounts of Jupiter and Saturn gives a love of hunting

and of all that is connected with horses.

The Mount of Apollo.—A good mount of Apollo, at the base

of the third finger (see Fig. 1), gives, as a rule, charming andingratiating manners, which enable their possessor to shine

in whatever society he may be thrown, and to make friends

easily.

People with this mount well developed are invariably

quick and hasty in temper, but never bear malice long;

they are most sympathetic and lovable, but are always so

proud (with the Sun pride, which brooks no contradiction,

where they consider themselves to be in the right), that

they cannot endure what they believe to be injustice or

unfair fault-finding. They are dignified, and always just

in their dealings with others, disliking to receive favours

unless they can return them fourfold. In religion they

will never be driven, nor will they hold with any creed or

superstition which goes against their sense of what is just

and right. They would, therefore, be likely to be broad-

minded in their religion and in their views of life generally,

5

THE MOUNTS 65

fortunate, because his nature inelines him to look upon the

bright side of life, and to make the most of himself, and

his surroundings and opportunities, so the true Saturnian

type is, as a rule, unfortunate, because he by nature is

inclined to look upon the dark side, and to imagine that

11othing fortunate could ever happen to him or to anyone

belonging to him, and he therefore lets opportunities slipby which a Jupiter subject would grasp and turn to his

own advantage.Just as in the case of Jupiter subjects, so there are in

the Saturnian types, many modifications. Those possessinga well-formed mount of Saturn will be by choice, if

given a free hand, likely to adopt a profession or occupa-tion eonnected with an outdoor life. The combination of

the mounts of Jupiter and Saturn gives a love of huntingand of all that is connected with horses.

The Mount of Apo11o.-A good mount of Apollo, at the base

of the third finger (see Fig. 1), gives, as a rule, charming and

ingratiating manners, which enable their possessor to shine

in Whatever society he may be thrown, and to make friends

easily. ~

People with this mount well developed are invariablyquick and hasty in temper, but never bear malice long ;

they are most sympathetic and lovable, but are always so

proud (with the Sun pride, which brooks no contradiction,Where they consider themselves to be in the right), that

they cannot endure what they believe to be injustice or

unfair fault-Ending. They are dignified, and always justin their dealings with others, disliking to receive favoursunless they can return them fourfold. In religion theywill never be driven, nor will they hold with any creed or

superstition which goes against their sense of what is justand right. They Would, therefore, be likely to be broad-

minded in their religion and in their views of life generally,5

Page 72: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

66 THE GEAVEN PALM

but, at the same time, are very intolerant of dullness and

stupidity in others, owing to their own innate quickness ot

perception. They usually succeed in all their undertakings,

because they love to accomplish well whatever they bepn,

and dislike to leave any work which they have undertaken,

until they have brought it to as near a state of perfection

as can be obtained.

These subjects are so sensitive, and feel everything so

deeply, that they of necessity suffer proportionately. They

form romantic attachments, which are doomed to cause

them great disappointment on account of their extravagant

idealization of those they love, to whom, in the ardour ot

their affection, they attribute qualities which cannot really

be possessed by mortals. Always original, and m some

cases eccentric, they yet never descend to the vulgar or

outre in their actions. Although possessing a great desire

to be foremost, and greatly appreciating praise, they are

clever enough to detect flattery instantly. They have

intensely strong likes and dislikes, and the love of the

beautiful appeals to them so strongly as to influence and

colour their entire intercourse with others— e.^., they

spontaneously dislike plain and ugly people, and being

always inclined to prefer those who are beautiful, are dis-

inclined to inquire further into their character. To these

subjects a warning note should be given to remember the

old copy-book aphorism, " Beauty is but skin deep.^^ They

are poetical, romantic, and also apt at occultism.

The true type of Apollo subject is exceedingly clever.

From this class come actors, musicians, composers, authors

—if combined with a good Jupiter flnger— and more

particularly artists, and, especially if the third phalange of

the Apollo finger be proportionately long, those whose

drawing is absolutely correct, for it is form that appeals

chiefly to the true Apollo type.

66 THE GRAVEN PALM

but, at the same time, are very intolerant of dullness and

stupidity in others, owing to their own innate quickness of

perception. They usually succeed in all their undertakings,

because they love to accomplish well whatever they begin,

and dislike to leave any Work which they have undertaken,

until they have brought it to as near a state of perfection

as can be obtained.

These subjects are so sensitive, and feel everything so

deeply, that they of necessity suffer proportionately. They

form romantic attachments, which are doomed to cause

them great disappointment on account of their extravagant

idealization of those they love, to whom, in the ardour of

their affection, they attribute qualities which cannot really

be possessed by mortals. Always original, and in some

cases eccentric, they yet never descend to the vulgar or

outré in their actions. Although possessing a great desire

to be foremost, and greatly appreciating praise, they are

clever enough' to detect ilattery instantly. They have

intensely strong likes and dislikes, and the love of the

beautiful appeals to them so strongly as to influence and

colour their entire intercourse with others-ag., they

spontaneously dislike plain and ugly people, and being

always inclined to prefer those who are beautiful, are dis-

inclined to inquire further into their character. To these

subjects a Warning note should be given to remember the

old copy-book aphorism," Beauty is but skin deep." They

are poetical, romantic, and also apt at occultism.

The true type of Apollo subject is exceedingly clever.

From this class come actors, musicians, composers, authors

--if combined with a good Jupiter finger--and more

particularly artists, and, especially if the third phalange of

the Apollo finger be proportionately long, those Whose

drawing is absolutely correct, for it is form that appeals

chieily to the true Apollo type.

Page 73: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE MOUNTS 67

They are very apt to suffer from affections of the eyes^

and it will be often found that the true Apollo type will be

subject to short sight or other visual defects. It is not

often that these subjects marry very happily, but when they

do an ideally perfect union is the result. The student will

now be able to judge for himself what effect an excessive

mount of Apollo will have upon the character, and will also

see that the absence of the mount would indicate a character

lacking many very fine qualities.

A true Apollo type should have hair of a bright goldencolour; large, well-opened blue eyes; a skin with a sunnytint upon it, which, when excited or heated, becomes veryflushed; eyebrows and eyelashes very thick and golden in

colour ; and in height he should, as a rule, be medium.

The Mount of Mercury.—Those who possess a good mountof Mercury^ at the base of the fourth finger (see Fig. 1),

may be classed under two distinct headings. To the first class

belong philosophers, physicians, orators, lawyers, inventors,

savants, and scientific men of all kinds, astrologers andastronomers, historians, grammarians, and all who studydeeply.

Under the second heading may be placed the votaries of

fashion and leaders of society, who gather in their drawing-rooms and salons all those who are intellectual, interesting,

or talented. Men of this class are good and fluent after-

dinner speakers, full of wit and intuition, gay, tactful, andpleasantly satirical, and are nearly always capital mimicsand excellent raconteurs. Children always love men andwomen who have this mount well developed in its bestsense. These subjects are generally good dancers, and arefond of running and all athletic amusements. They enjoychange and variety, and travel and movement are necessaryto their well-being.

When the mount of Mercury is extremely large in com-

THE MOUNTS 67

They are very apt to suffer from affections of the eyes,and it will be often found that the true Apollo type will be

subject to short sight or other visual defects. It is not

often that these subjects marry very happily, but when theydo an ideally perfect union is the result. The student will

now be able to judge for himself what effect an excessivemount of Apollo will have upon the character, and will also

see that the absence of the mount would indicate a character

lacking many very fine qualities.A true Apollo type should have hair of a bright golden

colour; large, well-opened blue eyes; a skin with a sunnytint upon it, which, when excited or heated, becomes veryflushed 5 eyebrows and eyelashes very thick and golden in

colour; and in height he should, as a rule, be medium.

The Mount of Mercury.-Those who possess a good mount

of Mercury, at the base of the fourth finger (see Fig. 1),may be classed under two distinct headings. To the first class

belong philosophers, physicians, orators, lawyers, inventors,savants, and scientific men of all kinds, astrologers and

astronomers, historians, grammarians, and all who studydeeply. _

Under the second heading may be placed the votaries offashion and leaders of society, who gather in their drawing-rooms and salons all those who are intellectual, interesting,or talented. Men of this class are good and fluent after-dinner speakers, full of wit and intuition, gay, tactful, and

pleasantly satirical, and are nearly always capital mimicsand excellent raconteurs. Children always love men andwomen who have this mount well developed in its bestsense. These subjects are generally good dancers, and are

fond of running and all athletic amusements. They enjoychange and variety, and travel and movement are necessaryto their Well-being.

When the mount of Mercury is extremely large in com-

Page 74: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

gg THE GRAVEN PALM

parison with the other mounts, and especially if the good

qualities of the finger be absent, the subject will be cunning

and unscrupulous, and very apt to be over-reaching m his

money dealings., ,

i. a

If the mount be either too large or entirely absent, and

there are other bad qualities shown in the hand, such as the

head-line sloping to the mount of the Moon, accompanied

by a cross (see Fig. 32), the worst type of thieves and

roi^ues is evolved.

Subjects born under the influence of Mercury are generally

more loved than loving, and therefore keep young and fresh

far into old age, for they do not themselves love deeply

enough to suffer much, nor do they permit care to rest too

heavily upon them, neither does the Mercury woman let

'^aifection like a worm i^ the bud prey upon her damask

cheek/^ Mercury people will, as a rule, be extraordmarily

successful as actors and actresses of a certain type, but,

whether upon the stage or no, the true Mercury type is

always acting a part, even though it be unconsciously.

Those with this mount well formed, accompanied by a

long, straight head-line, will, if they have no leanings

towards science or literature, usually become merchants

A true type of Mercury subject will have dark brown

hair, olive skin, brown or hazel eyes, and be below the

medium height, but well built.

The Mount of Mars.—I have never been able to satisfy

myself of the correctness of the supposition that there are

two mounts of Mars, and therefore the only portion of the

hand which I shall write of as being under the influence of

that planet is that which lies between the mount of

Mercury and the mount of the Moon, at the percussion, or

side, of the hand (see Fig. 1). I think we may say with

truth that it is absolutely necessary for anyone who has to

68 THE GRAVEN PALM

parison with the other mounts, and especially if the good

qualities of the finger be absent, the subject will be cunning

and unscrupulous, and very apt to be over-reaching in his

money dealings.lf the mount be either too large or entirely absent, and

there are other had qualities shown in the hand, such as the

head-line sloping to the mount of the Moon, accompanied

by a cross (see Fig. 32), the worst type of thieves and

rogues is evolved.

Subjects born under the influence of Mercury are generally

more loved than loving, and therefore keep young and fresh

far into old age, for they do not themselves love deeply

enough to suffer much, nor do they permit care to rest too

heavily upon them, neither does the Mercury woman let

"affection like a worm i' the bud prey upon her damask

cheek." Mercury people will, as a rule, be extraordinarily

successful as actors and actresses of a certain type, but,

whether upon the stage or no, the true Mercury type is

always acting a part, even though it be unconsciously.

Those with this mount well formed, accompanied by a

long, straight head-line, will, if they have no leanings

towards science or literature, usually become merchants

and traders.

A true type of Mercury subject will have dark brown

hair, olive skin, brown or hazel eyes, and be below the

medium height, but well built.

The Mount of Mars.~l have never been able to satisfy

myself of the correctness of the supposition that there are

two mounts of Mars, and therefore the only portion of the

hand which l shall write of as being under the influence of

that planet is that which lies between the mount of

Mercury and the mount of the Moon, at the percussion, or

side, of the hand (see Fig. 1). I think we may say with

truth that it is absolutely necessary for anyone who has to

Page 75: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE MOUNTS 69

make his (or her) way in the worlds or who wishes to attain

success or celebrity^ to have some of the qualities attributed

to the mount of Mars.

A well-developed mount gives self-possession^ fearlessness,

and intrepidity, generosity, magnanimity, energy, and

endurance ; an utter disregard for small difficulties, and

a determination to reach the desired goal in spite of all

opposition.

A too largely developed mount of Mars will render the

subject quarrelsome, violent, dictatorial, unable to brook

the least contradiction himself, but always ready to contra-

dict and talk down others ; he will be prone to exaggeration

and self-praise, thoughtless of the feelings of others, im-

polite in manner and rough in movement, a materialist, and

a sensualist.

He is often hot-headedly impulsive, as in the case of a

client of mine, a well-known Army man, high up in the

service, who on one occasion was so intensely irritated by

the red-tapism of the War Office, that, by way of defying it,

he immediately upon returning home shaved off his own

moustache.

An absence of the mount renders the subject timid, if

not a coward ; he will not push himself forward in any

way, and is doubtful and hesitating in speech and manner,

and much given to procrastination. There will be a great

want of self-esteem, and lassitude, lack of energy, and

want of sufficient interest in life will bar his way to

success.

The best type of Mars men become soldiers, surgeons,

firemen, and policemen ; for it must be remembered that

Mars governs all those who are connected with the saving

of life, as well as those connected with the taking of it,

and that it also rules fire. An intrepid explorer or pioneer

must of necessity have this mount largely developed.

THE MOUNTS 69

make his (or her) Way in the World, or who Wishes to attain

success or celebrity, to have some of the qualities attributed

to the mount of Mars.

A well-developed mount gives self-possession, fearlessness,and intrepidity, generosity, magnanimity, energy, and

endurance 5 an utter disregard for small difficulties, and

a determination to reach the desired goal in spite of all

opposition.A too largely developed mount of Mars will render the

subject quarrelsome, violent, dictatorial, unable to brook

the least contradiction himself, but always ready to contra-

dict and talk down others ; he will be prone to exaggerationand self-praise, thoughtless of the feelings of others, im-

polite in manner and rough in movement, a materialist, and

a sensualist.

He is often hot-headedly impulsive, as in the case of a

client of mine, a Well-known Army man, high up in the

service, who on one occasion was so intensely irritated bythe red-tapism of the War Oflice, that, by Way of defying it,he immediately upon returning home shaved off his own

moustache.

An absence of the mount renders the subject timid, if

not a coward 3 he Will not push himself forward in any

Way, and is doubtful and hesitating in speech and manner,

and much given to procrastination. There will be a greatWant of self-esteem, and lassitude, lack of energy, and

Want of sufficient interest in life will bar his way to

success.

The best type of Mars men become soldiers, surgeons,

firemen, and policemen , for it must be remembered that

Mars governs all those who are connected with the savingof life, as Well as those connected with the taking of it,and that it also rules fire. An intrepid explorer or pioneermust of necessity have this mount largely developed.

Page 76: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

70 THE GRAYEN PALM

DesbarroUes says that all ladies of the ballet also have

this mount strongly developed.

There are two types of Mars men. The one tall, broad-

shouldered, with auburn hair inclining to red, and large

grey eyes, slow in their movements, except on an emer-

gency, or when greatly roused. This is the type which

novebsts love to portray as the ideal heavy dragoon. The

other, less than medium height, heavily built, yet wiry,

with short, thick neck, and heavy jaws, quick in all their

movements, and fiery in temper, with red hair, and eyes of

a greenish-grey.

The Mount of the Moon.—The mount of the Moon (see

Fig. 1) is the portion of the hand immediately under the

mount of Mars, and extends to the wrist. Those subjects

in whom this is the dominant mount will be happiest when

living by the sea, rivers, or lakes ; and their natural taste

will lead them to be either sailors, marines (if the mount of

Mars is also prominent) , or travellers by water. DesbarroUes

says that the true type of a sailor always has his Jupiter

finger pointed. If they are at the same time at all Saturnian,

they will prefer all professions in which water plays an

important part—such as hydraulic works, canal-cutting, etc.

If the mount of Venus is also prominent, these subjects

will often become gardeners, florists, and frequently bird-

fanciers. Those who have the mount of the Moon well

developed are poetical and fond of music and art, though

in the former harmony will please them more than melody.

They love romance, and weird and mystical stories of the

unseen world appeal very greatly to them.

Clairvoyants and mystics belong to this type, their

imagination being very vivid, and their presentiments and

instincts marvellously true.

They are often melancholy, and are generally deeply

religious, though their religion will be absolutely opposed

'70 THE GRAVEN PALM

Desbarrolles says that all ladies of the ballet also have

this mount strongly developed.There are two types of Mars men. The one tall, broad-

shouldered, with auburn hair inclining to red, and large

grey eyes, slow in their movements, except on an emer-

gency, or when greatly roused. This is the type which

novelists love to portray as t-he ideal heavy dragoon. The

other, less than medium height, heavily built, yet wiry,with short, thick neck, and heavy jaws, quick in all their

movements, and fiery in temper, with red hair, and eyes of

a greenish-grey.The Mount of the Moon.-The mount of the l/loon (see

Fig. 1) is the portion of the hand immediately under the

mount of Mars, and extends to the wrist. Those subjectsin whom this is the dominant mount will be happiest when

living by the sea, rivers, or lakes, and their natural taste

will lead them to be either sailors, marines (if the mount of

Mars is also prominent) ,or travellers by water. 'Desbarrolles

says that the true type of a sailor always has his Jupiter

linger pointed. If they are at the same time at all Saturnian,

they will prefer all professions in which water plays an

important part-such as hydraulic works, canal-cutting, etc.

If the mount of Venus is also prominent, these subjectswill often become gardeners, florists, and frequently bird-

fanciers. Those vho have the mount of the Moon well

developed are poetical and fond of music and art, thoughin the former harmony will please them more than melody.

They love romance, and weird and mystical stories of the

unseen world appeal very greatly to them.

Clairvoyants and mystics belong to this type, their

imagination being very vivid, and their presentimelnts and

instincts marvellously true.

They are often melancholy, and are generally deeply

religious, though their religion will be absolutely opposed

Page 77: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE MOUNTS 71

to that of the Apollo subject^ as they do not desire to

understand and analyze all that they worship and admire.

The mount of the Moon in excess gives caprice^ melan-

cholia, cold-heartedness, mysticism rather than religion,

changeableness, greed, and, unless the thumb is very

well developed, a weak will, with small reasoning

power.

The absence of this mount shows scepticism with regard

to all spiritual phenomena, and an intolerance of romance,

poetry, and imagination in others.

A combination of the mounts of Mercury, Saturn, andthe Moon forms a most unhappy temperament, which,

under bad direction, may prove a curse to itself and a

misery to others ; and, as a rule, the combination of Saturn

and the Moon gives a strong tendency to drink.

Moon subjects are, generally, tall and loose-jointed, with

round faces, round blue or grey eyes, and large teeth, pale,

rather dull complexions, and generally a quantity of hair

of a quiet, undistinctive brown colour.

The Mount of Venus.—People with a well - developed

mount of Yenus are, as a rule, very lovable characters.

They are kind-hearted, benevolent, and friendly towards

everyone ; intensely averse to all quarrelling, discord, and

strife of tongues; are always sweet-tempered and sunny

themselves, and enjoy making everybody around themhappy. They are fond of gaiety and amusements, but can

always do without them if necessity arises, for they have

the power of making themselves happy and of being con-

tent in whatever position or under whatever circumstances

they may be placed. They love everything that is beautiful,

but do not care for pomp or show for its own sake. Theytake pleasure in painting, dancing (in which they are, as a

rule, very proficient), and singing, though they do not often

excel in the higher branches of art. When they are re-

THE MOUNTS 71

to that of the Apollo subject, as they do not desire to

understand and analyze all that they worship and admire.

The mount of the Moon in excess gives caprice, melan-

cholia, cold-heartedness, mysticism rather than religion,changeableness, greed, and, unless the thumb is verywell devel_oped, a weak will, with small reasoningpower.

The absence of this mount shows scepticism with regardto all spiritual phenomena, and an intolerance of romance,

poetry, and imagination in others.

A combination of the mounts of Mercury, Saturn, and

the Moon forms a most unhappy temperament, which,under bad direction, may prove a curse to itself and a

misery to others ; and, as a rule, the combination of Saturn

and the Moon gives a strong tendency to drink.

Moon subjects are, generally, tall and loose-jointed, with

round faces, round blue or grey eyes, and large teeth, pale,rather dull complexions, and generally a quantity of hair

of a quiet, undistinctive brown colour.

The Mount of Venus.-People with a well- developedmount of Venus are, as a rule, very lovable characters.

They are kind-hearted, benevolent, and friendly towards

everyone ; intensely averse to all quarrelling, discord, and

strife of tongues; are always sweet-tempered and sunny

themselves, and enjoy making everybody around them

happy. They are fond of gaiety and amusements, but can

always do without them if necessity arises, for they have

the power of making themselves happy and of being con-

tent in whatever position or under whatever circumstances

they may be placed. They love everything that is beautiful,but do not care for pomp or show for its own sake. Theytake pleasure in painting, dancing (in which they are, as a

rule, very proficient), and singing, though they do not often

excel in the higher branches of art. When they are re-

Page 78: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

72 THE GRAVEN PALM

markably good dancers, it will invariably be found that

the Jupiter and Mercury fingers are either pointed or conic.

An inordinately large mount of Yenus will, of course, give

great sensuality, and a desire to obtain pleasure and amuse-

ment at any cost or hazard. And, if there be also a very

large division between the lines of head and heart (see

Fig. 35), they will be too lax in their views to distinguish

clearly between good and evil. Their kind-heartedness and

benevolence will run to careless prodigality, and they will

be likely to lose their caste and position in society for the

sake of a blind passion.

When this mount is well developed, and when, also, the

third phalanges of all the fingers are thick, the subject will

have a distinct gift for the art of cookery, especially if this

be accompanied by a grille on the mount of Saturn, as at

h, Fig. 34.

One in whom the mount is absent will of necessity be

wanting in all the tender graces and lovable qualities

which distinguish the possessors of a good mount of Yenus.

Such a subject will be selfish, cold and unfeeling, miserly

and uncharitable, disliking society and quarrelsome.

The perfect type of a Yenus woman would be generally

short and plump, with clear rose-leaf skin and a pink

colour, glossy brown hair and light brown eyes.

72 THE GRAVEN PALM

markably good dancers, it will invariably be found that

the Jupiter and Mercury lingers are either pointed or conic.

An inordinately large mount of Venus Will, of course, give

great sensuality, and a desire to obtain pleasure and amuse-

ment at any cost or hazard. And, if there be also a very

large division between the lines of head and heart (see

Fig. 35), they will be too lax in their views to distinguish

clearly between good and evil. Their kind-heartedness and

benevolence will run to careless prodigality, and they will

be likely to lose their caste and position in society for the

sake of a blind passion.Vhen this mount is well developed, and When, also, the

third phalanges of all the fingers are thick, the subject will

have a distinct gift for the art of cookery, especially if this

be accompanied by a grille on the mount of Saturn, as at

72, Fig. 34.

One in whom the mount is absent will of necessity be

wanting in all the tender graces and lovable qualitieswhich distinguish the possessors of a good mount of Venus.

Such a subject will be selfish, cold and unfeeling, miserlyand uncharitable, disliking society and quarrelsome.

The perfect type of a Venus woman would be generallyshort and plump, with clear rose-leaf skin and a pinkcolour, glossy brown hair and light brown eyes.

Page 79: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

CHAPTER TV

THE LINE OF LIFE

There are six principal lines to be founds more or less

distinctly marked, on every hand. These are the lines of

life, head, and heart, and of fate, fortune, and health.

The girdle of Venus is sometimes looked upon as a principal

line, but this does not appear to be quite satisfactory, as so

many people do not have this line at all.

The line of life rises on the side of the hand, at the base

of the mount of Jupiter (see &, Fig. 2) , and in many cases

entirely surrounds the mount of Yenus, the events of the

life being marked upon and across this line, as I will

endeavour, in Chapter XL, to show by numerous illustrations.

Almost all palmists diifer in their methods of calculating

dates upon this line, and experience teaches that it is very

difficult to lay down any hard-and-fast rule upon the sub-

ject, for events marked upon the line of life in hands of

different types usually vary as to their position on this line,

though they may have taken place at the same age in each

individual case. In fixing the date, besides the variation

in type, much depends upon the width and length of the

palm, and also upon the fullness of the mount of Venus and

consequent curvature of the line of life, which, in a hand

with a large mount of Venus, will sometimes extend right

into the middle of the palm (see Fig. 2), showing great

vitality and strength, and, in the case of a small and narrow

73

CHAPTER IV

THE LINE OF LIFE

Timur: are six principal lines to be found, more or less

distinctly marked, on every hand. These are the lines of

life, head, and heart, and of fate, fortune, and health.

The girdle of Venus is sometimes looked upon as a principalline, but this does not appear to be quite satisfactory, as so

many people do not have this line at all.

The line of life rises on the side of the hand, at the base

of the mount of Jupiter (see li, Fig. 2), and in many cases

entirely surrounds the mount of Venus, the events of the

life being marked upon and across this line, as I will

endeavour, in Chapter XI., to show by numerous illustrations.

Almost all palmists differ in their methods of calculatingdates upon this line, and experience teaches that it is verydiflicult to lay down any hard-and-fast rule upon the sub-

ject, for events marked upon the line of life in hands of

different types usually vary as to their position on this line,

though they may have taken place at the same age in each

individual case. In fixing the date, besides the variation

in type, much depends upon the Width and length of the

palm, and also upon the fullness of the mount of Venus and

consequent curvature of the line of life, Which, in a hand

with a large mount of Venus, will sometimes extend rightinto the middle of the palm (see Fig. 2), showing great

vitality and strength, and, in the case of a small and narrow

73

Page 80: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

74 THE GRAVEN PALM

Fig. 18.

H/'

THE GRAVEN PALM

`_i..._"E>

:7""

I/`?`

>-4

._-

'Q

TT

I/00

90

00

7a

50

50

-"'../"-3?

,,/w=

»-'55

""":l`

fi

Ci*-_._

'K_ §_'_§

/00

.90 [00

60 90

70 8

60 70

5°60

1

40

400 30

'2030

4-0 25`

3025

-I 202

2050 I5

/5

7, /0 /0

80

90 ,_»*"/no

/_.~._- 'Z

FIG. 18.

Page 81: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE LINE OF LIFE 75

mount, will, after the first bend at starting, run almost

vertically down the hand (see Fig. 7).

I am here giving (in Figs. 18 and 19) hands with the

ages marked on them in the positions which I have myself

found, as a general rule, to be most correct ; but in fore-

telling near events it is very common to antedate them two

or even three years, and, when foretelling an event whichis many years ahead, it is a very frequent error to place the

date of the event a year or two later than it will really

occur.

One of the surest ways of avoiding these mistakes is to

start reading the life from the very commencement, en-

deavouring to tell each consecutive year correctly, andallowing for the dates in the future the same spaces,

com'paratively speaking, which you feel sure, from your

correct reading of the past, will be needed on that par-

ticular hand.

Of course, much time is required to read a hand in this

careful manner, and it is only by long experience and. con-

stant practice that the exact dates, even in the past, can

be correctly read, and the most experienced palmist is

always liable to make mistakes.

The student will find that, as a rule, dates in the right

hand are marked higher upon the line of life than those in

the left (see Fig. 19).

People have often been surprised that I should have been

able to tell them their exact age, at the time of the inter-

view, from their hands. This is not really so difficult a

feat as may appear, though one requiring long experience

in hand-reading; and the reason is as follows : marks uponthe line of life which indicate past events are ineradicable

and unalterable, and are, especially on a hand which is

clearly marked, deeply cut; but lines which foreshadow

events in the future are, by comparison, far more faintly

THE LINE OF LIFE '75

mount, will, after the first bend at starting, run almost

vertically down the hand (see Fig. 7).I am here giving (in Figs. 18 and 19) hands with the

ages marked on them in the positions which I have myselffound, as a general rule, to be most correct ; but in fore-

telling near events it is very common to antedate them two

or even three years, and, when foretelling an event which

is many years ahead, it is a very frequent error to place the

date of the event a- year or two later than it will reallyoccur.

One of the surest ways of avoiding these mistakes is to

start reading the life from the very commencement, en-

deavouring to tell each consecutive year correctly, and

allowing for the dates in the future the same spaces,

comgocwatitely/ speakfiozg, which you feel sure, from yourcorrect reading of the past, will be needed on that par-ticular hand.

Of course, much time is required to read a hand in this

careful manner, and it is only by long experience and con-

stant practice that the exact dates, even in the past, can

be correctly read, and the most experienced palmist is

always liable to make mistakes.

The student will find that, as a rule, dates in the righthand are marked higher upon the line of life than those in

the left (see Fig. 19).People have often been surprised that I should have been

able to tell them their exact age, at the time of the inter-

view, from their hands. This is not really so difficult a

feat as may appear, though one requiring long experiencein hand-reading 5 and the reason is as follows z marks uponthe line of life which indicate past events are ineradicable

and unalterable, and are, especially on a hand which is

clearly marked, deeply cut, but lines which foreshadow

events in the future are, by comparison, far more faintly

Page 82: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

76 THE GHAYEN PALM

Fig. 19.

THE GRAVEN PALM

3=:`

"Ȣ-f"

'i ;-.2~<./

Il/"'

§¢*§

'f '_9>,,-

'gy /fL 'Q

80

70

/ 60

J so

0 no

on so

70,I

50

40 _

5

30$0$0

25`

60

5

/ao

'C

T' v'

FIG 19

Page 83: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE LINE OF LIFE 77

indicated. The nearer an event in the future is, the

more clearly, of course, is it marked. Thus, with a little

practice, it becomes fairly easy to determine which is

the most recent past event

marked upon the line of life,

judging by the depth of the

mark and the comparative

faintness of the lines (indi-

cating coming events) which

immediately follow it. I

have endeavoured, in Fig. 20,

to give some idea of what I

mean. It will

therefore be

seen that, after

first deciding

the exact spot

upon the line

of life at which

we think the

subject has ar-

rived, we must calculate

the age at this moment,

taking the particular type

of hand which he pos-

sesses into consideration

;

and the ability to do this

correctly can only be

attained after long experience, and by a comparison of many

different hands.

Of course, many people will say that a palmist can always

tell a subject\s age by looking at the face, but it is by no

means wise to trust to this, as very many men and women,

especially those whose dominant mount is Mercury, look

THE LINE OF LIFE 77

indicated. The nearer an event in the future is, the

more clearly, of course, is it marked. Thus, with a little

practice, it becomes fairly easy to determine which is

the most recent past event

marked upon the line of life,'

judging by the depth of the

mark and the comparative a.

faintness of the lines (indi-H"

cating coming events) which f I*

1

immediately follow it. F I 3 ~

'_3'

,N.

,¢ _,-have endeavoured, in Fig. 20, f- if, ,

to give some idea of what I

mean. It will

7 'X

therefore be

seen that, after

;'/'

F

Z;_

QV

iV `-`

. . WI `*

firgt deciding 'ip- 1

V -_ .

the exact spot -~='»eé"i »-~ '

fr'p~-.-,aa af -,f i

. _ f` §`/"'? "~`upon the line I* /

`

... _ 'W T' »'

of life at which -' 5v§;'i',;§&|{ We think the

subject has ar-

H 35 4 p /yFN ~-., rd //

/ ,. 9 ~>+~y

1`lV6d., We must calculate '

_V 'I T"

T

' ,the age at this moment, =~, / taking the particular type

" 'T ,_

'

i

of hand which he pos- _/fsesses into consideration ,

and the ability to do this FIG. 20.

correctly can only be

attained after long experience, and by a comparison of many

different hands.

Of course, many people Will say that a palmist can alwaystell a subject's age by looking at the face, but it is by no

means Wise to trust to this, as very many men and Women,

especially those Whose dominant mount is Mercury, look

Page 84: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

78 THE GRAVEN PALM

much younger than they really are, and many—the

Saturnian type, for instance— look more than their

real age.

Talking of the comparative depths of lines upon the

hand recalls the old idea that children, on whose right hands

the lines were marked more clearly than on the left, were

more like their fathers, or their fathers' family, in character

than their mothers, or their mothers' family: the Sun,

representing the father, being supposed to rule the right

hand, and the Moon, as representing the mother, being

supposed to rule the left hand ; and, conversely, subjects

on whose left hands the lines are most clearly marked, are

supposed to be ruled by the Moon governing the mother,

and therefore most resemble the mother or the mother's

family.

It will be noticed, by observing the hands (see Figs. 18

and 19), that ten years at the commencement of life take

up more space than twenty years later on, and that the

older we get the smaller is the space into which the events

of our lives have to be compressed. And this is the case not

only on the line of life, but also on the lines of fate, fortune,

and health. This, curiously, brings to our minds the childish

feeling of the immensity of one year, and the odd manner

in which, as we grow older, the years gradually appear to

shorten.

The first thing which those who consult a palmist are

most anxious to know is, how long they are likely to live :

and this is, without doubt, one of the most difficult questions

to answer with truthfulness.

Of course, given a subject with a good and unbroken

line of life in both hands, or, if broken, protected by

squares, as I will explain later on, and with fairly good

lines of fate and health, we may prophesy a long life with

almost absolute confidence that our words will prove true.

'78 THE GRAVEN PALM

much younger than they really are, and many-the

Saturnian type, for instance --look more than their

real age.

Talking of the comparative depths of lines' upon the

hand recalls the old idea that children, on whose right hands

the lines were marked more clearly than on the left, were

more like their fathers, or their fathers' family, in character

than their mothers, or their mothers' family: the Sun,

representing the father, being supposed to rule the righ_t

hand, and the Moon, as representing the mother, being

supposed to rule the left hand, and, conversely, subjectson whose left hands the lines are most clearly marked, are

supposed to be ruled by the Moon governing the mother,

and therefore most resemble the mother or the mother's

family.It will be noticed, by observing the hands (see Figs. 18

and 19), that ten years at the commencement of life take

up more space than twenty years later on, and that the

older we get the smaller is the space into which the events

of our lives have to be compressed. And this is the case not

only on the line of life, but also on the lines of fate, fortune,

and health. This, curiously, brings to our minds the childish

feeling of the immensity of one year, and the odd manner

in which, as we grow older, the years gradually appear to

shorten.

The first thing which those who consult a palmist are

most anxious to know is, how long they are likely to live :

and this is, without doubt, one of the most difficult questionsto answer with truthfulness.

Of course, given a subject with a good and unbroken

line of life in both hands, or, if broken, protected by

squares, as I will explain later on, and with fairly goodlines of fate and health, we may prophesy a long life with

almost absolute confidence that our words will prove true.

Page 85: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE LINE OF LIFE 79

Palmists constantly, too, have cases brought under their

observation in which the lines of life are broken in both

hands at the same place, and where the lines of fate and

health have breaks, or corroborative indications that death

is likely to occur at the same age as that indicated on the

line of life.

In these cases, unless under exceptional circumstances,

it is not always wise or right to let the subject know our

worst fears—viz., that death is likely to occur at the point

where the lines of life and other lines break. Tact and

consideration are greatly needed, especially in dealing

with those whom we know, from the other indications in

their hands, to possess highly nervous temperaments. For,

however correct a palmist may be, there is always a chance

of his making' a mistake.

On the other hand, it is not always certain that those

who have a long and unbroken line of life will live the

longest; in most cases it is true that a long and unbroken

line is a sign of good health, prosperity, and longevity, but

there must be, as I have already said, confirmatory evidence

in the other lines of the hand to make this absolutely sure.

Again, many people with a very broken line of life live to

be old, especially if they have good lines of fate or health.

I have also seen many instances in which the subject has

continued, as it were, to live upon the line of fate, from the

time when the line of life ceased (see a, h, Fig. 3), and in

very many hands the subjects live upon their preservative

or second line of life (see a, h, c. Fig. 4) ; which lines, it will

be observed, must start from (or just above) the line of head.

At the point where the line of life proper ceases, there

will in most cases be observed the sign of a severe illness

or accident (see square at b. Fig. 4) . Observe, also, the con-

firmatory break d in the line of health at the same date.

A very great change in the position of the subject in

THE LINE OF LIFE 79

Palniists constantly, too, have cases brought under their

observation in which the lines of life are broken in both

hands at the same place, and where the lines of fate and

health have breaks, or corroborative indications that death

is likely to occur at the- same age as that indicated on the

line of life.

In these cases, unless under exceptional circumstances,it is not alwaysiwise or right to let the subject know our

worst fears-viz., that death is likely to occur at the pointwhere the lines of life and other lines break. Tact and

consideration are greatly needed, especially in dealingwith those whom we know, from the other indications in

their hands, to possess highly nervous teinperaments. For,however correct a palmist may be, there is always a chance

of his making a mistake.

Q11 the other hand, it is 11ot always certain that those

who have a long and unbroken line of life will live the

longest 5 in most cases it is true that a long and unbroken

line is a sign of good health, prosperity, and longevity, but

there must be, as I have already said, confirmatory evidence

in the other lines of the hand to make this absolutely sure.

Again, many people with a very broken line of life live to

be old, especially if they have good lines of fate or health.

I have also seen many instances in which the subject has

continued, as it were, to live upon the line of fate, from the

time when the line of life ceased (see ai, D, Fig. 3), and in

very many hands the subjects live upon their preservativeor second line of life (see ot, b, c, Fig. 4) 5 which lines, it will

be observed, must start from (or just above) the line of head.

At the point where the line of life proper ceases, there

will in most cases be observed the sign of a severe illness

or accident (see square at b, Fig. Observe, also, the con-

firmatory break icl in the line of health at the same date.A very great change in the position of the subject in

Page 86: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

go THE GRAVEN PALM

early life, but one having no reference to his physical

health, is shown by the line of life ceasing, as at a, Fig. 21

without any indication of an illness or accident, and a fresh

line of life starting from

the line of head at h.

Note also confirma-

tory break, c, on the line

of fate at the same age.

This I have seen very

clearly instanced in

several cases, particu-

larly in that of a man

holding a

high posi-

tion, who,

fearing a

public ex-

p o s u r e,

quietly re-

signed his

appoint-ment a

short time

before he would have

been asked to do so

(had there been any

public disclosures),

and, going to the other

side of the world,

started life again Fig. 21.

under absolutely dif-

ferent auspices and surroundings, ultimately attaining great

success.

It must be observed that the subject would enter upon

80 THE GRAVEN PALM

earl life but one having no reference to his physicalY 1

health, is shown by the line of life ceasing, as at co, Fig. 21,

Without any indication of an illness or accident, and a fresh

line of life starting from

the line of head at b.

Note also coniirina-

tory break, c, on the line

of fate at the same age.

This I have seen very

clearly instanced in

several cases, particu-

_/-`.._.fav-

.f

_,Q-,_

,¢*' *_

.__` ~`

&

_

4_-:;- _¢_\_; `\

larly in that of a man 71`

X'

holding a _`\

high posi- /4 db; if `~§-

tion, Who,-/fi' :\`_

fearing a 1; ?xl' xl'

public ex-/

b HAp o s u r e

, ¢

~

quietly re- a/

signed his _Q

a p p o in t-'

» f

in en t' a k 7,

short time

before he would have 9 t

been asked to do so 7. g ]<

(had there been any \ *fb

public disclosures), "ii l"`,_'_j_,..$

and, going to the other 1' T \ _.§//

side of the World, \

started life again F1G_ 21_

under absolutely dif-

ferent auspices and surroundings, ultimately attaining great

SUCOQSS.

lt must be observed that the subject would enter upon

Page 87: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE LINE OF LIFE 81

the new line of life at the point where the old line of life

ceased, and not at the commencement of the second, or

preservative line.

There is often a very tiny connecting-link betweenthe two lines of life, as a,

Fig. 6.

There are, of course, manycases in which sudden death

from accident or suicide are

clearly indicated in thefuture. For instance, I someyears ago read the hand of

a young lady who, a few

months after I

saw her, met

with a terrible

and instan-

taneous death

by falling from

a high window.

The reading of

her hand gave mepainful half -hour, for

I did not know whatto say, feeling, after

telling her past, which

I did correctly, that

nothing could save her

from some awful fate

in the near future. In this case the line of life absolutely

ceased, and there was no more of it whatsoever, after acertain point, in either hand. It was most decidedly provedat the inquest not to have been a case of suicide, but of

sudden vertigo of the brain, from which she had been6

THE LINE OF LIFE 81

the new line of life at the point where the old line of life

ceased, and not at tl1e coininenceinent of the second, or

preservative line.

There is often a very tiny connecting-link betweenthe two lines of life, as cn,

Fig. 6.

There are, of course, manycases in which sudden death

_

from accident or suicide are'_ "

clearly indicated in the =f=~

I

future. For instance, I some__,___

years ago read the hand of f"f_;'3*

22,&

a young lady who, a few`

months after I

saw her, inet' '_

:_'I

with a terrible\

and instan-

taneous death

by falling from

a high window.

The reading of

her hand gave ine a

painful half-hour, for

I did not know what

/I/

to say, feeling, after

telling her past, which /1I did correctly, that \nothing could save her FIG_ 22'from some awful fatein the near future. In this case the line of life absolutelyceased, and there was no more of it whatsoever, after a

certain point, in either hand. It was most decidedly provedat the inquest not to have been a case of suicide, but ofsudden vertigo of the brain, from which she had been

6

Page 88: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

32 THE GRAVEN PALM

known to suffer for some time previously, and which un-

doubtedly caused lier to lose her balance when leamng

out of the window, and this indication of vertigo can clearly

be seen from the shape of the line of head.

I here reproduce a sketch (see Fig. 22) which I drew

from memory soon after seeing her hand, because I was so

absolutely certain that something terrible must befall her

in the immediate future. She herself was very much in-

terested in the subject of palmistry, and often spoke of

taking lessons from me, though I am thankful to say she

never did so. \ .-, , t e

Another instance I remember is that of the hand of a

young lady, in which the lines were all so extremely famt

and indistinct that it was impossible to tell her anything

definite After our interview I heard that she said I was

very stupid, for she had fully expected me to tell her that

she was likely to become a celebrated authoress, being at

the time engaged in writing what several critics said would

have been a very clever book. She was killed shortly after

I saw her by being thrown out of a dogcart.

It is very difficult to know what to say to subjects under

such circumstances as these, which, fortunately, are very

rarely met with. For to tell them plainly what one really

thought might have a most disastrous effect, as I have

endeavoured to show in my preamble, by making the event

doubly sure, especially if the subject were an implicit

believer in palmistry.

I think, of course, that a warning against doing anything

rash, such as leaning out of windows, meddling with fire-

arms, travelling by water at certain dates, etc., should be

given, and this may in many cases have a beneficial and

perhaps saving effect; but to tell a person that you expect

them to come to an untimely end soon, would be a cruel

and even a wicked thing to do.

82 THE GRAVEN PALM

known to suffer for some time previously, and which un-

doubtedly caused her to lose her balance when leaning

out of the window, and t-his indication of vertigo can clearly

be seen from the shape of the line of head.

I here reproduce a sketch (see Fig. 22) which I drew

from memory soon after seeing her hand, because I was so

absolutely certain that something terrible must befall her

in the immediate future. She herself was very much in-

terested in the subject of palmistry, and often spoke of

taking lessons from me, though I am thankful to say she

never did so._

Another instance I remember is that of the hand of a

young lady, in which the lines were all so extremely faint

and indistinct that it was impossible to tell her anything

definite. After our interview I heard that she said I was

very stupid, for she had fully expected me to tell her that

she was likely to become a celebrated authoress, being at

the time engaged in writing what several critics said would

have been a very clever book. She was killed shortly after

I saw her by being thrown out of a dogcart.

It is very difficult to know what to say to subjects under

such circumstances as these, which, fortunately, are very

rarely met with. For to tell them plainly what one really

thought might have a most disastrous effect, as I have

endeavoured to show in my preamble, by making the event

doubly sure, especially if the subject were an implicit

believer in palmistry.I think, of course, that a warning against doing anything

rash, such as leaning out of windows, meddling with fire-

arms, travelling by water at certain dates, etc., should be

given, and this may in many cases have a beneficial and

perhaps saving effect ; but to tell a person that you expect

them to come to an untimely end soon, would be a cruel

and even a wicked thing to do.

Page 89: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE LINE OF LIFE 83

A palmist is sometimes placed in a very difficult positionif earnestly requested by clients to tell them, without re-servation, how long, in his opinion, they are likely to live.A lady I knew well asked me this question some years

ago, saying that it would make a great difference withregard to her arrangements, respecting the welfare of heryoung daughter and others, if she could feel certain thatshe was only likely to live for a short time.

As she was so deeply in earnest, I told her what I reallythought—viz., that she was not likely to live more thanfour years longer. At the same time I.^aid that it wassuch a very difficult thing to really tell correctly that Ihoped she would not—though advising her to make all thepreparations that she had decided upon—rely too implicitlyupon what I said. Though in very bad health at the time,she got so very much stronger and better during the nextthree years that I hoped I should prove incorrect, but, as amatter of fact, she died of heart failure ten months 'afterthe date I had given her as likely to be the termination ofher life.

A curious incident occurred during the first year of myprofessional life. On one particular morning I warned agentleman who came to see me that he was likely to meetwith a serious accident soon (see squares on lines of lifeand health, Fig. 27), and that very afternoon, whilst outwalking, I actually saw him thrown from his horse anddragged for some distance along the road in so horrible amanner that I fully expected that he must be picked updead. However, after a very long and serious illness, Iheard that he had entirely recovered his health. It will 'benoticed that the lines of life and health do not break, butpass through the squares, indicating his preservation fromdeath.

I should like here to contradict most emphatically stories.

'PHE LINE OF LIFE 83

A pahnist is sometimes placed in a very difficult positionif earnestly requested by clients to tell them, Without re-

servation, how long, in his opinion, they are likely to live.A lady I knew well asked me this question some years

ago, saying that it would make a great difference withregard to her arrangements, respecting the welfare of heryoung daughter and others, if she could feel certain thatshe was only likely to live for a short time.

As she was so deeply in earnest, I told her what I reallythought_viz., that she was not likely to live more thanfour years longer. At the same time I-fsaid that it wassuch a very ditlicult thing to really tell correctly that Ihoped she would not_t-hough advising her to make all thepreparations that she had decided upon-rely too implicitlyupon what I said. Though in very load health at the time,she got so very much stronger and better during the nextthree years that I hoped I should prove incorrect, but, as a

matter of fact, she died of heart failure ten months afterthe date I had given her as likely to he the termination ofher life.

A curious incident occurred during the first year of myprofessional life. On one particular morning I Warned a

gentleman who came to see me that he was likely to meetwith a serious accident soon (see squares on lilies of lifeand health, Fig. 27), and that very afternoon, Whilst out

Walking, I actually saw him thrown from his horse anddragged for some distance along the road in so horrible a

manner that I fully expected that he must be picked updead. I-Iowever, after a very long and serious illness, Iheard that he had entirely recovered his health. It will benoticed that the lines of life and health do not break, lout-pass through the squares, indicating his preservation fromdeath.

Ishould like here to contradict most emphatically stories

Page 90: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

g4 THE CxKAYEN PALM

which have been repeated to me, to the effect that I have

exclaimed at once, on looking at the hand of a certain man

or woman, ''I cannot read your hand; you have no

future,^^ and that that person has, immediately after leaving

my rooms, fallen down dead

in the street, or been run

over by a motor- car !

To turn to the brighter

side of prophecy, palmists

are often greatly cheered by

being told that they have

helped others to bear up

through dark and hopeless

years of their

lives; and also, I

believe, the spirit

having so very

great influence

upon the flesh,

that, in cases of

illness or accident,

people may some-

times be enabled to con-

tinue to live through sheer

force of will, especially if

they have been told by one

whom they believe in that

the illness or accident will

not prove fatal.

I remember telling a man some years ago that he would

have a very serious fall from his horse, but one which

would not prove fatal. The accident occurred just as I

said, and I was afterwards told that the first words he

uttered, when he recovered consciousness, were: ''Mrs,

Fig. 23.

81 _'I'I'IE GRAVEN PALM

which have been repeated to me, to the effect that I have

exclaimed at once, on looking at the hand of a certain man

or Woman, "I cannot read your hand, you have no

future," and that that person has, immediately afterleaving

'

"3" '§_

_L

"i,"_:'L`»

Ef; ",¢-'sr ` "*~;

Z

\f¢"*

ge =~< =~

/'\

,by--

ff,

'* .4

$%:=Q--"'

2_1

FIG. 23,

my rooms, fallen down dead

in the street, or been run

over by a 1]1OtOI'~C&1" l

To turn to the brighterside of prophecy, palmistsare often greatly cheered by

being told that they have

helped others to bear up

through dark and hopelessyears of their

lives; and also, I

believe, the spirit

& having' so very

\_ great influence

upon the flesh,

that, in cases of

illness or accident,

people may some-

times be enabled to con-

tinue to live through sheer

force of Will, especially if

they have been told by one

Whom they believe in that

the illness or accident Will

not prove fatal.

I remember telling a man some years ago that he would

have a very serious fall from his horse, but one which

would not prove fatal. The accident occurred just as I

said, and I was afterwards told that the first Words he

uttered, when he recovered consciousness, Were: "Mrs

Page 91: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE LINE OF LIFE 85

Robinson said that I should not die/^ and neither did he,

though his doctors never expected him to live.

Another man told me that, when very seriously ill with

pleurisy, camping out with only natives to look after him

in the Himalayas, the remembrance of my having told him,

years before, that he would live to be very old, had been a

great help towards his recovery. I could narrate manyinstances similar to these.

But it made me very melancholy when reading, as I did,

the hands of so many men just before they left England

for South Africa to take part in the late Boer War, to feel

that, so far as I could see, many of them would never return

to England again.

In Fig. 23 I give a drawing of the line of life on the

hand of an officer who came to me a day or two before

sailing. He was wounded severely during the siege of

Ladysmith, recovering, however, only to die a little later of

enteric fever. As will be noticed, the line of life ends a

short distance beyond the square, which represents his

preservation from death during the siege.

On the other hand, I was very much pleased by hear-

ing that a lady in a prominent position, who had six sons

fighting in South Africa, had said that she was quite

happy about them, as I had assured her that they would all

certainly return quite safe and sound from the war, which

they did.

The following story will also be of interest—that of a

professional man of renown, whose life, up to the time of

our interview, when he was about forty-five years of age,

had been full of adventures and noteworthy events. Hewas a man who, though very successful both professionally

and socially, had undergone, perhaps, more worry and

anxiety in his life than falls to the lot of most people. Hecame to see me when in perfect health, and on the eve of

THF] LINE OF LIFE 85

Robinson said that I should not die," and neither did he,

though his doctors never expected hiin to live.

Another man told ine that, when very seriously ill with

pleurisy, camping out with only natives to look after him

in the Himalayas, the remembrance of niy having told him,

years before, that he would live to be very old, had been a

great help towards his recovery. I could narrate man_yinstances similar to these.

But it made nie very melancholy when reading, as I did,

the hands of so many men just before they left Englandfor South Africa to take part in the late Boer VVar, to feel

that, so far as I could see, many of them would never return

to England again.In Fig. 23 I give a drawing of the line of life on the

hand of an oflicer who came to ine a day or two before

sailing. I-Ie was wounded severely during the siege of

Ladysmith, recovering, however, only to die a little later of

enteric fever. As will be noticed, the line of life ends a

short distance beyond the square, which represents his

preservation from death during the siege.On the other hand, I was very much pleased by hear-

ing that a lady in a prominent position, who had six sons

lighting in South Africa, had said that she was quitehappy about them, as I had assured her that they would all

certainly return quite safe and sound from the war, which

they did.

The following story will also be of interest-that of a

professional man of renown, whose life, up to the time of

our interview, when he was about forty-five years of age,had been full of adventures and noteworthy events. He

was a man who, though very successful both professionallyand socially, had undergone, perhaps, more worry ~ and

anxiety in his life than falls to the lot of most people. He

came to see me when in perfect health, and on the eve of

Page 92: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

86 THE GIRAYEN PALM

a voyage round the world, wliich I foretold, after having

read his past correctly, with its many worries and anxieties,

as well as its great successes. He had a long and beauti-

fully marked line of life in

both hands, and his other

lines were also good; but

the curious thing was that,

after the indication of the

voyage, which was imme-

diately to follow, there was

not a single event, good,

bad, or indifferent, marked

upon his lines

of life. I said

to him :" I can-

not make this

out ; from your

lines of life I

should say that

you would live

to be very old

a^il hiv3 ex-

cellent health,

but as far as I can see,

you will never have

another trouble again

as long as you live.

There was simply

nothing more to tell

him. A few months

afterwards I met a lady, an intimate friend of his, and her

first .words to me were :'' Have you heard about ?

He told us what you said to him as to his never having

any more trouble, and it came absolutely true, for he had

86 THE GRAVEN PALM

a voyage round the World, which I foretold, after havingread his past correctly, with its many worries and anxieties,

as Well as its great successes. He had a long and beauti-

fully marked line of life in

both hands, and his otherV

-

='

lines were also good, but

the curious thing was that, lI -

I

after the indication of the ft=""

voyage, which was imme-I

?_

diately to follow, there was'

I*

not a single event, good, vi 'i;l __`

bad, or indifferent, marked "=§~;- 5,

upon his linesI

,

%L`

of life. I said . 47!" ~_3_:' ` -..

to him: "I can- I." *L

not make thisi

out ; from your . .,

/_ IQ:lines of life I

_

should say that =

you Would live I.

to be very old

aul htve ex-

cellent health,but as far as I can see,

you Will never have

another trouble againas long as you live."

`

--;_'There was simply _

A/

nothing more to tell FIG" 24_

him. A few months

afterwards I met a lady, an intimate friend of his, and her

first_Words to me Were: "I-Iave you heard about --'F

He told us what you said to him as to his never having

any more trouble, and it came absolutely true, for he had

Page 93: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE LINE OF LIFE 87

a charming voyage to tlie other side of the world, and then

died there quite suddenly/^

Quite recently I was shocked to see, on the hands of a

man client, the indications of

a terrible accident, though at

the same time I had great

hopes that it would not be a

fatal one, as the line of life

in both hands continued

round the mount of Yenus

after the break (see Fig. 24)

.

The only thing

which troubled

me was that his

future looked so

abnormallyhappy and free

from care, and

I am inclined to

be almost as dis-

trustful of too

fortunate lines

in the future as I am of

a perfectly clear line of

life. For, like the

Psalmist, the palmist

also learns to realize

that man is born to

trouble as the sparks fly ^^^^ 25.

upwards.

I was further disquieted by his saying to me :" Oh,

Robinson, do you know that you have told friends of

lately that I was going out of their lives for good

soon ? What am I going to do V I regret to say

Mrs.

mine

very

that

THE LINE OF LIFE 87

a charming voyage to the other side of the World, and then

died there quite suddenly."Quite recently I was shocked to see, on the hands of a

man client, the indications of

a terrible accident, though at

the same time I had great

hopes that it would not be a `_1-`

fatal one, as the line of life »-¥

__`

in both hands continued "~

round the mount of Venus f' -_._.

after the break (see Fig. 24).J

I

ii "

The only thingwhich troubled

I..

me was that his _~,

future looked so`

`

ff/ ¥ .`,-

abnorinally'

.

5/~ /

happy and free_

'

/ /~

from care, and / 'I 'V |

I ani inclined to -

__

i

I

//P____/Lbe almost as dis- f,

/ l /

trustful of 2500 ;//é la 'I fortunate lilies -_

E in the future as I ani of `_ lm 7

a perfectly clear line of lx/life. For, like the ftPsalmist, the palinist (_ gk

also learns to realize that man is born to /trouble as the sparks fly 1;-IG_ 25_

upwards.I was further disquieted by his saying to me :

"

Oh, Mrs.

Robinson, do you know that you have told friends of mine

lately that I was going out of their lives for good very

soon? I/Vhat ani I going to do ?" I regret to say that

Page 94: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

88 THE GRAVEN PALM

only a few months afterwards he died from the results of a

very terrible motor accident.

I had been so much impressed by his hand that I made

the drawing, now given, of it (Fig. 24) as soon as he left me.

Another somewhat similar case is that of a well-known

man, who had been singularly unfortunate up to the time

at which he consulted me. Just ahead there appeared to

be great changes in all his lines, giving the indications that

almost unparalleled success awaited him in the future,

though in every case the lines all seemed to cease and then

begin again before the good luck came (see Fig. 25). Healso, a short time after I saw him, met with a violent death

by falling down a flight of stairs.

I have been greatly criticized in the past for having told

a celebrated author and playwright, a year or two before he

underwent great public humiliation, which was not long after-

wards followed by his death, that he had wonderful lines of

fame and celebrity in his future. Now, nearly fifteen years

later, his books are widely read, his plays are constantly

being re-staged, and many of his sayings are household

words, and are likely to remain so. The impression of the

original hand is given in Plate No. YIII., at the end of the

book. It is, as may be readily imagined, extremely difficult,

when reading the hand of a well-born man holding a good

position, or of a great celebrity, to imagine that the square

seen upon the mount of Yenus (see Fig. 233) could possibly

be indicative of imprisonment. One would be very much

more inclined to put any other construction upon this sign

preferably (in one's own mind) confinement in a lunatic

asylum.

I have constantly seen hands having long and well-marked

lines of life, where the only possible indication of the death,

which befell the subject within a year or so after our inter-

view, was either a slightly blurred aspect or a very minute

88 THE GRAVEN PALM

only a few months afterwards he died from the results of a

very terrible motor accident.

I had been so much impressed by his hand that I made

the drawing, now given, of it (Fig. 24) as soon as he left me.

Another somewhat similar case is that of a well-known

man, who had been singularly unfortunate up to the time

at which he consulted ine. Just ahead there appeared to

be great changes in all his lines, giving the indications that

almost unparalleled success awaited him in the future,

though in every case the lines all seemed to cease and then

begin again before the good luck came (see Fig. 25). He

also, a short time after I saw him, met with a violent death

by falling down a flight of stairs.

I have been greatly criticized in the past for having told

a celebrated author and playwright, a year or two before he

underwent great public humiliation, which was not long after-

wards followed by his death, that he had wonderful lines of

fame and celebrity in his future.'

Now, nearly fifteen years

later, his books are widely read, his plays are constantlybeing re-staged, and many of his sayings are household

words, and are likely to remain so. The impression of the

original hand is given in Plate No. VIII., at the end of the

book. It is, as may be readily imagined, extremely diflicult,when reading the hand of a well-born man holding a goodposition, or of a great celebrity, to imagine that the square

seen upon the mount of Venus (see Fig. 233) could possiblybe indicative of imprisonment. One would be very much

more inclined to put any other construction upon this sign-preferably (in one's own mind) confinement in a lunatic

asylum.I have constantly seen hands having long and well-marked

lines of life, where the only possible indication of the death,which befell the subject within a year or so after our inter-

view, was either a slightly blurred aspect or a very minute

Page 95: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE LINE OF LIFE 89

break in the line of life at that period, accompanied by a

corresponding break in the line of fate ; and on the hand

of a client of mine—who afterwards, I regret to say, com-

mitted suicide—the only indication of death was a large

star placed exactly on her

line of life (as

Fig. 26).

I have, unfortunately, read

the hands of many people

who have afterwards com-

mitted suicide, and I maysay that in several of these

cases I feel sure that it was

not intended from their lines

of life that they

should come to

such an un-

timely end ; but,

from brain and

health indica-

tions in other

parts of the hand, it

would appear that these

subjects took their ownlives upon the impulse

of the moment_, without

premeditation, when so

weighed down by care

and worry as to find life unendurable—and this, 1 ampositive, was the case of the client I have just mentioned.

There is an old superstition which says that we were all

appointed to live for so many years upon the earth, andtherefore the spirits of those who have taken their ownlives 'must be earth-bound until the expiration of the

THE LINE OF LIFE 89

break in the line of life at that period, accompanied by a

þÿ�(�f�O�1�'�I�` ¬�S�p�O�1�1�d�I�I�1�,�g�'break in the line of fate; and on the hand

of a client of mine--who afterwards, I regret to say, com-

mitted suicide-the only indication of death was a largestar placed exactly on her

line of life (as at ct, in

Fig. 26).I have, unfortunately, read

_:__'__.the hands of many people ,

I

°

,

who have afterwards coin- =»-

mitted suicide, and I may nw,___ _,.¢~.

.»- ;

say that in several of these fl, _

"'

cases I feel sure that it was

not intended from their linesI (_

_

°"

of life that they"'

should come to

such an un-/I

p

/--

/timely end ; but,`

'

from brain and

health indica- \¢ ¢

I ' ` I4 R_Mtions 111 ot 181 g, J7a/

parts of the hand, it would appear that these

subjects took their own_A

lives upon the impulse J,of the moment, without §premeditation, when so

_ FIG. 26.weighed down by care

and worry as to find life unendurable-and this, I am

positive, was the case of the client I have just mentioned.

There is an old superstition which says that we were all

appointed to live for so many years upon the earth, andtherefore the spirits of those who have taken their own

lives .1 111l1St be earth-bound until the expiration of the

Page 96: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

90 THE GRAVEN PALM

years originally assigned to them as the limit of their

lives.

I have watched the line of life, under the influence of

bad health, gradually almost

disappear at a certain point

in the future, and have felt

practically certain that death

must eventually occur at

that particular date. I have

also seen hands with very

short lines of life, which I

have watched year after year,

gradually grow-

ing longer. In

many of these

latter cases,

however, I have

been able to see,

with the help of a

strong magnify-

ing-glass, a faint

line, indicating

that such de-

velopment would

be very likely to take place.

The following is an

amusing instance showing

how much discretion is

needed when telling the

future to people of a cer-

tain type :

I once told an old gentleman of seventy that he would

live to be at least ninety. A few days afterwards his

daughter came to me in great distress to tell me that her

Fig. 27.

90 THE GRAVEN PALM

years originally assigned to them as the limit of their

lives.

I have watched the line of

had health, gradually almost

disappear at a certain pointin the future, and have felt

practically certain that death

must eventually occur at

that particular date. I have

also seen hands with very

short lines of life, which I

have watched year after year,

gradually grow-

ing longer. In_

many of these

latter cases, ,lfhowever, I have '

V/been able to see,

with the help of a

strong magnify-ing-glass, a faint

line, indicatingthat such de-

velopinent would

he very likely to take place.The following is an

amusing instance showinghow much discretion is

needed when telling the

future to people of a cer-

tain type :

life, under the influence of

é

-74

f,.»-

A

"1

§

=.-/

-_,¢`__.-

_.'>_.

~_-

`,I

Q..

_,_a-

._/. ,.

`.` `.¢

`,»-

'29I,-

_Q-

/

/ ,...»

~\:A

FIG. 27.

I once told an old gentleman of seventy that he would

live to be at least ninety. A few days afterwards his

daughter came to me in great distress to tell ine that her

Page 97: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE LINE OF LIFE 91

fatliei% who had been undergoing a strict dieting course

by the doctor\s orders, was now eating all the most un-

wholesome foods that he could procure, for, said he,

" What can it matter what I eat ? Mrs. Robinson told methat I should live to be

ninety/^

In many hands, especially

those of women, breaks are

found in the line of life

between the ages, roughly

speaking, of fifty and sixty

(see Fig. 8), but this neednot occasion much anxiety.

That part of

the hand is so

often a junc-

tion for manyother lines,

that breakscannot therehave the same

significance that they

would have if they

occurred higher upon the line of life,

and great care must

be taken not to con-

fuse the different lines

which are found there.

It is considered a bad sign when the line of life, instead

of surrounding the mount of Venus, slopes off and ends on

or near the mount of the Moon (see Fig. 28). If this is

definitely the case in both hands, it is, of course, a very

unfortunate omen, betokening great misfortune, and often

THE LINE OF LIFE 91

father, who had been undergoing a strict dieting course

by the doctor's orders, was now eating all the most un-

Wholesome foods that he could procure, for, said he," VVhat can it matter what I eat ? Mrs. Robinson told me

that I should live to be

ninety."In many hands, especially

those of Women, breaks are

found in the line of life""'

between the ages, roughly =¢-

speaking, of fifty and sixty __.,_

(see Fig. 8), but this need Fi' 'I'Q1 _

not occasion much anxiety.That part of

the hand is so' "

.Q _-

1,

* .4° -`~"

;`,

~;,often a junc- Q §tion for many /,

other lines,_

'/ a/

that breakscannot there 6have the same 6

significance that theywould have if theyoccurred higher upon the line of life,and great care must _/Ibe taken not to con-

fuse the different lines FIG_ 29_

which are found there.

It is considered a bad sign when the line of life, instead

of surrounding the mount of Venus, slopes off and ends on

or near the mount of the Moon (see Fig. 28). If this is

definitely the case in both hands, it is, of course, a Veryunfortunate omen, betokening great misfortune, and often

Page 98: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

92 THE GRAVEN PALM

mental disturbance, towards the close of life; but the

student must be very certain that it is the line of life itself

which ends in this manner, and not a vitality line, or voyage

line, or one of the many other lines which I shall have

occasion to mention later

1.

When the line of life

is broken (as at e, Fig. 29)

in one hand, and not in

the other, it is a sign of

severe illness at that

particular date, and the

same would be the case

if there are breaks in

both hands,

with a square

of preserva-

tion over one

break only

(see h, Fig.

30). But in

this latter

case the ill-

will be very

more severe

;

and the lines of fate

and health must be

very good if the sub-

ject is to recover com-

pletely.

A sign of vitality in the hand of an otherwise delicate

subject is shown by branches from the line of life stretching

out and reaching on to either the line of fate or the pre-

servative line of life. An instance of the latter is given in

ness

much

Fig. 29.

92 THE GRAVEN PALM

mental disturbance, towards the close of life 5 but the

student must be very certain that it is the line of life itself

which ends in this manner, and not a vitality line, or voyage

line, or one of the many other lines which I shall have

occasion to mention later

on.

"Then the line of life

is broken (as at G, Fig. 29)<2

_

in one hand, and not in

~_.-.. the other, it is a sign of

severe illness at that"` '

a a 11`-:l _=-`__ articular ate an t e

_,- ~<.-p '

"'='~' -' same would be the case

if there are breaks in_/' "'...`:-_-` _

,-- _,Uboth hands,

,>-/"`

,6 þÿ�` ¬ With a square

:_/' 7" of preserva-" tion over one

,)| break onl

'Z (see Z), Fig;f ll 9 30). But in

kt h i s latte 1°

Q

case the ill-

ness Will be very

Amuch more severe ;

and the lines of fate

` ____,'and health must be

""° ~

" °

very good if the sub-

]5'1G_ 29_ ject is to recover com-

pletely.A sign of vitality in the hand of an otherwise delicate

subject is shown by branches from the line of life stretchingout and reaching on to either the line of fate or the pre-

servative line of life. An instance of the latter is given in

Page 99: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE LINE OF LIFE 93

Fig. 31. I foretold a terrible illness to the original of this

hand—a well-known actress—which she afterwards passed

through, and from which she recovered as by a miraclej

owing entirely to her strong vitality. As will be seen, the

original line of life breaks

as it reaches the square

at d, and is only joined to

the preservative line of

life, efj by this square of

preservation.

In the same way, I

have seen lines of vitality

connecting the original

line of life with the line

of fate, on

which thesubject after-

wards con-

tinued to

live (see a a,

Fig. 32).

So much do

I believe in

the life-giving attri-

butes of the vitality

lines, that I 'consider

that a person with a

broken line of life,

accompanied by good

vitality lines, stands a

greater chance of living to be old, though probably not

without serious illnesses, than a subject who has merely an

unbroken line of life unaccompanied by vitality lines.

The former reminds me of a tree growing fi"Oin widely-

FiG. 30.

'FHE LINE OF LIFE 93

Fig. 31. I foretold a terrible illness to the original of this

hand-a Well-known actress-which she afterwards passedthrough, and from which she recovered as by a miracle,

owing entirely to her strong vitality. As will be seen, the

-""'

~.,.-¢~>&-

. #5`<',-J

_/':. 5 `_'-;., K: =_ g,

:f- `-`:I ._. s.:

g

/

/I

é

/' 46

e

627I

`

Q

&_ _F _, |i

FIG. 30.

original line of life breaks

as it reaches the square

at cl, and is only joined to

the preservative line of

life, ef, by this square of

preservation.In the same way, I

have seen lines of vitalityconnecting the originalline of life With the line

of fate, on

which the'

subject after-

wards con-

t i n u e d t o

live (see a, co,

Fig. 32).So much do

I believe in

the life-giving attri-

butes of the vitalitylines, that I'consider

that a person with a

broken line of life,

accompanied by goodvitality lines, stands a

greater chance of living to be old, though probably not

Without serious illnesses, than a subject who has merely an

unbroken line of life unaccompanied by vitality lines.

The former reminds me of a tree growing from Widely-

Page 100: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

94 THE GRAVEN PALM

spreading roots, and the latter of a tree which, though

strong and vigorous in itself, has roots so short that it is

liable, if it grows to any height, to be uprooted by a

hurricane or severe gale of

wind.

Another great sign of

vitality is shown when there

are branch lines from the line

of life extending towards the

mount of the Moon, as at a a

(Fig. 30) ; and when the line of

life is double, as

at /b /c (Fig. 51),

it is also a sign

of great vitality

in old age.

A reliablesign of sudden

death is given

by the line of

life ending with

a star, as at a

(Fig. 33), and it is also

a bad sign for the line

of life to end with a

tassel (as in Fig. 34),

as this shows a great

want of vitality in the

subject\s last years.

The line of life

proper, ending in an island, as ^t g g (Fig. 35), is a sign

of a tendency to hysteria in the subject, and especially so

if there be a preservative line of life, as in this case.

Fig. 31.

94 THE GRAVEN PALM

spreading roots, and tl1e latter of a tree Which, thoughstrong and vigorous in itself, has roots so short that it is

liable, if it grows to any height, to be u rooted b ae P Y

hurricane or severe gale of

Wind.

Another great sign of

vitality is shown when there

are branch lines from the line

of life extending towards the

mount of the Moon, as at ce a

(Fig. 30) ; and when the line of

life is double, as

at if k (Fig. 51),it is also a signof great vitalityin old age. I fl/

4'A reliable

sign of sudden

death is givenby the line of

life ending with

a star, as at CL

(Fig. 33), and it

a bad sign for the line

of life to end with a

'.:-<

, ,-

.4

»./`4.-`

`¢*"`

`_

>_____

_"_

_ g

sir*

_Vg-

J9

ll /Ill 'aa

W

is also

/

tassel (as in Fig. 341),as this shows a greatwant of vitality in the

subject's last years.The line of life

FIG.

l2

31.

proper, ending in an island, as at g g (Fig. 35), is a s10°n

of a tendency to hysteria in the subject, and especially so

if there be a preservative line of life, as in this case.

Page 101: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

CHAPTER V

THE LINE OF HEART

To read the line of heart correctly, we must take into con-sideration two things : firstly, that this line gives an indica-tion of some of the most important points with regard to

the character of the subject ; and, secondly, that we shall

be able to determine many things concerning his circum-stances of life and health by a careful study of the lines

which meet and cross this line from other parts of thehand, particularly those which come from the mount ofVenus.

In determining the character of the subject, we mustfirst consider whether the heart-line indicates reserve orunreserve, and also if this characteristic is carried out in

both hands, or if one hand contradicts the other.

I have given illustrations of lines of heart, indicatingreserve, in Figs. 3, 4, and 7. This line will either rise

between the fingers of Jupiter and Saturn, and slope down-wards and then curve (see h h, Fig. 3), this indicating thefinest character of the three ; or it will start on the palm,between the mounts of Jupiter and Saturn, and go straighton towards the percussion, as at c c (Fig. 7) ; or, in the thirdinstance, it will rise below the mount of Saturn, as at h h(Fig. 4), this last giving a very sinister aspect to thecharacter, as the subject will not only be very reservedbut his nature will also partake of all the distrustful and

95

CHAPTER V

THE LINE OF HEART

T0 read the line of heart correctly, we must take into con-

sideration two things: firstly, that this line gives an indica-tion of some of the most important points with regard tothe character of the subject 5 and, secondly, that we shallbe able to determine many things concerning his circum-stances of life and health by a careful study of the lineswhich meet and cross this line from other parts of the

hand, particularly those which come from the mount ofVenus.

In determining the character of the subject, we mustfirst consider whether the heart-line indicates reserve or

unreserve, and also if this characteristic is carried out inboth hands, or if one hand contradicts the other.

I have given illustrations of lines of heart, indicatingreserve, in Figs. 3, 4, and 7. This line will either risebetween the fingers of Jupiter and Saturn, and slope down-wards and then curve (see Z1 b, Fig. 3), this indicating thefinest character of the three ; or it will start on the palm,between the mounts of Jupiter and Saturn, and go straighton towards the percussion, as at c 0 (Fig. 7) 5 or, in the third

instance, it will rise below the mount of Saturn, as at h it

(Fig. 4), this last giving a very sinister aspect to the

character, as the subject will not only be very reserved,but his nature will also partake of all the distrustful and

95

Page 102: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

96 THE GRAVEN PALM

morbid characteristics of this mount. If one of these

significations is found upon the left hand only, and the

heart -line in the right hand shows unreserve (see / /,

Figs. 29, 30), it will be a

proof that the subject either

has lost, or will, through the

habits and circumstances of

life, lose, much of his natural

reserve or cynicism, as the

case may be. If, on the con-

trary, the left hand shows

unreserve, and

the right hand

reserve, it will

go far towards

proving that

the habits and

circumstances

of life have had

the effect of

making thesubject less

frank, free, and open,

than he was by nature

intended to be.

Similar comparisons,

of course, can be made

with regard to all the

other main lines in the

right and left hands,

and no judgment can ever be formed by a study of the lines

of one hand to the exclusion of those in the other, as a just

estimate must be taken of the two hands as a whole before

arriving at a definite conclusion. I was particularly struck

Fig. 32.

96 'PHE GRAVEN PALM

morbid characteristics of this mount. If one of these

signiiications is found upon the left hand only, and the

heart-line in the right hand shows unreserve (see f f,

Figs. 29, 30), it will be a

proof that the subject either

has lost, or will, through the

habits and circumstances of _,`,.¢`

__ ._

life, lose, much of his natural

reserve or cynicism, as the`>'

i

case may be. If, on the con- 7+L..¢-¢

trary, the left hand shows -3-`;_-_-

unreserve, and r

the right hand

reserve, it will 'vs

go far towards'3

proving that

the habits and

circumstances

of life have had

the effect of

making the

subject less frank, free, and open, , éthan he was by nature

intended to be.

Similar comparisons,~

of course, can be made /7

with regard to all the /other main lines in the FIG_ 32,

right and left hands,and no judgment can ever be formed by a study of the lines

of one hand to the exclusion of those in the other, as a justestimate must be taken of the two hands as a whole before

arriving at a definite conclusion. I was particularly struck

Page 103: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE LINE OF HEART 97

by an instance of this when reading the hands of a client

not long ago. His left hand was one to make a palmist^s

heart rejoice—an almost perfect type of the Incky hand,

good line of life, splendid lines

of fate, fortune, and fame. In

the right hand all these lines

were broken and crossed, the

interpretation being that,

when at the zenith of his

success, he had a terrible ill-

ness, which obliged him to

abandon his career, and left

him a semi-in-

valid for the re-

mainder of his

life.

Unreserve is

shown by the

line of heart

commencing on

the mount of

Jupiter (see//.

Fig. 29), or, in

cases of great

unreserve, even

side of the mount,

ing almost with, and

parallel to, the com-

mencement of the line

of life (see//. Fig. 30).

When a line of heart,

which starts between the fingers of Jupiter and Saturn, has

a large branch extending on to or over the mount of Jupiter

(see a a, Fig. 28), it is a sign that the subject is naturally

Fig. 33.

THE LINE OF HEART 97

by an instance of this when reading the hands of a client

not long ago. His left hand was one to make a palmist'sheart rejoice--an almost perfect type of the lucky hand,

good line of life, splendid lines

of fate, fortune, and fame. ln

the right hand all these lines

were broken and crossed, the

interpretation being that, 7"-

When at the zenith of his 17-1 _>*

success, he had a terrible il_l-:_

ness, which obliged him to _f5-

abandon his career, and left -_ Jill I'

him a se1ni-in-

Valid for the re- ,__

`:'°

mainder of his ~`/

VS)`

1

life. ,

1

6"7

Unreserve is`

5_1 _ ~¢shown by the O/line of heart

' commencing on

the mount of /

Jupiter (see ff, Fig. 29), Or, in

'L

cases of great -

, 6

unreserve, even on the

side of the mount, start-

ing almost with, and

parallel to, the com-

mencement of the line

of life (see Fig. 30)."Then a line of heart,

i/Zj

FIG. 33.

which starts between the lingers of Jupiter and Saturn, has

a large branch extending on to or over the mount of Jupiter(see ct co Fig. 28), it is a sign that the subject is naturallyP C

7

Page 104: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

98 THE GRAVEN PALM

reserved, but that he may, when greatly excited, or when

under the dominating influence of a stronger character, or

when with those for whom he has a great admiration

and reverence, on occasion fling

reserve to the winds, and say

so much more than he intended,

that what would appear to him

to have been an indiscretion

in revealing so much of his

inner nature will be a source

of constant regret and remorse

to him after-

wards.

These subjects

will of necessity

suffer greatly

during their

lives, as they

will be prone to

exaggerate all

disasters anddangers, both

mental and physical,

and belong to the order

of people who suffer

untold agonies by

dying a thousanddeaths in fearing one.

They are likely, par-

ticularly if the branch-

line from the heart curves and touches the line of life (see h h,

Fig. 36), to be very unhappy in their married lives, as they

will expect too much from others because they are them-

selves ready and willing to give so much.

Fig. 34.

98 THE GRAVEN PALM

reserved, but that he may, When greatly excited, oi When

under the dominating influence of a stronger character, oi

When with those for Whoni he has a great adrnnation

and reverence, on occasion flingreserve to the Winds, and say

so much more than he intended,that what would appear to him

to have been an indiscretion

if_.Q

in revealing so much of his'X -"~

inner nature will be a source ;

of constant regret and remorse -'f2'

ti,

to hiin after-A *:"

Wards.

These subjects __ will of necessity1 if

'

/L "

sulfer greatly ~`

during their V///

lives, as they ifWill be prone to `\exaggerate all

` af

disasters and

dangers, both

mental and physical,and belong to the order / T

of people who suflier

untold agonies by~ f `>__,-,

dying a thousand

deaths in fearing one.

They are likely, par- FIG" 34_

ticularly if the branch-

line from the heart curves and touches the line of life see tw If

Fig. 36), to be very unhappy in their married lives, as theywill expect too inuoh from others because they are them

selves ready and willing to give so niuch.

Page 105: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE LINE OF HEART 99

When a subject has an unreserved and islanded heart-

line in both hands (see Fig. 2), especially if it be accom-

panied by a broken girdle of Yenus^ as at a a, it is infallibly

a sign that he will have to suffer much through life, because

he will be too unreserved

and impetuous with regard

to his love affairs to select

either wisely or well the

objects of his affection.

People with such lines

often ruin their lifers happi-

ness through impulsive andblindly passionate attach-

ments, which

constantly do

not survive

more than a

few months.

Loving andlovable, and

always ready

to sacrifice themselves,

they expect to find in

those upon whom they

bestow their love

similar feelings to their

own, and nearly always

discover when too late

their mistake.

These lines are often to be found in the hands of those

women who have given up home and position for the sakeof a grand passion. When the life is a fortunate one, andthe subject marries young for love, these are the womenwho develop into true and noble wives and ideal mothers

;

THE LINE OF HEART 99

VVhen a subject has an unreserved and islanded heart-

line in both hands (see Fig. 2), especially if it be acconi-

panied by a broken girdle of Venus, as at ct cn, it is infalliblya sign that he will have to suffer much through life, because

he will be too nnreserved

and impetuous with regardto his love affairs to select f

either wisely or well the

,

People with such lines '-

often ruin their life's happi- -_,_'

f

`.__`_

*

//, .-

-Iness through impulsive and, N ,

i

blindly passionate attach-

ments, which_ `._.»

'_ ,f _/~ .-`

I

objects of his affection.'ul

./

constantly do /

not survive ()>< /C\`

more than a/ , /.

' 1few months. ~/

1

(T

Loving and

lovable, and Aalways ready

9'

to sacrifice themselves, /1,they eXpect to find in

those upon whoin they d

bestow their love -9

similar feelings to their //own, and nearly alwaysdiscover when too late FIG. 35.

their mistake.

These lines are often to be found in the hands of thosewomen who have given up hoine and position for the sakeof a grand passion. VVhen the life is a fortunate one, andthe subject inarries young for love, these are the Woinen

who develop into true and noble wives and ideal mothers;

Page 106: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

100 THE GRAVEN PALM

but, on the other hand, if they find their marriage a mistake,

they will cast prudence to the winds, and seek the love,

which they cannot live without, elsewhere. Of course, if

these lines are accom-

panied by a very large

mount of Venus and

other bad signs, the

love will be all passion

and sensuality, and the

subject will sacrifice

others rather than, or as

well as, him-

self, for his

own pleasure

and gratifica-

tion.

If, on the

other hand, a

subject with

the sameunreservedhe art -line

has a clearly

cut and uncrossed

girdle of Venus (see

h h, Fig. 6), he will

possess much selfish

sensuality. Men of

this type are to be

avoided, as their great

delight is to make love to every woman they meet, and they

are incapable of being constant to one. The women of

this type are born coquettes, and, unless there are other

redeeming qualities in the hand, do not make good wives.

Fig. 36.

100 THE GRAVEN PALM

but, on the other hand, if they find their inarriage a mistake,

they will cast prudence to the Winds, and seek the love,

which they cannot live without, elsewhere. Cf course, if

these lines are accom-

panied by a very la1'gemount of Venus and

other bad signs, the

love will be all passion.féip-wx

"la

and sensuality, and the -"7

subject Will sacriiioe _"_,

others rather than, or as _g 'rs'

*EQ `_

Well as, him-F X'

self, for his ___:

_

own pleasure AV J;-»

°'"' ;.T' §'

and gratiiica- ,_ _,; :L_tion. X

"'

if, on the QQ a

'

other hand, a.

subject with

V

t h e s a in e

unreserved

heart-linei

L,

has a clearly d

cut and uncrossed girdle of Venus (see w

leYL h, Fig. 6), he Will \ __

*_*

'

possess much selfish §< 'Z-'?-Z"

sensuality. Men of Q` ` #7 / /

this type are to be FIG. 36

avoided, as their greatdelight is to make love to every Woman they meet, and they

are incapable of being constant to one. The Women of

this type are born coquettes, and, unless there are other

redeeming qualities in the hand, do not make good wives.

Page 107: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE LINE OF HEART 101

Of course^ the reserved heart-line should also be read

in conjunction with the girdle of Venus in the same

manner.

For instance^ those with a reserved heart-line and a

broken girdle of Venus_, as in Fig. 8, do not love easily,

and when disappointed cannot readily console themselves

with another affection.

Subjects with the reserved heart-line and an unbroken

girdle of Venus (see Fig. 31), as compared with those with

the unreserved heart-line and a similar girdle of Venus

(see Fig. 32), are far less fickle, beca;use more cold-hearted,

though equally sensual, and, in many cases, make devoted,

if terribly exacting, husbands or wives.

The real difference between the broken and unbroken

girdle of Venus being that the latter are sensual and cold-

hearted, and the former sensual and affectionate (see

Chapter X.). All these types are, of course, found com-

bined with, and modified by, many other signs.

A break in the line of heart will always indicate some

great heart trouble, and we may decide the age at which

this will occur by tracing* the line of communication from

the line of life to the line of heart (see h, Fig. 33).

Branches from the line of heart are supposed to indicate

strong influences (see Fig. 34), and when these branches

are crossed, as at i, it is said that the influences have either

died or deserted the subject. But the method I pursue of

discovering friends and influences is almost entirely con-

nected with the mount of Venus, and it is only when taken

irt conjunction with the lines on this mount that I have

found the branches from the heart- line to indicate affections

correctly. In these cases I have also found that, when the

influence was a bad one, and especially when of the same

sex as the subject, the branch-line would be islanded

(see d, Fig. 34).

'PHE LINE GF HEART 101

Of course, the reserved heart-line should also be read

in conjunction with the girdle of Venus in the same

manner.

For instance, those with a reserved heart-line and a

broken girdle of Venus, as in Fig. 8, do not love easily,and when disappointed cannot readily console themselves

with another affection.

Subjects with the reserved heart-line and an unbroken

girdle of Venus (see Fig. 3l), as compared with those with

the unreserved heart-line and a similar girdle of Venus

(see Fig. 32), are far less fickle, because more cold-hearted,

though equally sensual, and, in many cases, make devoted,if terribly exacting, husbands or Wives.

The real difference between the broken and unbroken

girdle of Venus being that the latter are sensual and cold-

hearted, and the former sensual and affectionate (seeChapter All these types are, of course, found com-

bined with, and modified by, many other signs.A break in the line of heart will always indicate some

great heart trouble, and We may decide the age at which

this Will occur by tracing the line of communication from

the line of life to the line of heart (see IJ, Fig. Branches from the line of heart are supposed to indicate

strong influences (see Fig. 34), and when these branches

are crossed, as at fi, it is said that the influences have either

died or deserted the subject. But the method I pursue of

discovering friends and influences is almost entirely con-

nected With the mount of Venus, and it is only when taken

in conjunction with the lines on this mount that I have

found the branches from the heart-line to indicate affections

correctly. In these cases I have also found that, when the

influence was a bad one, and especially when of the same

sex as the subject, the branch-line would be islanded

(see cl, Fig. 341).

Page 108: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

102 THE GRAVEN PALM

The most jealous temperaments have the lines of heart

deeply marked, and extending in some cases very far

round the mount of Mercury at the percussion.

It is, as a rule, a sign that the subject possesses a great

deal of general talent, if he has a large space between the

roots of the fingers and the line of heart (see Fig. 29)

.

People of this type can generally carry out well whatever

they really determine to undertake, but they are often

found to be lacking in perseverance, unless they possess, in

addition, a large thumb, as well as the long second phalange

of the little finger.

102 THE GRAVEN PALM

',l`l1e most jealous teinpermnents have the lines of lieart

deeply þÿ�1�I�1�i�l�\�1�'�l�{ ¬�(�.�l�,and extending in some cases very far

round the mount of þÿ�l�\�[ ¬�1�`�(�.�$�U�1�`�yat the percussion.It is, as a rule, a sign that the subject possesses st great

deal of geneml talent, it he has :L large space between the

roots of the fl11g`81`S and the line of lieart (see Fig. 29).

People of this type can generally carry out Well Whatever

they really deterniine to undertayke, but they are often

found to be lacldiig in þÿ�P ¬�1�`�S ¬�V�6�1�`�E�l�\�]�]�C�9�,unless they possess, in

addition, fb large tlnunb, as well as the long second þÿ�]�)�l�1 ¬�L�l�?�L�H�§�?�" ¬ot the little tinger.

Page 109: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

CHAPTER YI

THE LINE OF HEAD

We will now consider the line of head.

It is generally supposed to be a sign of self-confidence

for the line of head to start and continue separated from

the line of life by a large division (see//, Fig. 3), instead of

being joined to it at the commencement, as in many cases

it is for a shorter or longer distance (see a, h, Fig. 7) . But

these signs must not be taken as quite conclusive.

It is very often a sign of intense sensitiveness for the

lines of life and head to be joined together ; but if there is

a well-developed mount of Mars and a large thumb, youwill constantly find the subject anything but wanting in

self-confidence, though it is never of the aggressive and

bombastic kind. Such types make by far the best soldiers

and leaders of men (especially if they have also short,

smooth fingers), for, though usually forming their ownopinions independently, they seldom care to act without

duly consulting others ; and their extreme sensitiveness

enables them to govern with both tact and judgment.

I have found these lines joined together inthe hands of manywell-known actors and actresses, and other public men and

women, who have confessed to me that, though considered

to be perfectly free from and devoid of nervousness, they

have never, however frequent their public appearances,

been once emancipated from that stage fright which is

supposed to be the curse of the novice only.

103

CHAPTER VI

THE LINE OF HEAD

IVE will now consider the line of head.

It is generally supposed to be a sign of self-confidence

for the line of head to start and continue separated from

the line of life by a large division (seeff, Fig. 3), instead of

being joined to it at the connnencement, as in many cases

it is for a shorter or longer distance (see a, Z), Fig. 7). But

these signs must not be taken as quite conclusive.

It is Very often a sign of intense sensitiveness for the

lines of life and head to be joined together; but if there is

a well-developed mount of Mars and a large thumb, youwill constantly find the subject anything but wanting in

self-confidence, though it is never of the aggressive and

bombastic kind. Such types make by far the best soldiers

and leaders of men (especially` if they have also short,smooth fingers), for, though usually forming their own

opinions independently, they seldom care to act without

duly consulting others 5 and their extreme sensitiveness

enables them to govern with both tact and judgment.I have found these linesjoined together in the hands of many

well-known actors and actresses, and other public men and

women, who have confessed to me that, though considered

to be perfectly free from and devoid of nervousness, theyhave never, however frequent their public appearances,been once emancipated from that stage fright which is

supposed to be the curse of the novice only.103

Page 110: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

104 THE GRAVEN PALM

Of course, if the lines of head and life are very much

separated, and the mount of Mars is very large, there

will be great self-confidence, and often intolerance of the

opinions and feelings of others, especially if the third

phalange of the Apollo finger be long and thick. A subject

with this type of hand (see Eig. 4) will almost always be

conceited.

A very sensitive hand, wanting in self-confidence, and

with very little self-possession, is shown in Eig. 2. In this

hand it will be noticed that the head-line is joined to the

line of life at h, and is sloping and islanded, c r, showing

want of self-confidence and sensitiveness. If the third

phalange of the Apollo finger is small, and the mount of

Mars almost entirely wanting, it will indicate that the

subject has a very small amount of self-possession, and is

easily cowed.

Again, though there be a large division between the

lines of head and life, if the head-line is islanded and

sloping, you will find that the subject is wanting in self-

confidence. But in this case, if the mount of Mars be large,

he will be himself well aware of this failing, and, in conse-

quence, always on the alert to prevent others from noticing

that he lacks this quality.

These, therefore, are the subjects who constantly obtain

the reputation of being excessively conceited, when they

are really very much the reverse, their brusqueness of

manner being only a cloak to hide their sensitiveness.

A line of head which goes straight across the hand (see

h k, Eig. 6) shows sound judgment and good reasoning

power, combined with business capacity and a talent for

organization.

These subjects often lack imagination, which is given by

a downward tendency of the line of the head (see a, Eig. 8),

and a large mount of the Moon. A too vivid imagination

104 THE GRAVEN PALM

Of course, if the lines ot head and life are very much

separated, and the mount of Mars is very large, there

will be great self-confidence, and often intolerance of the

opinions and feelings of others, especially if the third

phalange of the Apollo linger be long and thick. A subjectwith this type of hand (see Fig. LL) will almost always be

conceited.

A very sensitive hand, wanting in self-confidence, and

with very little self-possession, is shown in Fig. 2. ln this

hand it will be noticed that the head-line is joined to the

line of life at IJ, and is sloping and islanded, 0 P, showingwant of self-confidence and sensitiveness. lf the third

phalange of thc Apollo linger is small, and the mount of

Mars almost entirely wanting, it will indicate that the

subject has a very small amount of self-possession, and is

easily cowed.

Again, though there be a large division between the

lines of head and life, iif the head-line is islanded and

sloping, you will find that the subject is wanting in self-

confidence. But in this case, if the mount of Mars be large,he will be himself well aware of this failing, and, in conse-

quence, always on the alert to prevent others from noticingthat he lacks this quality.

These, therefore, are the subjects who constantly obtain

the reputation of being excessively conceited, when theyare really very much the reverse, their brusqueness of

manner being only a cloak to hide their sensitiveness.

A line of head which goes straight across the hand (see7: lf, Fig. G) shows sound judgment and good reasoning

power, combined with business capacity and a talent for

organization.These subjects often lack imagination, which is given by

a downward tendency of the line of the head (see ci, Fig. 8),and a large mount ot the Moon. A too vivid imagination

Page 111: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE LINE OF HEAD 105

IS shown by a sloping line of head extending on to themount of the Moon (see h, Fig. 29), and this, when ter-

minating in a star (see c, Fig. 33), is said to indicate atendency to madness. Butthe student must be quite

certain that the star is really

attached to the line of head,

for if it stands alone on the

mount of the Moon, or

attached to some other line,

it would have quite a different

signification.

He must also

bear in mindthat most sub-

jects who have

conic or pointed

finger-tips have

also slopinghead-lines, andthat these in-

dividuals are

no more in-

clined to be insane than

are the square - tipped

and spatulate types with

straight head-lines. Aclever head-line, whichalso shows imagination,

is straight, with a down-

ward slant (see Fig. 31) ; and if there is a branch inclining to

the mount of Mercury, as at h, it will be a certain indicationof histrionic talent. People are to be avoided whose head-lines in both hands slope downwards from the very com-

FiG. 37.

'l`HE LINE OF HEAD 105

is shown by a sloping line of head extending on to themount of the Moon (see 11, Fig. 29), and this, when ter-

minating in a star (see <°, Fig. is said to indicate a

tendency to madness. But

the student must be quitecertain that the star is really

'

attached to the line of head, `_,`.1`

__ _

for if it stands alone on the,

-74:z-inount of the Moon, or '

attached to some other line, P_

`___

it would have quite a different `-5~;- ,_

. . . .

.4 Q ""

S1g'H1f1C9/l'/1011.He inust also

_T

bear in mind`_ " ._

_` 6r' / I.;l

Q /_that inost sub-_

-

, Large ~.

`7Jects who have "

conic or pointedH . ._~

p l p _ngei tips have 4

also sloping '5 largehead-lines, and / »

that these in-

dividuals arei

no more in-

clined to be insane than

are the square-tipped f`

and spatulate types with

straight head-lines. A /4clever head-line, which

also shows imagination, FIG_ 37'is straight, with a down-

ward slant (see Fig. 31) ; and if there is a branch inclining tothe mount of Mercury, at hi, it will be a certain indicationof histrionic talent. People are to be avoided whose head-lines in both hands slope downwards from the very com-

Page 112: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

106 THE GRAYEN PALM

mencement, and end on the mount of the Moon (as at d,

Fig. 30). These lines, taken in conjunction with other

good signs, may be only indicative of weak judgment and

lack of sufficient force of character, which deficiency would,

to a great extent, be coun-

teracted by a well -shaped

hand; but if they are

accompanied by a weak

will, and a large mount

of Mercury, the hand will

almost infallibly show a

great tendency to untruth-

fulness and deceit. This

will be madedoubly sure if

there is a bar at

the end of the

line of head,

forming a cross

on the mount of

the Moon (as at h,

Fig. 32).

A short line of head

must always mean lack

of brain-power (see h,

Fig. 28).

Islands on the line of

head more often show

extreme sensitiveness,

almost amounting to a disease, than anything else;and

a head-line which terminates in a succession of diamond-

shaped islands (see h, Fig. 35), sometimes extending quite

on to the percussion, indicates a character very much given

to extremes. In other cases, an island on the head-line.

Fig. 38.

106 'PHE GRAVEN PALM

þÿ�1�I�1 ¬�1�1�C�6�1�1�1�8�H�l�J�,�2�1�1�1�dend on the mount of the Moon (as at cl,

Fig. 30). These lines, taken in conjunction with other

good signs, may be only indicative of Weak judgment and

lack of sufficient force of character, which deficiency would,to a great extent, be coun-

teracted by a Well-shapedhand ; but if they are

accompanied by a Weakgm.,

=_`_:__Will, and a large mount

i of Mercury, the hand will

51-T~. X" almost infallibly show a

V, J:'LT great tendency to untruth-

if fulness and deceit. This

/11?-ff* 'gr will be inade

/

/ A/5 1__` doubly sure it

;i

1//

there is a bar at

,//I ytéjf y

' § the end of the

I

;/ / line of head,

V forming a cross

Small 5 e on the mount of

the Moon (as at Ii,5 Fig. 32).

A short line of head

must always 1nean lack

of brain-power (see 72,-e

"

J Fig-.2s),Ti Islands on the line of

Fm 38'head more often show

extreme sensitiveness,

almost amounting to a disease, than anything else ; and

a head-line which terminates in a succession of diamond-shaped islands (see hi, Fig. 35), sometimes extending quite

on to the percussion, indicates a character very much given

to extremes. In other cases, an island on the head-line,

Page 113: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE LINE OF HEAD 107

corroborated by the lines of life and health, may meanillnesses connected with the brain.

Broken and wavering head-lines (as at a, Fig. 34) meanmerely an excessively bad memory, and do not of necessity

indicate accidents to the

head, unless there are cor-

roborative signs on both

the lines of life and health.

This must not be confused

with cases in which people

may suffer from temporary

loss of memory owing to

weakness and ill - health,

which causes

anasmia of the

brain— liter-

ally, insuffi-

cient flow of

blood through

the brain.

One of the

surest indica-

tions of either broad-

ness or narrownessof mind is shown bythe comparative width

of the space between

the head and heart

lines. If the lines are

close together, the subject will often be rather limited

in his ideas, and inclined to be prejudiced (see Fig. 36) ;

but if they are far apart (see Fig. 31), he will be liberal

and large in all his views of life.

Of course, there are extremes in both cases. An exces-

THPI LINE OF HEAD 107

corroborated by the lines of life and health, may mean

illnesses connected with the brain.

Broken and wavering head-lines (as at ct, Fig. 34) mean

merely au excessively bad memory, and do not of necessityindicate accidents to the

head, unless there are cor-

roborative signs on both

the lines of life and health.,

This must not be confusedAn"

__

with cases in which people =-'-

may suffer from temporary _.¢,_

loss of memory owing to »'f;'3'

ii,i

Weakness and ill - health,which causes

. 7; » __/° `ey

anaemia of the >"

.V

. . "~'~bra1n-l1ter-

§ally, insuffi- C

. /' ..--'6cient How of /

Q_blood throughthe brain.

(ZOne of the

surest in die a -

tions of either broad-

ness or narrowness

of mind is shown by

4

the comparative Width Jaof the space between \the head and heart FIG. 39.

lines. If the lines are

close together, t-he subject will often be rather limitedin his ideas, and inclined to be prejudiced (see Fig. 36)5but if they are far apart (see Fig. 31), he will be liberaland large in all his views of life.

Ot course, there are extremes in both cases. An exces-

Page 114: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

108 THE GRAVEN PALM

sively narrow space between the head and heart lines,

unless it is an indication of asthma, will show a very

puerile and mean nature, though the student should

make sure that it is accom-

panied by the type of a mean

and grasping hand ;and,

again, an excessively large

space takes from the subject

(if it occurs in both hands)

the power of clear judgment

between right and wrong.

A fine type of

hand, but one

showing a nature

with very little

toleration for

the faults and

weaknesses of

others, is given

in Eig. 37.

The line of

head separated

from the line of

life is well marked, and

lies straight across the

hand. The line of heart,

commencing between

Jupiter and Saturn at a

sufficient distance from

the line of head, redeems

the subject from any suspicion of narrow-mindedness or

meanness; and a well -developed mount of Jupiter and

Mars, combined with the division between the lines of life

and head, indicate self-possession and self-confidence, with-

out degenerating into conceit or pride.

Fig. 40.

108 THE GRAYEN PALM

sively narrow space between the head and heart lines,

unless it is an indication of asthma, will show a very

puerile and mean nature, though the student should

make sure that it is accom-

panied by the type of a mean

and grasping hand ; and,

again, an excessively largel

__,

_

space takes from the subject r

(if it occurs in both hands)A J; `>`

the power of clear judgment F1i

_.fv-

between right and wrong.-L ~;~_ _:_

A fine type of"

_

""

hand, but one :__

showinganature v

-A

with very little .

.Q-

1

toleration for

the faults and

weaknesses of

others, is given 'Z

J.

M' I/

in Fig. 37.

The line of

head separatedfrom the line of

(L

life is well marked, and - 6

lies straight across the

hand. The line of h_eart,~ /; __//

commencing between

Jupiter and Saturn at a /sufficient distance from F1G_4()_

the line of head, redeems

the subject from any suspicion of narrow-mindedness or

ineanness, and a Well-developed mount of Jupiter and

Mars, combined with the division between the lines of life

and head, indicate self-possession and self-confidence, with-

out degenerating into conceit or pride.

Page 115: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE LINE OF HEAD 109

The subject is self-contained^ true and just and upright

in all his dealings, and able to see both sides of a question,

though he possesses but little imagination, tact, and sensi-

tiveness. This man ideally

embodies Wordsworth^slines

:

"A primrose by the river's brim

A yellow primrose was to him,

And it was nothing more."

The exactly opposite

type is given in Fig. 38.

In this hand

the line of

heart showsintense unre-

ser ve ; thegirdle ofY e n u s is

broken, indi-

cating unfor-

tunate vehem-

ence of affec-

tion; the line

of head shows want of

self-confidence, the

island indicating' great

sensitiveness, and the

slopo towards the mountof the Moon, showing

too vivid an imagina- pj^. ^^

tion j while the large

space between the lines of head and heart shows too great

latitude of opinion, and the difficulty of discerning right

from wrong, which is accentuated by the small mount of

THE LINE OF HEAD 109

The subject is self-contained, true and just and uprightin all his dealings, and able to see both sides of a question,though he possesses but little imagination, tact, and sensi-

tiveness. This man ideallyembodies WO1'dSVOTth)S

lines:

"A primrose by the river's brimA yellow primrose was to him, i i

And it was nothing more."__:7

:Q

The exactly oppositetype is given in Fig. 38. &-

Q;In this hand ,J-"'

`

¢the line of

:,_

heart shows _/.Lg Y.: gf* `%intense unre-

J

:F

¢-

s e r V e 5 t h e /' 'I-`

g i r d l e o f '

V e n u s i s

broken, indi-

cating unfor-

tunate vehem-

ence of affec-

tion; the line

of head shows want of

self-confidence, the

island indicating great. . \ _,_ `~; 'i

sensitiveness, and the ag' 3 _____:;*;'t

'_

--'/

slopn towards the mount ~ 5 /I | /

oi the Moon, showingtoo vivid an imagina- FIG_ 41_

tion 5 while the largespace between the lines of head and heart shows too greatlatitude of opinion, and the difficulty of discerning rightfrom wrong, which is accentuated by the small mount of

Page 116: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

110 THE (IRAVEN PALM

Jupiter; and the flatness of tlie mount of Mars also sIioavs

a lack of self-possession.

All deviations from tlie normal must of necessity be

unfortunate indications, and

this is, no doubt, due to the

fact that the character is

nearly always in such cases

warped and pushed out

from an ordinary into an

eccentric course, by the

alteration in position of the

lines of head and heart,

which of neces-

sity govern the

region of intel-

lect and affec-

tion in the

hand.

For example,

when the line

of head, instead

of starting from

one of its usual

positions, starts from the

mount of Saturn (see d d,

Fig. 39), the nature of

that person will of neces-

sity be a strange one.

When a line com-

mencing in this way

takes the course shown

in Fig. 39, ending on the mount of Mars, I have found

the subject to have a curiously morbid desire for the

deaths of near relations (Mars governing family affairs and

Fig. 42.

110 THE GRAVEN PALM

Jupiter ; and the llatness of the mount of Mars also shows

a lack of self-possession.All deviations from t-he normal must of necessity be

unfortunate indications, and

this is, no doubt, due to the

fact that the character is

nearly always in such cases

Warped and pushed out

from an ordinary into an

eccentric course, by the

alteration in position of the

lines of head and heart,

which of neces-

sity govern the

region of intel-

lect and affec-

tion in the ` f1f//hand.

I

For example,when the line

of head, instead

of starting from

one of its usual

positions, starts from the

mount of Saturn (see d ol,

Fig. 39), the nature of

that person will of neces-

sity be a strange one.

WVhen a line com-

mencing in this Way

takes the course shown

if

_.-»`.»

*

~L¢

rx.A --

" _/»~."' *_

se*

.4-

v$ \

'..l

/`

FIG. 42.

in Fig. 39, ending on the mount of Mars, I have iound

the subject to have a curiously morbid desire foi the

deaths of near relations (Mars þÿ�0�`�O�V ¬�1�'�1�1�l�1�1�0�`family aifaiis andD C

»

,'§ _f_

Page 117: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE LINE OF HEAD 111

dissensions, as will be seen later on), whose li\^es stood at

all in the way of his obtaining money or other advance-ment. And such subjects, though with no natural ten-

dencies to suicide, might put an end to themselves in afit of disgust with life in

general.

But when the line ter-

minates (as at h, Fig. 40)

on the mount of the Moon,the natural tendencytowards self - destruction

will be so great that, unless

the line of head in the

other hand is

extremelygood, and the

thumbs showwill-power,the subject

will be very

likely to com-

mit suicide.

I give an instance in

Fig. 41 of the head andheart lines which I once

found in the hand of a

most unfortunate man.

Nothing he had ever

attempted appeared to

have been successful, nor did there seem any likelihood of hishaving better luck in the future. The only interpretationof this hand seems to be that the head appeared to leavethe guidance of life to an unreserved and too impulsiveheart-line; and the subject's want of imagination and of

THE LINE OF HEAD 111

dissensions, as will be seen later on), whose lives stood at

all in t-he Way of his obtaining money or other advance-ment. And such subjects, though with no natural ten-

dencies to suicide, might put an end to themselves in a

fit of disgust with life in

general.But when the line ter-

minates (as at I/, Fig. 40)»-

_

'

on the mount of the Moon,1the natural tendency 'ff-

towards self - destruction__~,__

Will be so great that, unless fi'7

ff,X

the line of head in theother hand is

Vfg ; /n _ `°"

good, and the\`

extremely

thumbs show/I

will-power, /

the subjectwill be Very

likely to com-

mit suicide.

I give an instance in

Fig. 41 of the head and

heart lines which I once

found in the hand of a most unfortunate inan. \Nothing he had ever

attempted appeared toFIG. 43.

have been successful, nor did there seem any likelihood of his

having better luck in the future. The only interpretationof this hand seems to be that the head appeared to leavethe guidance of life to an unreserved and too impulsiveheart-line; and the subject's want of imagination and of

Page 118: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

112 THE aEAVEN PALM

intellectual capacity is shown both by the termination of

the head-hne and by the nearness of the line of heart to

the roots of the fingers. But it is very difficult to arrive

at any satisfactory conclu-

sion from an isolated case of

this description. Curiously

enough, in one of Eomney's

pictures of Lady Hamilton—" Sensibility ''—as far as one

can judge from the paint-

ing, her head and heart lines

appear to be identical with

those shown in

Fig. 41 ; though

of course in

Lady Hamil-ton's case there

could have been

no lack of in-

tellectual capa-

city.

Another, and

also rarelyfound, combination of

lines is shown in Fig. 42,

where the three lines of

life, head, and heart, all

start together. This also

indicates a life prone to

misfortune, and if the

line of life breaks off short, as in Fig. 43, there will be

great danger of a violent end. But the student must bear

in mind that these signs should always be repeated m both

hands to render a prophecy at all certain.

Another-but very rare occurrence—shown m Fig. 44,

Fig. 44.

112 THE GRAVEN PALM

intellectual capacity is shown both by the termination of

the head-line and by the nearness of the line of heart to

the roots of the iingers. But it is Very ditlicult to arrive

at any satisfactory conclu-

sion from an isolated case of'

`

this description. Curiously

enough, in one of þÿ�R�/�O�I�I�1�1�1 ¬�y�,�S.

pictures of Lady Ha1nilton-- fIss"

A

" Sensibility "-as far as one V -74 2-

can judge from the paint- :_'D*_

ing, her head and heart lines _5-'

_,_ _

appear to be identical with A~>»-

those shown in ..»

`¢-

Fig. 41 ; though _7é'

of course in -"/ Vp!-

Eady Hagiil- `! `

-7

onscase ere J, g_

could have been

no lack of in-l

tellectual capa-Q

city.Another, and

a l s o r a r el y

found, combination of

lines is shown in Fig. 42,

where the three lines of_/ `_//_,

life, head, and hem, an '`_A

start together. This also /indicates a life prone to pm 44'

misfortune, and if the

line of life breaks oif short, as in Fig. 43, there will be

great danger of a Violent end. But the student must bear

in mind that these signs should always be repeated in both

hands to render a prophecy at all certain.

Another--but Very rare occurrence-shown in Fig. 44,

1

Page 119: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE LINE OF HEAD 118

IS the existence in the hand of only one line, where weshould expect to find the lines of both head and heart.

This I do not by any means consider to be a bad sign,for I have found it in the

hands of honourable, up-right, and talented persons.

I will mention two cases

only, both extremely clever

K.C.X and both unfortu-

nate in their matrimonial

affairs, though very success-

ful from a professional point

of view. My in-

terpretation of

this line is that,

if found in the

left hand only

(the lines in

the right handbeing normal),

the subjectwould bynature be led

too much either byhead or his heart,

determine whichmust make a careful

examination of his cha-

racter as shown by the Fig. 45.

other lines, mounts, andshape of the hand. The fact of the lines being normal inthe right hand would show that, by the habits and ex-perience of life, the subject had, to a great extent, overcomehis natural tendencies.

8

THE LINE OF HEAD 113

is the existence in the hand of only one line, where we

should expect to :find the lines of both head and heart.This I do not by any means consider to be a bad sign,

for I have found it in thehands of honourable, up-

right, and talented persons.I will mention two cases ___/~only, both extremely clever

.__,.-__.Q

K.C.'s, and both nnfortu- if* 9"

nate in their matrimonial =

affairs, though very success- _;;:"

_;~` :_ful from a professional point 4 *F

of View. My in-=,

terpretation of »

--,<,_`

this line is that, »"`"' -3_`,

if found in the 61/

left hand only ~

'(/J Q Z)(the lines in

the right hand

being normal),t h e s u b e c t

W o n l d b ynature be led

too much either by hishead or his heart, to

determine which We

must make a careful

examination of his cha-racter as shown by the FIG. 45.other lines, mounts, and

shape of the hand. The fact of the lines being normal inthe right hand would show that, by the habits and ex-

perience of life, the subject had, to a great extent, overcome

his natural tendencies.

_/ ,

~§/4

S

Page 120: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

114 THE GRAVEN PALM

If, on the contrary, the lines in the left hand are normal,

and the right hand contains this single line only, it would

indicate that, through the circumstances of life, certam

tendencies have been de-

veloped which were not

natural to the character.

If the single line is found

in both hands it would be a

sign that by nature the sub-

ject had either too much head

or too much heart, and that

the circumstances of life had

not altered or

modified his

natural cha-

racter.

I have found

the single line

upon both the

hands of a man

who had never

been really

enough in love

to marry any-

one. His he ad ruled his

heart, and the circum-

stances of his life had

been against his meet-

ing with the womanthat his head quite ap-

proved of.

It is most unusual to find a double head-line or a double

heart-line marked upon one hand. In the rare cases in

which this occurs it may be taken that the double line in-

FiG. 46.

ll/L THE GR AVEN PALM

lf, on the contrary, the lines in the left hand are normal

and the right hand contains this single line only, it would)

indicate that, through the circumstances of life, certain

tendencies have been de-

veloped which were not

natural to the character.

If the single line is found V

in both hands it would be ai

E-"-_

sign that by nature the sub-'

.71 ._

~/_

ject had either too much head_

.

or too much heart, and that,_

;' "" _/`.

the circumstances of life had A 1~C-

not altered or

modified his<»-

_.__

I,-

_`»-

natural cha- 'v

79'`

racter.

I have found

the single line " 'a

upon both the0

hands of a man

Who had never

been really 42

enough in love

to marry any-

one. His l1e ad ruled his

heart, and the circum-. _

/ _-

stances of his life had Pi#/_Zbeen against his meet-

'

ing with the WomanA/

that his head quite ap-FIG- 46-

proved of.

It is most unusual to ind a double head-line or a double

heart-line marked upon one hand. In the rare cases in

which this occurs it may be taken that the double line in-

Page 121: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE LINE OF HEAD 115

tensifies to an extraordinary degree the characteristics of

the single line (see Figs. 45 and 46).

There is a theory that, in what appears to be a double line

of heart, the uppermost line is, in reality, a line showing anhereditary tendency to deafness, more especially if this line

goes quite across the hand and ends under Jupiter (see a, b,

Fig. 45).

'PHE LINE OF HEAD H5

tensiiies to an extraordinary degree the characteristics ofthe single line (see Figs. 45 and

There is a theory that, in what appears to be a double lineof heart, the uppermost line is, in reality, a line showing an

hereditary tendency to deafness, more especially if this line

goes quite across the hand and ends under Jupiter (see cn, IJ,Fig. 45).

Page 122: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

CHAPTER YIl

THE LINE OF FATE

The line of fate has many ways of commencing, but must

always terminate on or near the mount of Saturn.

Fig. 2 shows an absolutely straight and unbroken line of

fate, d d, extending from the first bracelet on the wrist

to the mount of Saturn. It is very seldom that quite

so straight a line as this is met with, and it does not

by any means indicate an ideally successful life, as is the

popular supposition. I have generally found it in the

hands of those people—most particularly women—who have

never married, whose lives have known no great or startling

changes, and who have always had sufficient money upon

which to live without working for it. Such persons have,

in many cases, spent the greater part of their lives in one

place, and have, in short, met with no adventures.

Many breaks in the line of fate, as shown in Figs. 4 and 7,

indicate that the life of the subject will have great changes,

and be, as a rule, full of movement and adventure :to find

out the nature of which accurately we must study the

events marked on the line of life.

As will be observed, the line of fate in Fig. 4 rises low

down upon the mount of the Moon at e, and this will be

found to indicate that the subject was born in a country

very far distant from that in which he afterwards passed

the greater part of his life.

116

CHAPTER Vll

THE LINE OF FATE

THE line of fate has many ways of commencing, but must

always terminate on or near the 1nount of Saturn.

Fig. 2 shows an absolutely straight and unbroken line of

fate, cl cl, extending from the irst bracelet on the wrist

to the mount of Saturn. It is very seldom that quite

so straight a line as this is met with, and it does not

by any means indicate an ideally successful life, as is the

popular supposition. I have generally found it in the

hands of those people-most particularly women-who have

never married, whose lives have known no great or startling

changes, and who have always had sufficient money upon

which to live without working for it. Such persons have,

in many cases, spent the greater part of their lives in one

place, and have, in short, met with no adventures.

Many breaks in the line of fate, as shown in Figs. 4 and 7,

indicate that the life of the subject will have great changes,

and be, as a rule, full of movement and adventure z to find

out the nature of which accurately we must study the

events marked on the line of life.

As will be observed, the line of fate in Fig. 4 rises low

down upon the mount of the Moon at 6, and this will be

found to indicate that the subject was born in a country

very far distant from that in which he afterwards passedthe greater part of his life.

116

Page 123: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE LINE OF FATE IIV

When the line of fate starts from the wrist, and is after-

wards joined by a branch line rising on the mount of theMoon, as in Figs. 6 and 1] it indicates that the subject

left the land of his birth at the date in the first instance(Fig. 6) at which the branch line meets the line of fate

(see c), or, in the second instance (Fig. 7), at the date at

which the break occurs, as at d.

In this latter case the line of fate shows a more completechange in the subject's life than is the case in Fig. 6, whereno great break in the fate-line is shown at the date of the

voyage : this indicating that, though a voyage was taken,no great upheaval in the life was occasioned by it, or

occurred at the time.

On visiting the EarFs Court Exhibition in the summer of

1900 a tribe of African negroes there—if I remember rightly

from the Soudan—when imploring me for cigarettes andother small donations, exposed the palms of their hands so

fully that it was easy to see on all the great change in their

lives which the voyage to England had made, indicated bya branch line from the mount of the Moon joining the line

of fate at that time.

Of course care must be taken, as I have already said, to

verify these indications by others upon the line of life,

where a sign of change, a voyage-line, or some otherindication, would be marked at the same date.

Many palmists take the line h c in Fig. 6 to mean marriage;

but, unless the influence-line on the mount of Venus andthe marriage-line across the hand are clearly indicated at

that date, I have seldom found this to be correct; andthen only in those cases where there would also be thesister line parallel to the fate-line after the branch fromthe Moon joins the fate-line. Even with the influence-line

marked upon the mount of Venus, there ought also to be,if the marriage is a happy one, this sister line to the line

THE LINE OF FATE 111'

Vhen the line of fate starts from the Wrist, and is after-wards joined by a branch line rising on the mount ofthe

Moon, as in Figs. (5 and 7, it indicates that the subjectleft the land of his birth at the date in the iirst instance

(Fig. 6) at which the branch line meets the line of fate

(see 0), or, in the second instance (Fig. 7), at the date at

which the break occurs, as at fl.

In this latter case the line of fate shows a more completechange in the subjectis life than is the case in Fig. 6, whereno great break in the fate-line is shown at the date of the

voyage: this indicating that, though a voyage was taken,no great upheaval in the lite was occasioned by it, or

occurred at the time.

On visiting the Earl's Court Exhibition in the summer of1900 a tribe of African negroes there-if I remember rightlyfrom the Soudan-when imploring me for cigarettes andother small donations, exposed the palms of their hands so

fully that it was easy to see on all the great change in theirlives which the voyage to England had made, indicated bya branch line from the mount of the Moon joining the lineof fate at that time.

Ot course care must be taken, as I have already said, to

verify these indications by others upon the line of life,where a sign of change, a voyage-line, or some other

indication, would be marked at the same date.

Many palmists take the line Z9 c in Fig. 6 to mean marriage ;

but, unless the influence-line on the mount of Venus andthe marriage-line across the hand are clearl_y indicated atthat date, I have seldom found this to be correct, andthen only in those cases where there would also be thesister line parallel to the fate-line after the branch fromthe Moon joins the fate-line. Even with the influence-linemarked upon the mount of Venus, there ought also to be,if the marriage is a happy one, this sister line to the line

Page 124: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

118 THE GRAVEN PALM

of fate, as at a h (Fig. 31), indicating the two lives going

on together for a certain number of years. Of course,

the indications will be rather different in the case of an

unhappy marriage, or a quickly terminated niarriage

I have frequently found the line, as at h, c (J^ig. b), on

the hands of women who have never married ;but m niost

cases it was at that date on the fate-line (c) that they

started life independently for themselves, though not ot

necessity in another country.

The line of fate will sometimes start from the Ime ot lite

as at c Figs. 28 and 30, and sometimes from the base of

the mount of Venus, as in Fig. 32, when, as has been said

before, the subject appears to live on his Ime of fate after

his line of life has ceased, in which case we commence to

read the line of fate as fate from the point at which it

meets the line of life at e.

There are other cases in which the line of fate rises as at

a. Fig. 36, and crosses the mount of Venus inside the line

of life. . .,,

When this is the case the freedom of the subject will

have been very much cramped and fettered in early life,

either by over-strict home surveillance, or by the exigencies

of domestic cares.

. Occasionally the line of fate does not commence until the

subject is twenty-four or twenty-five years of age (see h,

Fig. 29). This would appear to indicate that the individual

has been, if not exactly a nonentity up to that age, at least

rather snubbed and sat upon by others.

But I have seen one or two instances, which I consider

very remarkable, in which the line of fate did not com-

mence until after thirty, though in one case the subject, a

naval officer, had taken many voyages, and undergone the

usual vicissitudes of life; but his fate-line appears to have

sprung into being only at the date upon which he first met

118 'PHE GRAVEN PALM

of fate, as at at If (Fig. 31), indicating the two lives going

on together for a certain number of years. Of course,

the indications will be rather different in the case of an

unhappy marriage, or a quickly terminated marriage.

l have frequently found the line, as at Y), c (Fig. 6), on

the hands of Women who have never married 5 but in most

cases it was at that date on the tate-line (0) that they

started life independently for themselves, though not of

necessity in another country.

The line of fate will sometimes start from the line of life

as at <', Figs. 28 and 30, and sometimes from the base of

the mount of Venus, as in Fig. 32, When, as has been said

before, the subject appears to live on his line of fate after

his line of life has ceased, in which case We commence to

read the line of fate as fate from the point at which it

meets the line of life at e.

There are other cases in which the line of fate rises as at

ct, Fig. 36, and crosses the mount of Venus inside the line

of life.

WVhen this is the case the freedom of the subject will

have been very much cramped and tettered in early lite,

either by over-strict home surveillance, or by the exigencies

of domestic cares.

Uccasionally the line ot fate does not commence until the

subject is twenty-four or twenty-tive years of age (see Zo,

Fig. 29). This Would appear to indicate that the individual

has been, if not exactly a nonentity up to that age, at least

rather snubbed and sat upon by others.

But I have seen one or two instances, which 1 consider

very remarkable, in which the line of fate did not com-

mence until after thirty, though in one case the subject, a

naval officer, had taken many voyages, and undergone the

usual vicissitudes of life , but his fate-line appears to have

sprung into being only at the date upon which he iirst met

Page 125: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE LINE OF FATE 119

the woman who was to be the dominating influence of

his life.

In fact, there are endless beginnings for this most

capricious of all the lines that are to be found upon the

hand.

In Fig. 44, a h, will be found a good example of the

ladder of success, found only on the hands of those whohave attained success through their own exertions and bydegrees.

When the line of fate runs far up the finger of Saturn,

as in Fig. 37, it is a sign of great fatality

i.e., there will

be some great dominating force, either for good or evil,

ruling the subject, from the influence of which he is,

apparently, unable to escape.

There are isolated cases in which the line of fate is not

marked at all. If in these cases the lines of life and health

are very good, and the hand is an elementary one (i.e., one

belonging to the least intellectual type), the absence of this

line may only indicate a life of stagnation and serfdom,

out of which the subject never rises. Such hands are,

however, very rare, and, one would suppose, are likely to

become rarer every year.

If, however, in an otherwise ordinary hand there is noline of fate to be found, the life of the subject is likely to

be very short, even if the line of life is good.

THE LINE OE FATE 119

the woman who was to be the doniinating influence of

his life.

In fact, tl1ere are endless beginnings for this most

capricious of all the lines that are to be found upon the

hand.

ln Fig. 44, cr 6, will be found a good exaniple of the

ladder of success, found only on the hands of those who

have attained success through their own exertions and bydegrees.

WVhen the line of fate runs far up the finger of Saturn,as in Fig. 37, it is a sign of great fatality-ii.e., there will

be some grelt dominating force, either for good or evil2

ruling the subject, from the influence of which he is,apparently, unable to escape.

There are isolated cases in which the line of fate is not

marked at all. lf in these cases the lines of life and health

are very good, and the hand is an eleinentary one (ie, one

belonging to the least intellectual type), the absence of this

line may only indicate a life of stagnation and serfdoin}

out of which the subject never rises. Such hands are}

however, very rare, and, one would suppose, are likely to

become rarer every year.`

lf, however, in an otherwise ordinary hand there is no

line of fate to be found, the life of the subject is likely to

be very short, even if the line of life is good.

Page 126: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

CHAPTER VIII

THE LINES OF FORTUNE AND OF FAME

The Line of Fortune.—The line of fortune, or Sun-line, is

very often conspicuous by its absence, or appears only in a

very broken and disconnected manner. It is the line which

most clearly indicates the rise and fall of one^s worldly

prospects.

Sometimes a hand will possess this line straight, clearly

cut, and unbroken, as at c d, Fig. 3.

This will undoubtedly proclaim that, whatever may be

the other circumstances of the subject^s life, his monetary

affairs have been from birth in a most satisfactory con-

dition; and they will continue to be so if the lines are

equally good in both hands.

Breaks and islands on the line of fortune (see a, h,

Fig. 29) indicate times of temporary money trouble.

Islands upon this line would usually show trouble caused

by the dishonesty or roguery of others.

If the break occurs in a square, as at c. Fig. 29, it is a

sign that the subject, though suffering from temporary

money trouble and anxiety, will eventually recover from it,

and the square surrounding the island at d will have prac-

tically the same signification.

The student can, in many cases, accurately tell the

date of a subject^s accession to wealth from the part of

the hand at which the line of fortune commences (see /,

120

CHAPTER VIII

THE LINES OF FORTUNE AND OF FAME

The Line of Fortune.-The line of fortune, or Sun-line, is

very often conspicuous by its absence, 01' appears only in a

very broken and disconnected manner. It is the line which

most clearly indicates the rise and fall of one's worldlyprospects.

Soinetinies a hand will possess this line straight, clearlycut, and unbroken, as at 0 Ol, Fig. 3.

This Will undoubtedly proclaim that, Whatever may be

the other circumstances of the subject's lite, his monetaryaffairs have been from birth in a most satisfactory con-

dition; and they will continue to be so if the lines are

equally good in both hands.

Breaks and islands on the line of fortune (see ct, ly,

Fig. 29) indicate times of temporary money trouble.

Islands upon this line would usually show trouble caused

by the dishonesty or roguery of others.

If the break occurs in a square, as at c, Fig. 29, it is a

sign that the subject, though suifering from temporary

money trouble and anxiety, will eventually recover from it,and the square surrounding the island at CZ will have prac-

tically the same signiiication.The student can, in many cases, accurately tell the

date of a subject's accession to wealth from the part of

the hand at which the line of fortune commences (see f,120

Page 127: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE LINES OF FORTUNE AND OF FAME 121

Figs. 4 and 6), where the commencement of the subject's

prosperity is shown at about the ages of forty andtwenty-eight respectively ; but corroborative lines must belooked for on the line of

life.

The line of fortune,/^

in Fig. 8, shows

subject has bi

tunate with re

money late in lif

Another sign

fortune^ or

indeed of an

accession to

wealth at

some period

of the life^ is

s o metimesshown bylines run-

ning fromthe line of

life to or towards the

mount of Apollo, as at

aa,&^, Fig. 37, whichindicate that the sub-

ject attained wealth

at the ages of about

thirty-five and fifty-

five years respec-tively.

These are not, of course, lines of fortune, but successImes (see Chapter XL), though they denote accession to

wealth when tending towards the mount of Apollo; for,

Fig. 47.

THE LINES OF FORTUNE AND OF FAME 121

Figs. 41 and 6), where the commencement of the subject'sprosperity is shown at about the ages of forty and

twenty-eight respectively ; but corroborative lines inust belooked for on the line of

life.

The line of fortune,_fg,i11 Fig. 8, shows that the

subject has been for- -»

--fs;

tunate with regard to .._:- 'ltr

money late in life..

Another sign of goodI

7.:.=>-_:>

fortune? or -»-5*

'igindeed ot an

accession to -¢ §".» `=< <` -

_7{`- C C *`§- "-Wealth at,__ dw °T

some periodF //_ 'L

. . Q`

of the life, IS,F

s o inetiines .Villa 'L

Q.' 41" l -

shown by '§lines run- '9 "4 ning from

_

the line of /9life to or towards the /mount of Apollo , as at aa, lu b, Fig. 37, which E6/indicate that tl1e sulo-.

_ \9 £§ "_

ject attained wealth ;'; Q -_-=:at the ages of about

q-

3.

_ "' /,/

thirty-five and fifty-five years regpeg- Fic. 47.

tively.These are not, of course, lines of fortune, but success

lines (see Chapter Xl), though they denote accession towealth when tending towards the mount of Apollo 5 for,

Page 128: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

122 THE GRAVEN PALM

unlike the line of fate, tlie line of fortune proper never

rises from the line of life.

In very rare cases two lines of fortune may be found.

In Fig. 47 there is given an illustration of this, signifymg

in this case great prosperity

with regard to money, the

subject having not only

been born enormously

wealthy, but also having

acquired or obtained wealth

later, as indicated by the

nes.

will be seen by the

breaks between

a a and h h, there

are times of

great moneydifficulty ; but

the concluding

years are again

very prosperous,

as is shown also

by the four

branches c c and d d from

the line of fate, at the

same date as that at which

the lines of renewed

good fortune occur.

The line of fortune

ending in a trident on the mount of Apollo, as in Fig. 6, is a

sign of great success and wealth, almost invariably attained

through the subject's personal exertions or talent.

The Line of Fame.—If the trident is accompanied by the

line of fame, which commences on the mount of Mars, as at

Fig. 48.

122 'PHE GRAVEN PALM_

unlike the line of fate, the line of fortune proper never

rises from the line of life.

ln very rare cases two lines of fortune may be found.

ln Fig. 47 there is given an illustration of this, signifyingin this case great prosperitywith regard to nioney, the

subject having not onlybeen born enormously

-"

Q

_

` wealthy, but also havingYS,"

N"n

'

' n

`

. acquired or obtained wealth

17:51 later as indicated b f the `

7

";'1" .

17; `,--"'*- two lines.

v'-_:`:*, .

As will be seen by theL?"

"J/' "1 breaks between

/' /1 `_"~°

cg(L ca and li 11, there

5 are tiines of, /_/

0/5 great inoney

_,

& .

'

- difficulty 5 but

B,.-

the concluding

years are againvery prosperous,as is shown also

by the four

`:'!`-

ff;~»__»

FIG. 48.

branches c c and cl cl from

the line of tate, at the

saine date as that at which

the lines of renewed

good fortune occur.

The line of fortune

ending in a trident on the mount of Apollo, as in Fig. G, is a

sign of great success and wealth, alinost invariably attained

through the subject' s personal exertions or talent.

l1'he Line of Fame.--lf the trident is accoinpanied by the

line of fame, which counnences on the mount of Mars, as at

Page 129: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE LINES OF. FORTUNE AND OF FAME 123

d e (Fig. 6), it indicates that the subject has not only gained

success and wealth, but fame and distinction as well.

Sometimes this line of fame is not a sign of distinction^

but merely of notoriety.

An instance of this is

given in Fig. 48. In

this case a lady of title

had obtained a divorce

from her husband, of

whom she had previously

been very fond (see

break in the heart-line

m consequence

againedgreat amount

of very un-

desirablenotoriety (see

line b c)

.

In Fig. 35

there is

shown a

double line of fame,

h h, rising on the

mount of Mars, and

ending high up on

the mount of Apollo.

Fig. 49. Lines like these would

infallibly indicate that

the subject must gain great success through personal talent,

or prowess of a very high order.

A very chequered line of fortune is shown in Fig. 49, in

which it will be observed that the subject was born well

off (see a h) . There followed some years of money troubles

'PHE LINES OF FORTUNE AND OF FAME 123

(Z e (Fig. 6), it indicates that the subject has not only gainedsuccess and wealth, but fame and distinction as well.

Sonietinies this line of fame is not- a sign of distinction,

_,-.5&,.._,

>

__/:_{'__

5-11-'/.gl J-3° L

_fl,i

`-L"'

12'-7' ;_f

~_'/;

i

e

/<}// f'

5I

.9

._____` 1 I

FIG. 49.

but merely ot notoriety.An instance of this is

given in Fig. 48. In

this case a lady of title

had obtained a divorce

from her husband, of

Whom she had previouslybeen very fond (seebreak in the heart-line

at ca), and in consequence

g a i n e d a

great amount

of very un-

d e s i r a b l e

notoriety (seeline la

ln Fig. t h e 1' e i s

s h o w n a

double line of fame,Yo la, rising on the

mount of Mars, and

ending high up on

the mount of Apollo.Lines like these would

infallibly indicate thatthe subject must gain great success through personal talent,or prowess of a very high order.

A very chequered line of fortune is shown in Fig. 49, inwhich it will be observed that the subject was born welloil (see ct b). There followed some years of inoney troubles

Page 130: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

124 THE GRAVEN PALM

and difficulties, h to c, which were again followed by a

period of comparative wealth, c to d, after which, through

speculation or other misfortune—to determine which we

must first thoroughly examine the rest of the hand—follow

many disastrous years,

lasting, apparently, for

the rest of his life.

Of course, when read-

ius" a line of fortune on a

real hand, corroborative

and supplementary evi-

dence must be sought for

upon the line of life at the

same dates.

Sometimesthere is a line

rising from the

line of fate, as

at g (Fig. 50),

joining in with

the line of

fortune at h.

From this we

may feel sure that the

subject attained wealth

at the date given by g

on the line of fate, and

that his good fortune

was in a great measure

due to some change in

his fate, such as deaths, retirements, etc., over which he

himself personally had no special control, and was not

due to active exertion of his own.

The line of fortune rising on the mount of the Moon and

Fig. 50.

124 THE GRAVEN PALM

and difliculties, b to 0, which were again followed by a

period of comparative Wealth, c to cl, after Which, through

speculation or other misfortune-to determine which we

must first thoroughly examine the rest of the hand-follow

many disastrous years,

lasting, apparently, for

the rest of his life.

Of course, when read-

cr' ing a line of fortune on a

'rf lil real hand, corroloorative

_&

and supplementary evi-

_/:_*:;- _*__

dence inust be sought for

"Q `-57`

<"upon t-he line of life at the

J

same dates.

,f _,O T-;`->\ Sometiines

,

2/:~ there is a line

3;»'/ /L rising from the

r line of fate, as

/ at 9] (Fig. 50),

1/Zjoining in with

A, _ykthe line oi

W fortune at 71.

,' ay;From this we

_ may feel sure that the

I

.' Q

,QJ subject attained wealth

8

gd

A/ 6 at the date given by g

Q __,1on the line of fate, and

"`'_ °

that his good fortune

FIG' 50- was in a great measure

due to some change in

his fate, such as deaths, retirements, etc., over which he

himself personally had no special control, and was not

due to active exertion of his own.

The line of fortune rising on the mount of the Moon and

Page 131: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE LINES OF FORTUNE AND OF FAME 125

going* to^ or tending towards^ the mount of Apollo, indicates

success coming to the subject from, or in connection

Avith, another country, from which he is separated by

water—for the Moon governs

water.

It is veiy remarkable how

fortune lines of this descrip-

tion will deepen, or even

grow, upon the hand.

For instance, a client whose

hand I read fifteen years ago

had this line (see h h, Fig. 51

)

very, veryfaintly indi-

cated, and at

that time knewof no possible ex-

planation whenI said that he

would derive

great wealthfrom another

country. At the

present moment_

that line in his hand is

deeply cut and well

marked, and all his mone-

tary interests are bound

up in Mexico and other

mines across the water,

which must eventually

bring him immense prosperity, as he has also the corrobora-

tive lines, / y, from the line of life ascending towards the

mount of Apollo, indicating wealth.

Fig. 51.

THE LINES OI' I*`OR'I`UNI*] AND OF FAME 125

going to, or tending towards, the mount of Apollo, indicates

success coming to the subject from, or in connection

with, another country, from which he is separated byWater-for the Moon governs

Water.

It is very remarkable how

fortune lines of this descrip-tion will deepen, or even F"-

grow, upon the hand._,__

For instance, a client whose__

hand I read fifteen years ago I

had this line (see /L IL, Fig. 51) il; 1'3-

v e r y, v e r y

faintly i11di-_Pi

"1"

cated, and atp

`

'jf 1:that time knew -7

}LA

~;

of no possible ex- ~

planation when ~ q 9`

I said that he '

', lg would derive ,Ggreat wealth '

Afrom another

country. At the '»

present moment_

ai

that line in his hand is JXD

deeply cut and well i V

marked, and all his mone-`

- tary interests are bound

I/up in Mexico and other _-

mines across the Water, FIG 51.

which must eventuallybring hiin iinmense prosperity, as he has also the corrobora-

tive lines, jj, from the line of life ascending towards the

mount of Apollo, indicating wealth.

Page 132: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

CHAPTER IX

THE LINE OF HEALTH

A PEEFECT line of health is shown at // (Fig. 2), in which

it will be observed that the line is clear cut, straight,

and unbroken. If it is equally good in both hands, the

subject will undoubtedly be free during the whole course

of his life, from any very serious illness or accident ; such

lines, as may readily be believed, are very seldom met

with.

Little illnesses and trivial accidents he may, of course,

have, and these would be marked (see Fig. 51) either by a

small line crossing the line of health, as at c, or by small

crosses at the side of the line, as at d d, also by small

squares, as at e, placed upon, or by the side of, the line of

health; but unless the illness were a serious one, there

would be no break upon the line of health at the time when

the illness occurred.

Squares upon this line will indicate preservation from

accidents or great dangers, but in these cases the squares

would generally be very much larger than those which

mark an illness (see g), and, as a rule, a corresponding

square at the same date will be found inside the line of life,

as is shown in Fig. 51.

When the lines of life and fate are very good, it is the

best possible sign to have no line of health whatever, as

this shows that the constitution is admirable, and that the

126

CHAPTER IX

THE LINE OF HEALTH

A PERFECT line of health is shown at ff (Fig. 2), in which

it will be observed that the line is clear cut, straight,and unbroken. If it is equally good in both hands, the

subject will undoubtedly be free during the whole course

of his life, from any very serious illness or accident , such

lines, as may readily be believed, are very seldom met

With.

Little illnesses and trivial accidents he may, of course,

have, and these would be marked (see Fig. 51) either by a

small line crossing the line of health, as at 0, or by small

crosses at the side of the line, as at cl d, also by small

squares, as at c, placed upon, or by the side of, the line of

health, but unless the illness were a serious one, there

would be no break upon the line of health at the time when

the illness occurred.

Squares upon this line Will indicate preservation from

accidents or great dangers, but in these cases the squares

would generally be very much larger than those which

mark an illness (see 9), and, as a rule, a corresponding

square at the same date will be found inside the line of life,as is shown in Fig. 51.

When the lines of life and fate are very good, it is the

best possible sign to have no line of health Whatever, as

this shows that the constitution is admirable, and that the

126

Page 133: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE LINE OF HEALTH 127

subject\s recovery from small ailments or accidents will be

rapid and complete.

It is not considered a good sign for the line of health

to stop at the line of head in both hands, as this is very

likely to denote head

trouble of some kind,

though not of neces-

sity lunacy, unless the

head-line itself has

signs denoting mad-ness.

An island on the head-

line placed, as at a

(Fig. 52), at

the pointwhere it

meets theline of health,

is likely to

denote an ill-

n e s s c o n -

nected with

the nerves of

the head, such as neu-

ritis, iritis, or general

inflammation of the

nerves. The illness

is more likely to beFig. 52. brain -fever if there

is a break in theline of life with a square over it at the correspondingdate.

Fig. 52 is an exact reproduction of the hand of a manwho had on two occasions suffered from severe attacks of

'PHE LINE OF HEALTH ]27

suloject's recovery from small ailments or accidents will he

rapid and complete.It is not considered a good sign for the line of health

to stop at the line of head in both hands, as this is very

likely to denote head

trouble of some kind,

though not of neces-

sity lunacy, unless the__,.`ii

___`head-line itself has

""

signs denoting inad-

}_; ness.

4;;"5"

:Qin An island on the head-

~Ȥ *if lin e placed, as at ot

`_ r (Fig. 52), at

/Ff _,Q ;>`_

the point,

/J "W h e re i t

_/' meets the"QD

line of health,is likely to

denote an ill-

Q _ 6' ,,'~

11 e s s c o u -

4% § y '

1/ '

' nected with'

'" F the nerves ofb ' ' the head, such as neu-

/ ritis, iritis, or generalinflainniation of the

_ ___,1 nerves. The illness""

" '

is more likely to beFIG. 52. brain-fever if there

is a break in theline of life with a square over it at the correspondingdate.

Fig. 52 is an exact reproduction of the hand of a nian

who had on two occasions suffered from severe attacks of

Page 134: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

128 THE dRAYEN PALM

neuritis, accompanied by iritis, at an interval of seven

years, and the dates of both illnesses were marked, as

at h h.

If the line of health stops short in both hands at the head-

line, and there is a small

downward mark, a, at or

near its termination, and

also a break on the line

of life with a connecting

line going from it (see h,

Fig. 53) to the point on

the line of head where

the line of health stops,

it frequently

denotes vio-

lent death

from, prob-

ably, a head

accident.

But if

there is a

square over

the break in

the line of life in

both hands, and the

line of health con-

tinues again after

the break, as at d

(Fig. 54), it is almost

certain that the sub-

ject will recover, even though the accident may be a very

severe one.

Again, it is not a good sign for the line of health to

stop short at the heart-line. This is often an indication

Fig. 53.

128 THE GRAVEN PALM

neuritis, accompanied by iritis, at an interval of seven

years, and the dates of both illnesses were marked, as

at Z1 b.

li the line of health stops short in both hands at the head-

line, and there is a small

downward mark, cz, at or

near its termination, and

*A

also a break on the linevid

_ ,_of life with a connecting

"Tr:'A

line going from it (see Z),

Fig. 53) to the point on*%.._

_" _

_/_

`<"' :"' "1 the line of head Where

/~ 7-_:-'_"

.

'/=' "" the line of health stops,it frequently

_Pf__, Q- '°-7" denotes vio-

' ,>-/ ¢_

I

lent death

_/' from, prob-

'7 ably, a head*` .

' accident.

B u t i f

there is a

5 square over

the break in

the line of life in

both hands, and the

line of health con-

tinues again after`

wa-*T

'--- ~

" ' the break, as at cl

Fm 53_ (Fig. 5¢L),it is almost

certain that the sub-

ject will recover, even though the accident may be a very

severe one.

Again, it is not a good sign for the line of health to

stop short at the heart-line. This is often an indication

Page 135: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE LINE OF HEALTH 129

that the subject may suffer from heart-disease; and if

the hne of life also breaks off short, or terminates in astar, as in Fig. 56, it is very likely that the subject willdie suddenly from this

cause.

If there is an island onthe line of heart, as at a(Fig. 56), the subject will

be prone to palpitation;

but if the island is accom-panied by good health andlife-lines, as at h (Fig. 97),

there will be

no cause for

anxiety, as

the palpita-

tion wouldprobably be

due to indi-

g e s t i o n orsimilarcauses, andthere wouldbe no real organic de-

fect ; or it is possible

that the island may, asis sometimes the case

with health signs, beonly an hereditarymark, indicating that

there has been, or is, heart-disease in the subject^sfamily.

With reference to heredity, the following remarks willnot be out of place here :

9

Fig. 54.

THE LINE OF HEALTH 129

that the subject may suffer from heart-disease; and ifthe line of life also breaks off short, or terminates in a

star, as in Fig. 56, it is very likely that the subject Willdie suddenly from thiscause.

If there is an island on

the line of heart, as at onW

(Fig. 56), the subject WinE

"`

be prone to palpitation ; '-=<¥ ->~

but if the island is accom-,=

panied by good health and _f;~

:"_,__

,

1if@_11n@S, as at it (rig. 97), .4 ll-`

there will be_

no cause for~___,,*

"li

anxiety, as`

5the palpita-

7 "l_ Az,

tion wouldW/

probably be 6due to indi-

gestion or A11 cbsimilar W

causes, andf'there would 3/

'

_ `§be no real organic de-

fect; or it is possiblethat the island may, as

/ ` .. 6is sometimes the case 'Q/-4with health signs, be

/only an hereditary FIG_54_mark, indicating that

there has been, or is, heart-disease in the subject'sfamily. '

With reference to heredity, the following remarks willnot be out of place here :

9

Page 136: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

130 THE aKAVEN PALM

I once saw in the hand of a lady a curious instance of

what I may call a sympathetic illness mark, which opens

oat a large field for investigation. This lady had, during

several years of her life, the sign of a very severe throat

affection marked upon her

own hand. Now, her own

throat was, and always had

/^ been, quite sound, but her

' son had suffered agonies

from a throat complaint, and

she had nursed him through

many severe illnesses, and of

necessity watched his suffer-

ing within intense agony of

mind.

The question

therefore arises

whether the

throat disease

was hereditary

in her ownfamily, or really

was, as I judged

it to be (on account of its

being marked on her line

of head parallel with the

years on the line of life

during which her son had

suffered so intensely, and

only in her left hand),

a sympathetic mark.

The subject thought the former (the hereditary tendency)

was not the case, but could not tell with absolute certamty.

Another instance of "possible sympathy-lines^^ is as

Fig. 55.

130 THE GRAVEN PALM

I once saw in the hand of a lady a curious instance of

what I may call a sympathetic illness mark, which opens

out a large field for investigation. This lady had, during

several years of her life, the

sign of a very severe throat

affection marked upon her

own hand. Now, her own

throat was, and always had

been, quite sound, but her

son had suffered agoniesfrom a throat complaint, and

*-_:V §-Q*

bn;she had nursed him through

Q-"3g

many severe illnesses, and of

"J ;§";~ necessity Watched his suffer-

_,_ ing within intense agony of

:§~/4;`?"'p"'

§__mind.

Q/ //N

The question,K therefore arises

-7 ~

§ WhethervtheI C

throat disease

GJ/1

ywas hereditary

/ é ff in her own

"i ' family, or reallywas, as I judged

it to be (on account of its

5 "_ J, C' being marked on her line

of head parallel with the

\_`_*""_

F; years on the line of life

ii during which her son had

suffered so intensely, and

FIG. 55.

The subject thought the former

only in her left hand),

a sympathetic mark.

(the hereditary tendency)

was not the case but could not tell with absolute certainty.J

Another instance of "possible sympathy-lines" is as

Page 137: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE LINE OF HEALTH LSI

6

CO

6M

THE LINE OF HEALTH

K' mv fl _

, "3

/ ,/A M $@§i}\&M Mr

Q \((\,gf

f '><, Sf '><,

S f

\\ `"

I ) J F,

1, {/Q, /~r' _® \

)f 1/ /IH

KQ"

,eaiE.,_ _¥\

/ QQ

Page 138: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

132 THE GBAYEN PALM

follows : A friend of mine, who has studied palmistry,

seeing a peculiarly deep line on the mount of the Moon in

the hand of a man who was serving him in a shop, asked

him if he had been born at sea. The man was excessively

surprised at the question,

and answered '^ No '^; but

after a while added, " It is

very strange, sir, that you

should ask me that, for myfather was a sailor, and he

died at sea a few weeks

after I was born."

I have sometimes,curiously enough, found

the voyages of

their husbands

marked upon

the hands of

women whohad nevertravelled them-

selves. This,

of course, is very rare, and

would only be found on

the hands of intensely

sensitive people.

Voyages of those much

loved are sometimes found

upon the hands of such

subjects, so as to appear as if they were their own, but only,

however, upon their line of life, and never upon the mount

of the Moon, which I believe to be the register of personal

voyages only.

Congestion, or inflammation of the lungs, and pleurisy are

132 THF] GRAVEN PALM

follows: A friend of 111i11e, who has studied pallnistry,

seeing a peculiarly deep li11e o11 the 1110111112 of tl1e Moon in

tl1e 11a11d of a 1na11 who was serving 111111 in a sliop, asked

111111 if 11e had bee11 bor11 at sea. The man was excessively

surprised at the question,a11d answered "No"; but

after a while added," It is

very strange, sir, that X011

should ask 111e that, for my':""

father was a sailor, and beA

died at sea a few weeks _"_

after I was born." '-=-'J Q1 i

I have SO1118tlIH8S,

curiously e11ougl1, found _=_,

the voyages of' f 1,

G

their husbands / §þÿ�1�1�1�2�L�1�`�1�{ ¬�dupon

tl1e liands of /''

,

' won1e11 who

11 a d 11 e v e 1'V 0/

travelled tl1e1n- aéé f A

,

wives. This,1 /of course, is very rare, and / W'

would ()111y be fou11d on/

3

tl1e hands of intenselysensitive people. _/I

Voyages of those 11111011

loved are son1etin1es fou11d FIG. 58.

upon the hands of such

subjects, so as to appear as if t11ey were t11eir ow11, but o11ly,

however, upo11 their line of life, and never upon tl1e mount

of tl1e Moon, which I believe to be tl1e register of personal

voyages only.Congestion, or inflainniation of the lungs, and pleurisy are

Page 139: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE LINE OF HEALTH 133

Oi

6M

THE LINE OE HEALTH 133

/G

/m

// / Q

\ :; I I O

'I p M:

If5 A;

/A/L_'

r~S /

.< \

§

//7r/,fy I,

I 1)

1 ,

ljI gi! /I \

l_ ` 5°

I |') "na & I)_

\9 =

P-1

Q #O Q* "

Page 140: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

134 THE GRAVEN PALM

always shown on the line of health by breaks, as at e

(Fig. 58). The illnesses occur at the dates when the

breaks first commence, and the subject is delicate during

the period in which the

broken lines run parallel

to one another.

In Fig. 59 are given in-

stances of severe acci-

dents from falls, as shown

upon the lines of health

and life. They are all

taken from genuine cases,

not all the

accidents, of

course, oc-

curring in

one hand.

The broken

line of health

with a line

across it,

shown at a (Fig. 55),

is also an indication

of a fall.

Cases of typhoid

fever are fre-

quentlymarked upon

the line of health, as

at a (Fig. 60). The

student will observe that, in the case of typhoid, the square

is clearly marked and unbroken.

Cases of internal tumour are marked by an island on

the line of health, as at h (Fig. 60) ;and when an

operation has been performed, the half square with a

Fig. 61.

134 THE GRAVEN PALM

always shown on the line of health by breaks, as at c

58). The illnesses occur at the dates when the

breaks first commence, and the subject is delicate duringthe period in which the

broken lines run parallelto one another.

Tn Fig. 59 are given in-

stances of severe acci-

dents from falls, as shown

upon the lines of health

/_

and life. They are all

taken from genuine cases,

not all the

, accidents, of"yi

course, oc~

curring in

one hand.

The broken

line of health

with a line

across it,shown at cu (Fig. 55),is also an indication

f fll.

5 O

gasaes of typhoid

þÿ�J�, ¬�< ~_£;

/_-f' JG

M:

1

`< //if!"

//'lr/A'/ .A Uv,Y.

\ `0' `\ if

N, 6'

fever are fre-...-»<? -""'S

'-

-- -

' ' quentlyniarked upon

FIG, 61_ the line of health, as

at co (Fig. 60). The

student will observe that, in the case of typhoid, the square

is clearly marked and unbroken.

Cases of internal tumour are marked by an island on

the line of health, as at b (Fig. 60); and when an

operation has been performed, the half square with a

Page 141: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE LINE OF HEALTH 135

COCO

6M

CMCD

6

THE LINE OF HEALTH

Q_K

7L.. .

45

">

1

U } Y ` '\

=< <11 >H, *ff* RV

NS S'

E isY \Y ig( ` k

5

\

) }

f

'FQ

¢;» pw 'f gg/ )

wl'HLF

HJ f `

, ___ `\lH

1/ '

"~

\ YP

Page 142: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

136 THE GRAVEN PALM

grille, as at c, will be clearly marked upon the side of the

island.

In Fig. 61 there is given an instance of ovarian tumour,

and of the operation follow-

ing it (see a on the line of

health)

.

A sign of cancer found

to be correct is given at a a

(Fig. 62).

In Fig. 36, at c, d, e, f, is

given an instance of a case

of rheumatic fever, as shown

upon the lines

of life andhealth, from

which the sub-

ject entirely

recovered.As will b e

noticed, a

small connect-

ing line, d, is

shown be-tween the sign of rheu-

matism, e, on the mount

of the Moon ; and the

rheumatic fever square,

c, on the line of health,

and islands, /, are also

shown upon the line of

life at the same age.

The student must bear in mind that when the signs of

illness are surrounded by a square, the danger will be

greatly lessened, and the recovery practically certain.

Fig. 64.

136 THE GRAVEN PALM

grille, as at c, will be clearly marked upon the side of the

island.

ln Fig. 61 there is given an instance of ovarian tuinour,

and of the operation follow-

ing it (see an on the line of

health).A sign of cancer found

to be correct is given at ca cn

(Fig. 62).,

ln Fig. 36, at c, cl, e, f, is

given an instance of a case

of rheumatic fever, as shown

upon the lines

o f li f e a n d

health, from

which the sulo-1

ject entirely "fl/1r e c o v e r e d.

y

A s W i ll b e

n o t i c e d, a

small connect-

ing line, cl, is

s h o W n lo e -

tween the sign of rheu-

niatisin, e, on the mount

of the Moon ; and the

rheumatic fever square,

c, on the line of health,and islands, f, are also

shown upon the line of

life at the same age.

.74

`

|

§f

__.¢»~_,

Q;

' .3-..

Q

>`I

*_

...pv-/" ~.I\. »-

*_ ~.f

.i=

_,_

v$-\

_, g_%k L

.&*"

,I

1

,0

N l A /<

Q N,

.Q ~

£7 if 3

/"

, _

"'

'~\`;;/W

FIG. 64.

The student must bear in mind thatwhen the signs of

illness are surrounded by a square, the danger will be

greatly lessened, and the recovery practically certain.

Page 143: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THPJ LINE OF HEALTH 137THE LINE OF HEALTH

ss

,fy /»

'K¥ `xx; *\ "mm

ww _®é>/`°

°°

`» / W

.~ I Ril /, ;> Q

,

M W `¢ " '

_~j2f*

"'~

l;

Page 144: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

138 THE GRAVEN PALM

The most reliable indication of a tendency to rheumatism

is given by tlie succession of small marks on the side of the

mount of the Moon, as at h (Fig. 61), and this sign, taken

in conjunction with the broken health-lines, indicating

congestion of the lungs,

given in Fig. 58, will also

sometimes indicate rheu-

matic fever, if the former

lines be very strongly

marked.

A weak and wavering

line will of necessity mean

delicate health (see a a in

Fig. 63), as does also a

much crossed

line (seeFig. 64) ; and

both of these

are generally

signs of a dis-

ordered liver

and of indi-

gestion.

A long island (see c c.

Fig. 65), invariably be-

tokens a long period of

delicate health, usually

caused by internal com-

plaints or weaknesses.

This is also supposed by many to be a sign of somnam-

bulism, but I have found it myself on the hands of those

who suffered from insomnia—sometimes an effect of gastric

trouble.

In Fig. 66 is given a drawing of the hand of a man who

Fig. 67.

138 THE GRAVEN PALM

The most reliable indication of a tendency to rheuinatism

is given by the succession of small marks on the side of the

mount of the Moon, as at Z) 61), and this sign, taken

in conjunction with the broken health-lines, indicating

plaints or Weaknesses.

congestion of the lungs,

given in Fig. 58, will also

sometimes indicate rheu-

matic fever, if the former

lines be very strongly,-

'

¢~ »

I

marked. ¢_

A Weak and wavering ___

line will of necessity mean ,»:,2 -;~

,/`-ev i

delicate health (see a ct in

Fig. 63), as does also a

much crossed=f` :__ J

°'

l i n e ( s e e

Fig. 64) 5 andI

both of these / d

are generallysigns of a dis-

ordered liver

and of indi-

gestion.Along island (see c c,

Fig. 65), invariably be- 1/l_Q/ ,

tokens a long period of /,delicate health, usually \

/

caused by internal com- FIG. 57_

This is also supposed by many to be a sign of soinnain

bulism, but I have found it myself on the hands of those

who suffered from insomnia-soinetiines an effect of gastric

trouble.

In Fig. 66 is given a drawing of the hand of a man who

Page 145: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE LINE OF HEALTH 139

00CO

6M

THE LINE OE HEALTH

'/ v

/U

/ A

f/! »f; MG

`Sx s

'Y 1l` 1*'Q

AQ; Z

A '

/'

/.

wx"5 \ ~ % 93

§

/4%

/ /~

1 /V//I) I Qf J/ `Q ~Q

./'< _ 3 31

5 .W Q1 *S Q /~/E <»

"`__ \ "-Eli--

H-fwT` » "

,fl -) ' %~» S

/Z/T/W kK

E

Wx

Page 146: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

140 THE GRAVEN PALM

suffered at three periods of his life, between the ages of

twelve and twenty, from epilepsy. On the line of fate

these illnesses were marked by three distinct breaks, the

first starting at the age of

twelve and the last ending

at the age of twenty, and

these eight years were

marked by one very distinct

island on the line of health.

A lifie of life ending

with an island, and having

a tendency towards the

mount of the

Moon, is an in-

dication of

hysteria during

some period of

the subject^s

life—not neces-

sarily the end;

and in these

cases there is

generally found

a secondary,though rather broken,

line of life, continuing as

at a (Fig. 67).

Periods of hysteria or

nervous depression are

also often indicated by

islands upon both the lines of life and fate, as at a

(Fig. 68).

A period of hysteria in early youth is sometimes marked

on the fate-line, as at d (Fig. 69), but the island would, in

Fig. 70.

140 THE GRAVEN PALM

suffered at three periods of his life, between the ages of

twelve and twenty, from epilepsy. On the line of fate

these illnesses were marked

first starting at the age of

twelve and the last endingat the age of twenty, and

these eight years were

marked by one very distinct

island on the line of health.

A line of life endingwith an island, and havinga tendency towards the

rnount of the

Moon, is an in-

dication ofi

hysteria during f

soine period of`

gf'

the subject'slife-not neces-

sarily the end 5

and in these

cases there is

generally found

a secondary,though rather broken,line of life, continuing as

at cn (Fig. 67).Periods of hysteria or

nervous depression are

also often indicated by

by three distinct breaks, the

~ 6

6

8

/ S_Z/

,M

FLG. 70.

islands upon both the lines of life and fate, as at at

(rig. 68).A period of hysteria in early youth is soinetiines marked

on the fate-line, as at cl (Fig. 69), but the island woul d, in

Page 147: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE LINE OF HEALTH 141

tliis case, be more likely to be caused by some hallucination

or entirely imaginary love affair.

These islands are so continually taken for the immoral

influence of another person

that I wish most strongly to

impress upon the student howimpossible it is that this can be

the case, unless there is a cor-

responding immoral influence

line shown upon the mount of

Venus, and this will be further

explained in Chapter XLAnother sign

of hysteria, and

one inclining

the subjecttowards drink,

is a star on the

mount of Yenus,

as at c (Fig. 70),

with lines of

c ommun i cation

from it to the

mount of Saturn at d, and

to the mount of the Moonat e (showing the drink

tendency)

.

The indications on the

lines of life and health,

given at a a (Fig. 71), are

taken from the hand of a

man who had become an inebriate at any early age, and

was secluded from his home and friends in a shocking state

of health for some years.

Fig. 71.

'PHE LINE OF HE/ffI`H 1/L1

this case, be more likely to be caused by some hallucination

or entirely imaginary love affair.

These islands are so continually taken for the immoral

influence of another person

that l wish most strongly to

impress upon the student how

impossible it is that this can be

the case, unless there is a cor- =""-

responding immoral influence "

_>_ ,yi

1

Venus, and this will be furtherf

:.:.

line shown upon the mount of

`.-` `.,

explained in Chapter XI. A eg.-

Another signof hysteria, and

"'

_ _ .va

one lncllning -, .-

the subject '-'f

towards drink,is a star on the

mount of Venus,as at c (Fig. 70),with lines of

communication

from it to the J /,

9 7/'Ito the mount of the Moon

at e (showing the drink

tendency).The indications on the

lines of life and health,given at cb on (Fig. 71), are

FIG' 71'

taken from the hand of a

ll

,

mount of Saturn at OZ, and Q

` iii?/0/

man who had become an inebriate at any early age, and

was secluded from his home and friends in a shocking state

of health for some years,

Page 148: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

142 THE GRAVEN PALM

A complete cure was in this case effected. It is remark-

able that exactly the same odd double squares, with little

black dots on the main lines themselves, were shown on

both the line of health and

the line of life.

It may not be out of place

at this point to say some-

thing about the manner in

which the signs of drink,

acquired and hereditary, are

shown upon the hand.

If, when reading the hand,

a sort of double head -line

sloping down to

the mount of the

Moon (see b h,

Fig. 72), is ob-

served, it is an

almost infallible

indication that

either the father

or mother of the

subject— or it

may be, if less strongly

marked, one of the grand-

parents— had been ad-

dicted to drink ; and it

would be well for the

student to warn the subject

to be very abstemious in the use of stimulants, as, with

that line on his hand, there is a great danger that germs

ready to develop into a craving for drink lie dormant in

his system, and only await an opportunity to obtain a hold

over him.

Fig. 72.

142 THE GR A VEN PALM

A complete cure was in this case effected. It is remark-

able that exactly the same odd double squares, with little

black dots on the main lines

þÿ� ¬�`

*LT* 'b§__

themselves, were shown on

both the line of health and

the line of life.

It may not be out of placeat this point to say some-

thing about the manner in

which the signs of drink,

51; acquired and hereditary, are

V; `/___ QE shown upon the hand.

*ii* If, when reading the hand,

_/» _,1;,. :a sort of double head-line

35 / 3 1'

d 1;L/ . sopmg own o

5 f the mount of the' Moon (see b b,

Sp rig. 72), is Ob-

Q served, it is an

almost infallible

indication that

either the father

or mother of the

6 Q, subject-or it

may be, if less strongly__ J marked, one of the grand-

:`§; ~" parents-had been ad-'

~ dicted to drink ; and it

F1G.'72. would be well for the

student to warn the subjectto be Very abstemious in the use of stimulants, as, with

that line on his hand, there is a great danger that germs

ready to develop into a craving for drink lie dormant in

his system, and only await an opportunity to obtain a hold

over him.

Page 149: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE LINE OF HEALTH 143

Besides the signs given in Fig. 71, an indication of the

drink habit, or rather of a specially severe illness arising

from excessive drinking, is constantly shown on the handby the dotted squares almost

like a domino, immediately

inside the line of life, with a

line from it sloping to the

mount of the Moon (as at a h,

Fig. 73). If this sign

on a hand having

hereditary drink-lin(

will be little

hope of the sub-

ject not becom-

ing a slave to

this tendency.

An indica-

tion that a

person should

be very careful

in the use of

drugs and nar-

cotics, though

it does not of

necessityshow a tendencyto drink, is a short line,

almost appearing to bethe commencement of the

hereditary drink line

(shown at a, Fig. 74).

A series of smalllines, a a, arising from the family-line or line encircling

the thumb (shown at h h, Fig. 65), and going across

the mount of Venus towards the line of life, almost

Fig. 73.

THE LINE OF HEALTH 143

Besides the signs given in Fig. '71, an indication of the

drink haloit, or rather of a specially severe illness arisingfrom excessive drinking, is constantly shown on the hand

by the dotted squares almost F

like a domino, immediatelyinside the line oi' life, with a

line from it sloping to the_»

*Q

mount of the Moon (as at re D,rig. 73). If this sign be found 7=<

,X

on a hand having also thel

hereditary drink-line, there __;- fl

Will be little 4 ;_ 1

hope of the sub-

'_/_

ject not becom- "

X

*-

ing a slave to`

this tendency. I `~

An indica- V'

t i o n t h a t a

person shouldQ

be very careful,

df »

.

in the use of

drugs and nar-

cotics, thoughit does not of

necessityshow a tendency éto drink, is a short line, . &_/,__/almost appearing to be "Mthe commencement of the

.

'

hereditary drink line /(shown at cz, Fig. 741). FIG- 73-

A series of small

lines, ct ce, arising irom the family-line or line encirclingthe thumb (shown at In b, Fig. 65), and going across

the mount of Venus towards the line of life, almost

C

Page 150: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

144 THE GRAVEN PALM

invariably show that the subject has sui!ered anxiety from

the intemperate habits, either of a near relation, or of

someone much loved. If there is a square (as at e e,

Fio'. 65), on a line of in-

fluence, d d, with a com-

municating line tendnig

towards this drink-line, it

will constantly be found

that the influence on whose

line the square is placed

has been either confined in

a lunatic asylum or else-

where, owing,

not to mad-

ness, but to

the effects of

drink.

Anothersign of drink

worry in con-

nection with

relations and friends is

said to be indicated by a

line from the mount of

Venus to the mount of

the Moon, ending on the

latter mount in a star, as

shown at// in the same

figure.

When the hands of a

subject are cris-crossed by many tiny indefinite Imes,

which have no special signification, it is a sign of anaemia,

which is of course also shown by the bloodless appear-

ance of the entire palm. As the subject gets stronger

Fig. 74.

144 THE GRAVEN PALM

invariably show that the subject has suffered anxiety from

the inteniperate habits, either of a near relation, or of

someone much loved. If there is a square at e e,

Fig. (35), on a line of in-

fluence, CZ cl, with a coin-

inunicating line tendingtowards this drink-line, it

will constantly be found':""

that the iniiuence 011 Whose"'

""'

line the square is placed ____

has been either confined in ~ ff; T-'J-f_é~ _

a lunatic asylum or else-

'

Y

Where, owing, ._

not to mad-'

- ` "'

ness, but tob

the effects of /r¥

drink.'

A n o t h e r _ ` 4

sign of drink -, CL`

Worry in con-

nection Witli ,

D

relations and friends is

said to be indicated by a'

i

line from the mount of /"ic f

Venus 'to the mount of J,al

, ethe Moon, ending on the

,

` _/"'r°~

latter mount in a star, ase

/` ,/_

_Hf

shown at f f in the same ~»'-/

figure.FIG. 74.

Wheii the hands of a

subject are cris-crossed by many tiny indefinite lines,

which have no special signification, it is a sign of anaemia,

which is of course also shown by the bloodless appear-

ance of the entire palm. As the subject gets stronger

Page 151: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE LINE OF HEALTH 145

and loses the anaemic condition, these small criss-cross lines

will disappear.

A star on the monnt of Saturn (see b, Fig. 74), accom-

panied by breaks on the line

of life as at c, is an indica-

tion of paralysis ; but it

must be remembered that

in these cases the star must

be isolated, and the rays

must not be connected with

any other line or lines upon

the hand. H the star is

found on the

mount ofSaturn at the

end of a line

which rises on

the mount of

Venus, orcomes from the

line of life (as

in Fig. 81), it

is an indication

of a great shock received

at the date at which the

line starts from the line

of life at h, and not of

paralysis. But if this

same line starts from a

line denoting a member

of the subject^s own family (see Fig. 232), it is a sign

that this influence suffers from paralysis, and not the

subject himself.

A sign of deafness, considered to be a correct one, is

10

Fig. 75.

THE LINE OF HEALTH 145

and loses the anae1nic condition, these small criss-cross lines

will disappear.A star on the inount of Saturn (see b, Fig; 74), accom-

panied by breaks on the line

of life as at c, is an indica-

tion of paralysis ; but it

inust be reinenibered that1.1

in these cases the star must'

'

be isolated, and the rays '-=¢ 9"

must not be connected with -

any other line or lines upon __¢7'

_,~ ._E

the hand. If the star is 4°"

found on the _

`,»-

In o u n t ofg

4 _._Z, Q'3-

Saturn at the ~ /

_

-<;

end of a line _

which rises on ~

'&,, V (L_

,

f

the mount of_ // ///

Venus, or _. J ,

comes from the J

line of life in Fig. 81 it

`

is an iidicgtion il -/I C

of a great shock received hdat the date at which the

line starts from the line_/ \___,,'

of life at b, and not of' V

`

Y

paralysis. But if thisl

saine line starts from a FIG_ 75_

line denoting a ineinber

of the subject's own family (see Fig. 232), it is a signthat this influence suffers from paralysis, and not the

subject himself.

A sign of deafness, considered to be a correct one, is10

Page 152: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

146 THE GIKAVEN PALM

given in Fig. 73—viz., a line rising on the percussion on the

mount of Mars, as at c, and ending between the fingers of

Jupiter and Saturn, as at d. This line is often found on the

hands of people who were

either themselves deaf, or one

of whose parents suffered from

deafness. What is also sup-

posed to be a sign of here-

ditary deafness has been

already given in Fig. 45.

Some instances of blindness

will be given in

Chapter X.

In caseswhere the hand

otherwise gives

indication of

breadth of

character, if

the space be-

tween the lines

of heart and

head is very

narrow, the

subject will be prone to

asthma (see a, Figs. 75

and 76), and the theory

is also correct that an

islanded arch or loop

in the line of head, as

at a b, Fig. 70, is an indication of throat trouble of some

kind.

A tendency to liver complaints and indigestion is shown

by the line of health being divided into long parallel lines,

Fig. 76.

146 THF GRAVEN PALM

given in Fig. 73--viz., a line rising on the percussion on the

mount of Mars, as at C, and ending between _the fingers of

Jupiter and Saturn, as at ol. This line is often found on the

hands of people who were

either themselves deaf, or one

of whose parents suiiered from

deafness. l/Vhat is also sup-

posed to be a sign of here-

ditary deafness has been

already given in Fig. 45.

Sonie instances of blindness

will be given in

Chapter X.

I n c a s e s

where the hand , yotherwise gives

`

ry.,

indication of FF* r

breadth of i it

character, if`

'A

the space be- tween the lines

`of heart and~

head is very 6n a rr o w, the

subject will be prone to/

asthina (see cn, Figs. 75'

__ gb

and 76), and the theory Mis also correct that an /islanded arch or loop Fm 76_

in the line of head, as

at a, la, Fig. 70, is an indication of throat trouble of some

kind.

A tendency to liver complaints and indigestion is shown

by the line of health being divided into long parallel lines,

Page 153: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE LINE OF HEALTH 147

as at h, Fig. 75 ; malignant fevers are indicated as at

c, Fig. 75, and malaria sometimes as at d. Fig. 75.

It must be borne in mind when considering the signs of

illnesses—more especially of those affections due to a dis-

ordered condition oF the nerves—that the particular form

which the illness will take depends to a great extent uponthe type of hand, as shown by the shape and mounts; so

that, within certain limits, the same sign on different hands,

in which different mounts predominate, may indicate

slightly different maladies of the same class, though the

real cause of the illness, in the first place, will be the samein each case.

THE LINE OF HEALTH 147

as at 19, Fig. 75; malignant fevers are indicated as at

c, Fig. 75, and malaria sometimes as at cl, Fig. 75.

It must loe borne in mind when considering the signs of

illnesses-more especially of those aHections due to a dis-

ordered condition of the nerves-that the particular form

which the illness will take depends to a great extent uponthe type of hand, as shown by the shape and mounts , so

that, Within certain limits, the same sign on different hands,in which different mounts predominate, may indicate

slightly different maladies of the same class, though thereal cause of the illness, in the first place, will be the same

in each case.

Page 154: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

CHAPTER X

OTHER LINES AND MARKS

The Girdle of Venus.—The girdle of Yenus, starting from

between the fingers of Jupiter and Saturn, sometimes ends

upon the percussion on the mount of Mercury, as at

h, Fig. 54, having in these cases almost the appearance of

another line of heart; and in other hands, starting in

the same way, ends between the fingers of Apollo and

Mercury, having then a semicircular form, as in Fig. 59.

It is sometimes clearly marked and unbroken as mFigs. 54 and 59; sometimes islanded, broken, or irregular,

as at d e, Fig. 60.

In the former instances it gives coldness and sensuality,

and in the latter greater capabilities for loving and of

suffering through love.

Those people in whom this line is islanded and broken

are passionate, intense in feeling, and need love, and will

often sacrifice their society lives to obtain it.

The girdle of Yenus in Fig. 59, clear cut, unbroken, and

encircling the two middle fingers, shows a very selfish, self-

centred nature ; and that, as at d g, Fig. 61, encircling the

two middle fingers, but very much broken and crossed,

indicates an impulsive, warm-hearted, impetuous, and often

erring character.

The worst type of the girdle of Yenus occurs when there

are two or even three single lines, as in Fig. 62. These

148

CHAPTER X

OTHER LINES AND MARKS

The Girdle of Venus.-The girdle of Venus, starting from

between the fingers of Jupiter and Saturn, sometimes ends

upon the percussion on the mount of Mercury, as at

6, Fig. 54, having in these cases almost the appearance of

another line of heart, and in other hands, starting in

the same way, ends between the iingers of Apollo and

Mercury, having then a semicircular form, as in Fig. 59.

It is sometimes clearly marked and unbroken as in

Figs. 541 and 59 5 sometimes islanded, broken, or irregular,as at cl e, Fig. GO.

In the former instances it gives coldness and sensuality,and in the latter greater capabilities for loving and of

suffering through love.

Those people in whom this line is islanded and broken

are passionate, intense in feeling, and need love, and will

often sacrifice their society lives to obtain it.

The girdle of Venus in Fig. 59, clear cut, unbroken, and

encircling the two middle fingers, shows a very selfish, self-

centred nature , and that, as at CZ g, Fig. 61, encircling the

two middle fingers, but very much broken and crossed,

indicates an impulsive, warm-hearted, impetuous, and often

erring character.

The worst type of the girdle of Venus occurs when there

are two or even three single lines, as in Fig. 62. These

143

Page 155: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

OTHER LINES AND MARKS 149

double or triple lines appear to have the effect, while

perhaps imparting genius, of giving a distorted and un-

natural turn to the affections, especially when found in the

hand of a true Mercury subject, and all persons of an

abnormal temperament are likely to have these lines.

It must be remembered that this line is not in itself

a sign of vice, though, of course, if found in a hand with

other bad signs, it would be so. Moreover, it is unlikely

that a subject possessing genius of any sort would be

without the girdle of Venus, for it adds power and

intensity to the character ; and even the worst significations

of this line become modified, and the evil tendencies much

lessened, if found in an otherwise good hand.

Of the signs upon the hand, as distinct from lines, there

are at least seven—viz., stars, squares, crosses, triangles,

islands, circles, and grilles.

Stars.—Stars are indications of extremes, both good and

bad. They generally show a great shock or surprise, which

may be either an unpleasant or a pleasant one, according

to the attendant lines upon the hand.

A star (or stars) on the mount of Jupiter, unconnected

with any other line or lines_, as in Fig. 59, indicates a

high worldly position. When there is one star on the

mount of Jupiter in the left hand, and two on the mount of

Jupiter in the right, the subject is likely to be born to a

title or very high position, but would, by inheritance or

marriage, succeed to a very much higher position before

death.

When the star is in the right hand only, and there are

no indications of a high position in the left, it may generally

be inferred that the subject has attained position or rank

through inheritance or marriage.

When found only in ilie left hand, not in the right, it is

OTHER LINES AND MARKS 149

double or triple lines appear to have the effect, while

perhaps imparting genius, of giving a distorted and un-

natural turn to the affections, especially when found in the

hand of a true Mercury subject, and all persons of an

abnormal temperament are likely to have these lines.

It must be remembered that this line is not in itself

a sign of vice, though, of course, if found in a hand with

other bad signs, it would be so. Moreover, it is unlikelythat a subject possessing genius of any sort would be

without the girdle of Venus, for it adds power and

intensity to the character, and even the worst significationsof this line become modified, and the evil tendencies much

lessened, if found in an otherwise good hand.

Of the signs upon the hand, as distinct from lines, there

are at least seven-viz., stars, squares, crosses, triangles,islands, circles, and grilles.

Stars.-Stars are indications of extremes, both good and

bad. They generally show a great shock or surprise, which

may be either an unpleasant or a pleasant one, accordingto the attendant lines upon the hand.

A star (or stars) on the mount of Jupiter, unconnected

with any other line or lines, as in Fig. 59, indicates a

high worldly position. Wlieii there is one star on the

mount of Jupiter in the left hand, and two on the mount of

Jupiter in the right, the subject is likely to be born to a

title or Very high position, but would, by inheritance or

marriage, succeed to a very much higher position before

death.

Wfhen the star is in the right hand only, and there are

no indications of a high position in the left, it may generallybe inferred that the subject has attained position or rank

through inheritance or marriage./Vhen found only in the left hand, not in the right, it is

Page 156: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

150 THE GRAVEN PALM

a sign tliat the subject eitlier did nothing to advance the

high position to which he was born, or did not carry out

the promise that his first years gave.

When there is an equal number of stars on both hands

on the mount of Jupiter, the

subject is born to, and will

attain, a very high position.

When the star is joined

on to the marriage cross

on the mount of Jupiter,

as at h, Fig. 99, it indicates

a very happy and

fortunatemarriage

.

When an ambition

or success line,

starting from the

line of life, ends

on the mount of

Jupiter in a star

(see h, Fig. 58), it

is a sign of great

success through in-

tellectual capacity,

and the point at which the

success line leaves the line of

life will indicate the age of

the subject at the time he

obtained his success.

A star on the mount of

Jupiter, formed partly by a branch-line from the line of

head, as at /, Fig. 60, is also a sign that the subject is

capable of excelling through intellectual ability.

A star on the inner part of tlie second phalange of the

Fig. 77.

150 THE GRAVEN PALM

a sign that the subject either did nothing to advance the

high position to which he was born, or did not carry out

the promise that his first years gave.

WVhen there is an equal number of stars on both hands

on the mount of Jupiter, the

subject is born to, and will

attain, a very high position."Then the star is joined

on to the marriage cross

on the mount ot Jupiter,as at lf, Fig. 99, it indicates

a very happy and

fortunate marriage.J/Vhen an ambition

or success line,

starting from the ff

line of lite, ends '

on the mount of"

/,

Jupiter in a star Z(see li, Fig. 58), it

is a sign of greatsuccess through in-

tellectual capacity,and the point at which tl1e

success line leaves the line of

lite will indicate the age of

the subject at the time he

obtained his success.

A star on the mount of

Jupiter, formed partly by a

l 'f

/'

fll l

' 1,1 ),~'

as

'

tlcet ` ,»

viii'/i 23 5;

ij'"

-

t 7~ /

/I 5 i hé /1 - 1 (

jf-\ jill

?

is

§

rl Z j, gl §Q Q

\. 7 '

\¥\FIG. 77.

branch-line from the line of

head, as at f, Fig. 60, is also a sign that the subject is

capable of excelling through intellectual ability.A star on the inner part ot the second phalange of the

Page 157: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

OTHER LINES AND MARKS 151

thumb, as at d, Fig. 58, is said to be an indication of great

wealth.

It will be generally found that a star on the line of

health in a woman's hand, at or near the junction with the

line of head (see a, Fig. 58),

means danger in child-birth,

particularly at the birth of

the first child.

Clearly marked stars on

the first joint of the finger

of Saturn, on the back of the

hand (see Fig. 77), indicate

that the subject has had

much to do with the manage-

ment of horses.

This sign will often

be found on the

hands of men and

women who are

trainers, owners of

stables, etc., and in-

timately connected

with the turf, so

far as horses are

concerned ; and I have found

this to be quite wonderfully

correct in cases of well- ^

known racing men whose Fig. 78.

hands I have read.

A large star upon the line of fate will often show the

death of one or both parents, but more usually so when

there is a shock accompanying the death, and when it is

followed by a complete change in the subject\s life (see g,

Fig. 60).

OTHER LINES AND MARKS 151

thumb, as at cl, Fig. 58, is said to be an indication of greatwealth.

It will be generally found that a star on the line of

health in a woman's hand, at or near the junction with the

line of head (see cz, Fig. 58),means danger in child-birth,

particularly at the birth of

the first child.:J

Clearly marked stars on ,,__,

the first joint of the finger 4:-'>

of Saturn, on the back of the -`_:__

hand (see Fig. 77), indicate ____.'::<.

that the subject has had""

_;`

much to do with the manage- _4 ¢_

_

ment of horses. 2'_

Q A

This sign will often Y

be found on the`

b C

hands of men and "

women who are X iff

trainers, owners of wa* 'H `

stables, etc., and in- I fi I ntimately connected ,l in

gg _

with the turf, so'I

l'iw

far as horses are

V

_

concerned; and I have found . /L I

_%this to be quite wonderfully

/--~ /

correct in cases of well-

known racing men whose FIG. 78.

hands I have read.

A large star upon the line of fate will often show the

death of one or both parents, but more usually so when

there is a shock accompanying the death, and when it is

followed by a complete change in the subject's life (see g,

Fig. 60).

Page 158: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

152 THE GRAVEN PALM

An instance is given in Fig. 78 of the sudden death of

a parent, occurring when the subject, then herself a young

girl, was lying dangerously ill with yellow fever (see fever

sign, k, on line of health, and square indicating complete

recovery) ; note also square

on line of fate, with break

following, showing a com-

plete change in the sub-

ject's life connected with

a voyage to a distant

country.

Other indications given

by stars will be moreconveniently

treated under

voyage lines,

influencelines, etc.,

later on.

It must be

borne in mind

that theseand all the

following lines are drawn,

in order to aid the student,

very much more distinctly

and consecutively than

they would appear on the

original hands.

An instance is given in Fig. 79 of a girl who lost

both parents at the age of twelve (see star, a), and

who, after a childhood of comparative wealth, as shown

by the line of fate commencing with a straight line,

at h, had for many years a life of hard work and

Fig. 79.

152 THE GRAVEN PALM

An instance is given in Fig. '78 of the sudden death of

a parent, occurring when the subject, then herself a young

girl, was lying dangerously ill with yellow fever (see fever

sign, k, on line of health, and square indicating complete

recovery) 3 note also square

on line of fate, with break

following, showing a coin-

plete change in the sub-

ject's life connected with¢-

-

.___,¢

5

a voyage to a distant 5'

country. _..,._

Other indications given 'ii i:

21`

by stars will be more

convenientlytreated under

' ,

K. `"'

..`_,_ _

i voyage lines,

V , I.i

Q gmminfluence jr 5,

' lines, etc., "J later on.

'

ei `/

lt must beci

borne in mindy y

that these r

Mand all the

following lines are drawn,'L

in order to aid the student, 6very inuch more distinctly _/Iand consecutively than

they would appear on the FIG, 79_

original hands.

An instance is given in Fig. 79 of a girl who lost

both parents at the age of twelve (see star, ob), and

who, after a childhood of comparative wealth, as shown

by the line of fate commencing with a straight line,

at li, had for many years a life of hard work and

Page 159: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

OTHER LINES AND MARKS 153

privation, this being" shown by the jagged and broken

lines d d.

The fate-line in this hand improves at about the age of

twenty-five, when her marriage takes place, and later in

life becomes very good. The great change in early life is

also shown by the star, e, and cross, /, on the mount of

Yenus at the same date.

Squares.—Squares indicate preservation from danger,

and never have an evil signification, except when found in

certain positions on the mount of Yenus. When found upon

any of the other mounts, unconnected with other lines upon

the hand, they accentuate the good qualities of that mount.

When a square surrounds a star it indicates protection

from the danger or shock threatened by the star. For

instance, in Fig. 58 the square surrounding the star upon

the mount of the Moon at g indicates that the subject was

preserved from some great danger on the water.

Squares enclosing breaks in the line of life have been

already referred to in Chapter lY.

There are, of course, moral squares of preservation, just

as there are stars caused by mental, as well as by physical,

shocks ; and this one must always bear in mind when inter-

preting a hand. This will be referred to again in Chapter XI.

Squares placed upon the mount of Yenus indicate im-

prisonment, or seclusion from the world from any cause

such as life in a convent or monastery, confinement in a

lunatic asylum or prison, etc. Connecting lines to other

parts of the hand will give the student a clue to the dis-

covery of the particular cause for seclusion in each case.

Squares on this mount are also connected with active

service, and with lawsuits (see Chapter XI.)

.

Crosses.—There are two kinds of crosses : the first kind is

shown in Fig. 63. Those Sit d d indicate a change of

OTHER LINES AND MARKS 153

privation, this being shown by the jagged and broken

lines fl d.

The fate-line in this hand improves at about the age of

twenty-five, when her marriage takes place, and later in

life becomes very good. The great change in early life is

also shown by the star, e, and cross, f, on the mount of

Venus at the same date.

Squares.-Squares indicate preservation from danger,and never have an evil signification, except when found in

certain positions on the mount of Venus. When found upon

any of the other mounts, unconnected with other lines uponthe hand, they accentuate the good qualities of that mount.

Wlien a square surrounds a star it indicates protectionfrom the danger or shock threatened by the star. For

instance, in Fig. 58 the square surrounding the star uponthe mount of the Moon at eq indicates that the subject was

preserved from some great danger on the water.

Squares enclosing breaks in the line of life have been

already referred to in Chapter TV.

There are, of course, moral squares of preservation, justas there are stars caused by mental, as well as by physical,shocks ; and this one must always bear in mind when inter-

preting a hand. This will be referred to again in Chapter Xl.

Squares placed upon the mount of Venus indicate im-

prisonment, or seclusion from the world from any cause~

such as life in a convent or monastery, confinement in a

lunatic asylum or prison, etc. Connecting lines to other

parts of the hand will give the student a clue to the dis-

covery of the particular cause for seclusion in each case.

Squares on this mount are also connected with active

service, and with lawsuits (see Chapter

Crosses.-There are two kinds of crosses : the first kind is

shown in Fig. 63. Those at cl cl indicate a change of

Page 160: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

154 THE GRAVEN PALM

circumstances or abode, and are placed either just outside

the line of life, or at the side of the line of fate. Similar

crosses found on small chance lines—such as voyage lines,

influence lines, etc.—indicate changes.

The cross on the mount of Jupiter, as at h, Fig. 63, is

supposed to indicate a happy marriage.

A cross, as at c, found on the mount of Mercury, is

called by some the scribbler's cross, and shows a great

facility in writing.

The cross which signifies that the subject will be the

means of saving life (or the Victoria Cross) is shown at e.

It is placed between the line of life, at the base of the

mount of Venus, and the line of fate. If this cross is found

only in the left hand it is an indication that the distinction

is likely to be deserved or gained in early life ; if only in

the right hand, that it will occur later in life. When the

cross is shown in both hands the subject should be the

means of saving many lives, and I have found this to be

correct upon several occasions.

Before the South African War, I told two officers who

consiilted me that I thought, judging by this cross and

other signs, that they would receive the Victoria Cross,

and this prophecy was fulfilled in both cases.

The second kind of cross—the straight or rectangular, as

seen in Fig. 64—is generally a sign of death or misfortune,

or bears some other evil signification.

Those surrounded by the leaf-shaped island on the mount

of Venus, within the line of life, as at a, generally indicate

the death of a very near relation, or a husband or

wife; and those at h h would also indicate deaths much

felt.

The cross on the mount of Saturn at c, Fig. 64, signifies

danger from fire (for further illustrations of this see pp. 169

and 170). The same cross on the mount of Mercury (see d)

154 THE GRAVEN PALM

circumstances or abode, and are placed either just outside

the line of life, or at the side of the line of fate. Similar

crosses found on small chance lines-such as voyage lines,

influence lines, etc.-indicate changes.The cross on the mount of Jupiter, as at li, Fig. 63, is

supposed to indicate a happy marriage.A cross, as at r, found on the mount of Mercury, is

called by some the scribbler's cross, and shows a great

facility in Writing.The cross which signifies that the subject Will be the

means of saving life (or the Victoria Cross) is shown at e.

It is placed between the line of life, at the base of t-he

mount of Venus, and the linc of fate. If this cross is found

only in the left hand it is an indication that the distinction

is likely to be deserved or gained in early life, if only in

the right hand, that it will occur later in life. Vhen the

cross is shown in both hands the subject should be the

means of saving many lives, and T have found this to be

correct upon several occasions.

Before the South African VVar, l told two officers who

consulted nie that T thought, judging by this cross and

other signs, that they would receive the Victoria Cross,

and this prophecy was fulfilled in both cases.

The second kind of cross-the straight or rectangular, as

seen in Fig. G4-is generally a sign of death or misfortune,

or bears some other evil signification.Those surrounded by the leaf-shaped island on the mount

of Venus, within the line of life, as at ou, generally indicate

the death of a very near relation, or a husband or

wife; and those at Fi Zi would also indicate deaths much

felt.

The cross on the mount of Saturn at c, Fig. 64, signifies

danger from fire (for further illustrations of this see pp. 169

and 170). The same cross on the mount of Mercury (see ol)

Page 161: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

OTHER LINES AND MARKS 155

is supposed to be an indication that the subject is dishonest;

but this should, of course, be taken in conjunction with

other signs before arriving at a decision. And a similar

cross on the mount of the Moon, if attached to a sloping

head-line, as at e, is supposed to show that he is untruthful.

But these signs must not be relied upon without further

confirmation.

A cross on the second phalange of Saturn, as at/. Fig. 64,

on the side nearest the Apollo finger, is said to indicate a

change of religion ; and many small, badly marked crosses in

the same place are supposed to indicate a state of mind waver-

ing and much unsettled with regard to doctrine. But I havefound that the only true method of arriving at a knowledgeof the condition of mind, religious or otherwise, is to study

the lines on the mount of Venus, as will be shown later.

The Triangle.—The triangle, wherever found upon the

hand, is a sign of mental capacity, or, more properly

speaking, of finesse and diplomatic talent ; but, taken in its

worse sense, it gives the subject great capabilities for

entering upon negotiations favourable to himself alone.

In fact, a subject whose hand has many triangles will be

sure to succeed through tact and diplomacy, as he will

continually keep an eye on the main chance.

Thus, subjects who have a triangle, as at li, Fig. 21, in

connection with a line of influence, g g (see Chapter XI.), will

undoubtedly be guided more by their heads than by their

hearts with reference to that particular friendship.

It must be remembered that the triangle should be dis-

tinct, and not be made by lines from other parts of the

hand, which would have definite meanings of their own;thus, the triangle, /, would indicate the diplomatic inter-

ference of a third party, h k, with the friend indicated

by r r.

A triangle on the mount of Jupiter connected with a star

OTHER LINES AND MARKS 155

is supposed to be an indication that the subject is dishonest;but this should, of course, be taken in conjunction with

other signs before arriving at a decision.'

And a similar

cross on the mount of the Moon, if attached to a slopinghead-line, as at 0, is supposed to show that he is untruthful.

But these signs must not be relied upon Without further

confirmation.

A cross on the second phalange of Saturn, as at-f, Fig. 64,on the side nearest the Apollo finger, is said to indicate a

change of religion ; and many small, badly marked crosses in

the same place are supposed to indicate a state of mind Waver-

ing and much unsettled with regard to doctrine. But I have

found that the only true method of arriving at at knowledgeof the condition of mind, religious or otherwise, is to studythe lines on the mount of Venus, as will be shown later.

The Triangle.-The triangle, Wherever found upon the

hand, is a sign of mental capacity, or, more properlyspeaking, of finesse and diplomatic talent; but, taken in its

Worse sense, it gives the subject great capabilities for

entering upon negotiations favourable to himself alone.

In fact, a subject Whose hand has many triangles will be

sure to succeed through tact and diplomacy, as he will

continually keep an eye on the main chance.

Thus, subjects who have a triangle, as at 71, Fig. 21, in

connection with a line of influence, g g (see Chapter Xl), will

undoubtedly be guided more by their heads than by their

hearts with reference to that particular friendship.It must be remembered that the triangle should be dis-

tinct, and not be made by lines from other parts of the

hand, which would have definite meanings of their own ;

thus, the triangle, j, would indicate the diplomatic inter-

ference of a third party, lc lc, with the friend indicated

by 0* on

A triangle on the mount of Jupiter connected with a star

Page 162: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

156 THE GRAVEN PALM

(see d, Fig. 21), is a sign that the subject has gained

success through tact. This sign will often be found on the

hands of successful politicians ; and in the hands of their

wives there will frequently be found the triangle in con-

nection with the marriage cross on Jupiter (see e, Fig. 69),

clearly denoting their husband's political career.

In the case of a woman who has been diplomatic in

gaining a husband, there will often be a line of communica-

tion, as at h c, Fig. 76, from the influence line, ?> &, to a

triangle and star on the mount of Jupiter.

Islands.—Islands, wherever found, as I shall hope to make

clear by many small illustrations, always have a bad or

unfortunate signification.

Those which indicate physical disaster are usually

inclined to be of a diamond or leaf shape, as in Fig. 76,

and appear to commence when the line proper ceases:

those indicating moral failings are of varying shapes:

some, as shown at g, Fig. 74, have the appearance

of being made by the addition of another curved line

to the main line, while others are round, long, pointed,

or doubled, as the case may be. But, in fact, the

shapes of islands differ immensely in different hands,

and no infallible rule can be laid down as regards their

formation. Very tiny islands, placed horizontally across

the line of life, indicate a suicidal frame of mind at the

dates when the islands occur (see//, Fig. 21); but it is not

at all probable that suicide will really take place when this

mark only is shown, unless there is a complete break in the

line of life at the same time.

Islands have been already noticed in connection

with hysteria, and they will be further treated of in

Chapter XLSome islands, however, may be only danger signals,

which will entirely disappear if the danger, mental or

156 THF] GRAVEN PALM

(see (Z, Fig. 21), is a sign that the subject has gainedsuccess through tact. This sign will often be found on the

hands of successful politicians ; and in the hands of their

wives there will frequently be found the triangle in con-

nection with the marriage cross on Jupiter (see e, Fig. 69),

clearly denoting their husband's political career.

In the case of a woman who has been diplomatic in

gaining a husband, there will often be a line of communica-

tion, as at D v, Fig. '76, from the influence line, b b, to a

triangle and star on the mount of Jupiter.

Islands.-Islands, wherever found, as I shall hope to make

clear by many small illustrations, always have a bad or

unfortunate signification.Those which indicate physical disaster are usually

inclined to be of a diamond or leaf shape, as in Fig. 76,

and appear to commence when the line proper ceases;

those indicating moral failings are of Varying shapes:

some, as shown at g, Fig. 711, have the appearance

of being made by the addition of another curved line

to the main line, while others are round, long, pointed,or doubled, as the case may be. But, in fact, the

shapes of islands differ immensely in different hands,

and no infallible rule can be laid down as regards their

formation. Very tiny islands, placed horizontally across

the line of life, indicate a suicidal frame of mind at the

dates when the islands occur (seefj, Fig. 21), but it is not

at all probable that suicide will really take place when this

mark only is shown, unless there is a complete break in the

line of life at the same time.

Islands have been already noticed in connection

with hysteria, and they will be further treated of in

Chapter Xl.

Some islands, however, may be only danger signals,which will entirely disappear if the danger, mental or

Page 163: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

OTHER LINES AND MARKS 157

physical, is averted ; and islands, due to imagination merely,

are constantly found upon the hands of extremely sensitive

and highly strung people, indicating the fear of things

mental or physical—such as

scandals, operations, etc.

which may never occur ; and

in this latter case, the island

would often entirely disappear

later on.

Islands also indicate periods

of trouble ; for instance, an

island going from the mount

of Venus to-

wards the mount

of Apollo would

be likely to in-

dicate moneytrouble, possibly

accompanied by

scandal; anisland going to

the mount of

Mars (as Marsgoverns law and family

affairs, as well as warfare)

would, in the same way,

indicate danger of law

trouble or trouble with

relations ; and a large-

sized island crossing the

hand from Yenus to Mars, when attached to a husband^s

(or wife's) influence line on the mount of Yenus, would in-

dicate divorce, or at least great likelihood of it.

Times of religious difficulty are often marked by an

Fig. 80.

OTHER LINES AND MARKS 157

physical, is averted ; and islands, due to imagination merely,are constantly found upon the hands of extremely sensitive

and highly strung people, indicating the fear of thingsmental or physical-such as

scandals, operations, etc.-

Which may never occur ; and

in this latter case, the island

would often entirely disappear*_-4

._,.>_

¢

later on."<' 3'-

Islands also indicate periods ;

of trouble ; for instance, an _::'TJ'

<`.

`

,

island going from the mount -4 ;"W

of Venus to-

wards the mount -

Z,-

_7("

of Apollo would_

_

5

be likely to in- Ag/A ,/ me "

dicate money`

ly' ,

i

trouble, possibly K/', ` accompanied by

'

4scandal; an

( & 7"island going to lithe mount of by l '

`

Mars (as Mars _` lV l

governs law and familyi ll CL

affairs, as well as warfare)'

/would, in the same Way,

'F

_/ /_,

indicate danger of law " trouble or trouble with "'/relations ; and a large- FIC" 90_

sized island crossing the

hand from Venus to Mars, when attached to a husband's

(or Wife's) influence line on the mount of Venus, would in-

dicate divorce, or at least great likelihood of it.

Times of religious difficulty are often marked by an

Page 164: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

158 THE GRAVEN PALM

island, unattached to any influence line on Yenus, going

towards Saturn, connected with another line tending

towards Jupiter (religion) ; if there is no branch towards

Jupiter, a time of any other mental doubt or difficulty is

more likely to be indicated. In the same way, an island, un-

attached to an influence line, going from Venus to the

Moon, would be likely to mean anxiety or trouble in con-

nection with another country, or anything connected with

the sea or water ; whereas, if the same islanded line is

attached to an influence line on Venus, it would have other

interpretations—such as scandal, or anxiety about drink, in

connection with the influence. This method can be applied

in the same manner to islands on any part of the hand

e.g., an island (see a a, Fig. 80) from the Moon to Apollo

can generally be interpreted as indicating money trouble and

difficulty in connection with another country, the mount of

Apollo governing money, and the mount of the Moon govern-

ing countries over the sea. Several illustrations of such

islands are shown in Fig. 80, where, however, all the islands

are connected with influence lines (indicating friends or

relations, see Chapter XL), except that from the mount of

the Moon to the mount of Apollo.

It must be borne in mind that, when the islands have no

influence lines attached to them on the mount of Venus, the

trouble ife caused by things, and not by people.

Bracelets.—The bracelets, or rascettes, are those lines on

the wrist shown in Fig. 74, sit d d and e e. To have three

perfectly formed bracelets is supposed to be a sign that the

subject will be very lucky and successful all through

life.

It is not usual to have more than two, and these are

often broken, as at d, Fig. 74 ; when chained, as at e, it is

supposed to betoken a long life of toil.

158 THE GRAVEN PALM

island, unattached to any influence line on Venus, goingtowards Saturn, connected with another line tendingtowards Jupiter (religion), if there is no branch towards

Jupiter, a time of any other inental doubt or ditliculty is

more likely to be indicated. In the same way, an island, un-

attached to an influence line, going from Venus to the

Moon, would be likely to inean anxiety or trouble in con-

nection with another country, or anything connected with

the sea or water; whereas, if the same islanded line is

attached to an inlluence line on Venus, it would have other

interpretations-such as scandal, or anxiety about drink, in

connection with the influence. This method can be appliedin the saine nianner to islands on any part of the hand-

e.g., an island (see ct ct, Fig. 80) from the Moon to Apollocan generally be interpreted as indicating inoney trouble and

ditliculty in connection with another country, the mount of

Apollo governing inoney, and the mount of the Moon govern-

ing countries over the sea. Several illustrations of such

islands are shown in Fig. 80, where, however, all the islands

are connected with inliuence lines (indicating friends or

relations, see Chapter XL), except that from the inount of

the Moon to the niount of Apollo.It must be borne in inind that, when the islands have no

iniluence lines attached to thein on the inount of Venus, the

trouble is caused by things, and not by people.

Bracelets.-The bracelets, or rascettes, are those lines on

the wrist shown in Fig. 74, at cl ol and c e. To have three

perfectly formed bracelets is supposed to be a sign that the

subject will be very lucky and successful all throughlife.

It is not usual to have more than two, and these are

often broken, as at cl, Fig. 745 when chained, as at e, it is

supposed to betoken a long life of toil.

Page 165: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

OTHER LINES AND MARKS 159

There is an old saying that the three bracelets denote

health, wealth, and happiness, and that the subject whopossesses a fourth bracelet is likely to have great wealth.

I have seen as many as five of these lines on one wrist,

but this, of course, is extremely unusual.

The Line of Presentiment.—There will nearly always be

found on the hands of those people who have any leaning

towards occult sciences a curved line rising on the mount

of the Moon, and ending near the line of heart, as at

//, Fig. 74. Those who possess this line generally have

the gift of presentiment^ and always have great intuitive

power.

Ring of Solomon.—The ring of Solomon is found, though

very rarely, at the base of the finger of Jupiter (see g g,

Fig. 64), and is also supposed to give great occult

power.

A combination of these two lines in certain types of

hands, not otherwise inclined to occultism, gives great

common sense and clear judgment in worldly affairs,

combined with much imagination and superior intellectual

gifts.

Attachment Line.—Aty^ Fig. 35, is shown the attachment

line on the Mercury percussion. This line w411 be discussed

more fully in Chapter XL

The Old Maid's Line.—I have sometimes found on the

hands of elderly women, who have never married, a line

starting from the attachment line on the Mercury percussion

and curving round the little finger, as at d d, Fig. 67. It

will also be found that when the attachment lines (as at

g. Fig. 55) are barred by one deep strong line, //, the

subject is never likely to marry, especially if this occurs

in both hands.

OTHER LINES AND MARKS 159

There is an old saying that the three bracelets denote

health, Wealth, and happiness, and that the subject Who

possesses a fourth bracelet is likely to have great Wealth.

I have seen as many as five of these lines on one Wrist,but this, of course, is extremely unusual.

The Line of Presentilnent.-There Will nearly always be

found on the hands of those people who have any leaningtowards occult sciences a curved line rising on the mount

of the Moon, and ending ,near the line of heart, as at

ff, Fig. 74. Those who possess this line generally have

the gift of presentiment, and always have great intuitive

power.

Ring of Solomon.-The ring of Solomon is found, thoughvery rarely, at the base of the finger of Jupiter (see g g,

Fig. 64), and is also supposed to give great occult

power.A combination of these two lines in certain types of

hands, not otherwise inclined to occultism, gives greatcommon sense and clear judgment in Worldly affairs,combined with much imagination and superior intellectual

gifts.

Attachment Line.--At Fig. 35, is shown the attachment

line on the Mercury percussion. This line will be discussed

more fully in Chapter Xl.

The Old Maid's Line.-I have sometimes found on the

hands of elderly Women, who have never married, a line

starting from the attachment line on the Mercury percussionand curving round the little finger, as at cl CZ, Fig. 67. It

will also be found that when the attachment lines (as at

g, Fig. 55) are barred by one deep strong line, f f, the

subject is never likely to marry, especially if this occurs

in both hands.

Page 166: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

160 THE GRAVEN PALM

The Doctor's Mark.—In Fig. 21 are given at e, on tlie

mount of Mercury, the two straight lines which are always

supposed to indicate that the possessor is suited by nature to

be a doctor. This will be frequently found to be correct

;

and these marks will also be found upon the hands of

women who are fitted by nature to be nurses or lady

doctors.

A friend of mine, an amateur palmist, told me the other

day that he had sometimes noticed these lines on the

hands of barbers, and it is a curious fact that doctors and

barbers among the natives of India belong to one caste.

This suggests a wide field for occult investigation.

Ring of Saturn.—The ring of Saturn, encircling the

middle finger, as at h h, Fig. 55, gives a love of mysticism.

Voyage Lines.—Voyage lines are always to be looked for

at the percussion, or side of the hand, on the mount of the

Moon. They are reckoned upwards from the wrist to about

the centre of the hand (see e to/ on Fig. 54).

By counting these lines the student will be able to tell

the number of voyages which the subject will take during

his life.

These lines are, of course, of different lengths, indicating

shorter or longer voyages. Some are Yerj clearly and dis-

tinctly marked, others less clearly, according to the type of

hand in which they are found ; and the distances between

the lines indicate the number of months or years which

have, or will, elapse between each voyage.

For instance, a line as at h, Fig. 71, would indicate a

voyage taken in very early life, and that at c would show

a long voyage taken late in life.

There will often be found, in the case of a very long

voyage, a communicating line—such as d e, Fig. 71—starting

from the line of life at d, and meeting the voyage line on

160 THE GRAVEN PALM

The Doctor's Mark.-In Fig. 21 are given at e, on the

mount of Mercury, thc two straight lines which are always

supposed to indicate that the possessor is suited by nature to

be a doctor. This will be frequently found to be correct 5

and these marks will also be found upon the hands of

women who are fitted by nature to be nurses or ladydoctors.

A friend of mine, an amateur palmist, told me the other

day that he had sometimes noticed these lines on the

hands of barbers, and it is a curious fact that doctors and

barbers among the natives of India belong to one caste.

This suggests a wide Held for occult investigation.

Ring of Saturn.-The ring of Saturn, encircling the

middle Hnger, as at it h, Fig. 55, gives a love of mysticism.

Voyage Lines.--Voyage lines are always to be looked for

at the percussion, or side of the hand, on the mount of the

Moon. They are reckoned upwards from the wrist to about

the centre of the hand (see e to on Fig. 54).

By counting these lines the student will be able to tell

the number of voyages which the subject will take duringhis life.

These lines are, of course, of different lengths, indicatingshorter or longer voyages. Some are very clearly and dis-

tinctly marked, others less clearly, according to the type of

hand in which they are found , and the distances between

the lines indicate the number of months or years which

have, or will, elapse between each voyage.

For instance, a line as at Ii, Fig. '71, would indicate a

voyage taken in very early life, and that at c would show

a long voyage taken late in life.

There will often be found, in the case of a very long

voyage, a communicating line-such as ol e, Fig. 71-startingfrom the line of life at cl, and meeting the voyage line on

Page 167: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

OTHER LINES AND MARKS 161

the percussion at e. The point d, at which this line startedfrom the line of life, would indicate the date at which thevoyage was taken.

Double lines (as shown at //, Fig. 71) will be found toindicate a voyage abroad

and a return voyage, with-

out a long period of resi-

dence in the country to

which the subject had gone.

An islanded voyage line

(see g. Fig. 71), would showthat some trouble or scandal

was connected with that

voyage.

Lines on the

lower part of

the mount of

the Moon, as

in Fig. 81, in-

dicate landjourneys, andwill often be

joined on to

a voyageline, such as c, showingthat the subject's voyagewas followed by a long

overland journey, orvice versa.

It will also be foundthat squares on the lower

part of the mount of the Moon often indicate preservationfrom drowning when crossing some inland water, such asrivers or lakes (see d e, Fig. 81).

11

Fig. 81.

OTHER LINES AND MARKS 161

the percussion at c. The point cl, at which this line startedfrom the line of life, would indicate the date at which the

voyage was taken.

Double lines (as shown at Fig. 71) will be found toindicate a voyage abroad

and a return Voyage, with-

out a long period of resi-

dence in the country to

which the subject had gone.An islanded voyage line

(see g, Fig. 71), would showthat some trouble or scandal

was connected with that

L."/-_

,__....--

~_z.,__

_ `,,

Q."

voyage.S,

Lines on the_A

lower part of `

/ lb Fthe inount of

"

the Moon, as '

'gf'

/_

in Fig. 31, in_ ' 0/

dicate land . Q

journeys, and / Z7will often be /joined on to

/

a V o y a g e

line, such as c, showingthat the subject's voyagewas followed by a longoverland journey, or

vice Versa.

lt will also be foundthat squares on the lower

rf/Q'»C

7/'

FIG. 81.

part of the mount of the Moon often indicate preservationfrom drowning when crossing some inland water, such as

rivers or lakes (see cl e, Fig. 81).11

Page 168: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

IQ2 THE GEAVEN PALM

A voyage which has proved disastrous will often have

a star upon its line at one point or another (see/, Fig. 82),

either with or without a square; as also will a line showing

a disastrous land journey (see d in the same figure). When

accompanied by a square the

star may only mean a great

scare without real danger,

and the same may be said of

stars surrounded by squares

elsewhere in the hand.

It is a curious fact that,

in the case of some few

people, who have travelled

enormously, their

voyages, after the

first few years,

make little or no

impression upon

their hand. This

is, of course, to be

directly attributed

to the type of hand

e.g., a phlegmatic man

is not much alfected by

changes mentally, and

therefore the events of

his life will make little

or no impression upon his

hand.i i -u i •

Again, there are many instances in which the hand is

marked with an event which appears to have been entirely

erased from the memory. I was once particularly struck

by this I said to my client :- A great deal seems to have

happened in your life at the age of thirty. It is marked

Fig. 82.

162 THE GERAVEN PALM

A voyage which has proved disastrous will often have

a star upon its line at one point or another (see f, Fig. 82),

either with or without a square ; as also will a line showing

a disastrous land journey (see

accompanied by a square the

star may only mean a greatscare Without real danger,

and the same may be said of

stars surrounded by squares

elsewhere in the hand.

lt is a curious fact that,

in the case of some few

people, who have travelled

enormously, their

voyages, after the

iirst few years,

make little or noW

impression upon"

their hand. This

is, of course, to be

directly attributed

to the type of hand

-ag., a phlegmatic man

is not much affected by

changes mentally, and

therefore the events of

his life will make little

or no impression upon his

hand.

cl in the same iigure). 'When

_,_

_»¢»,,,

,4~';

...o _g»»»

- 11'.`

_

._~

&"' »-:"' "5L.

Lf ;*'¢..

4

"` ¥

? »

gf Q;

;/`~-

T

'

'u ,/i

ll6

0

8

f'

gs ig' g

/ ,

FIG. 82.

Again, there are many instances in which the hand is

marked with an event which appears to have been entirely

erased from the memory. I was once particularly struck

by this. I said to 1ny client :

happened in your life at the

"A great deal seems to have

age of thirty. It is marked

Page 169: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

OTHER LINES AND MARKS 163

as a very important time/^ He replied: ^^ No nothing'happened then." I said, - Are you sure ? it looks' as if youhad a long voyage at that time, and that disaster was con-nected with it- He then replied: "Oh yes, I believe I

was shipwrecked, whenvoyaging in the Pacific aboutthat time.-

In Fig. 50 there is givenan illustration taken from thehand of a man who, as a smallchild, passed through manyadventures and hairbreadthescapes during the Indian

Mutiny.

As will be seenby the star at a onhis line of fate, agreat upheaval in

his life occurred at

that date. The line

extending from thestar on to the

mount of the Moon indicatesa long landjourney, and thatterminates in a long seajourney at h, which showsthe first coming to Europe.Much wandering on land

.

is shown by the many smalllines crossmg and attached to the line of travel; and that adeath took place on the voyage home is shown by the crossat c. The square of preservation, d, and the other square at eshow that twice during the long land journey the subject^slite was m great danger ; and another star at f shows asecond shock.

Fig. 82a.

OTHER LINES AND MARKS 163

as a very important time." He replied :"

No, nothinghappened then." I said, " Are you sure ? it looks as if youhad a long voyage at that time, and that disaster was con-nected with it." He then replied: " Oh yes, I believe I

/4;

___,,-5_-

was shipwrecked, when

voyaging in the Pacific aboutthat time."

In Fig. 50 there is givenan illustration taken from thehand of a man who, as a small

2 child, passed through manyj

_Zi-'__` »». adventures and hairbreadth'

escapes during the Indianrf'ff Q; Mutiny.

/`

»'

§_; As will be seenJ by the star at ct on

his line of fate, a

W' f"' 'QA great upheaval inhis life occurred at

that date. The line

extending from thestar on to the

mount of the Moon indicatesa long land ourney, and that

&, »

terminates inalongseaE-,'

journey at b, which shows, the first coming to Europe.

FIG_ 82A_ Much wandering on landis shown by the many small

lines crossing and attached to the line of travel ; and that adeath took place on the voyage home is shown by the crossat c. The square of preservation, ci, and the other square at e,show that twice during the long land journey the subject'slife was in great danger; and another star at f shows asecond shock.

_

Page 170: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

164 THE GRAVEN PALM

The same interesting signs of his perils and escapes

were of course also shown at the commencement of his Ime

""

The study of all these smaller lines upon the hand opens

out an enormous field for

research in the future, for

it is perfectly marvellous

to consider what may be

told by a careful examina-

tion of them, and I often

feel that I would like to

spend the whole day read-

ing one hand, and that,

even then, there

would probably

be much more

that could be

unravelled.

Another illus-

tration is given

in Fig. 84.

The line, d n,

on the mount of

the Moon, con-

nected with the line of

fate, indicates that the

subject, when young,

took a long sea

voyage ; that on the

voyage there were

many dangers is shown

by the star and square of preservation. An escape from.

some great danger is also shown by the square at r on

the line p, the lines pp indicating land journeys; and the

Fig. 83.

164 THE GRAVEN PALM

The same interesting signs of his perils and escapes

were of course also shown at the commencement of his line

of life.

The study of all these smaller lines upon the hand opens

out an enormous field for

research in the future, for _

it is perfectly marvellous T,

to consider what may be'

-_

told loy a careful examina- _ f,; ""'

tion of them, and I often y

feel that T would like to____

spend the_Whole day read- '*Q;1

ing one hand, and that,

even then, there I

would probably ,fjf ?';

he much more

i '

that could be 6

i

unravelled. I

f A "

_

Another illus- ` , I

f

tration is given " in Fig. 84. _ -

The line, ol fa,

' on the mount of ral

rb

the Moon, con-

/ii

nected with the line of _

fate, indicates that the m/subject, when young,

took a long sea~.-

3 Z

voyage; that on the __

/

voyage there were FIG_83_

many dangers is shown

by the star and square of preservation. An escape from

some great danger is also shown by the square at 0" on

the line p, the lines pp indicating land journeys ; and the

a

Page 171: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

OTHER LINES AND MARKS 165

death cross at 5 shows that a death occurred on one of these

journeys.

Instances of death, preservation from danger, shock, andtrouble or scandal, when the

subject is on a voyage, are

given at h, I, m, n, Fig. 83.

It may seem impossible to

one who has never before

studied palmistry on these

lines to believe that such

minute details of events can

really be found

upon the hand,

and interpreted

so fully. My ad-

vice to students

is: obtain a

really goodstrong magnify-

ing glass and

carefully andminutely study

the hands of all

those whom you meet, andthough in nine hands youmay not find those minutemarks, you will do so in

the tenth, to your own andhis complete satisfaction ^ig. 84.

and astonishment.

Circles, wherever found upon the hand, indicate blind-ness either to the subject himself or to those with whoselives he is much concerned. These signs are not frequentlyseen, but when found are quite to be depended upon.

OTHER LINES AND MARKS 165

death cross at Stshows that a death occurred on one of these

journeys.Instances of death, preservation from danger, shock, and

trouble or scandal, when the

subject is on a voyage, are

given at lc, Z, m, fn, Fig. 83.

It may seem impossible to__

one who has never before"-`

studied palmistry on these '74~>~

lines to believe that such 7:. . "`

minute details of events can _-'I"'

_"_ ,;

,-

, `_`_,

-4 ;_»-really be found

upon the hand,and interpreted "vs_

so fully. My ad-

vice to students

<,..~

`..'

A- / ,L

,

V

~``F

~ sfi* Qis: obtain a

'

"i

r e a l l y g o o d t

strong magnify- "

ing glass and

carefully and

minutely studythe hands of all

'A '_ -those Whom you meet, and (| ,_

H'

though in nine hands you'D

may not find those minute /5_.// K

marks, you will do so in the tenth, to your own and

_

/his complete satisfaction F1G_ 34_and astonishment.

Circles, Wherever found upon the hand, indicate blind-ness either to the subject himself or to those with whoselives he is much concerned. These signs are not frequentlyseen, but when found are quite to be depended upon.

Page 172: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

166 THE GRAVEN PALM

Several instances are shown in Fig. 84. For example,

the point a indicates the age at which the subject

began to lose his eyesight, and the point h the age at

which he became totally blind.

These circles are sometimes

/'^ very small and indefinitely

' marked, as at d, but a strong

magnifying glass will always

help one to determine whether

such a mark is a sign of blind-

ness or not.

The circle e upon the line

of heart indicates

that there is great

danger that the

subject may some

day lose his eye-

sight.

A branch line

from the heart,

with a circle, /,

upon it, indicates

that one much loved by the

subject is blind.

In the hand of a lady, the

date at which her husband

became blind was shown by

the circle, g, upon his line

of influence, she being about thirty years of age at that time.

In Fig. 85 is shown the hand of a lady who had a very

severe accident at the age of thirty. The accident is shown

by the break, a, on the line of life, enclosed in a square of

preservation, and also by the break and square in the line

of health at h. She escaped fracture of the skull by a

Fig. 85.

166 THE GRAVEN PALM

Several instances are shown in Fig. 84. For example,the point 0. indicates the age at which the subject

began to lose his eyesight, and the point b the age at

which he became totally blind.

These circles are sometimes

very small and indefinitely.

'

__

marked, as at LZ, but a strong

`_~

Q"

=§_'magnifying glass Will always

"

help one to determine Whether

, ' such a mark is a sign of blind-

V; `,._. ness or not.

Q? The circle 0 upon the line

,_2*/ /./5-75" ==__'of heart indicates

/

» /"`

that there is great

CL danger that the

f§ subject may some

day lose his eye-'V sight.A branch line

5 from the heart,with a circle, f,upon it, indicates

that one much loved by the

_,subject is blind.

-__ .1

7'

-`: ..// In the hand of a lady, the

*

date at which her husband

FIC" S5_became blind was shown bythe circle, g, upon his line

of influence, she being about thirty years of age at that time.

In Fig. 85 is shown the hand of a lady who had a very

severe accident at the age of thirty. The accident is shown

by the break, a, on the line of life, enclosed in a square of

preservation, and also by the break and square in the line

of health at b. She escaped fracture of the skull by a

Page 173: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

OTHER LINES AND MARKS 167

miracle, but lost the sight of one eye, and this is most

clearly shown by the line of communication from the square

on the line of life to the half-circle, d, on the line of heart.

The half -circle apparently

indicates the loss of one eye

only, as in cases of total blind-

ness I have always found a

complete circle.

Grilles.—An illustration of a

grille has already been given in

Fig. 34. Occasionally a grille

near the line of

life, appearinglike a succession

of small crosses,

and connectedwith the line of

head, wherethere is a some-

what similar ap-

pearance, indi-

cates a change

of religion at

that period in the life

of the subject (see a h,

Fig. 86), where the sub-

ject would be from twenty-

three to twenty-five years

of age ; especially if in

the same hand is found

the cross upon the inner side of the first phalange of thefinger of Saturn, as at d.

When there are lines of communication from the line at

the base of the thumb to the grille, as e e, it is a sign that

Fig. 86.

OTHER LINES ANI) MARKS 167

miracle, but lost the sight of one eye, and this is niost

clearly shown by the line of connnunioation from the squareon the line of life to the hcclf-c'fi1'cle, cl, on the line of heart.

The half-circle apparentlyindicates the loss of one eye

only, as in cases of total blind-, 1,

ness I have always found aTv

complete circle.,

"_"

Grilles.-An illustration of a -T-_

grille has already been given in ;

i

Fig. 34. Occasionally a grille -5 3_,_

__

near the line of` 1; "

life, appearing__

like a succession__,

_

"`

of small crosses, 1; '

and connected ~

, '

/"7

with the line of& wi", /

head, where ff; yncthere is a sonie- »

What siniilar ap- ie

pearance, indi-

cates a changeof religion at

that period in the life

of the subject (see ct 5,Fig. 86), where the sub- `_/,ject would be from twenty- Mthree to twenty-five years _/of age; especially if in

FIG_ 86.the same hand is found

the Cross upon the inner side of the first phalange of the

finger of Saturn, as at cl.

When there are lines of communication from the line at

the base of the thumb to the grille, as ez 9, it is a sign that

Page 174: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

168 THE GRAVEN PALM

the change of religion is the cause of dissension between

the subject and his relations.

In Fig. 87 is given the line of fate on the hand of a lady

who had made a love marriage when quite young (see

line ff), and the only cause

of unhappiness in the first

years of her married life was

that she and her husband had

not the same religion.

This I found to be indi-

cated by the small lines

crossing her line of fate at h.

After a year or two the

husband was converted to

his w if e^s

views, and in

consequencethe marriagebecame ideally

happy, and re-

mained so for

a great manyyears, as is

shown by the husband's

line //, as sister line to

the line of fate.

In Fig. 88, a a a there

is also shown a period

of religious difficulty,

Jupiter indicating religion and Saturn uncertainty of

mind.

The square on the mount of Saturn, with a cross in the

centre, as at a, Fig. 89, is a very sure indication of fire, and a

curious instance taken from life is given in Fig. 87. In this

168 THE GFRAVEN PALM

the change of religion is tl1e cause of dissension between

the subject and his relations.

In Fig. 87 is given the line of fate on the hand of a ladywho had made a love marriage when quite young (seeline and the only cause

of unhappiness in the iirst '

years of her married life was

that she and her husband had¢-

,

not the same religion.This I found to be indi- >'»_

cated by the small lines_,_

crossing her line of fate at h. ff/ '== -;- _

/éa J

_"

After a year or two the

husband was converted to ~

his wife's ' ' f :_. . 4' ...Q

views, and in _V 'J \`consequence

-* fi »

. /I /fthe marriage /»

became ideallyI

I

happy, and re-

mained so for

a great many

years, as is

shown by the husband's

line f f, as sister line to

the line of fate. _/rIn Fig. 88, on 0, co there \

is also shown a period FIG_ 87.

of religious difficulty,Jupiter indicating religion and Saturn uncertainty of

mind.

The square on the mount of Saturn, with a cross in the

centre, as at ct, Fig. 89, is a very sure indication of fire, and a

curious instance taken from life is given in Fig. 87. In this

Page 175: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

OTHER LINES AND MARKS 169

case the influence line^aa,on the mount of Venusjndicates an

old family friend, and the star at the end shows that she passed

out of the subject's life suddenly; a line of communication,

b h, tells us where to look

for the cause j d shows us

the fire sign on the mountof Saturn, surrounded by

the square, which means

preservation to the sub-

ject herself; and we also

see the small star at e,

showing a

shock, onthe end of a

branch line

from the line

of heart, and

attached to

one corner of

the square.

The facts

of the case

were these :

The lady

whose hand I read was,

when a girl of about

twenty, confined to her

bed by an accident whichprevented her walking;

a lamp in the room ex-

ploded, and her nurse,

an old family friend, in endeavouring to extinguish the

flames, caught fire, and was burnt to death before her eyes,

before help could arrive.

Fig. 88.

OTHER LINES AND MARKS 169

case the influence line, LL cc, on the 1I1Ol111t of V611llS,lI](llC&tGS an

old faniilyfriend,and the star at the end shows that she passedout of the subject's life suddenly; a line of coinniunication,In Zi, tells us where to look

for the cause; cl shows us

the lire sign on the mount

of Saturn, surrounded bythe square, which means '32

`_

preservation to the sub- `Q

ject herself; and we also

see the sinall star at e,`_

:fL;'-_;-E;

showing a"" `

,shock, on

`

the end of a .,; 2 `;_'=' branch line JSE' '

u

'`_from the line ;' `;~

..

of heart, and

attached to F'one corner of

,

the square.The facts

of the case

were these :

The ladywhose hand I read was,when a girl of about

twenty, confined to herbed byan accident which T ` if iprevented her walking;

/`

a lamp in the rooin ex-

\ ._ - -:_

i "- .-»':/

_/,

FIG. 88.

ploded, and her nurse,an old fainily friend, in endeavouring to extinguish the

Haines, caught fire, and was burnt to death before her eyes,before help could arrive.

,

Page 176: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

170 THE GRAVEN PALM

In such cases there is often to be found a faint commu-

nicating line, as at h h, which, as it crosses the line of life,

gives the date in the life of the subject at which the acci-

dent occurred, or is likely to occur.

When two lines like these are found (see h h and c c.

Fig. 89) it is very likely

that the subject may twice

during his life suffer from

the effects of fire, though

not necessarily in a per-

sonal accident, if the line

of communication starts

from an inflence line, as

at c. Nor is there great

personal danger

to be appre-

hended, unless

the square is

altogether ab-

sent, and only

the cross on

the mount of

Saturn, with the

line of communicationfrom the line of life re-

mains; when, if there be

a break in the line of

life, as at c. Fig. S6, or j?ig, qQ.

an entire cessation of

the line, as in Fig. 88, the accident will be very likely to end

fatally.

Children's Lines.—Children are shown by the vertical

lines which cross the attachment lines on the Mercury

percussion.

170 ~ THE GRAVEN PALM

In such cases there is often to be found a faint commu-

nicating line, as at I) b, Which, it crosses the line of life,

gives the date in the life of the subject at which the acci-

dent occurred, or is likely to occur.

WVhen two lines like these are found (see Z1 b and c c,

Fig. 89) it is Very likelythat the subject may twice

during his life suffer from

the effects of fire, though .=,

not necessarily in a per-"'

sonal accident, if the line,__

of communication starts 7%-~

'§~

from an inflence line, as W'

¢

at C. Nor is there great`

3~./' `

personal danger ,-' KT

to be appre- U' T__ 7L'hended, unless

G /Q

the square isQ

altogether ab- f/

6sent, and onlythe cross on C

the mount of

Saturn, with the

line of communication

from the line of life re-

mains 5 when, if there be / a break in the line of

life, as at C, Fig. 86, or FIG" 39_

an entire cessation of

the line, as in Fig. 88, the accident will be very likely to end

fatally.Chi1dren's Lines.-Children are shown by the vertical

lines which cross the attachment lines on the Mercury

percussion.

Page 177: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

OTHER LINES AND MARKS 171

They do not as a rule begin further on the mount of

Mercury than the line e e, in Fig. 85, and can generally be

best seen when looking at the percussion from the side.

When the line is straight, long and clearly marked as at

e e, it indicates that the child is physically perfect, and will

in all probability live to be old.

If the line is broken in two, as at / /, Fig. 85, it will

in all probability indicate death to the child at the time

when the break occurs ; but I have sometimes found it

to indicate a great change in the child's life—such as

the second marriage of its mother at that age, in the

case where the marriage was greatly objected to by the

child.

If the child's line is good and straight, and extends some

way up the Mercury finger, as at li h, Fig. 79, it indicates

great success in life ; and if the line has a prong or branch,

as at y, it indicates marriage ; and when the sister line is

clear and good, a fortunate marriage. The dates of the

children's marriages can often by careful calculation be

ascertained fairly correctly by an examination of the

parents' hands.

As a general rule lines indicating boys are straight, and

those denoting girls are inclined to be curved, but no really

hard-and-fast rule can be laid down in the matter, and it is

one of the greatest difficulties in palmistry to decide the sex

of a child. If the line ends with a star, as at k. Fig. 79,

it will probably indicate the sudden death of the child ; but

if the star be only on the line, as at /, and not at the end,

some shock received by the child will be indicated, and not

death.!

A circle on the line, as at 7?^, indicates a blind child.

An island, as at n^ indicates a child who has an internal

complaint.

A line with a square upon it, as h, Fig. 89, shows that the

OTHER LINES AND MARKS 171

They do 11ot as a rule begin further on the mount of

Mercury than the line e 0, in Fig. 85, and can generally be

best seen when looking at tl1e percussion from the side.

Wlieii the line is straight, long and clearly marked as at

6 9, it indicates that the child is physically perfect, and will

in all probability live to be old.

If the line is broken in two, as at f, Fig. 85, it will

in all probability indicate death to the child at the time

when the break occurs, but I have sometimes found it

to indicate a great change in the child's life--such as

the second marriage of its mother at that age, in the

case where the marriage was greatly objected to by the

child.

If the child's line is good and straight, and extends some

way up the Mercury finger, as at ln iz, Fig. 79, it indicates

great success in life ; and if the line has a prong or branch,as at j, it indicates marriage, and when the sister line is

clear and good, a fortunate marriage. The dates of the

children's marriages can often by careful calculation be

ascertained fairly correctly by an examination of the

parents' hands.

As a general rule lines indicating boys are straight, and

those denoting girls are inclined to be curved, but no reallyhard-and-fast rule ca11 be laid down in the matter, and it is

one of the greatest difficulties in palmistry to decide the sex

of a child. If the line ends with a star, as at ls, Fig. 79,it will probably indicate the sudden death of the child , but

if the star be only on the line, as at Z, and not at the end,some shock received by the child will be indicated, and not

death!A circle on the line, as at m, indicates a blind child.

An island, as at QL, indicates a child who has an internal

complaint.A line with a square upon it, as lc, Fig. 89, shows that the

Page 178: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

172 THE GRAVEN PALM

child lias been preserved from death, either from an acci-

dent or from an operation ; if the latter, a small island will

accompany the square.

Lines, as at/ and y, indicate twins. Small breaks uponthe line often show illnesses, and small crosses changes.

An idiot child is indicated as at h.

When there is a square on the child's line, at the point

where the marriage line across the hand meets the attach-

ment line (see d, Fig. 89), there will be great danger to the

mother at the birth of that particular child, especially whenthere is a small square, as at e, upon the line of head- near

the marriage line.

Early in the year 1899, when reading the hand of anelderly man, I saw that the line of one of his children wasbroken, as at e, Fig. 1 00, and said :

" It looks to me as if

your son would meet with a serious accident, possibly a

wound in battle." He replied : ^^He may of course have anaccident, but I do not think he is likely to be engaged in

warfare, as he is a civilian in Johannesburg.'^ Some years

afterwards, when again reading the hand of this gentleman,

he reminded me of what I had said, and told me that his

son had been most seriously wounded during the SouthAfrican War.

172 THE GRAVEN PALM

child has been preserved from death, either from an acci-

dent or from an operation ; if the latter, a small island will

accompany the square.

Lines, as at if and j, indicate twins. Small breaks uponthe line often show illnesses, and small crosses changes.

An idiot child is indicated as at 71.'

W'hen there is a square on the child's line, at the pointwhere the marriage line across the hand meets the attach-

ment line (see cl, Fig. 89), there will be great danger to the

mother at the birth of that particular child, especially when

there is a small square, as at e, upon the line of head near

the marriage line.

Early in the year 1899, when reading the hand of an

elderly man, I saw that the line of one of his children was

broken, as at e, Fig. 100, and said: "It looks to me as if

your son would meet with a serious accident, possibly a

wound in battle." He replied : "He may of course have an

accident, but I do not think he is likely to be engaged in

warfare, as he is a civilian in Johannesburg." Some years

afterwards, when again reading the hand of this gentleman,he reminded me ot what I had said, and told me that hisson had been most seriously wounded during the SouthAfrican War.

Page 179: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

CHAPTER XI

THE MOUNT OF VENUS

The Mount of Venus.—When first starting professionally,

having hitherto practised palmistry only in the usual

amateur fashion, I found that the subject which interested

all my clients most deeply, and about which they all most

wished to hear, was that of love and marriage, with their

terminations—widowhood and divorce. I studied every

book which had, up to that date, been written upon the

subject of palmistry, only to find that, even in the works of

Desbarrolles—that past master in the science in many other

respects—there was little or no real help on these matters

;

and then, to my intense astonishment, I discovered that no

palmist had hitherto written about any of the numerous lines

with which the mount of Venus is so thickly covered in almost

every hand, and by the study of which we shall undoubtedly

find the key to lifers mysteries. I therefore studied this

mount and its markings, and I may truthfully say that

all my success as a palmist has been owing to my having

done so. The mount of Yenus on a clearly marked handcontains the whole life of the subject ; and, were I shownthis mount alone, with its attendant line of life, I could

give almost as correct a delineation of the events of the

subject^s life as if I saw the whole of his hand.

Of course, as I have before said in Chapter I., it is neces-

sary first to study the character of the subject, and thereby

173

CHAPTER XI

THE MOUNT OF VENUS

The Mount of Venus.-Wheii first starting professionally,having hitherto practised palmistry only in the usual

amateur fashion, I found that the subject which interested

all my clients most deeply, and about which they all most

wished to hear, was that of love and marriage, with their

terminations-Widowhood and divorce. I studied every

book which had, up to that date, been Written upon the

subject of palmistry, only to find that, even in the Works of

Desbarrolles-that past master in the science in many other

respects-there was little or no real help on these matters ;

and then, to my intense astonishment, I discovered that no

palmist had hitherto Written about any of the numerous lines

with which the mount of Venus is so thickly covered in almost

every hand, and by the study of which We shall undoubtedlyfind the key to life's mysteries. I therefore studied this

mount and its markings, and I may truthfully say that

all my success as a palmist has been owing to my havingdone so. The mount of Venus on a clearly marked hand

contains the Whole life of the subject 5 and, were I shown

this mount alone, with its attendant line of life, I could

give almost as correct a delineation of the events of the

subject's life as if I saw the whole of his hand.

Of course, as I have before said in Chapter I., it is neces-

sary first to study the character of the subject, and thereby173

Page 180: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

174 THE GRAVEN PALM

discover the motives by which he was actuated at the

critical periods of his life. But the events themselves, and

the lines which represent the lives of those who strongly

influence a subject, are found on the mount of Venus.

As the thumb is the index to the whole character, so

does the mount of Venus, surrounded by the line of life,

contain the record of the events of our years.

The more self-centred the nature, and the stronger the

lower or animal instincts, the fewer and less distinct will be

the lines upon this mount, and, indeed, in the worst types of

hands, the lines lose their significance, and become indistinct

and blurred.

In many hundreds of cases when reading a well-marked

hand, I have been enabled by examining these lines to give

clients the most lengthy and detailed descriptions of the

minute events, not only of their own lives, but also of the

lives of those near and dear to them. And wonderful as

this may appear now, to those who have not before studied

palmistry by this method, the student will realize, after a

careful perusal of the drawings—a large number of which I

hope to give with this chapter (all of them taken from

hands I have seen)—that it is only a question of inter-

preting the lines on the mount of Venus aright, provided

that he has a clearly marked hand to deal with, to be able

to gain a complete understanding of the inner life of the

subject. Some hands have too many lines. These belong

to the order of extremely nervous and sensitive people, whoare often also intensely reserved. Such people will be

reluctant to confess that they possess certain characteristics

and attributes, and will hesitate to admit facts to be facts

even to themselves, and the consequence is that the lines in

their hands are vague and indefinite, and most difficult to

interpret correctly. I have had two or three clients of this

type, who have given me very bad quarters of an hour.

174 THE GRAVEN PALM

discover the motives by which he was actuated at the

critical periods of his life. But the events themselves, and

the lines which represent the lives of those who stronglyinfluence a subject, are found on the mount of Venus.

As the thumb is the index to the Whole character, so

does the mount of Venus, surrounded by the line of life,contain the record of the events of our years.

The more self-centred the nature, and the stronger the

lower or animal instincts, the fewer and less distinct will be

the lines upon this mount, and, indeed, in the Worst types of

hands, the lines lose their significance, and become indistinct

and blurred.

In many hundreds of cases when reading a Well-marked

hand, I have been enabled by examining these lines to giveclients the most lengthy and detailed descriptions of the

minute events, not only of their own lives, but also of the

lives of those near and dear to them. And wonderful as

this may appear now, to those who have not before studied

pahnistry by this method, the student will realize, after a

careful perusal of the drawings-a large number of which I

hope to give with this chapter (all of them taken from

hands I have seen)-that it is only a question of inter-

preting the lines o11 the mount of Venus aright, providedthat he has a clearly marked hand to deal with, to be able

to gain a complete understanding of the inner life of the

subject. Some hands have too many lines. These belongto the order of extremely nervous and sensitive people, who

are often also intensely reserved. Such people will be

reluctant to confess that they possess certain characteristics

and attributes, and will hesitate to admit facts to be facts

even to themselves, and the consequence is that the lines in

their hands are vague and indefinite, and most difficult to

interpret correctly. I have had two or three clients of this

type, Who have given me very bad quarters of an hour.

Page 181: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE MOUNT OF VENUS 175

Other subjects, again, liave too few lines, and therefore it is

not possible to tell them much with regard to the details of

their lives, as there is so little to guide one.

The most delightful hand to read is the clearly marked

hand of an old person, in which, all the principal events of

life being passed and indelibly recorded upon the mount of

Yenus and the line of life, very little is left to speculation,

as must of necessity be the case when reading the hand of

a younger person, more especially in the far future. For,

as I have already said, lines alter and change, and nothing

is absolutely certain for more than a few years ahead,

though there may be very definite indications of what wemay reasonably expect will occur.

I have purposely omitted, in the earlier portions of this

book, saying much about the chance lines found crossing

the palm of the hand, and also have not mentioned the

lines on the different mounts for the following reason.

Almost every one of these lines has its origin on the mount

of Yenus, and should never be interpreted singly, or with

reference to that part of the hand in which it is found,

without _^r5^ tracing it from its source.

The line of life represents the life of the subject. Aslong as it continues, so long is the subject intended to live

;

and I will endeavour, by the illustrations in this section, to

give a practical explanation of my method of determining

the dates at which events shown in the hand take place,

and the nature of these events themselves.

Occurrences in Early Life.—First, when endeavouring to

read the line of life, we must see if anything peculiar can

be noticed about its commencement.

Yery often squares of preservation at the very beginning

will give evidence of dangerous illnesses which occurred

while the subject was yet a very young baby ; or may showpreservation from some great danger at the time of birth.

THE MOUNT OF VENUS 175

Other subjects, again, have too few lines, and therefore it is

not possible to tell them much with regard to the details of

their lives, as there is so little to guide one. -

The most delightful hand to read is the clearly marked

hand of an old person, in which, all the principal events of

life being passed and indelibly recorded upon the mount of

Venus and the line of life, very little is left to speculation,as must of necessity be the case when reading the hand of

a younger person, more especially in the far future. For,as I have already said, lines alter and change, and nothingis absolutely certain for more than a few years ahead,

though there may be very definite indications of what we

may reasonaloly expect will occur.

I have purposely omitted, in the earlier portions of this

book, saying much about the chance lines found crossingthe pahn of the hand, and also have not mentioned the

lines on the different mounts for the following reason.

Almost every one of these lines has its origin on the mount

of Venus, and should never be interpreted singly, or with

reference to that part of the hand in which it is found,vitho11t]'ii1'S1f tracing it from its source.

The line of life represents the life of the subject. As

long as it continues, so long is the subject intended to live,and I will endeavour, by the illustrations in this section, to

give a practical explanation of my method of determiningthe dates at which events shown in the hand take place,and the nature of these events themselves.

Occurrences in Early Life.-First, when endeavouring to

read the line of life, we must see if anything peculiar can

be noticed about its commencement.

Very often squares of preservation at the very beginningwill give evidence of dangerous illnesses which occurred

while the subject was yet a very young baby ; or may show

preservation from some great danger at the time of birth.

Page 182: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

176 THE GRAVEN PALM

I have found such squares to have either or both meanings

(see a h c, Fig. 35).

In one case, in which I found an unusually large and

clearly marked square (see Fig. 38), with the line of life

starting from the middle of it, the subject had been born

with measles.

An island on the line of life at the commencement (see

Fig. 39) is not always a sign of some mystery connected

with birth (though it sometimes has that signification), but

it is very often to be found in the hands of those people

whose parents were suffering from something of a dis-

graceful or dishonourable nature at the time of their

birth.

An upright island or islands (see Fig. 40)—for there are

sometimes more even than two—is often an indication that

the mother of the subject underwent some painful operation,

generally before the birth, though, in some cases, I have

known it to be afterwards.

When there is an open island at the commencement of

the line of life, as at c. Fig, 45, I have found the subject

to be one of twins, and twin brothers and sisters are shown

as at j j, Fig. 83. In reference to twins, it may be of

interest to note that I have seen many instances in which

twin brothers and sisters were strangely alike in face and

figure, but had hands which were marked entirely differently;

and also twin brothers and sisters have come to me at

separate times, in appearance entirely unlike, but with

hands marked with such similar lines as to be almost

duplicates one of the other.

The Influences of Others.—The influence of others is often

shown very early on the line of life.

A line may be frequently seen exactly as at a h, Fig. 46,

and it has, as a rule, shown the influence of a dearly loved

nurse or governess, whose training had had very much to

176 THE GRAVEN PALM

I have found such squares to have either or both meanings

(see CL b 0, Fig. In one case, in which I found an unusually large and

clearly marked square (see Fig. 38), with the line of life

starting from the middle of it, the subject l1ad been born

with measles.

An island on the line of life at the commencement (see

Fig. 39) is not always a sign of some mystery connected

with birth (though it sometimes has that signiiication), but

it is very often to be found in the hands of those peoplewhose parents were suffering from something of a dis-

graceful or dishonourable nature at the time of their

birth.

An upright island or islands (see Fig. 40)-for there are

sometimes more even than two-is often an indication that

the mother of the subject underwent some painful operation,

generally before the birth, though, in some cases, I have

known it to be afterwards.

VVhen there is an open island at the commencement of

the line of life, as at c, Fig. 45, I have found the subjectto be one of twins, and twin brothers and sisters are shown

as at j j, Fig. 83. In reference to twins, it may be of

interest to note that I have seen many instances in which

twin brothers and sisters were strangely alike in face and

iignre, but had hands which were marked entirely differently 5

and also twin brothers and sisters have come to me at

separate times, in appearance entirely unlike, but with

hands marked with such similar lines as to be almost

duplicates one of the other.

The Influences of Others.-The influence of others is often

shown very early on the line of life.

A line may be frequentlyseen exactly as at ca b, Fig. 46,

and it has, as a rule, shown the influence of a dearly loved

nurse or governess, whose training had had very much to

Page 183: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE MOUNT OF VENUS 177

do with forming tlie subject^s character. Of course^ in later

life^ an influence must be of a very much stronger nature

than this to make such a deep impression upon the hand.

Deeply engraved lines in later life are only made^ in most

cases, by the influence of a very absorbing affection, though

in some few hands—these, of course, being most exceptional

—they may mark strong platonic friendships.

It is often possible to tell the exact date at which such

an influence has left the life of the subject.

If the line of influence is marked upon the hand, as at

a h, Fig. 46, the individual will pass out of the subject's

life gradually, and so completely, that in all probability he

will never hear of the influence's death ; or, if he does do

so, not for many years after he has lost sight of her (or

him). But if the line of influence ceases suddenly, as at

a a, Fig. 47, or with a star at the end, as at e e, Fig. 49,

the influence will pass out of the subject's life suddenly (at

about the ages of twenty-one and nineteen respectively),

either by death or in some equally tragical manner; but in

the majority of cases a death-cross or mark of trouble wouldalso be shown at the same date.

In the first case (Fig. 46), the death will not be naturally

very much felt by the subject ; and this is shown by the

great distance from the line of life of the influence line at

its termination, the subject having little or nothing to do

with the influence after the age of eighteen or nineteen. .

Of course, lines of influence are marked in this mannerall down the line of life, as will be seen by anyone whoexamines the mount of Venus; and the dates of their

entrance and exit may, by a little study, be in most cases

accurately determined.

At c d, Fig. 46, there is given an example of the influence

of a good friend coming into the life of the subject at

about the age of thirty. The line ends in a star, and in the

12

TI-IE MOUNT OF VENUS 177

do with forming the snbject's character. Of course, in later

life, an influence must be of a Very inucli stronger nature

than this to make such a deep impression upon the hand.

Deeply engraved lines in later life are only made, in most

cases, by the influence of a Very absorbing affection, thoughin some few hands--these, of course, being most exceptional-they may mark strong platonic friendships.

It is often possible to tell the exact date at which such

an influence has left the life of the subject.If the line of influence is marked upon the hand, as at

ct IJ, Fig. 46, the individual will pass out of the subject'slife gradually, and so completely, that in all probability he

will never hear of the influence's death; or, if he does do

so, not for many years after he has lost sight of her (orhim). But if the line of influence ceases suddenly, as at

ct ct, Fig. 47, or with a star at the end, as at <3 0, Fig. 49,the influence will pass out of the subject's life suddenly (atabout the ages of twenty-one and nineteen respectively),either by death or in some equally tragical manner ; but in

the majority of cases a death-cross or mark of trouble would

also be shown at the same date.

In the first case (Fig. 46), the death will not be naturallyvery much felt by the subject, and this is shown by the

great distance from the line of life of the influence line at

its termination, the subject having little or nothing to do

with the influence after the age of eighteen or nineteen. ..

Of course, lines of influence are marked in this manner

all down the line of life, as will be seen by anyone who

examines the mount of Venus 5 and the dates of their

entrance and exit may, by a little study, be in most cases

accurately determined.

At c fl, Fig. 46, there is given an example of the influenceof a good friend coming into the life of the subject at

about the age of thirty. The line ends in a star, and in the

12

Page 184: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

178 THE GRAVEN PALM

particular instance I quote from—an absolutely genuine

one—the friend was killed while hunting when the subject

was about the age of forty-two.

At//, Fig. 49, is given an instance of the influence line

of a good friend of many years' standing, whose death took

place after a long and painful illness from an internal

disorder, and was, of course, keenly felt by the subject,

because, as will be observed, from the continued proximity of

the influence line to the line of life (which represents the

life of the subject), the friendship had remained through

all these years a very close one. The commencement of the

island, g, on the influence line gives the date at which the

illness of the influence began.

Influence lines are often seen, as at j j, Fig. 50, with a

long, leaf-shaped island extending nearly the whole way.

This would be an indication that the influence had a long

period of delicate health ; and a little, clear, single square

enclosed in this long island, as at h, indicates that at that

date, when the subject was about forty, the life of this

influence was in danger—probably from an operation—

which, however, did not terminate fatally, as the island con-

tinues in the hand for many years longer.

At h h, Fig. 47, is given an instance of a friendship

which lasted for a considerable number of years, with

intervals of misunderstanding and estrangement. These

are shown by the many breaks and jars upon the influence

line, and we can judge that these quarrels must have been

caused, to a great extent, by the interference of others,

because of the many little hair-lines, g, showing the influence

of other people, attendant on it.

Such is not the case in the long influence line with many

breaks, shown at / /, Fig. 50. There are no attendant

hair-lines upon this influence line, so that the quarrels must

have been due to incompatibility of temper or other causes,

178 THE GRAVEN PALM

particular instance I quote froin-an absolutely genuineone--the friend was killed while hunting when the subjectwas about the age of forty-two.

Atff, Fig. 49, is given an instance of the influence line

of a good friend of inany years' standing, whose death took

place after a long and painful illness from an internal

disorder, and was, of course, keenly felt by the subject,

because, as will be observed, from the continued proximity of

the influence line to the line of life (which represents the

life of the subject), the friendship had remained throughall these years a very close one. The comrnenceinent of the

island, g, on the influence line gives the date at which the

illness of the influence began.Influence lines are often seen, as at j j, Fig. 50, with a

long, leaf-shaped island extending nearly the whole way.

This would be an indication that the influence had a long

period of delicate health 3 and a little, clear, single square

enclosed in this long island, as at 710, indicates that at that

date, when the subject Was about forty, the life of this

influence was in danger-probably from an operation--which , however, did not terminate fatally, as the island con-

tinues in the hand for many years longer.At b ll, Fig. 47, is given an instance of a friendship

which lasted for a considerable number of years, With

intervals of inisunderstanding and estrangement. These

are shown by the inany breaks and jars upon the influence

line, and we can judge that these quarrels niust have been

caused, to a great extent, by the interference of others,

because of the many little hair-lines, g, showing the influence

of other people, attendant on it.

Such is not the case in the long influence line with many

breaks, shown at Z Z, Fig. 50. There are no attendant

hair-lines upon this influence line, so that the quarrels must

have been due to inconipatibility of temper or other causes,

Page 185: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE MOUNT OP VENUS 179

to which a careful study of the character of the subjectwill probably give the clue.

An influence line with islands shows infidelity to thesubject when it swoops away from the line of life, but ill-

ness merely, when it remains close to it; and very little

difficulty need be experienced after the first, in decidingwhich of these two interpretations is the correct one in

each individual case.

Of course it is quite likely that illness as well as in-

fidelity may be shown by the islands on an influence line

which swoops away from the line of life ; but, as a rule,

the inflaence line showing illness has the islands and theinfluence line itself more broken and wavering than in theother case.

At a a, Fig. 51, I give an example of a bad influence :

such as, for instance, that of a married man over an un-married girl, which, in this case, only remains for a veryshort time in the subject^s life.

It can be seen that this influence is a bad one, bothbecause of the island upon it, and because it almost im-mediately trends away from the line of life, thus altogetherdoing away with the possibility of the island denoting anillness in the life of a permanent friend.

In Fig. 55 are given two instances : one, c c, of a bad,and the other, c^c?, of a good, influence—both remaining forsome time in the subject^s life.

At I I, Fig. 51, is given an instance of a friendship (a

good one) which passed out of the subject's life for a greatnumber of years, and then came in again at m n, andremained a close one for the rest of his life. The point, n,

on the line of life gives the date when the friendship cameinto the life for the second time.

The accidents as well as the illnesses of friends are also

plainly shown on the influence lines.

THE MOUNT OF VENUS 179

to which a careful study of the character of the subjectwill probably give the clue.

An influence line with islands shows inlidelity to the

subject when it swoops away from the line of life, but ill-ness merely, when it remains close to it, and very little

difliculty need be experienced after the first, in decidingwhich of these two interpretations is the correct one ineach individual case.

Of course it is quite likely that illness as well as in-

fidelity may be shown by the islands on an influence linewhich swoops away from the line of life 5 but, as a rule,the influence line showing illness has the islands and theinfluence line itself more broken and wavering than in theother case.

At ct cn, Fig. 51, I give an example of a bad influence:such as, for instance, that of a married man over an un-

married girl, which, in this case, only remains for a veryshort time in the subject' s life.

It can be seen that this influence is a bad one, bothbecause of the island upon it, and because it almost ini-

mediately trends away from the line of life, thus altogetherdoing away with the possibility of the island denoting an

illness in the life of a permanent friend.In Fig. 55 are given two instances: one, c c, of a bad,

and the other, OZ cl, of a good, influence--both remaining forsome time in the subject's life.

At Z Z, Fig. 51, is given an instance of a friendship (agood one) which passed out of the subject's life for a greatnumber of years, and then came in again at on QL, andremained a close one for the rest of his life. The point, oz,on the line of life gives the date when the friendship came

into the life for the second time.

The accidents as well as the illnesses of friends are also

plainly shown on the influence lines.

Page 186: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

180 THE aHAYEN PALM

At h h, Fig. 56, will be observed an influence line showing

several vicissitudes, which also affected the life of the subject.

As will be readily understood, events which affect the

life of the influence only, and which do not concern the

subject, will be marked on the influence line only.

First there is the indication of an accident to the influence,

shown by the starred and broken line surrounded by a

square at c ; next, a breach in the friendship is shown by

the break in the line at d^ with a connecting line of worry

from the influence line to the subject's line of life ;thirdly,

the bad effect of another person upon the influence is

shown by the small islanded hair-line, e, meeting the line of

influence, and by the islanded line of worry, h, caused by

this, going to the subject's line of life. This, however, has

no lasting effect, for the friendship continues for some

years, and, as will be seen, ends with the death of the

influence from the effect of an accident, in which the

subject was also involved : this being shown by the hair-

line, /, connecting the termination of the influence line with

the subject's accident square, g, on the line of life. That the

subject was uninjured by this accident is shown by there

being no break in his line of life.

The death of the friend is shown by the influence line not

again emerging from the square, which would show that

death must have resulted from the effects of the accident,

but not necessarily that the friend was killed in the

accident itself, though this might have been the case ;and,

in the event of the sudden death of a friend from an

accident, the line of influence will be very much more

likely to terminate with a star.

In a case like this there will sometimes be found a star

on the unbroken health-line of the subject, at the same

date as the square on his line of life, showing a terrible

shock (see d, Fig. 57).

180 THE GRAVEN PALM

At Z; b, Fig. 56, will be observed an influence line showingseveral vicissitudes, which also affected the life of the subject.

As will be readily understood, events which affect the

life of the influence only, and which do not concern the

subject, will be marked on the influence line only.First there is the indication of an accident to the influence,

shown by the starred and broken line surrounded by a

square at c; next, a breach in the friendship is shown bythe break in the line at cl, with a connecting line of Worry

from the influence line to the subject's line of life 5 thirdly,the bad effect of another person upon the influence is

shown by the small islanded hair-line, e, meeting the line of

influence, and by the islanded line of Worry, lt, caused by

this, going to the subject's line of life. This, however, has

no lasting effect, for the friendship continues for some

years, and, as will be seen, ends with the death of the

influence from the effect of an accident, in which the

subject was also involved: this being shown by the hair-

line, f, connecting the termination of the influence line with

the subject's accident square, g, on the line of life. That the

subject was uninjured by this accident is shown by there

being no break in his line of life.

The death of the friend is shown by the influence line not

again emerging from the square, which would show that

death must have resulted from the effects of the accident,

but not necessarily that the friend was killed in the

accident itself, though this might have been the case 3 and,

in the event of the sudden death of a friend from an

accident, the line of infiuence will be very much more

likely to terminate with a star.

In a case like this there will sometimes be found a star

on the unbroken health-line of the subject, at the same

date as the square on his line of life, showing a terrible

shock (see cl, Fig. 57).

Page 187: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE MOUNT OF VENUS 181

At c c, Fig. 57, is also indicated a shock to the subject

not necessarily connected with the line of the influence

over which it passes ; and at e e in this figure is shown a

preservation from danger on the water.

Colour Lines.—In Fig. 57, at a a, is shown an influence line

which is a good one, because it is straight and un-islanded;

and we see that in this case the influence is that of a dark

person, because a faint hair-line, a h, goes to the mount of

Saturn.

These colour lines are very faint, hair-like lines, and are,

therefore, extremely difficult to find, except with the aid

of a magnifying-glass, but I have found them to be mostabsolutely correct, and it has been entirely owing to their

help that I have been able to give many people the exact

descriptions of those who have most influenced their lives.

For instance, if there is a hair-line from the commencement

of an influence line going directly to Saturn, it is only

necessary to describe the friend as being a true Saturnian

subject (Chapter III.), in order to be quite correct ; and if

as in the case of the bad influence shown at//. Fig. 58—

a

hair-line,//, going to Apollo is found, the influence will,

of course, be an Apollo subject.

Very often the colour line of a bad influence will haveseveral small islands (as at h h, Fig. 58), marked upon it,

or one large island ; and occasionally the entire line may be

islanded.

In Fig. 61 there is given an instance of the exceedingly

bad moral influence of a dark person—the entire influence

line, e e, on the mount of Venus forming a complete island.

We know that the influence is dark because an island, //goes from the line of life to the mount of Saturn; and,

moreover, colour lines are never islanded in this mannerunless the influence is an exceedingly bad one.

In Fig. 63, at//, is shown an indication of sorrow and

THE MOUNT OF VENUS 181

At c c Fi . 57 is also indicated a shock to the sub`ect-) )

not necessarily connected with the line of the influenceover which it passes, and at e e in this figure is shown a

preservation from danger on the water.

Colour LineS._In Fig. 57, at cr cc, is shown an influence line

which is a good one, because it is straight and un-islanded 5

and we see that in this case the influence is that of a dark

person, because a faint hair-line, a b, goes to the mount of

Saturn.

These colour lines are very faint, hair-like lines, and are,

therefore, extremely difficult to find, except with the aid

of a magnifying-glass, but I have found them to be most

absolutely correct, and it has been entirely owing to their

help that I have been able to give many people the exact

descriptions of those who have most influenced their lives.

For instance, if there is a hair-line from the commencement

of cm fioyfizaence Zine going directly to Saturn, it is onlynecessary to describe the friend as being a true Saturnian

subject (Chapter III); in order to be quite correct, and if-

as in the case of the bad influence shown at Fig. 58-a

hair-line,f f, going to Apollo is found, the influence will,of course, be an Apollo subject.

Very often the colour line of a bad influence will have

several small islands (as at 71, h, Fig. 58), marked upon it,or one large island; and occasionally the entire line may be

islanded.

In Fig. 61 there is given an instance of the exceedinglybad moral influence of a dark person-the entire influence

line, e e, on the mount of Venus forming a complete island.

"fe know that the influence is dark because an island, ffgoes from the line of life to the mount of Saturn 3 and,moreover, colour lines are never islanded in this manner

unless the influence is an exceedingly bad one.

In Fig. 63, at ff, is shown an indication of sorrow and

Page 188: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

182 THE GRAVEN PALM

trouble (and probably of disgrace of some kind)^ but not

a personally immoral influence.

We know this because an island is in itself a sign of

misfortune (not necessarily of scandal), and, tending

towards the mount of Saturn, might indicate trouble or

loss in connection with land or mines, etc. (Saturn governing

the earth) ; and, under any circumstances, would, when

going to Saturn, indicate trouble of some kind. This mark

cannot possibly mean here the evil influence of a person, as

there is no influence line or influence island on the mount

of Venus, as there is at e e, Fig. 61.

It is very important that the student should note the

difference between these two figures.

When a bad influence is of the subject^s own sex, the

colour line would be almost chained, and, instead of running

directly to a mount, colour lines will often iu these cases

run between the fingers—especially between the fingers

of Apollo and Mercury—as at ef, Fig. 90.

Colour lines are, of course, most apparent on the hands

of very sensitive people. On hands with few lines they will

often not be marked at all.

Marriage.—Marriage is undoubtedly the event of the

greatest importance in the lives of most persons, and the

exact date of their marriage, either in the past or future,

is what everyone, as a rule, is most anxious to hear from

the lips of the palmist.

I have seen persons on whose hands were the happy

marriage cross on the mount of Jupiter (see e, Fig. 35), the

marriage line on the fate-line (see d d), and the attachment

line on the percussion at the mount of Mercury (see /),

who had not married, and never would marry.

All these signs are utterly unreliable, if not confirmed by

the influence line upon the mount of Venus, which must

also have a line of connection across the hand to the

182 THE GRAVEN PALM

trouble (and probably of disgrace of some kind), but not

a personally immoral influence.

)/Ve know this because an island is in itself a sign of

misfortune (not necessarily of scandal), and, tendingtowards the mount of Saturn, might indicate trouble or

loss in connection with land or mines, etc. (Saturn governingthe earth); and, under any circumstances, would, when

going to S_aturn, indicate trouble of some kind. This mark

cannot possibly mean here the evil influence of a person, as

there is no influence line or influence island on the mount

of Venus, as there is at e e, Fig. 61.

It is very important that the student should note the

difference between these two figures.Wlieii a bad influence is of the subject's own sex, the

colour line would be almost chained, and, instead of runningdirectly to a mount, colour lines will often iu these cases

run between the fingers-especially between the fingersof Apollo and Mercury-»as at e f, Fig. 90.

Colour lines are, of course, most apparent on the hands

of very sensitive people. On hands with few lines they will

often not be marked at all.

Marriage.-Marriage is undoubtedly the event of the

greatest importance in the lives of most persons, and the

exact date of their marriage, either in the past or future,is what everyone, as a rule, is most anxious to hear from

the lips of the palmist.I have seen persons on whose hands were the happy

marriage cross on the mount of Jupiter (see e, Fig. 35), the

marriage line on the fate-line (see at ol), and the attachment

line on the percussion at the mount of Mercury (see f),who had not married, and never would marry.

All these signs are utterly unreliable, if not confirmed bythe iniiuence line upon the mount of Venus, which must

also have a line of connection across the hand to the

Page 189: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE MOUNT OF VENUS 183

attachment line on the mount of Mercury^ as at g c,

Fig. 69.

The exact date of the marriage can be given, as I have

proved in hundreds of

cases, by fixing the age at

which the influence line, y g,

joins the line of life.

The ceremony of marriage

being an institution of man^s

creation, and differing

greatly amongst various

nations, is not marked upon

the hand, and

hence it is only

by the indica-

tions shown on

the influence

lines upon the

mount ofVenus, or other

lines upon the

hand, as well

as by a know-

ledge of the subject^s

character, that a palmist

is able to tell accurately

whether the ceremony has

been performed or not.

This one can almost always

tell correctly in the case

of a woman, for the reason that the omission of the ceremony

will obviously have far more effect upon a woman^s public life

than upon a man^s.

When, however, a man and a woman have lived together

Fig. 90.

THE MOUNT OF VENUS 183

attachment line on the mount of Mercury, as at g c,

Fig. 69.

The exact date of the marriage can be given, as I have

proved in hundreds of_ y

cases, by fixing the age at

which the influence line, g g,

joins the line of life

The c'm"em0ny of marriagebeing an institution of 1T1?L11)S

creation, and differinggreatly amongst various

nations, is not marked upon

the hand, and.

hence it is onlyby the indica-

tions shown on ,f

the influence ,I

lines upon the»` (L

Venus, or other

lines upon the /

hand, as well

as by a know-

ledge of the subjectfscharacter, that a palmistis able to tell accurately / ___/

i

/' ,

/,

mount of l i _

'

7' _li C

t lk,

CI/

9,

f_

'__ 0whether the ceremony has

been performed or not.`

This one can almost alwaystell correctly in the case

FIG. 90.

of a woman, for the reason that the omission of the ceremonywill obviously have far more effect upon a woman' s public life

than upon a man's.

Wlien, however, a man and a woman have lived together

Page 190: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

184 THE GEAYEN PALM

without being married^ for some space of time, especially if

they are faithful to each other, the lines of influence and

marriage will be just the same as the lines in the hands of

a married couple, with this exception : there will certainly

be an island or islands, as at c c, on the line a h across

the hand from the influence line a a on the mount of

Venus to the attachment line on the Mercury percussion

(see Fig. 39).

In the case of a woman who has had an unfortunate

attachment, even if the man does not remain in her life, an

island or islands will be shown on the line {a a, Fig. 38)

across the hand to the Mercury percussion, as at d d; and

there will be an island, as at c, on the fate-line ; and also

the line of influence, a h, on the mount of Venus will be

likely to have an island, as at e.

If this line across the hand is accompanied by an island

on the line of influence, as well as an island on the line of

fate, it will prove the influence to be a bad one for the subject.

I have constantly found that, in the case of a marriage

which lasted for a very short period of time, owing to the

death of the influence (husband or wife), the influence line

on the fate-line would be marked by a small island, and the

island then must not be confused with the case when there

are islands on all the lines that I have just referred to;

and, of course, this has no connection whatever with the

island on the line of fate denoting hysteria, mentioned on

p. 140.

To decide whether an influence line is that of a husband

(or a wife), there should be a line from the commencement

of the influence line (h h, on the mount of Venus) joining

an attachment line on the percussion at /, on the mount of

Mercury (see Fig. 68). A colour line can often be traced

as well, if we look for it, on a clearly marked hand; and,

in this instance it will be seen that the husband is a

1844 THE GRAVEN PALM

without being married, for some space of time, especially 'Lfthey are faithful to each other, the lines of influence and

marriage will be just the same as the lines in the hands of

a married couple, with this exceptionz there will certainlybe an island or islands, as at c C, on the line at I9 across

the hand from the influence line ct on on the mount of

Venus to the attachment line on the Mercury percussion(see Fig. 39).

ln the case of a Woman who has had an unfortunate

attachment, even if the man does not remain in her life, an

island or islands will be shown on the line (ca fa, Fig. 38)across the hand to the Mercury percussion, as at cl ol ; and

there will be an island, as at C, on the fate-line; and also

the line of influence, cn IJ, on the mount of Venus will be

likely to have an island, as at e.

lf this line across the hand is accompanied by an island

on the line of influence, as well as an island on the line of

fate, it will prove the influence to be a bad one for the subject.I have constantly found that, in the case of a marriage

which lasted for a very short period of time, owing to the

death of the influence (husband or Wife), the influence line

on the fate-line would be marked by a small island, and the

island then must not be confused with the case When there

are islands on all the lines that I have just referred to;

and, of course, this has no connection Whatever with the

island on the line of fate denoting hysteria, mentioned on

p. 140.

To decide whether an influence line is t-hat of a husband

(or a wife), there should be a line from the commencement

of the influence line (Zz IJ, on the mount of Venus) joiningan attachment line on the percussion at f, on t-he mount of

Mercury (see Fig. 68). A colour line can often be traced

as well, if We look for it, on a clearly marked hand; and,in this instance it will be seen that the husband is a

Page 191: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE MOUNT OF YENUS 185

Saturnian subject, for the colour line, h c, goes to the

mount of Saturn.

Occasionally, when the marriage is a very happy one,

the marriage influence line is marked by a double parallel

line on the right hand.

In the case of marriage and of some very strong attach-

ments the colour lines, instead of starting from the

mount of Venus, as at b, Fig. 68, will sometimes start

from some point on the line across the hand to the

Mercury percussion, as at a a, Fig. 69, where, as will be

seen, the husband is an Apollo subject. In the same hand

the marriage, an exceedingly happy one, is shown on the

fate-line by the sister line, h h. As will be noticed, there

is no line from the mount of the Moon to the fate-line, as

at h h, Fig. 55, and this omission I have found to be

very usual when the line of influence on Venus and the

marriage line across the hand are clearly marked.

In the hands of excessively selfish people I have found

influence lines (and sometimes marriage lines) marked only

as at a a, Fig. 40. Often a line like this is the solitary

indication in a man's hand of his having been married ; the

line a a oi course showing how long the wife remained in

his life, and how little he thought of her.

We must judge the date of the marriage by drawing an

imaginary line to the line of life from the commencementof the line a a.

It is a remarkable fact that, when a marriage is a

marriage in name only, but continues for many years not

unhappily, the line of influence will run parallel to the line

of life, but never join it ; nor will there be any connecting

line from the line of life to the mount of Mercury (see

a a, Fig. 72).

Attachment lines (see Fig. 75, e gf) are supposed to indicate

the number of times the subject's life has been strongly

THE MOUNT OF VENUS 185

Saturnian subject, for the colour line, F1 C, goes to the

mount of Saturn.

Occasionally, when the marriage is a very happy one,

the marriage influence line is marked by a double parallelline on the right hand.

In the case of marriage and of some Very strong attach-

ments the colour lines, instead of starting from the

mount of Venus, as at b, Fig. 68, will sometimes start

from some point on the line across the hand to the

Mercury percussion, as at cr, CL, Fig. 69, where, as will be

seen, the husband is an Apollo subject. In the same hand

the marriage, an exceedingly happy one, is shown on the

fate-line by the sister line, Z) b. As will be noticed, there

is no line from the mount of the Moon to the fate-line, as

at D Zu, Fig. 55, and this omission I have found to be

Very usual when the line of influence on Venus and the

marriage line across the hand are clearly marked.

In the hands of excessively selfish people I have found

influence lines (and sonfietinies marriage lines) marked onlyas at cr ce, Fig. 40. Often a line like this is the solitaryindication in a man's hand of his having been married , the

line cz ca of course showing how long the wife remained in

his life, and how little he thought of her.

We must judge the date of the marriage by drawing an

imaginary line to the line of life from the commencement

of the line cr. CL.

It is a remarkable fact that, when a marriage is a

marriage in name only, but continues for many years not

unhappily, the line of influence will run parallel to the line

of life, but never join it ; nor will there be any connectingline from the line of life to the mount of Mercury (seecn ce, Fig. 72).

Attachment lines (see Fig. 75, e gf) are supposed to indicate

the number of times the subject's life has been strongly

Page 192: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

186 THE aRAYEN PALM

influenced by one of the opposite sex. Some people have

only one of these lines, and others as many as five or six,

but this is rare.

When a person has only one such line in the left hand

and two in the right, it is a sign that he (or she) has only

loved, and will only love, once really during his lifetime;

but that he has, at some time been strongly influenced

by two people, and may even have been twice married.

For the left hand always indicates the amount of affection

felt by the subject himself for the influence.

Lines, as at e and /, if there are no connecting links of

any sort with the mount of Venus, would mean simply deep

affections on the part of the subject, which were never

developed further.

A broken engagement mark on the percussion is always

jagged and forked, as at g.

In the case of a broken engagement, a line, j j, fre-

quently cuts through the influence line h h (see Fig. 75)

and the line of life, at the date when the engagement was

broken off, and, although there may be no clearly marked

line running across the hand to the Mercury percussion,

one can nearly always see faint indications showing where

the line would have been had the marriage been con-

summated. In this figure h k is the colour line.

In Fig. 78 is shown an instance of a broken engagement,

in which the line across the hand to the Mercury percussion

is almost as clearly marked as in the case of a marriage,

with these two exceptions—viz., there are breaks in the line

at h h, and at c the line is joined on to the broken engage-

ment sign at the percussion instead of its being all one line.

In this case, although the engagement was broken off,

and the man went entirely out of the girrs life, his influence

line, d d, remains for many years as the one great influence

in her life, as she never appears to marry.

186 THE GR-AVEN PALM

influenced by one of the opposite sex. Some people have

only one of these lines, and others as many as five or six,but this is rare.

lVhen a person has only one such line in the left hand

and two in the right, it is a sign that he (or she) has onlyloved, and will only love, once really during his lifetime;but that he has, at some time been strongly influenced

by two people, and may even have been twice married.

For the left hand always indicates the amount of affection

felt by the subject himself for the influence.

Lines, as at c and j, if there are no connecting links of

any sort with the mount of Venus, would mean simply deepaffections on the part of the subject, which were never

developed further.

A broken engagement mark on the percussion is always

jagged and forked, as at g.

In the case of a broken engagement, a line, j _7`, fre-

quently cuts through the influence line it it (see Fig. 75)and the line of life, at the date when the engagement was

broken off, and, although there may be no clearly marked

line running across the hand to the Mercury percussion,one can nearly always see faint indications showing where

the line would have been had the marriage been con-

summated. In this figure It Ya is the colour line.

In Fig. '78 is shown an instance of a broken engagement,in which the line across the hand to the Mercury percussionis almost as clearly marked as in the case of a marriage,with these two exceptions-viz., there are breaks in the line

at Z9 b, and at c the line is joined on to the broken engage-

ment sign at the percussion instead of its being all one line.

In this case, although the engagement was broken olf,and the man went entirely out of the girl's life, his influence

line, cl cl, remains for many years as the one great influence

in her life, as she never appears to marry.

Page 193: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE MOUNT OF VENUS 187

The two squares at e by the line of life, and the square/

behind the line of influence, with a line of communication

to the line of head at g, indicate a very terrible head illness,

which the subject had shortly after the engagement was

broken off ; and the direct line of communication to the

mount of Mars at /?, beginning at the same time as the first

square, shows that the scandal about the broken engage

ment must have had much to do with causing her illness.

With reference to the influence line on the mount of

Venus remaining on the hand after the personal influence

had passed out of the life, as in the last case, I have some-

times found, in the hands of widows, who had loved their

husbands very dearly, and been greatly loved by them, that,

after the death was indicated, the line would continue on

faintly to the end of life, just as is the case at d d, Fig. 78.

Of course, in these cases, the widow would not be so

likely to marry again, or to have any other very strong

influence in her life.

I have recently seen a similar case in the hand of a very

celebrated authoress, who lost her only and greatly loved

son. His line, which is beautifully and distinctly markedupon her Mercury percussion, continues clearly upon her

hand into the future, and is not broken and blurred, as I

have invariably found to be the case on the hands of other

mothers who have lost their children: though on her line

of life the terrible sorrow caused by his sudden death is

clearly indicated.

If, in a hand in which all the lines are well marked, the

line across the palm from the influence line on the mountof Venus to the attachment line on the mount of Mercury(which I shall in future call the marriage line across the

hand, or simply the marriage line) is clear and well cut, as

at h h, Fig. ^S, it is an infallible sign of a really happymarriage.

THE MOUNT OF VENUS, 187

The two squares at c by the line of life, and the square behind the line of influence, with a line of communication

to the line of head at g, indicate avery terrible head illness,which the subject had shortly after the engagement was

broken off; and the direct line of communication to the

mount of Mars at li, beginning at the same time as the first

square, shows that the scandal about the broken engagement must have had much to do with causing her illness.

With reference to the influence line on the mount of

Venus remaining on the hand after the personal influence

had passed out of the life, as in the last case, I have some-

times found, in the hands of Widows, who had loved their

husbands very dearly, and been greatly loved by them, that,after the death was indicated, the line would continue on

faintly to the end of life, just as is the case at ol cl, Fig. 78.

Of course, in these cases, the Widow would not be so

likely to marry again, or to have any other very stronginfluence in her life.

I have recently seen a similar case in the hand of a very

celebrated authoress, who lost her only and greatly loved

son." His line, which is beautifully and distinctly marked

upon her Mercury percussion, continues clearly upon her

hand into the future, and is not broken and blurred, as I

have invariably found to be the case on the hands of other

mothers who have lost their children 5 though on her line

of life the terrible sorrow caused by his sudden death is

clearly indicated.

If, in a hand in Which all the lines are Well marked, the

line across the palm from the influence line on the mount

of Venus to the attachment line on the mount of Mercury(Which I shall in future call the marriage line across the

hand, or simply the marriage line) is clear and well cut, as

at I7 la, Fig. 68, it is an infallible sign of a really happymarriage.

Page 194: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

188 THE GRAVEN PALM

This line is constantly found very mucli broken; and

sometimes, as at a a, in Fig. 81, is so faint as hardly to

be traced at all, except as a very fine hair-line when seen

through a magnifying-glass. But, even in these cases, if

the influence line on the mount of Yenus is clear and good

in both hands, we may rest assured that the marriage is a

happy one.

If this marriage line is clearly marked from the line of

life to the line of head, as at c c, Fig. 82, and after that

becomes broken and indistinct, it is a sign that the marriage

was, at the time of the ceremony, one of head and not of

heart ; though, if the line of influence is good—as in this

case it is—the marriage certainly turned out happily.

If the subject has this marriage line in the right hand

marked most strongly as far as the line of heart (see a a,

Fig. 82a), it is a sign that the marriage was one of heart

on the side of the husband (or wife).

Sometimes the husband's or wife's influence line is found

to be broken at intervals, as at a a. Fig. 91 ; but when

the line lies near to the line of life the breaks would in-

variably mean illnesses. We must always judge of the

manner in which a marriage has turned out, or will turn

out, by noticing how the influence line runs in conjunction

with the subject's line of life. For, as I have just said,

breaks in this influence line, if it lie close to the line of

life, mean illnesses, but if the line of influence swoops away

from the line of life, the breaks would show periods of

absence from the subject ; and, of course, the fact of the

line itself swooping away would indicate that the influence

was not, in any case, near or dear to the subject.

In the same way, if the influence line—though near

to the line of life—is shaky, inclined to be twisted, and

has small squares or islands on it, delicate health, or

periods of ill-health occasioning operations, etc., for the

188 THE GRAVEN PALM

This line is constantly found very much broken; and

sometimes, as at on cn, in Fig. 81, is so faint as hardly to

be traced at all, except as a very fine hair-line when seen

through a magnifying-glass. But, even in these cases, if

the influence line on the mount of Venus is clear and goodin both hands, we may rest assured that the marriage is a

happy one.'~

If this marriage line is clearly marked from the line of

life to the line of head, as at c c, Fig. 82, and after that

becomes broken and indistinct, it is a sign that the marriagewas, at the time of the ceremony, one of head and not of

heart; though, if the line of influence is good-as in this

case it is-the marriage certainly turned out happily.If the subject has this marriage line in the 'right hand

marked most strongly as far as the line of heart (see on ou,

Fig. SZA), it is a sign that the marriage was one of heart

on the side of the husband (or wife).Sometimes the husband's or wife's influence line is found

to be broken at intervals, as at ct cc, Fig. 91, but when

the line lies near to the line of life the breaks would in-

variably mean illnesses. We must always judge of the

manner in which a marriage has turned out, or will turn

out, by noticing how the influence line runs in conjunctionwith the subject's line of life. For, as I have just said,breaks in this influence line, if it lie close to the li11e of

life, mean illnesses, but if the line of influence swoops away

from the line of life, the breaks would show periods of

absence from the subject, and, of course, the fact of the

line itself swooping away would indicate that the influence

was not, in any case, near or dear to the subject.In the same way, if the influence line-though near

to the line of life-is shaky, inclined to be twisted, and

has small squares or islands on it, delicate health, or

periods of ill-health occasioning operations, etc., for the

Page 195: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE MOUNT OF YENUS 189

husband (or wife^ as the case may be) of the subject are

indicated.

I have already stated how islands may indicate either

illnesses or unfaithfulness, ac-

cording to the nature of the

line of influence.

There is often to be found,

on the mount of Yenus, inside

the line of life, a tiny square

immediately following the com-

mencement of the line of mar-

riage (see d, Fig. 68). The in-

terpretation of

this is difficult.

Possibly it

may be taken as

showing themany difficulties

and pitfalls

generally under-

stood to be the

common lot of

most people dur-

ing the first

year of married life.

Squares of preservation

from moral danger are also

to be found marked upon

the hand, as has been said

before in Chapter X. In

the case of a broken en-

gagement (shown in Fig. 82), the square h outside the

line of life would evidently indicate that the subject hadescaped some great moral danger, as there was no sign of

Fig. 91.

THE MOUNT OF VENUS 189

husband (or wife, as the case may be) of the subject are

indicated.

I have already stated how islands may indicate either

illnesses or unfaithfulness, ac-'

cording to the nature of the A

line of influence.

There is often to be found,§..¢

on the mount of Venus, inside ~="`-

the line of life, a tiny square'

-7<. _'>-_

immediately following the com-__

mencement of the line of mar-fi

riage (see cl, Fig. 68). The in-_4 ;;_

'-

terpretation of

this is difhcult. <'°

Possibly it :-

*FT`

1;

may be taken as

/"'

showing the ~',

_ _ § 5 /__,_,_

many difliculties , _ Q/I

and pitfallsgenerally under-

stood to be the.

common lot of

most people dur-

ing the first

year of married life. al'Squares of preservation / __

from moral danger are alsol

'Wto be found marked upon /the hand, as has been said

before in Chapter X. In FIG' 91'

the case of a broken en-

gagement (shown in Fig. 82), the square ln outside the

line of life would evidently indicate that the subject had

escaped some great moral danger, as there was no sign of

Page 196: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

190 THE GRAVEN PALM

any physical mishap, either on the line of life itself or on

the the line of health.

Of course, such squares micst be connected with an in-

fluence line on the mount of Venus ; and, in the same figure,

an instance of preservation

from a bad moral influence is

given. In this case the in-

fluence line, h h, is connected

by a hair-line to a square of

preservation, a, under the line

of head.

Having shown roughly how

the lines on the mount of

Venus are to be interpreted,

it now becomesnecessary to com-

pare the lines on

the right and left

hands, and to show

what deductions

may be drawnfrom the differ-

ences which will

be observed in their

tion and shape in the

hands.

If the line of influence is

very deeply marked in the

left hand, and faintly

marked in the right, it is always a sign that the subject

loves that particular influence more than the influence

loves him (or her), and, vice versa, if the influence line

is strongly marked in the right hand, and faintly marked

in the left, it indicates that the subject is more beloved

Fig. 92.

190 THE GRAVEN PALM

any physical mishap, either on the line of life itself or on

the the line of health.

Of course, such squares must be connected with an in-

fluence line on the mount of Venus ; and, in the same iigure,an instance of preservationfrom a bad moral inHuence is

given. In this case the in-

fluence line, 72, h, is connected

by a hair-line to a square of'Q

#___

preservation, a,, under the line 4:-:>

/-.

of head. fi _`-ig

Having shown roughly how____,,4

12,

Lf f'

the lines on the mount of ;_

Venus are to be interpreted, ___¢ ¢__

it now becomes_ ,/

'_ "

1-,

_ Z v

necessary to com-

pare the lines on/,

__

the right and left Qf

/I

hands, and to show/l

CL

what deductions

may be drawn

from the differ-

ences which will

be observed in their posi-tion and shape in the two Jhands. -»-- ./

If the line of influence is

very deeply marked in the FIG. 92.

left hand, and faintlymarked in the right, it is always a sign that the subjectloves that particular influence more than the influence

loves him (or her), and, vice versa, if the influence line

is strongly marked in the right hand, and faintly marked

in the left, it indicates that the subject is more beloved

Page 197: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE MOUNT OF YENUS 191

than loving in that particular instance. In short, the left

hand shows how much we love others, the right how muchothers love us.

If the influence line is only shown in one hand we maybe almost certain that the

love is entirely on one side

;

and, if only in the left hand,

it is very often an influence

merely of imagination on the

part of the subject.

I have often found on the

hands of highly sensitive andimaginative subjects lines of

influence on the left hand

only, which used

to give me a great

deal of trouble

until, from ex-

perience, I learnt

to trace them to

their true source

—viz., imagina-

tion. Sometimes,

upon the hands of women,these were the influences

of men whom they did not

even know personally, or

only very slightly, and whocertainly were not in the

least influenced by them.

In this way we can judge by the comparative depth andclearness of the influence and marriage lines in the right

and left hands, whether the wife is fonder of her husbandthan he is of her, or vice versa ; and I have often been able

Fig. 92a.

THE MOUNT OF VENUS 191

than loving in that particular instance. In short, the left

hand shows how much we love others the riffht how much

others love us.

J CJ

If the influence line is only shown in one hand we may

T

*:.- :§__

Fi`&Lu

"-2; ""';' -5137-

-/3 /:.....` =

;`/ _/¢`

LZ~._»

/

!;

_,_i.___`

cz,

Q

' "_,1'Q»____

FIG. 92A.

be almost certain that the

love is entirely on one side;and, if only in the left hand,it is very often an iniluence

merely of imagination on the

part of the subject.I have often found on the

hands of highly sensitive and

imaginative subjects lines of

influence on the left hand

only, which used

to give me a greatdeal of trouble

§ until, from ex-_

perience, I learnt

to trace them to

their true source

-viz., imagina-tion. Sometimes,

upon the hands of women,

these Were the influences

of men Whom they did not

even know personally, or

only very slightly, and who

certainly were not in the

least influenced by them.

In this way we can judge by the comparative depth and

clearness of the influence and marriage lines in the rightand left hands, Whether the Wife is fonder of her husband

than he is of her, or vice versa ; and I have often been able

Page 198: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

192 THE GKAYEN PALM

to comfort a wife by the assurance that her husband's

apparent lack of affection for herself lay chiefly in her own

imagination, just as one sometimes sees that a wife or a

husband imagines their better half to be more devoted

to them than they really

are.

In Figs. 92 and 92a are

given examples of the first

kind. As will be observed

in the left hand (a woman's)

the husband's influence line,

a a, has faint islands on it,

which will probably disap-

pear altogether

when the wife's

mind becomes en-

tirely free from

unfounded sus-

picions. We know

these suspicions to

be unfounded—in

the case given

because the hus-

band's line of influence, a a,

in her right hand is so clear

and well marked, and lies so

near the line of life.

Again, in Figs. 93 and 93a,

we see an instance in which

the husband is leading a very double existence (see his

influence line, a a, on his wife's right hand (Fig. 93a), and

has probably done so during the whole of his married life.

He, however, has not roused the suspicions of his wife

and has been a good husband to her in many ways, as she

Fig. 93.

192 THE GRAVEN PALM

to comfort a Wife by the assurance that her husband' s

apparent lack of affection for herself lay chiefly in her own

imagination, just as one sometimes sees that a Wife or a

husband imagines their better half to be more devoted

to them than they reallyare.

In Figs. 92 and 92A are

given examples of the first___

kind. As will be observed-f

____

in the left hand (a Woman's)"`-_"

the husband's iniiuence line, `

a, ct, has faint islands on it,

l

'51x"

which will probably disap- _

pear altogether I :_4 *__

`

7

when the wife's - `.

.

/Jmind becomes en- -

tirely free fromW'

'/J"

unfounded sus- /v/

picions. We know'

0, -

these suspicions to

be unfounded-in

the case given-because the hus-

band's line of influence, (L ft,

in her right hand is so cleara'

_%and Well marked, and lies so

"'~ ./

near the line of life.'

Again, in Figs. 93 and 93A, FIG. 93.

we see an instance in which

the husband is leading a very double existence (see his

iniluence line, at a, on his vife's right hand (Fig. 93A), and

has probably done so during the Whole of his married life.

He, however, has not roused the suspicions of his Wife

and has been a good husband to her in many Ways, as she

Page 199: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

n

THE MOUNT OF YENUS 193

appears from his influence line (a a, Fig. 93), in her lefthand, to be quite contented with her lot.

In Figs. 94 and 94a are shown the right and left handsof a woman very unfortunately married, as will be observed

by the badly marked andislanded lines of influence in

/^\ both hands, and their great

1 distance from her line of life.

In this instance the subject

herself may be absolutely

faultless as a wife, so far as

these two lines are concerned.

The blame must all be placed

upon the other

partner in themarriage, as the

islands are uponboth the influ-

ence lines which

represent herhusband.

In Figs. 95 and95a is given an

instance of asubject—againthat of a woman—who,though married to a manwho absolutely adores her,

and remains faithful to herall through their married

life (see influence lines, a a, on both hands), yet has, duringthe course of her married life, three very strong, and—asmay be judged from the islands on their lines—bad influ-ences of the other sex.

It is not often that one sees quite such clearly marked13

Fig. 93a.

THE MOUNT OF VENUS 1953

appears from his influence line (ot ct, Fig. 93), in her lefthand, to be quite contented with her lot.

In Figs. 94 and 94A are shown the right and left handsof a Woman very unfortunately married, as will be observed

by the badly marked andislanded lines of influence inboth hands, and their greatdistance from her line of life.In this instance the subjectherself may be absolutely

\;p=-

\-__->- K

§:'.:_`5¢__ faultless as a wife, so far as

v, v_,____ Q; these two lines are concerned."""`;"

The blame must all be placedgg; /g

:§_."-f;:E upon the other

X4.

partner in the

marriage, as the

& islands are upon*---

Q; \ both the inHu-en ce lines which

, represent her

husband.In Figs. 95 and

95A is given an

instance of asubject-againthat of a Woman-Who,

`~ "

though married to a man

0/

$43 -/'

\\ "`"

who absolutely adores her,FI(?93A_ and remains faithful to her

all through their marriedlife (see influence lines, cz cc, on both hands), yet has, duringthe course of her married life, three Very strong, and-asmay be judged from the islands on their lines-bad influ-ences of the other sex.

It is not often that one sees quite such clearly marked13

Page 200: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

194 THE GRAVEN PALM

evidence as this upon a man\s liand, for tlie reason that

not only are a woman^s life and circumstances more

strongly influenced by affection than a man's, but women

are, as a rule, very much more affected by a sense of

wrong -doing in cases of this

kind.

It will be observed that the

first influence does not enter

the life until some years after

marriage, and is very much

stronger on the part of the

influence, as will be seen by

the much greater depth and

length of the line in the sub-

ject's right hand

(see h h in both

hands) . The colour

line, h c, shows the

influence to be that

of an Apollo sub-

ject, and we must

take the approxi-

mate date on the

line of life, corresponding to

the commencement of the

island marked d, as being

the date at which the friend-

ship ceased to be platonic.

As will be seen, the next

influence, e e, came into the subject's life in a friendly

way at first, and the intimacy did not become a close one

for a good many years afterwards. It will be observed

that this influence is that of a Saturnian subject (see colour

line, ef).

Fig. 94.

194 THE GRAVEN PALM

evidence as this upon a n1an's hand, for the reason that

not only are a VOII13J11JS life and circumstances more

strongly influenced by affection than a n1an's, but women

are, as a rule, Very much inore affected by a sense of

Wrong-doing in cases of this

kind.

It will be observed that the

3first influence does not enter

the life until sonie years after

marriage, and is very much /I:=

stronger on the part of the Z" _`- en(

influence, as will be seen by __,. Q,

""

the much greater depth and;'

g

_

length of the line in the sub-` `

'

ii h fi

`4 °`

_

]ect's rig t any _/' `~-

_

<S@@ b 1) in both` / §

hands). The colour

line, b c, shows the //Qinfluence to be that

of an Apollo sub-

ject, and We must

take the approxi-mate date on the

line of life, corresponding to

the connnenceinent of the

island marked cl, as being /s

the date at which the friend-

ship ceased to be platonic. FIG, 94,

As will be seen, the next

influence, e e, caine into the subject's life in a friendly

way at first, and the intimacy did not become a close one

for a good inany years afterwards. It will be observed

that this influence is that of a Saturnian subject (see colour

line, ef).

Page 201: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE MOUNT OF VENUS 195

The third and last influence shown {g g) remains for agreat number of years in the subject^s life. As will beseen from the colour line, g h, this influence is a Saturnianone also.

These instances are, of

course, in this case, veryclearly marked ; but, in somecases, I have found it mostdifficult to decide, off-hand,

whether an influence werereally a bad one or not.

In Figs. 96 and 96a are

given the hands of a womanwho neither loves

her husband very

greatly, nor is

greatly beloved

by him. The in-

fluence lines, a a,

as will be ob-

served, stray in

both hands very

soon after themarriage, to a long dis-

tance away from the line

of life, and never during

their lives do the lines ap-

pear likely to draw anycloser to each other, though

Fig. 94a.

there is no indication either of divorce or public separa-tion.

As will be seen by the line a h in both hands, it was amarriage of the head, not heart, on both sides.

It must be noted that, no matter how many islands there

THE MOUNT OF VENUS 195

The third and last influence shown (g g) remains for a

great number of years in the subject's life. As will beseen from the colour line, g 71, this influence is a Saturnianone also.

These instances are, of

course, in this case, veryclearly marked; but, in some

\,,_= cases, I have found it most

diflicult to decide, off-hand,whether an inHuence were

""-3' §§._

5-Titll b dl is

\-rea y a a one or no _

*/°';;;_i_; YET- ln Figs. 96 and 96A areI

\__ given the hands of a Woman

;`f/ /.

:`~`;

;\_ who neither lovesA / `

her husband very,! greatly, nor is

____ greatly beloved'

$`\

by him. The in-

fluence lines, ct cn,

as will be ob-

served, stray in

both hands verysoon after the

marriage, to a long dis-tance away from the line

`§;"

_,T of life, and never during`_

their lives do the lines ap-

pear likely to draw anycloser to each other, though

there is no indication either of divorce or public separa-tion.

As will be seen by the line so Z1 in both hands, it was a

marriage of the head, not heart, on both sides.It must be noted that, no matter how many islands there

FIG. 94A.

Page 202: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

196 THE GRAVEN PALM

are on the influence lines on tlie mount of Venus, denoting

the husband or wife, in the subject's hand, there are never

islands on the marriage line crossing to the Mercury per-

cussion, when the marriage ceremony has been performed,

with the exception of the

small island on the marriage

line at the Mercury percus-

sion, which is sometimes

found when the subject is

married to a cousin {^eejj,

Eig. 99) ; nor are the colour

lines relating to marriage

ever islanded.

It is to be under-

stood that these

colour lines are

shown much more

definitely marked

in the Figs. 96

and 96a than they

would be in the

real hands.

In these same hands

(Figs. 96 and 96a) is given

an instance of a friend-

ship in which the only

indication of its being a

morally wrong one is a

Fig. 95.

small island found a long way down upon the line of influ-

ence, c c, at d.

In this case, however, we must not date the com-

mencement of the intimacy from the islanded portion

of the line, but from the point where the line of influence

leaves the line of life at c j for we shall see that, though

196 THE GRAVEN PALM

are on the influence lines on the mount of Venus, denoting

the husband or Wife, in the suhject's hand, there are never

islands on the marriage line crossing to the Mercury per-

cussion, when the marriage ceremony has been performed,with the exception of the

small island on the marriageline at the Mercury percus-

sion, which is sometimes

found when the subject is

married to a cousin (see j j,

Fig. 99), nor are the Colour

lines relating to marriageever islanded.

It is to be under-

stood that these

colour lines are

shown much more

.Iv

.ns-.1

.-f*.

pl- -5-f '?

;__

.

;

,-.¢ `_f_,

¢

"

Q -_

'_ ~ _

/not3 2, -

Y `?~¢§ _

`

Aa '

r

/ _

definitely marked ////

'`

in the Figs. 96

and 96A than theywould be in the

real hands.

In these same hands

(Figs. 96 and 96A) is givenan instance of a friend-

ship in which the onlyindication of its being a

morally Wrong one is a

/ =1/

/'e

'L

y

*Z--~ /

Fic. 95.

small island found a long way down upon the line of influ-

ence, c c, at cl.

In this case, however, We must not date the com-

mencement of the intimacy from the islanded portionof the line, but from the point Where the line of influence

leaves the line of life at c 5 for We shall see that, though

Page 203: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE MOUNT OF VENUS 197

this particular influence evidently remains in the subject^s

life, there are many other and transitory influences follow-

ing it (all, apparently, strongest on the subject's part

for the time being) ; and at e e an influence enters

the life which appears to

be a very lasting one, andto survive and outlive all the

others.

In Fig. 97 is given an in-

stance taken from life, as

are all the drawings, of a

case in which the influence

was known to the subject

when they were

both children.

The influence line

begins early in

the life (see a),

and is, of course,

a perfectly goodone, as will be

seen from the ab-

sence of all islands. Thefeeling becomes morethan friendship where a

connecting line, h b, joins

the line of life, but they

do not remain in each

other's lives, for the sub-

ject and influence are separated for many years, meetingagain temporarily at c c. Fate again separates them, butfinally the influence line returns, entering into the life at d,

and remains as an excessively happy marriage line, ending,after many years, at e. The line of marriage across the

Fig. 95a.

THE MOUNT OF VENUS 197

this particular influence evidently remains in the subject' s

life, there are many other and transitory influences follow-

ing it (all, apparently, strongest on the subject's partfor the time being); and at e e an influence enters

the life which appears to

be a ver lastin one andY 8" 1

to survive and outlive all the

others.°""`

In Fig. 97 is given an in-?

Y stance taken from life, as

§"`<_ are all the drawings, of a ,_

C 0 |

2; `_, %` case in which the influence_:T

'_

was known to the subject /_

Eli' *__.K

when they were

L/C ," both children.

__ /If The influence line

begins early in

the life (see ca),,,,»' Y( and is, of course,

91 a perfectly good

| b one, as will be

seen from the ab-

e sence of all islands. The'

feeling becomes more

,* a / SI," l0/

0» than friendship Where a

~;`-

_T connecting line, Z9 Z), joinsQ "f"

-

the line of life, but theyFIG- 95A- do not remain in each

ofher's lives, for the sub-

ject and influence are separated for many years, meetingagain temporarily at cz 0. Fate again separates them, but

finally the influence line returns, entering into the life at ol,and remains as an excessively happy marriage line, ending,after many years, at e. The line of marriage across the

Page 204: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

198 THE GRAVEN PALM

hand is shown at d f. As will be seen by the colour line, g,

the influence is a person of the Jupiter type.

In Figs. 98 and 98a are given the right and left hands of

a woman who eventually marries, at about the age of thirty-

seven (see d) , a man whom she

had known all her life, and

who was, in fact, a relation

(see island e on the Mercury

percussion in the left hand),

and the only strong influence

of her life. As has been men-

tioned before, marriage with

a relation appears sometimes

to be shown by a

small island on the

Mercury attachment

line, where it joins

the marriage line

across the hand(see/y, Fig. 99).

I have proved

this to be correct in

numerous instances.

Relations : the Fam:

Line.—Lines denotiu,

members of the subject^s

own family do not start Yig. 96.

from the line of life— as

do influence lines denoting love and friendship, except, of

course, in such cases as that already given, where the

subject marries a near relation—but run parallel to it,

starting, in the case of older relations, at the same time

that the subject^s line of life begins (see a a and h h,

Fig. 99), and, in the case of younger relations, further down

198 THE GRAVEN PALM

hand is shown at cl As will be seen by the colour line, g,

the influence is a person of the Jupiter type.In Figs. 98 and 98A are given the right and left hands of

a Woman who eventually marries, at about the age of thirty-seven (see rl) ,

a man whom she

had known all her life, and

Who Was, in fact, a relation

(see island c on the Mercury .:»`

percussion in the left hand), --»--

. 5-"2

and the only strong influence_, __

of her life. As has been men- 7;-f >--& ">.

,»-`

-"" ~¢.

tioned before, marriage with =_,,

a relation appears sometimes ; __

to be shown by a T/ Q-

~

small island on the in

T

Mercury attachment &

line, Where it joins / lb _,_

i

the marriage line //V »l -

across the hand6

` /

(see jj, Fig. 99). ''

I have proved 6

this to be correct in

numerous instances. //w f 1Relations: the Family

2Line.-Lines denoting the

e____ 5

members of the subject'sown family do not start FIC" 96_

from the line of life-as _

do influence lines denoting love and friendship, except, of

course, in such cases as that already given, Where the

subject marries a near relation--but run parallel to it,

starting, in the case of older relations, at the same time

that the subject's line of life begins (see cr ca and li Zn,

Fig. 99), and, in the case of younger relations, further down

Page 205: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE MOUNT OF VENUS 199

the mount of Venus, as at d d and e e. In these latter

cases the date of birth of the younger relations may be

more or less arrived at by drawing an imaginary line, as

straight as possible, from the commencement of the relation

lines to the line of life, and

fixing the date thereby ; but,

of course, it is very mucheasier to do this correctly on

some hands than on others,

and, indeed, there are hands

in which these relation lines

are not marked at all.

These lines must not be con-

fused with the

lines denotingthe subject^s ownchildren (see

p. 170). Thespace betweenthe line of life

and the wide

looped line at

the base of the

thumb is the surface on

which to read the sub-

ject's greatest joys and

deepest sorrows ; affec-

tions and friendships are

shown by the influence

lines, which lie nearest to the line of life, whilst lines denoting

relations by birth lie nearest the line I I, Fig. 99, at the base

of the thumb, which line may very rightly be termed the'' family line,'' and the nearness of the relationship is, as a

rule, shown by the nearness of these lines to the family line.

Fig. 96a.

THE MOUNT OF VENUS 199

the mount of Venus, at fl at and c e. 111 these latter

cases the date ot birth of the younger relations may be

more or less arrived at by drawiiig an imaginary line, as

straight as possible, froni the coinmenceiuent of the relation

lines to the line of life, and

fixing the date thereby 3 but,of course, it is Very much

easier to do this correctly on£313

1 some hands than on others,-_:-f ai-

_

and, indeed, there are hands

Q ill which these relation lines

Va _,T'E are not marked at all.

TQ,"

These lines must not be con-

:-! |?:'_'*<_ fused with the;/ ef l _Q

lines denoting5

»/ ~ I the subject's own

I i

___» 6 children (see» ;Q `

p. 170). The

space between

` the line of life

5 and the Wide

a_ looped line at

(1 tl1e base of the

thumb is the surface on

e which to read the sub-

``='

~

_.Z ject's greatest joys and

Q i deepest sorrows ; affec-

FIG_ 95, tions and friendships are

shown by the inlluence

lines, which lie nearest to the line of life, Whilst lines denotingrelations by birth lie nearest the line Z Z, Fig. 99, at the base

of the thumb, which line may very rightly be termed tl1e"

family line," and the nearness of the relationship is, as a

rule, shown by the nearness of these lines to the family line.

Page 206: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

200 THE GHAVEN PALM

Deaths.—The dates of the deaths of friends or relations

will be, in most cases, easy to determine by looking for

the death crosses at the termination of the influence lines,

as in Fig. 99, where two instances are given—the death

crosses, g g, f f, showing

the deaths of the rela-

tions denoted by the

lines a a, d d.

Deaths of near rela-

tions—more particularly

deaths of parents—can

nearly always be traced

by death crosses coming

directly from the family

line, as in

Fig. 100. At

a h, in this

figure, will be

seen thedeaths of the

two parents,

separated by

an interval of

about five years. The

first, as will be seen by

the star on the line a a,

was very sudden.

The sudden death of

a friend is also shown

at c ; and also the

sudden death of the subject^s husband, when separated

from her by a long distance over water, as shown by

the starred line d d, from the mount of Yenus to the mount

of the Moon.

Fig. 97.

200 THE GRAVEN PALM

Deaths.-The dates of the deaths of friends or relations

will be, in most cases, easy to determine by looking for

the death crosses at the termination of the influence lines,as in Fig. 99, where two instances are given-the death

crosses, g g, ff, showingthe deaths of the rela-

tions denoted by the

lines cc cz, CZ cl.~`=-'1`- Deaths of near rela-

~="- `3`- tions-more particularlydeaths of parents-can

l

_<:_<;_-

=_;___nearly always be traced

~,f<` _.," by death crosses coming

directly from the familyline, as in

»_/° ._`:`¢- _` * ?'

9° `§ F' 100 AtI 9- lg.

.

.

l

__/' ca IJ, in this'T

fl' al iigure, will be

f AU;

s e e n t h e

d I

deaths of the

two parents,separated by

Can interval of

d about live years. The

first, as will be seen bye

the star on the line 0, on,

____

was Very sudden."--i " " The sudden death of

Fm. 97. a friend is also shown

at c; and also the

sudden death of the subject's husband, when separatedfrom her by a long distance over water, as shown bythe starred line cl LZ, from the mount of Venus to the mount

of the Moon.

Page 207: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE MOUNT OF YENUS 201

Widowhood.—Occasionally widowhood will be shown bya star on the husband^s influence line, though the influence

line itself will continue unbroken for many years after the

death has taken place (see Fig. 101), where the death is

marked at a a. This, however, will be the case only

when the death is a quite

unexpected and sudden one.

The lines on this figure were

taken from the hand of a

lady whose husband, a

young man in perfect health,

met his death in consequence

of an accident while playing

polo.

At h, in the same figure, is

shown an indication

of a railway acci-

dent, which I fore-

told six years before

it took place. The

sister of a client of

mine (see relation

line, c c) received

a severe shock in a

railway accident, but, as

will be seen by the starred

but unbroken line, passing

through the square of pre-

servation at h, was not

injured.

Colour lines can often be found attached to death crosses,

indicating the type of person who has died. In the instance

given at / /, Fig. 99, it will be seen, from the line / h,

that the relation who died was of the Mercury type.

Fig. 98.

THE MOUNT OF VENUS 201

Widowhood.-Occasionally widowhood will be shown bya star on the husba11d's influence line, though the influence

line itself will continue unbroken for many years after the

death has taken place (see Fig. 101), where the death is

marked at co a. This, however, will be the case onlywhen the death is a quiteunexpected and sudden one.

The lines on this figure were

taken from the hand of a

lady whose husband, a

young man in perfect health,met his death in consequence _,,,

of an accident while playingpolo.

At Ii, in the same figure, is V/

shown an indication

of a railway acci-

dent, which I fore-

told six years before /

it took place. The

sister of a client of

mine (see relation

line, 0 c) received

a severe shock in a

railway accident, but, as

will be seen by the starred/,but unbroken line, passing

/-»- ./

_ _:»` _

lun*

§..°""-1?

.fi

. T''

~'.% *L

V'

iQ

_;_- `-1,

Lf 3

< `

/ ;

" _

/ ~

f 3

//Q /

ll

I l)

through the square of pre-servation at Zi, was not FIG- 93-

injured.Colour lines can often be found attached to death crosses,

indicating the type of person who has died. In the instance

given at f f, Fig. 99, it will be seen, from the line f lt,that the relation who died was of the Mercury type.

Page 208: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

202 THE GRAVEN PALM

In Fig. 90 an example of a death that is greatly felt

is given. Here the influence line, <x a, of a relation,

the death cross, h h, with the jagged line, c c, across

the hand to the heart-line, coming from the family line

encircling the thumb, are

shown.

A line from a death cross

on the mount of Venus to

the line of head will often

indicate a great disappoint-

ment with regard to the loss

of money, which had been

expected to accrue from the

death of someone

who had not been

a real influence in

the life, as no in-

fluence line is

shown (see d d,

Fig. 90).

Death crosses

are more gener-

ally found to in-

dicate deaths of relations

than of friends. The death

of a friend, unless a very

dear one, whose influence

line is distinctly shown

upon the hand, will not be

marked except when a very tragic one (in which case a

star will be shown, as at d, Fig. 101).

In Fig. 102 the island, a a, from the death cross to the

mount of Saturn, shows great sorrow, probably even more

than belongs only to the death of a relation, indicating

Fig. 98a.

202 THE GRAVEN PALM

In Fig. 90 an exainple of a death that is greatly felt

is given. Here the influence line, cu cn, of a relation,the death cross, li b, with the jagged line, c c, across

the hand to the heart-line, coming from the family line

~ encircling the thunib, are

shown.

A line from a death cross

on the inount of Venus to

the line of head will often

indicate a great disappoint-F" inent with regard to the loss

,J of money, which had been

expected to accrue from the

who had not been

a real influence in

the life, as no in-

fluence line is

shown (see cl ol,

Fig. 90).Death crosses

are more gener-

ally found to in-

dicate deaths of relations

than of friends. The deaths. ...f

\"' of a friend, unless a very

ii"

i

~

f$'

"

:TS

if /-'>~"°- death of someoneI

Lf'f ff

N6

`

I

Il

v -f

"'

`

dear one, Whose influence

FIG_ 98A_ line is distinctly shown

upon the hand, Will not be

marked except when a Very tragic one (in which case a

star will be shown, as at ci, Fig. 101).Ill Fig. 102 the island, 0, cb, from the death cross to the

mount of Saturn, shows great sorrow, probably even more

than belongs only to the death of a relation, indicating

Page 209: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE MOUNT OF VENUS 203

much attendant worry and money loss (see worry line / to

the mount of Apollo) . Another illustration of a death cross

is given at d, and by the deep indentation at c, on the

heart -line, as well as by the

depth of the cross itself, and

by the jagged line across the

hand, but most particularly

by the cross starting from

the family line, the death is

readily seen to be that of a

dearly-loved relative ; and the

star on the termination of the

influence line, h h,

shows that the

end was verysudden.

In Fig. 106there is given a

curious instance

of a terriblesorrow caused bya very tragicdeath. This is

shown by the islanded line,

/ /, from the family line to

the mount of Saturn, and

by the double cross, g g,

on each side of the first

island.

The deaths of two very

near relations (very often the two parents of the subject)

will sometimes be marked on the hand, as at"e e, Fig. 102,

the deaths themselves having a space of years between

them. It will be understood by the student that this sign is

Fig. 99.

THE MOUNT OF VENUS 203

much attendant Worry and money loss (see Worry line to

the mount of Apollo). Another illustration of a death cross

is given at cl, and by the deep indentation at c, on the

heart-line, as Well as by the

depth of t-he cross itself, and

by the jagged line across the ._

hand, but most particularlyby t-he cross starting from °

the family line, the death is ,¢

readily seen to be that of a

dearly-loved relative ; and the

star on the termination of the

influence line, In D,shows that the

va

end was verysudden.

In Fig.106 ~

there is given ab '

/Acurious instance

of a terrible

ii____

__

1 i

as

_ lib

_:I

`_:_--5-'

_ <1 :__.-4 I

: ..-

`r

...`/ 'L

N1,L e . .

L_sorrow caused by 45?avery tragic ideath. This is I- bshown by the islanded line, 1/ 3

f f, from the family line to`

;hemount of

Satuin, and{_i_`_Q

y the double cross, g g, ,

on each side of the iirst /i313,11d_ FIG. 99.

The deaths of two verynear relations (very often the two parents of the subject)will sometimes be marked on the hand, as at`e e, Fig. 102,the deaths themselves having a space of years between

them. It will be understood by the student that this sign is

Page 210: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

204 THE aHAYEN PALM

not likely to occur, unless the subject's relations, or parents,

were devoted to each other ; and in this case, from the date

of the first death, the other relation would appear to have

pined away.

There is very much which

can be found out by studying

the intricate lines round the

base of the thumb, which

it is impossible to give any

adequate idea of by illustra-

tions or written explana-

tions; for many things,

such as family

matters con-

nected withbrothers andsisters, etc., maybe read fromthese lines. In

fact, in some

hands it is im-

possible to say

how much one

cannot tell by

tracing first one and then

another intricate little

line, and finding how one

links itself to another,

until you seem able to

read the minutest details

in the family life of your subject. But there are many

other hands in which the lines are so confused, so mixed,

so blurred, so almost impossible to interpret at all that

even the most experienced palmist becomes disheartened

Fig. 100.

204 THE GRAVEN PALM

not likely to occur, unless the subject's relations, or parents,were devoted to each other ; and in this case, from the date

of the first death, the other relation would appear to have

pined away.

There is very much which

can be found out by studyingthe intricate lines round the

base of the thumb, which ;---ia

it is impossible to give any»

adequate idea of by illustra-_ji l_.

TLI

tions or Written explana- ,_

--_

tions; for many things, ; ;_;"

such as familymatters con-

-

"'

nected with ,_~,'

`

5

brothers and

"P

sisters, etc., may ,f

,g, _

be read fromJ

C /

/f-_

these lines. Ini

g /

fact, in some ,

' Ab

hands it is im- !|possible to say /how much one / cf / A___,_.%%¢Zcannot tell bytracing first one and then

another intricate little` / _/7

line, and finding how one Fi-4links itself to another, /until you seem able to

FIG_100_

read the minutest details

in the family life of your subject. But there are many

other hands in which the lines are so confused, so mixed,so blurred, so almost impossible to interpret at all that

even the most experienced palmist becomes disheartened

Page 211: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE MOUNT OF VENUS 205

and wretched, and feels that the old Chaldean regulation

was the only really wise one, which forbade any but high

priests and mystics—who, having the leisure to spend the

whole of their lives in unravelling the lines, vouchsafed

to tell the populace who con-

sulted them only what they

considered it was right they

should know— to study the

subject at all.

I have frequently found

the deaths of favourite

animals marked upon the

hands, exactly as if they

were the deaths

of people, but

this, of course,

would occur only

in the hands of

those who had

been really de-

voted to the

animal whosedeath was marked.

I remember once, when

reading the hand of a

lady, telling her that, at a

certain date, she had felt

the death of a friend very

deeply. I described the

friend, from the colour line attached to the death cross,

as being of the true Mercury type, brown hair and

brown eyes. The lady assured me that no death of

either relative or friend had taken place at that time, nor

for a long space of years before and after the date I

THE MOUNT OF VENUS 205

and wretched, and feels that the old Chaldean regulationwas the only really wise one, which forbade any but high

priests and mystics-who, having the leisure to spend the

whole of their lives i11 unravelling the lines, vouchsafed

to tell the populace who con-

sulted them only what theyconsidered it was right theyshould know-to study the

I4

subject at all.FM'

I l1ave frequently found -,_

the deaths of favourite _,_,_'

animals marked upon the 3'7 ZZ, 1

hands, exactly as if theywere the deaths . ~,,,

of people, but _

.

' K 1,_

this, of course, ~§would occur only ,

in the hands of jf 'Qthose who had 0

»been really de-Q/

voted to the

animal whose death was marked. J,

I remember once, when 3

reading the hand of a

lady, telling her that, at a /'certain date, she had felt \the death of a friend very }§'1G_ 101_

deeply. I described the

friend, from the colour line attached to the death cross,

as being of the true Mercury type, brown hair and

brown eyes. The lady assured me that no death of

either relative or friend had taken place at that time, nor

for a long space of years before and after the date I

Page 212: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

206 THE ORAYEN PALM

mentioned. But^ feeling so convinced that there had beena deaths I referred to it again and again during our inter-

view, and at last the lady suddenly exclaimed :^' I know

what you mean ! Of course, it was the death, which I felt

most terribly, of my dear

little dog, that I had hadfor so many years, and

she had enormous and

most pathetic brown eyes,

and a brownish coat/-'

In Fig. 103 is given

another illustration of a

death. In this case the

hand is a woman^s, and

the lines a a,

a b indicate a

happy mar-riage, which

continues so

for some years,

until thehusband takes

to drink, as is shownby the drink-line, c c,

from his influence line

to the mount of the

Moon. From that time

the wife^s troubles

begin, as is shown bythe worry lines, / /,

indicating trouble connected with drink, starting from the

root of the thumb at the same date, and culminating with

the death of her husband, indicated by the cross, sur-

rounded by the leaf-shaped island at d.

Fig. 102.

206 THE GRAVEN PALM

mentioned. But, feeling so convinced that there had been'

a death, I referred to it again and again during our inter-

view, and at last the lady suddenly exclaimed: "I know

what you mean! Of course, it was the death, which I felt

`¢»"§`_¢;»

_.¢@>.s--

:§.`1* ,_-

_(I./- ,;_

,~:»"~_..-r

__,. '-,..`/-/` %__}_»- -_

°.,_`£1

¢

4' `

` 1 `

A:

.»- />-3,9 I

&`*;I

_, /' ,f`;"

*K "

so ,~

" gg e

é&;= I/ s,

_ --'t-._

__ _

- »

FIG. 102.

most terribly, of my dear

little dog, that I had had

for so many years, and

she had enormous and

most pathetic brown eyes,and a brownish coat."

In Fig. 103 is givenanother illustration of a

death. In this case the

hand is a woman's, and

the lines a cn,ot 5 indicate a

happy mar-

riage, which

continues so

for some years,u n t i l t h e

husband takes

to drink, as is shown

by the drink-line, c c,

from his influence line

to the mount of the

Moon. From that time

the wife's troubles

begin, as is shown bythe worry lines, f f,

indicating trouble connected with drink, starting from the

root of the thumb at the same date, and culminating with

the death of her husband, indicated by the cross, sur-

rounded by the leaf-shaped island at cl.

Page 213: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE MOUNT OF VENUS 207

These worry lines, when caused by drink or drugs, are

marked, as in this instance, by short, unconnected parallel

lines. The line e e, coming from the death cross, and

cutting the marriage line on the Mercury percussion, is, in

this case, a sign of widow-

hood, though it is sometimes

marked differently, as, for in-

stance, as at d a. Fig. 221.

Trouble Lines.—Indications

of trouble and anxiety are

given by the nearly hori-

zontal barred lines, crossing

the mount of Venus, and

sometimes the line

of life; and whenthey start, as at

hh h, Fig. 106, from

the line round the

base of the thumb,

they show that the

troubles are con-

nected with rela-

tions and with daily

domestic life.

An instance given in

Fig. 104 is taken from

the hand of a man whose

wife took to drink, and in

this case the death was marked only by the fine line of

trouble cutting the line of life at a, at the same time that

the influence line ceased on the mount of Venus at h.

A sure indication of great mental trouble connected withan influence is also shown by the lines c c and d d in thesame figure, and if the trouble line, c c, to Saturn be

Fig. 103.

THE MOUNT 01" VENUS 207

These Worry lines, when caused by drink or drugs, are

marked, as in this instance, by short, unconnected parallellines. The line e e, coming from the death cross, and

cutting the marriage line on the Mercury percussion, is, in

this case, a sign of widow-

hood, though it is sometimes

marked differently, as, for in-

stance, as at cl on, Fig. 221.'...'}

Trouble Lines.-Indications "~

5"-"Z:

of trouble and anxiety are_,__

given by the nearly hori- ' "'

._` 'Im

zontal barred lines, crossing 5`¢

the mount of Venus, and <5`.|/

sometimes the line .-' ifof life; and when T

they start, as at 5Z9 Z9 29, Fi 100, from

_

the lineground the -5 / Q base of the thumb, fathey show that the

troubles are con- -_:_nected with rela- tions and with daily °<:"'Ii°" 55

domestic life. .

a' 0

An instance given in Fig. 1041 is taken from

Q

"__ '/

the hand of a man Whose

wife took to drink, and in

this case the death was marked only by the fine line oftrouble cutting the line of life at cn, at the same time that

the influence line ceased on the mount of Venus at 19.A sure indication of great mental trouble connected with

an influence is also shown by the lines c c and cl cl in thesame figure, and if the 'trouble fline, c c, to Saturn be

FIG. 103.

Page 214: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

208 THE GRAVEN PALM

islanded^ as well as the influence line, d d, it will be a

certain indication that disgrace and scandal, or very great

danger of one or both, were connected with the trouble.

When lines showing trouble are marked on the hand

near the line of life, as at

a h d, Fig. 105, and do not

start from the family line

round the base of the thumb,

they indicate anxieties not

connected with domestic or

home life, or with relations,

but with business, money, and

other extraneous

difficulties. To

determine what

sort of troubles

these are, wemust trace the

hair-lines going

from them across

the hand to the

several mounts,

which will give

us the clue. For

example, fine

hair-lines to Saturn (see

a a, Fig. 105), are very

likely to show loss with

regard to land, mines,'^etc.

If there is any dishonesty

or disgrace connectedwith the affair these fine hair-lines are certain to be, more

or less, islanded, and sometimes one large island will be

shown, as at a a, Fig. 106.

Fig. 104.

208 THE GRAVEN PALM

islanded, as Well as the influence line, d ol, it will be a

certain indication that disgrace and scandal, or vei y great

danger of one or both, were connected with the trouble

near the line of life as at

on Z2 CZ Fi '. 100 and do not

start from the family line

round the base of the thumb,

they indicate anxieties not

connected with domestic or

home life, or with relations

but with business monev and

other extraneous

difliculties. T

determine what

sort of troubles

`~1

,.-%

,,

th e s e ar e, W e

must trace the &

hair-lines going l

from them across /EEthe hand to the 445'several mounts,which will give

` ~v" 4/`|g~S*

us the clue. For

example, fine

hair-lines to Saturn (see

_l

$\\

f SSAQ

A\§_\\\=§\'ta-R 8

Q.

='§§~;

e

1Vlien lines showing trouble are marked on the hand

)

0F/

7 D )

*nur

.:»_

.

, g. . _:_' ¥

K

J ,/ 3_/ ~;`_

\\l_

o

-1

a, cz, Fig, 105), are Very

likely to show loss with

regard to land, minesfetc.H there is any dishonestyor disgrace connected

./

"ij 4

QFIG. 104.

with the affair these iine hair-lines are certain to be, more

or less, islanded, and sometimes one large island will be

shown, as at a cz, Fig. 105.

Page 215: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE MOUNT OF VENUS 209

When this hair-line goes to the mount of Apollo, asat h h, Fig. 105, it is a sign of money trouble (Apollo,the Sun, ruling gold) ; and, of course, in the same way'the islanded hair-line shownat c c. Fig. 106, would belikely to indicate scandal anddisgrace, occasioned either bythe dishonesty of the subject

himself or of others. In this

latter case the disgrace mightnot be connected with moneyonly, but also

with art—such

as the faking of

Old Masters,etc., or fraudu-

lently appro-priating anyhonour andglory belonging

to another; but

an act of this

kind would be morelikely to be shown byan island or islands onthe fame-line, as at d d,

with a connecting link, h,

to the line c c, thereby

transforming it into a line Fig. 105.of undesirable notoriety.

In the same way, a fine worry line to the mount ofMercury (see d d, Fig. 105) would indicate troubles con-nected with that mount. For instance, doctors and nurseswould be likely to have these lines of worry, indicating

14

THE MOUNT OF VENUS 209

When this hair-line goes to the mount of Apollo, asat b Z), Fig. 105, it is a sign of money trouble (Apollo,the Sun, ruling gold) , and, of course, in the same Way,the islanded hair-line shownat c c, Fig. 106, would be

likely to indicate scandal and

disgrace, occasioned either bythe dishonesty of the subjecthimself or of others. In thislatter case the disgrace mightnot be connected with moneyonly, but also

with art-such

as the faking of

Old Masters,etc., or fraudu- lently appro-

A

4"

priating anyh o n o u r a n d

glory belonging

_I '? Z

D<.

_.,-

`;,__

`.`___,

-Z. `~§"

Q..-

I.__

___

,_

5/

-

I

I

=. f;,

"iv 5

i=~-- ` -

to another 5 but //i

I

an act of this / "

kind Would be more

likely to be shown by elan island or islands on

the fame-line,'as at cl cl, `

with a connecting hnk, 71, f

to the line c c, thereby /transforming it intoaline FIG. 105.of undesirable notoriety.

In the same Way, a line worry line to the mount ofMercury (see cl cl, Fig. 105) would indicate troubles con-nected With that mount. For instance, doctors and nurseswould be likely to have these lines of worry, indicating

14

Page 216: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

210 THE GRAVEN PALM

trying crises in their lives ; as also would engineers, scientific

people, and all those governed by Mercury. In a bad

hand these troubles would very probably be due to the

subject's own misdemeanours

—such as detection in thiev-

ing, burglary, forgery, etc. In

the hand of an unscrupulous

doctor this line would be

islanded, as at e e, Fig. 106.

The mount of Mars governs

family quarrels and disagree-

ments, also lawsuits and liti-

gations gener-

ally, as well as,

of course, being

the mount which

gives the indica-

tions for war,

rioting, and all

public dissen-

sions ; and the

worry lines

going to this

mount must be interpreted

accordingly.

It must be borne in

mind that these lines of

communication are not

always found, but when

found can be relied upon.

At a, in Fig. 107, is

given an example of the sudden death of a wife, as shown

on her husband^s hand. A great deal of law worry with

relations, resulting therefrom, is indicated by the worry

Fig. 106.

210 THE GRAVEN PALM

trying crises in their lives 3 as also would engineers, scientiic

people, and all those governed by Mercury.. In a bad

hand these troubles would very probably be due to the

subject's own inisdenieanours

-such as detection in thiev-

ing, burglary, forgery, etc. In

the hand of an unscrupulousdoctor this line would be .P"--

islanded, as at c e, Fig. 106. '

_§-_

The mount of Mars governs_1

fainily quarrels and disagree- r:__

inents, also lawsuits and liti- ;;

gations gener-

ally, as well as,=f

é

of course, beinge

_

r'

2, ;

the mount which 1% `?

gives the indioa- ,A/

A /8

tions for war, I' 'V f| '

rioting, and all mf v 'public aissea 9

if_

(1

i f //Ii

sions; and the- ei '- 8

worry lines Fri"

going to this '1

mount must be interpretedaccordingly.

It niust be borne in_/ gl-

inind that these lines of -;_%connnunication are not

f

always found, but when /found can be relied upon.

FIG. 106.

At U., in Fig. 107, is

given an example of the sudden death of a wife, as shown

on her husband's hand. A great deal of law worry with

relations, resulting therefrom, is indicated by the worry

Page 217: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE MOUNT OF VENUS 211

lines going across the hand to the mount of Mars, at d,

starting from the family line round the base of the thumb :

though, in this particular case, the little squares which I

have so often found to indicate law business were not

seen on the mount of

Yenus.

The line of success, h h,

rising from the line of life

as soon as the law worry,

which lasts some time,

ceases, would, of course,

indicate that the subject

was successful in his liti-

gation.

The stu-

dent mustnote that

colour lines

run fromdeathcrosses at

the ends of

influencelines, or else fromthe point where the

influence line joins

the line of life, and• are quite distinct

Fig. 107. from these fineworry lines, which

have no attendant influence line, unless, of course, theworry line and colour line both happen to start together;thus in Fig. 105,// is a colour line denoting the type of theinfluence, e e.

THE MOUNT OF VENUS 211

lin s foino' across the hand to the mount of Mars at cl6 >§> e1 1

starting from the family line round the base of the thumb :

though, in this particular case, the little squares which I

worry lines, which

have so often found to indicate law business were not

seen on the mount of

Venus.

The line of success, L L,rising from the line of life

$3_A

as soon as the law worry,_:fr

*A

which lasts some time,_`__ ceases, Would, of course,i`§-' 5-3-; indicate that the subject

_/_Q fi'\,

was successful in his liti-

gation.>f.

$_ ::;?`\_

The stu-J

:T \"

/T dent must

n o t e that

colour lines'

r u n f r o m"

, d e a t h-

crosses at

&~ I5 the ends of

§\ , _

influence

, lines, or else from'

the point where the

influence line joins*_ ___,§

the lineof life, and~-_._ _

"

- are quite distinctFIG_107_ from these fine

have no attendant influence line, unless, of course, theWorry line and colour line both happen to start together;thus in Fig. 1()5,ff is a colour line denoting the type of theinfluence, e e.

,

Page 218: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

212 THE GRAVEN PALM

The lines of trouble, starting from the family line, would

not, of course, always indicate a death, unless they cul-

minated in a death cross where the lines meet the line of

life, as at a, Fig. 108, or end

where an influence line ends,

as at a, Fig. 115.

These lines mean any sort

of trouble connected with

home or domestic life. The

point h, Fig. 115, where the

lines reach the line of life,

will be the age at which the

trouble became

public property.

Fig. 106 would

show a great

deal of domestic

trouble which

never becamepublic, as the

worry lines, hhh,

do not reach

the line of life.

Fig. 105 would

threatened danger o

licity, as may be

the near approach of the

trouble lines, c c c, to the

line of life, which, how-

ever, never become an

accomplished fact, and the trouble soon after retreats into

the background.

A period of misfortune is sometimes marked on the

hand, as at e e, Fig. 104, and the exact dates of the com-

FiG. 108.

2l2 THE GRAVEN PALM

The lines of trouble, starting from the family line, would

not, of course, always indicate a death, unless they cul-

minated in a death cross where the lines meet the line of

life, as at cn, Fig. 108, or end

Where an inliuence line ends,as at cn, Fig. 115.

These lines mean any sort

of trouble connected with

home or domestic life. The

point Z), Fig. 115, Where the

lines reach the line of life,will be the age at which the

trouble became

public property.Fig. 100 Would

`

show a great Ag/deal of domestic

`

2'trouble which

never became

public, as the

Worry lines, IJ Z2 IQ,do not reach

the line of life

Fig 105 would show

threatened danger of publiclty, as may be seen bythe near approach of the

trouble lines, c c c, to the

line of life, Which, how

ew er, never become an

_jé

,-».4

l

"/

Cl

_-`

__4_¢-»_

.'?_

__

1I

~_-

.ga-

.fsv ;

*_ ~_.»_

<1@

:,-

vé-

""3

5"§,Lu

i;1/ 1;__,

/i-f_/

Flu 108

. _

'_ ,6

accomplished fact, and the trouble soon after retreats into

the background.A period of misfortune is sometimes marked on the

hand, as at e e, Fig. 104, and the exact dates of the com-

Page 219: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE MOUNT OF VENUS 213

mencement of the trouble and of its cessation can thus betold.

In Fig. 109 is given an -instance taken from the hand of

a woman whose husband deserted her a few years after

their marriage, and went abroad, where she entirely lost

sight of him (see influence

line, a a). At the date of her

visit to me, when she was about

forty-five or so, she had not

lieard of him for many years,

and had not the least idea

whether he was alive or dead.

I told her that I believed, from

his influence line in her hand

having actually

passed throughand beyond the

family line (see end

of influence line, a.

Fig. 109) that he

must either bedead at the present

moment or would shortly

As will be seen, the line

of influence entirely passes

out of the subject^s life for

ever at about the age of

forty-five (see dotted line.)

She entered the date of her visit to me in her diary, andwhen next I saw her, some months afterwards, told methat, strangely enough, she had just heard that her husbandhad died in Australia on the very day on which she hadconsulted me.

Fig. 109.

THE MOUNT OF VENUS 213

menceinent of the trouble and of its cessation can thus betold.

In Fig. 109 is given an -instance taken from the hand ofa woman whose husband deserted her a few years aftertheir marriage, and went abroad, where she entirely lost

sight of him (see influence

line, ct 00). At the date of her

visit to ine, when she was about

forty-five or so, she had not;;

heard of hiln for many years,_>-_

---'"` and had not the least idea

/ _`:?"

if -.-A 1 told her aa 1 believed, from"¢

whether he was alive or dead.

/4 _ his influence line in her hand'/

having actually~ passed through

JV

/Ei-\~

and beyond the

g family line (see endF

§ of influence line, cr,

Fig. lO9) that he

Y

must either bet / dead at the present

45 °" "4A

inoinent or would shortlydie.

As will be seen, the line

of influence entirely passes~

'

out of the subject' s life forFic. 109. ever at about the age of

forty-five (see dotted line.)She entered the date of her visit to nie in her diary, and

when next I saw her, some nionths afterwards, told me

that, strangely enough, she had just heard that her husband

had died in Australia on the very day on which she had

consulted me.

Page 220: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

214 THE GRAVEN PALM

Of course this was merely a coincidence, as I could not

really have told her the exact date of his death, to within a

year or so. I only felt sure from the cessation of his influence

line that he must be either already dead or would die soon.

It will be observed that

in this hand there was no

trace either of a death cross

or of a widowhood line,

because of necessity the

death could not be a grief

to her.

As I have before said, the

probable date of the death

of a subject him-

s e 1 f is mostdifficult to fore-

tell correctly.

But I havefound, in several

cases^ when I

fully expected

the subject to become a

widower (or widow),

that, instead of this

being the case, they

themselves died at the

precise date given for

the termination of the

marriage.

In Fig. 110 an instance of what I call virtual widowhood

is given. As will be seen, the first years of the married

life were happy, but a great estrangement was shown at a,

accompanied by a widowhood line, b h, and though con-

tinuing fcr many years afterwards to the outside public

214 THE GRAVEN PALM

Of course this was merely a coincidence, as I could not

really have told her the exact date of his death, to within a

year or so. I only felt sure from the cessation of his influence

line that he must be either already dead or would die soon.

It will be observed that

in this hand there was no

trace either of a death cross

or of a widowhood line, ; ,

,.~__¢

because of necessity theI

death could not be a grief ef-

to her. '

._,,-» ,

_-._ _.¢`.

As I have before said, the ,-4;'"

4 I i

probable date of the death

of a subject him- ~,.,

_

» /° ~

self is most --»

difficult to fore- IX?tell correctly. I K

5

B u t I h a V e / wfound, in several

cases, when I /

fully expected l

`

1

the subject to become a /b Kwidower (or widow), / that, instead of this ' being the case, theythemselves died at the _/'precise date given for \the termination of the FIG. 110.

marriage.In Fig. 110 an instance of what I call virtual widowhood

is given. As will be seen, the first years of the married

life were happy, but a great estrangement was shown at cn,

accompanied by a widowhood line, b ln, and though con-

tinuing fcr many years afterwards to the outside public

Page 221: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE MOUNT OF YENUS 215

as a united couple, their happy married life was over for

ever.

Drink.—In Fig. Ill is shown a time of great trouble,

caused in the first instance by

grief for a death, which affected

the brain, and for some years

occasioned total loss of memory,

during which time a tendency

towards drink was developed,

which afterwards became the

ruling passion of the life, and

caused premature death.

The death of

the friend is

shown at a a, loss

of memory by the

island, h h, on the

line of head ; a

time of terrible

trouble by all the

conflicting lines of

trouble crossing

the line of life

from the mount of Venus :

the drink line starting at c

ends on the mount of the

Moon at d ; ruin of health

and premature death are

shown by the islandfollowed by jagged lines

on the line of life ending in the tassel at e, and also by

the trouble lines culminating on the line of life at e, where

death would be very likely to take place.

In Fig. 112 I give another very similar case. Here also

Fig. 111.

THE MOUNT OF VENUS 215

as a united couple, their happy married life was over for

ever.

Drink.-In Fig. 111 is shown a time of great trouble,caused in the iirst instance bygrief for a death, Which affected

p

the brain, and for some years1

_

occasioned total loss of memory, __,1

during which time a tendency:Fu

towards drink was developed,174 3"

which afterwards became the f

ruling passion of the life, and 1 _.C:L

-;~_ :_

caused premature death. A °""

The death of _:___

the friendis va

shown at ct 00, loss'_' 'e

__

of memory by the a/

`

island, Zi Zi, on the`

y' _»

line of head; a time of terrible l

b

trouble by all the f 1

conflicting lines of

trouble crossingthe line of life

from the mount of Venus:

the drink line starting at c

ends on the mount of the

Moon at CZ ; ruin of health

and premature death are

shown by the islandfollowed by jagged lines

on the line of life ending

lCQ

A

/ _ i§,'ii!=|¢7|"1~z»%-/ ras;

/'J

»/` / ,"

ji'/.4

FIG. 111.

in the tassel at e, and also bythe trouble lines culminating on the line of life at e, Where

death would be very likely to take place.In Fig. 112 I give another very similar case.

'

Here also

Page 222: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

216 THE GTHAYEN PALM

the subject, in consequence of the death of his wife, gave

way to such excessive melancholia that he eventually took

to drink and died.

The marriage and influence lines are shown at a a a, the

death of his wife at h, with a

line cut ing through, and as

it were breaking the heart-

line at c ; the island d on

the line of head shows great

mental disturbance, and the

drink-line leaving the line of

head at the same time that

the island begins, and ending

on the mount of

the Moon at e, in-

dicates both the

cause and the date

of the subject^s tak-

ing to drink. His

own death, of

course, occurs at/.

In Fig. 113 is

given an illustra-

tion showing the manner in

which the drink habit in

someone intimately con-

nected with the subject is

sometimes shown in the

hand. In this instance,

the line, a a, from the influence line, h h, going in the

direction of the mount of the Moon, is an indication that

an influence in the life of this subject is addicted to

drink.

If the influence line is near to the root of the thumb, as

Fig. 112.

216 THE GRAVEN PALM_

the subject, in consequence of the death of his Wife, gave

way to such excessive melancholia that he eventually took

to drink and died.

The marriage and influence lines are shown at <1 CL ct, the

death of his wife at Iv, with a

line outing through, and as

it were breaking the heart-

line at cg the island rl on¢¢_:',

the line of head shows great A

Sa-T;mental disturbance, and the

drink-line leaving the line of 5'5"head at the same time that 'Sthe island begins, and ending __

on the mount of ~..¢ §`

'

` `

the Moon at e, in- /f'p

My I.dicates both the g__ &cause and the date i ,__

ofthe subject's tak- ,097 _ Za/

ing to drink. His cl b _

own death, of

course, occurs at aIn Fig. 113 is

given an illustra- /tion showing the manner in

/3

which the drink habit in ,Wi '

someone intimately con- -»-- /

nected with the subject is '~

sometimes shown in the FIG-112

hand. In this instance,the line, ca a, from the influence line, In Z), going in the

direction of the mount of the Moon, is an indication that

an influence in the life of this subject is addicted to

drink.

If the influence line is near to the root of the thumb, as

Page 223: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE MOUNT OF VENUS 217

at e e, Fig. 114, the inebriate is certain to be a member ofthe subject^s own family.

Another indication of great trouble in connection withthe intemperate habits of another, or others, is often shown

by a single line, very deeply

cut, on the mount" of the/^\ Moon, as at c c, Fig. 113; but

\ it would be difficult, if this

line were the only drink in-

dication in the hand, to par-

ticularize the individual,though one might surmise

correctly who it was by in-

dications of

trouble on an in-

fluence line.

War Indica-tions. — War in-

dications arenearly alwaysm arked by a

square on themount of Venus, with a

cross in the centre anda line of communication

(see h h, Fig. 108) to the

mount of Mars, on whichFig. 113. also squares and stars will

generally be found.In one instance—that of an officer just leaving for South

Africa—I saw two squares placed close together on the mountof Venus near the line of life, and told him that I thoughtthat they would mean either two wounds or two periods ofimprisonment. As I afterwards heard, one was a wound

THE MOUNT OF VENUS 217

at e 0, Fig. 114, the inebriate is certain to be a member ofthe subject's own family.

Another indication of great trouble in connection withthe intemperate habits of another, or others, is often shown

by a single line, Very deeplycut, on the mount" of the

Moon, as at c cz, Fig. 113; but

it would be difficult, if this

line were the only drink in-Q»=-

'::-' §§.._dication in the hand, to par-

§_ ticularize the individual,B, `_,_`_ '§T_ t-hough one might surmise

'tg'

correctly who it was by in-

__f<,,4}/_

.:`.1`-f-'-_:K dications of/

rf'V

trouble on an in-! gi fluence line.

gx War Indica-

c 6

`tions.-Wai" in-

dications are

nearly alwaysaf

marked by a

square on the

Q l mount of Venus, with a

C C %Qé cross in the centre and`

a lme of communication

§j;_`

.Z (see 1) 1), rig. 108) to the`

_, mount of Mars, on which

Fm 113 also squares and stars will

generally be found.In one instance-that of an officer just leaving for South

Africa-I saw two squares placed close together on the mountof Venus near the line of life, and told him that 1 thoughtthat they would mean either two wounds or two periods of

imprisonment. As I afterwards heard, one was a wound

Page 224: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

218 THE aHAYEN PALM

and the other imprisonment in Pretoria, and I have seen

many squares like this on the hands of men who have just

escaped death without being actually wounded. Active

service in very early life

&ay

beforetwenty—is oftenmarked

by a square just outside the

line of life, as at c, Fig. 108

;

but never in this manner later

in life.

If there is a star on the

mount of Mars at the end of

the line of communication,

starting from a

square on the

mount of Yenus

(see a a, Fig.

114), it is a

certain sign that

the subject will

be severelywounded, but

will receive honourtherefrom. Danger to

his life will be shown by

the break in his line of

life at c, but the square

over the break indicates

recovery from his

wound; and the line of

success, d d, rising from

the line of life after the break, proves that he will obtain

promotion, and of an extremely high order, provided there

is a fame-line, h h, rising from the mount of Mars at the

same time.

Fig. 114.

218 THE GRAVEN PALM

and the other imprisonment in Pretoria, and 1 have seen

many squares like this on the hands of men Who have just

escaped death Without being actually wounded. Active

service in very early life-say

beforetwenty--isoftenmarked'

-

by a square just outside the .

line of life, as at c, Fig. 108

but never in this manner later

in life. -4

If there is a star on the

mount of Mars at the end of

the line of communication,

square on the

mount of Venus

(see on a., Fig.114), it is a

certain sign that 9 ,

the subject will

be severely \`|wounded, but

will receive honoui

therefrom. Danger to

his life Will be shown bythe break in his line oi

life at c, but the square

i

3'-~_

<

_

.7-_if

7;

_ __.C

'

-;'~_ :.

A.`

starting from a__

ki'

o

L

_

_I

V

I

f .

6

_

/

I

/Qi/over the break indicates

0

recovery from his /Wound; and the line of FIG. 114.

success, fl cl, rising from

the line of life after the break, proves that he will obtain

promotion, and of an extremely high order, provided there

is a fame-line, it h, rising from the mount of Mars at the

same time.

Page 225: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE MOUNT OF YENUS 219

All these signs will be found to be absolutely correct in

the hands of numbers of Army men, and the years in whichthey have obtained promotion will also be plainly indicated.

If there is found the sign/,

of war on the end of an in-

fluence line (see c, Fig. 115)

the line of influence ceasing

in the square, there being

also a line of trouble from the

square to the mount of Mars

at h—it would be an indication

that the subject had lost a

friend in battle.

The day that

the results of

the Battle of

Magersfonteinwere posted up

attheWarOfllce

a lady came to

me in terrible grief,

having just seen her

husband's name in the

list of those danger-

ously wounded.

I give, in Fig. 116,

an exact reproduction

of his line of influence,

as marked upon her

hand, from which I told

her that I was absolutely confident that the fact of his lineemerging again from the square of preservation after thebreak showed that, though dangerously wounded, he wouldcompletely recover.

Fig

THE MOUNT OF VENUS 219

All these signs will be found to be absolutely correct in

the hands of numbers of Army nien, and the years in which

they have obtained proinotion will also be plainlyindicated.If there is found the Slg'1l.`=

of War on the end of an in-'

fluence line (see c, Fig. l15)-'

the line of influence ceasingin the square, there being i

3:"`

also a line of trouble from the 1;-¢ -Ff-

square to the mount of Mars=

*_.,...»-

f_,`., .-

that the subject had lost a 25°F'

at lc-it Would be an indication

friend in battle.

The day that

the results of

the Battle of

l[agersfontein ~

K/'Z

I,-

þÿ�7 ¬�»

L-'I

f.»

~

-"'°

1' 7

1 .1

""were posted up __ fl/

F

_

at the War Office 1,a lady came to me in terrible grief, , §§§`__ _

-

having just seen her /

husband' s nalne in the f "°§i ¢list of those danger- K /J lfously wounded.

I give, in Fig. 116, /an exact reproductionof his line of influence,as marked upon her

hand, from which I told

FIG. 115.

her that I was absolutely confident that the fact of his line

emerging again from the square of preservation after thebreak showed that, though dangerously Wounded, he would

completely recover.

Page 226: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

220 THE GRAVEN PALM

I afterwards heard tliat her husband, who was one of the

Highlanders at Magersfontein, had been actually left for

dead, and set aside for burial for a period of twelve hours,

after which he showed signs of life, and eventually entirely

recovered from his wound.

In Fig. 117 an instance is

given of a woman who was

married to a soldier at about

the age of twenty-seven. The

marriage was a happy one,

excepting that the husband

was, of necessity, a great deal

away from her, owing to the

nature of his profession—as

will be seen by

the line a a, not

running close to

the line of life on

the mount of

Venus. He is killed

in battle when she

is about forty-two (

widowhood line, h

and the manner of

death is shown by

star on the mount

Mars at c, and also by

the square, with a cross,

at the termination of

the influence line at a. These indications, accompanied

by the line of success, d, on her line of life, show that his

bravery and gallantry in action were acknowledged to her

in a suitable manner.

Fig. 116.

220 THE GRAVEN PALM

I afterwards heard that her husband, Who was one_of the

Highlanders at Magersfontein, had been actually left for

dead, and set aside for burial for a period of twelve hours,

after which he showed signs of life, and eventually entirelyrecovered from his wound.

In Fig. 117 an instance is

given of a Woman who was

married to a soldier at about

the age of twenty-seven. The -'

marriage was a happy one, ,__-L,'T'

excepting that the husband ;-.

|~ -:uf '§

was, of necessity, a great deal_

;`"-

-~'*' #

away from her, owing to the ""

nature of his profession-as `?

will be seen by /"' 1?

_

the line ca cu, notZ

running close to

the line of life on Qthe mount of

/7

KVenus. He is killed_

in battle when she

is about forty-two (seeWidowhood line, I) 11),and the manner of his

death is shown by the

star on the mount of _,_ -fMars at c, and also bythe square, with a cross, F1G_ 116_

at the termination of

the influence line at ct. These indications, accompanied

by the line of success, cl, on her line of life, show that his

bravery and gallantry in action were acknowledged to her

in a suitable manner.

Page 227: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE MOUNT OF VENUS 221

Success Lines.—Lines of success rise from the line of life,

trending upwards uncrossed and unbroken^ as at g h j,

Fig. 115.

Failure lines are practically the same as the anxiety andtrouble lines already mentioned ; but the upright lines fromthe line of life, denoting suc-

cess and promotion, must not

be confused with trouble lines

going from the mount of

Venus to Saturn.

It must also be borne in

mind that those lines which,

indicating events, pass across

the hand from

the mount • of

Venus, andhave definite

and indepen-

dent significa-

tions, must not

be taken as

necessarily barring

lines of success, fame,

etc. The bars to suc-

cess must be short,

indefinite lines, which

perform no other pur-

pose than that of bar-

ring the success lines.

Three instances of success lines, shown at a ^ c,

Fig. 118, will explain what is meant. At h the successline is barred by lines which do away with its successfulsignification, and the trouble and the worry due to thefailure of the anticipated success are skowil by the worry

THE MOUNT OF VENUS 221

Success Lines.-Lines of success rise from the line of life,trending upwards uncrossed and unbroken, as at g lv, j,Fig. 115.

Failure lines are practically the same the anxiety and

trouble lines already mentioned ; but the upright lines from

the line of life, denoting suc-

cess and promotion, must- not

Y

be confused with trouble lines

going from the mount of

Venus to Saturn.=_ _,_

It must also be borne in

mind that those lines which, IS. "ff-indicating events, pass across

JF

if:

the hand from

the mount fof__ /_ _ -

_(_ ` syVenus,and ""have definite

/, `-and indepen- /

ma5

dent significa- Q 7

tions, must not 'Z /C

be taken as ) 51

necessarily barring Q,

lines of success, fame,etc. The bars to suc-

cess must be short,indefinite lines, which

perform no other pur- g/pose than that of bar-

ring the success lines.

Three instances of success lines, shown at cn b C,Fig. 118, will explain what is meant. At b the success

line is barred by lines which do away with its successful

signification, and the trouble and the Worry due to thefailure of the anticipated success are slLQvgg by the worry

FIG. 117.

Page 228: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

222 THE aHAYEN PALM

Also there are usually breaks in the successlines at d.

line itself.

The success lines, a and c, are both crossed by lines which

traverse the hand, but these

do not bar the success, as they

have other significations.

Sometimes a line of success,

either with regard to money

or worldly position, which has

come as a surprise, and almost

as a shock, will have a star at

the end, as at

/, Fig. 115.

In Fig. 113

there is given

an instancetaken from the

hand of a girl

who obtained

the post of Maid

of Honour to

Queen Victoria

very unexpectedly.

The line d d shows the

advancement in

worldly position, and

the surprise is shown,

in this case, by the

cross line and star, e e.

In some hands a line

of success marked as at e. Fig. 119, merely indicates a start

in life—such as that of a young man beginning life on his

own account.

If this line is accompanied at the same date by the sign

Fig. 118.

222 THE GRAVEN PALM

lines at cl. Also there are usually breaks in the success

line itself.

The success lines, ct and C, ar

traverse the hand, but these

do not bar the success, as theyhave other significations.

Sometimes a line of success,

either with regard to money

i`...¢`

__ _

p

e both crossed by lines which

or worldly position, which has'rl

~>~

come as a surprise, and almost 7:

as a shock, will have a star at 4-` :"_,_

the end, as at4 ;¥-

j, Fig. 115.

In Fig. 113___/

`~,§_

there is given-E

an instance a'

'

taken from the&

4/ W (

hand of a girl R `

Who obtained the post of Maid

1

4',V

of Honour to JY.f

' `%/

Queen Victoria '" §;very unexpectedly.

`

E-The line ol cl shows the E;

advancement in

Worldly position, and`

the surprise is shown, ,/

in this case, by the

cross line and star, e c. FIG, 118,

In some hands a line

of success marked as at e, Fig. 119, merely indicates a stait

in life-such as that of a young man beginning life on his

own account.

If this line is accompanied at the same date by the sign

Page 229: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE MOUNT OF YENUS 223

on the fate-line, indicating a voyage to a foreign country

(see/, Fig. 119), it indicates that this change in his career

either necessitates his taking a voyage himself in order to

start his work abroad (which

will nearly always be found

to be the case), or that he

will be greatly connected

with countries over the

water.

The same lines in very

early life often indicate the

commencement of a school

career, and it is

often possible to

cause some sur-

prise by telling

the subject at

what ages he

went to somefour or five dif-

ferent schools,

merely judging

by the dates on

the line of life at

which these lines start

(see d d, Fig. 115).

Going to college will

often be marked bv a

similar line rather

longer, and extend-

ing more on to the mount of Jupiter, as at e; though, as Ihave said before, a line like this may indicate that insteadof going to college the subject started his profession at thisage after leaving school, for the character and disposition

Fig. 119.

THE MOUNT OF VENUS 223

on the fate-line, indicating a voyage to a foreign country(seeji Fig. 119), it indicates that this change in his career

either necessitates his taking a Voyage himself in order to

start his Work abroad (whichwill nearly always be found

to be the case), or that he

will be greatly connected __

`

with countries over the ""

water.,__

l | `

The same lines in Very

early life often indicate the '_;I _`

commencement of a school 'Az-;» QTcareer, and it is

,

often possible to`

A

_?-11"`_`_ ugcause some sur-

,

prise by telling 5'N

the subject atIf ` `T

what ages he, 'Q

went to some agfour or five dif- 4`&?§E __,'__f' ferent schools, A 1' Ii ' <-fjfis' /315merely judging 1"/N V

/by the dates on

the line of life at

Which these lines start

(see cl cl, Fig. 115).Going to college will _

often be marked by a /similar line rather

in

'ff

FIG. 119.longer, and extend-

ing more on to the mount of Jupiter, as at e ; though, as 1have said before, a line like this may indicate that insteadof going to college the subject started his profession at thisage after leaving school, for the character and disposition

Page 230: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

224 THE GRAVEN PALM

of the subject must always be the real guide in interpreting

lines of this description aright.

Lines from the line of life tending towards the mount of

Apollo will, if unbroken by small lines, as I have said

before, infallibly indicate

great good-fortune commenc-

ing at the date when the line

leaves the line of life (see h h,

Fig. 119). When a line start-

ing from the line of head

joins this line, as at c c, it is

a sign that success is achieved

mainly through the sub-

ject's personal

talent.

If at the same

time there were

also a line point-

ing towards, or

ending on, the

mount of Jupiter, as

at d, rising from the

line h h, it would be

an indication that suc-

cess had been attained

through work of an

exceedingly intellectual

nature, such as attends

the writing of an ex-

cessively clever book, or high political or diplomatic honours,

especially if accompanied by a triangle on the mount of

Jupiter; or, if the line h h starts earlier in life, success at

the University would be indicated.

In the hand of a clergyman this line would mean high

Fig. 120.

224 THE GRAVEN PALM

of the subject must always be the real guide in interpretinglines of this description aright.

Lines from the line of life tending towards the mount of

Apollo will, it unbroken by small lines, as I have said

before, infallibly indicate

great good-fortune commenc-

ing at the date when the line

leaves the line of life (see ln 5,¢°

'

»-.."

Fig. 119). Wlieii a line sta1't-

ing from the line of head =¢_

joins this line, as at c c, it is ,=,__"

J

_.°"v

a signthat success is achieved 3 <, , i

mainly through the sub-

`ect's ersonal]talent. ,

/' 5 K I,ly

If at the same `~§time there were

Z'

'

also a line point- /I _,,/

ing towards, or

Q

ending on, the` dz W/F;

mount of Jupiter, as c%l7_,/_¢;,,C

at ol, rising from the /// [35line Y) IJ, it would be

an indication that suc-~ a

cess had been attained

through work of an _/lexceedingly intellectual

nature, such as attends FIG. 1Q0.

the writing of an ex-

cessively clever book, or high political or diplomatic honours,

especially if accompanied by a triangle on the mount of

Jupiter; or, it the line 5 b starts earlier in life, success at

the University would be indicated.

In the hand of a clergyman this line would mean high

Page 231: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE MOUNT OF VENUS 225

ecclesiastical promotion—such as being made a Bishop,Arclibisliop, or Cardinal.

Of course, in delineating the hand, everything goes bycomparison—as I have already said in the Preamble. Forinstance, what would bewealth to some would be

poverty to others ; what would ^^be high distinction to some / \

might be lightly esteemed by ' *

others ; and I have often beenvery much amused by the

variety of views on this subject

held by my different clients.

We must re-

member thismost particu-

larly with regard

to the marks of

wealth in a

hand. For ex-

ample, if, in reading

the hand of a person in

a subordinate position,

who has had to workhard all his life for a

weekly pittance, wecome upon a line which,

if found in the hand of

a man born to an in-

come of £20,000 a year, would mean an accession to a princelyfortune, we know that, in the case we are dealing with, sucha line would simply mean a legacy of £50 or £100.And equal discrimination must be used when interpreting

all other lines in the hand.

15

THE MOUNT OF VENUS 225

ecclesiastical promotion--such as being made a Bishop,Archbishop, or Cardinal.

Of course, in delineating the hand, everything goes bycomparison--as I have already said in the Preamble. Forinstance, what would be

Wealth to some would be

poverty to others 5 what wouldbe high distinction to some .

might be lightly esteemed byothers ; and I have often been w- V

Z'

'

.

very much amused by the '

/'o

__--5-_ .-

variety of views on this subject :rj 'I-Q-

..

'

&held by my different clients._

We must re-

meinberthisV

'

ff' "Q'

»._,

most particu-g

i

"larly with regard

V `§

to the marks of -~` wealth in a

' ,

hand. For ex-'

I-*gif ii i

ample, if, in reading I

the hand of a person in

a subordinate position,9 I

who has had to Work

hard all his life for a

Weekly pittance, we

JIcome upon a line Which,if found in the hand of F1G_ 121_a man born to an in-

come of £20,000a year, would mean an accession to a princelyfortune, We know that, in the case We are dealing With, sucha line would simply mean a legacy of £50 or £lOO.

And equal discrimination must be used when interpretingall other lines in the hand.

15

Page 232: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

226 THE GBAVEN PALM

LitigatioD.—In Fig. 119 a number of little confused stars

and worry lines on tlie mount of Mars, connected with the

domestic worry lines on the mount of Venus by the lines

a a, indicate family quarrels and dissension, probably end-

ing in litigation at the date

when the worry lines, start-

ing from the line round the

base of the thumb, or the

family line, reach the line

of life.

The two squares on the

mount of Yenus, shown at h

in Fig. 121, with a commu-

nicating line,

h h, to the

mount of Mars,

also indicate

law trouble

and litigation.

If this sign is

accompanied by stars

on the mount of Mars

and worry lines from

the line round the

base of the thumb, as

at c c, Fig. 122, it

would indicate that

the lawsuit or litiga-

tion was carried on

against relations, and there will frequently be islands cross-

ing from the mount of Venus to the mount of Mars, but not,

of course, an island like that indicating divorce or legal

separation, which must be inseparably connected with

definite influence lines on the mount of Venus.

226 THE GRAVEN PALM

Litigation.-ln Fig. 119 a number of little confused stars

and worry lines on the mount of Mars, connected with the

domestic worry lines on the mount of Venus by the lines

ca ce, indicate family quarrels and dissension, probably end-

ing in litigation at the date

when the Worry lines, start-

ing from the line round the

base of the thumb, or the

family line, reach the line:""

of life. =#-

1'

The two squares on the _,___

mount of Venus, shown at li aj'3-'V jg _

_

in Fig. 121, with a commu-

nicating line,b b, to the

~f' f ;

"'

mount of Mars, §also indicate

law trouble i,/

and litigation. If this sign is = /AQ

accompanied by stars | on the mount of Mars

and worry lines from

the line round the

base of the thumb, as

'

at C 0, rig. 122, if. J/would indicate that

the lawsuit or litiga- F1G_ 1QQ_

tion was carried on

against relations, and there will frequently be islands cross-

ing from the mount of Venus to the mount of Mars, but not,

of course, an island like that indicating divorce or legal

separation, which must be inseparably connected with

definite influence lines on the mount of Venus.

Page 233: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE MOUNT OF VENUS 227

If the stars on the mount of Mars and the lines ofdomestic worry are absent, the law trouble and litigationare with strangers only.

In Fig. 122 the failure lines, d, accompanied by muchworry, following a litigation,

show that in this case thesubject was not successful in

his lawsuit (with relations);

but in Fig. 121 the line of

success, c c, immediately fol-

lowing the law indication, h h,

shows that the subject was suc-

cessful in her suit, evidentlywith persons not

related to her, as

there is no con-

necting linecoming from the

base of thethumb.

If the line of

communication, c c,

Fig. 120, to the mountof Mars, has an island

or islands on it (see d),

it would, of course, in-

dicate that the lawsuit

or litigation was con-

nected with disgrace.

In Fig. 120 is givenan instance taken from the hand of a lady whose husband,after passing some time in prison, was released, and livedwith her afterwards for many years.

This is shown by the line of influence, a a, entering a

Fig. 123.

THE MOUNT OF VENUS 227

If the stars on the mount of Mars and the lines ofdomestic worry are absent, the law trouble and litigationare with strangers only.

In Fig. 122 the failure lines, ci, accompanied by muchworry, following a litigation,show that in this case the

subject was not successful inhis lawsuit (with relations);

`_,

'

but in Fig. 121 the line of '

:A-

success, 0 c, immediately fol- 5* """

lowing the law indication, Z2 6, ~~

>__shows that the subject was suc- _;:"'

_;~._ :_cessful in her suit, evidently -¢ °"`

with persons not

related to her, as:,-

vé-_`

-;';

there is no con- "'

necting line

coming from the `

'gfb a s e o f t h e

thumb.6If the line of

'|,NQ

communication, c 0,

Fig. 120, to the mount

of Mars, has an islandf

or islands on it (see cl), C

it would, of course, in-

dicate that the lawsuit-4 _,,;'

or litigation was con- &`%nected with disgrace.Ill Fig. 120 is given

an instance taken from the hand of a lady whose husband,after passing some time in prison, was released, and livedwith her afterwards for many years.

This is shown by the line of influence, cz cn, entering a

FIG. 123.

Page 234: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

228 THE GRAVEN PALM

square, h, of seclusion from the world upon the mount of

Venus, and emerging upon the other side. It will be

noticed that the influence line is not marked in the square

itself, showing that they were apart from each other during

the time of his imprisonment.

It is, however, excessively

difficult to distinguish be-

tween the imprisonment and

the madness of an influence,

as shown upon the mount of

Venus, and great caution

must be used by the student

in determining which of the

two alterna-

tives will be the

(correct one in

(;ach individual

case, as the

squares are

practically the

same.

One method is

note carefulwhether there i

signs of ill-hea

shown on the line

influence before it

enters the square, in

which case it is more

likely that that particular square will indicate a lunatic

asylum than a prison. On the other hand, it is far more

probable that there will be islands, indicating disgrace, on

the line of anxiety ushering in the square, if the square be

a prison. •

E228 THE GRAVEN PALM

square, b, of seclusion from the world upon the mount of

Venus, and emerging upon the other side. It will be

noticed that the influence line is not marked in the square

itself, showing that they were apart from each other during

the time of his imprisonment.lt is, however, excessivelydifficult to distinguish be-

tween the imprisonment and1 /,___

the madness of an influence, _

as shown upon the mount of _,_,

,_,..' ,-Venus, and great caution

must be used by the student ff?- 1

-_

in determining which of the

two alterna-.`

tives will be the' K" I.

edW/19--.

correct one in at

each individual/

case, as the ff

s q u a r e s ar e /

practically the

SELHIG.. 0,

One method is to I1

note carefully -<~ f/--/~-/~

whether there are

signs of ill-health

shown on the line of /Iinfluence before it \

enters the square, in FIG. 124.

which case it is more

likely that that particular square will indicate a lunatic

asylum than a prison. On the other hand, it is far more

probable that there will be islands, indicating disgrace, on

the line of anxiety ushering in the square, if the square be

a prison. ,

Page 235: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE MOUNT OF VENUS 229

In Fig. 121 there is given an instance taken from thehand of a lady whose husband died mad whilst in anasylum (see square d on the end of his influence line).

Sometimes the influence line of a husband or wife showscontinuous ill - health bybeing very shaky and un-

even, as at a a, Fig. J 22;

and a long period of ill-

health, where the influence

was entirely confined to the

house, is often marked bya square on the influence

line, as at h. But in a

case like this

the line of in-

fluence would

run throughthe square,showing that

the wife waswith her hus-

band during the entire

period of his enforced

seclusion, and not separ-

ated from him, as wouldof necessity have beenthe case in Figs. 120 and121. In some rare cases,

when a subject has him-self suffered from a severe illness (generally fever) in adistant country, he has, at the date of the illness, two squaresupon his hand, as at a a, Fig. 123, with a slight connectinglink, 6, between them, these being always preceded by avoyage line, c c, indicating the journey to a foreign land.

THE MOUNT OF VENUS 229

In Fig. 121 there is given an instance taken from thehand of a lady whose husband died niad whilst in an

asylum (see square ci on the end of his iniiuence line).Sometimes the influence line of a husband or wife shows

continuous ,ill - health bybeing very shaky and un-

even, as at cn cn, Fig. 122;and a long period of ill-

health, where the influencewas entirely confined to the ""

,¢- 1

,__/

if*

house, is often marked by ,-3/1.

'

"J _-- ~~/1

§

line, as at Zi. But in a

case like this

the line of in- " '

C-n

_

/, 1' ,.. 2"/ "

a square on the influenceN,

&

1 '

fluence would

run through ,/, 4i

/the square, .

*-

showing that the wife was

(Z

with her hus-I

band during the entire --Q;

period of his enforced / r

Z5seclusion, and not separ-ated froin him, as would

of necessity have been _/zthe case in Figs. 120 and121. In some rare cases, FIG. 125.when a subject has him-self suffered from a severe illness (generally fever) in a

distant country, he has, at the date of the illness, two squaresupon his hand, as at ct oc, Fig. 123, with a slight connectinglink, tv, between them, these being always preceded by a

voyage line, c c, indicating the journey to a foreign land.

Page 236: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

230 THE GRAVEN PALM

The success of another person,bywhich the subject benefits,

is shown by the line d d, Fig. 123, starting from the influence

line and going to Apollo.

Shock.— In Fig. 124—

a

woman^s hand—is given a

curious instance (taken, of

course, from life), in which

her husband received a ter-

rible shock in a railway acci-

dent (see star on the influ-

ence line at a), which caused

an internal disorder, h, fT'om

which he finally

died, c; the

death cross, it

will be seen, is

enclosed in a

square, showing

that he was con-

fined -to the

house for manymonths before

his death.

In the hand of a lady

who had passed through

a terrible time in

Manipur, when most of

the people she knew yig. 126.

were massacred, and she

herself, with a few others, escaped as by a miracle, I found

-a large number of tiny stars, indicating severe shocks, all

connected with a spot on her life-line, which, by calculating

her age, I found to be the exact date at which the massacre

had taken place (see d d, Fig. 125).

230 THE GRAVEN PALM

The success of anotherperson,bywhich the subject benefits,is shown by the line cl cl, Fig. 123, starting from the influence

line and going to Apollo.

Shock.-In Fig. 124-a

woman's hand-is given a

curious instance (taken, of

course, from life), in which '=~"

-ff;

her husband received a ter- -:___»~

rible shock in a railway acci-

dent (see star on the inHu- /_f §:"' _

fL

9' ....f'/ iv-ini _

I

_.`ence line at ot), which caused

"

§-

an internal disorder, Zn, from

which he finally"

r ` þÿ�`�~�= ¬d i e d, c ; t h e

'_

_

death cross, it §will be seen, is ,_

T

enclosed in a 1

square, showingthat he was con-

fined jto the

house for many

months before

his death.

F

-~

In the hand of a ladyb

who had passed through

1

a terrible time in _I

Manipur, when most of_'

/

the people she knew

were massacred, and sheFIG. 126.

herself, with a few others, escaped as by a miracle, I found

'a large number of tiny stars, indicating severe shocks, all

connected with a spot on her life-line, Which, by calculating

her age, I found to be the exact date at which the massacre

had taken place (see ol cl, Fig. 125).~

`

Page 237: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE MOUNT OF VENUS 231

Deaths from Drowning^.—In Fig. 121 an instance is given,

taken from the hand of a lady, of the death of her husbandby drowning at sea (note influence line, (X a).

As will be noticed, the subject has the star e on the

mount of the Moon, signi-

fying a great shock in con-

nection with the water,

and this star, being at the

termination of the line of

communication^, e e, forming

the death cross on the end

of the influence line on the

mount of Venus, indicates

the manner in which her

husband met his

death.

The lineswere markeddeeply in this

case, as herhand was a

very sympa-thetic one.

In Fig. 125 is

also shown an

interesting case, which I

found in the hand of a

mother, whose child hadbeen drowned almost

before her eyes.

The death cross onthe mount of Venus at a indicates the death, and the com-municating line to the mount of the Moon, ending in a star

at h, indicates a great shock connected with the water;

Fig. 127.

THE MOUNT OF VENUS 231

Deaths from Drowning.-In Fig. 121 an instance is given,taken from the hand of a lady, of the death of her husband

by drowning at sea (note influence line, ot ct).As will be noticed, the subject has the star e on the

mount of the Moon, signi-fying a great shock in con-

nection With the water,and this star, being at the

_

termination of the line of//5

""°'

communication, e e, formingthe death cross on the end

of the influence line on the /, 5; _`

. . Q""

_ _mount of Venus, indicates xr: gfthe manner in which her ' '

'

I jsf,

husband met his _ J =-1' `~=

death.

The lines

..c/' `-`

G/

`

S

w`were marked -

deeply in this

case, as her,

2/ _

_ __.

I

hand was a

Very sympa-thetic one.

In Fig. 125 is

0

also shown an ¢L 'Z

interesting case, which I

found in the hand of a

mother, Whose child had "

4/been drowned almost I/before her eyes.

-v

_-

FIG. 127.The death cross on

the mount of Venus at Ol, indicates the death, and the com-

municating line to the mount of the Moon, ending in a star

at b, indicates a great shock connected with the water;

Page 238: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

232 THE GRAVEN PALM

but the most curious and uncommon part of this instance

is that the child was an exceedingly fair one, with very

golden hair, and the colour line to Apollo, c c, shows a

succession of stars, as if the terrible sight of her fair-haired

child drowning had been

stereotyped on her brain and

from thence to her hand.

In Fig. 126 is given an

exact reproduction of the

marks found on the hand of

a well-known naval officer,

who was on board H.M.S.

Victoria at the time when she

wasrun down in the

Mediterranean.The star, a, on the

line of life shows a

great shock, as also

the star on the

mount of the Moon,

and the square, &,

on the mount of the Moon,

of course indicates pre-

servation from death by

drowning.

In Fig. 127, at d d, is

given an instance found

on the hand of a man

whose son was drowned at sea when he, the father, was

about sixty years of age.

A terrible shock, probably in connection with the loss of

land, or of money, through mines or other transactions

connected with land, though in some cases it might be

trouble occasioned by a dark or Saturnian person not an

232 THE GRAVEN PALM_

but the most curious and uncommon part of this instance

is that the child was an exceedingly fair one, with Very

golden hair, and the colour line to Apollo, c c, shows a

succession of stars, as if the terrible sight of her fair-haired

child drowning had been

stereotyped on her brain and

from thence to her hand.

ln Fig. 126 is given an

exact reproduction of the ,_.___

*--7r~

marks found on the hand of"` 7;

nl*-

a well-known naval oflicer, _ _,f ,__

; -§ *L

,l

._,

who was on board H.M.S. 3/F-<-

Victoria at the time when she ;

wasrun down in the "¢ <~

E

Mediterranean. .9 1*

The star, ct, on the h5 Y

line of life shows a

great shock, as also //W ?the star on the '<' /

mount of the Moon, f I

a,

and the square, Ia,0/

(3 f CZ

on the mount of the Moon,of course indicates pre- #fcservation from death bydrowning. Z

In Fig. 127, at cl cl, is

given an instance found FIG, 128_

on the hand of a man

whose son was drowned at sea when he, the father, was

about sixty years of age.

A terrible shock, probably in connection with the loss of

land, or of money, through niines or other transactions

connected with land, though in some cases it might be

trouble occasioned by a dark or Saturnian person not an

Page 239: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE MOUNT OF VENUS 233

influence in the subject^s life, is often indicated, as at a a,

Fig. 127; but, to be perfectly sure that this is a sign of

actual loss, we must be certain that there are trouble andworry lines resulting from it, as at h.

The sign of an intense surprise, accompanied by success,

would be shown by a similar •

line, rising from the line of

life but not cutting through

it (see c c. Fig. 127).

A Woman Enemy.—A star

upon the lower portion of

the mount of Venus is said

to indicate a woman enemy.

This will be

often found to

be correct, pro-

vided that a

small hair-line

can be traced

from it to any

line on thehand by the

help of which

we may fix the date uponthe line of life of a

woman^s interference for

evil.

I give an illustration of

this in Fig. 128.

Here the woman enemy is the means of taking a friendfrom the subject (see influence line, a a, of an Apollcperson as shown by the colour line, ah). It will benoticed that the influence line, a a, goes out of the sub-ject's life altogether at the time when the malevolent

Fig. 129.

THE MOUNT OF VENUS 233

inilu ence in the subject's life, is often indicated, as at cn cc,

Fig. 127; but, to be perfectly sure that this is a sign of

actual loss, We must be certain that there are trouble and

Worry lines resulting from it, as at Zz.

The sign of an intense surprise, accompanied by success,

would be shoW11 by a similar '

line, rising from the line of

life but not cutting throughit (see c c, Fig. 127). _ _

. **'.§'

A Woman Enemy.-A star

upon the lower portion of

the mount of Venus is said .

__

to indicate a Woman enemy.'

<'

XThis will be

often found to

:=_ 4

_"~;-..»

. ,f

~

-

"

_-»-"_ ..` -.-:.--

be correct, pro- é"§vided that a

,I\

small hair-line /can be traced Cfrom it to any /line on the /hand by the ' 5

help of which 0'A

We may HX the date upon dthe line of life of a

Woman's interference for. I

evil. 45

I give an illustration ofFIG_ 129.

this in Fig. 128.

Here the Woman enemy is the means of taking a friendfrom the subject (see influence line, ct ai, of an Apolloperson as shown by the colour line, ct 6). It will benoticed that the influence line, on cn, goes out of the sub-

ject's life altogether at the time when the malevolent

Page 240: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

234 THE GEAYEN PALM

influence line, c c, of the woman enemy meets it ; and that

lie (or she, as the case may be) is made unhappy by the

desertion of the influence, a a, we can judge by the trouble

lines at d crossing the line of life.

Earlier in the same figure is shown an instance of the

engagement of a girl, at the age of nineteen (see cZ), to a

dark man (see colour line, d e,

to Saturn). They are sepa-

rated in the course of a few

years by a fair (see colour

line, g) woman enemy, / /,

and the man^s sudden death

(see star, d) is shown, when

the subject is about twenty-

seven years of age, and is

terribly felt by

her, as is indi-

cated by the

death cross

with thejagged sorrow

line, h h, to

the line of

heart.

The very bad influ-

ence of a woman is often

shown (either in the

hand of a man or a

woman) by an influence

line on the mount of

Venus (as at a a. Fig. 129), having upon it, as will be seen,

islands and stars.

In the same figure is shown an instance of a long

engagement to a fair man, during which the subject and

234 THE GRAVEN PALM

influence line, c c, of the woman enemy meets it ; and that

he (or she, as the case may be) is made unhappy by the

desertion of the influence, ct cn, we can judge by the trouble

lines at ol crossing the line of life.

Earlier in the same iigure is shown an instance of the

engagement of a girl, at the age of nineteen (see CZ), to a

dark man (see colour line, cl e,

to Saturn). They are sepa-

rated in the course of a few '

years by a fair (see colour

line, g) woman enemy, ff, _,_

and the man's sudden deathT'

(see star, (Z) is shown, when_ -'ff N

the subject is about twenty- fiT

lf '

x

seven years of age, and is

terribly felt by f /_ _`

`<,~

her, as is indi- '

fH

"ig

cated by the ll ¥

death cross /f

w i t h t h e/ '!

jagged sorrow 6L line, h h, to ,

"

the line of

heart.'

The very bad influ-'

ence of a woman is often

shown (either in the '

hand of a man or a /IWoman) by an influence

line on the mount of

Venus (as at ct or, Fig. 129), having upon it, as will be seen,

islands and stars.

FIG. 130.

In the same Iigure is shown an instance of a long

engagement to a fair man, during which the subject and

Page 241: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE MOUNT OF YENUS 235

influence are separated for a period of several years (see

e to c), where their marriage is shown ; and a long journey

taken immediately afterwards to a very distant country is

indicated by the line to the mount of the Moon, at d. Thedate of the engagement—when she is about thirty years of

age—is shown at e, and the influence line, swooping awayfrom the line of life to b,

shows that he was absent

from, but faithful to her, as

the line is clear and un-

islanded.

The date of the marriage

is shown at c, some years

later; and the husband^s in-

fluence line continues on the

subject^s hand

to /_, showing

their life to-

gether to a very

advanced age.

Hypnotism.—In Fig. 130 is

given a very

curious in-

stance of a subject whohad been mesmerized whenquite a child. The mes-

merist had for many years,

even when at a distance

from her, been able to con-

trol her actions and compel her to do whatever he desired.

I give the lines exactly as I copied them from her hand.

The star and island {a and b) evidently show the shock to

the child^s nervous system, and the consequent bad effect

THE MOUNT OF VENUS 235

influence are separated for a period of several years (seee to 0), Where their marriage is shown ; and a long journeytaken ilnlnediately afterwards to a very distant country is

indicated by the line to the mount of the Moon, at cl. The

date of the engagement-when she is about thirty years of

age-is shown at e, and the influence line, swooping awayfrom the line of life to b,shows that he was absent

from, but faithful to her, as

the line is clear and un-

islanded.

.;- ,'

The date of the marriage"'

is shown at c, some years /:_'; _

later 5 and the husband's in- "il' 15' &

fluence line continues on the

subject's hand '

to f, showing fg H

"'

Q',. _/- .`

-Q,

their life to- §Lgether to a very /, /

é' 5advanced age.

/ 6

'/; 9

Hypnotism.- "" Vi/

In Fig. 130 is

given a verycurious in-

stance of a subject who

had been mesmerized whenf

quite a child. The mes-

/lmerist had for many years, \/

even when at a distanceFm 131_

from her, been able to con-

trol her actions and compel her to do Whatever he desired.

I give the lines exactly as I copied them from her hand.

The star and island (0, and Zi) evidently show the shock toJthe child s nervous system, and the consequent bad effect

Page 242: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

236 THE GRAVEN PALM

upon the health, which is confirmed by the island^ d, on the

line of health at the same age. The long and peculiarly

marked island, c c, is, of

course, the influence of the

mesmerist.

Changes in the life are

shown by crosses immediately

outside the line of life, as

at a h, Fig. 83; and a great

change in early life is shown

by the large cross at the com-

mencement of the

line of life, as at c.

In Fig. 83 there

is also shown,

at d d, the in-

fluence (not a

good one) of a

fair person (see

colour line, d e)

which caused the

subject—a man—muchsorrow (see line / /) and

occasioned a great and

unfortunate change in his

life (see cross, g, and also

the crossed downward lines

following at h).

Small crosses seen on influence and other smaller lines will

also indicate changes happening either to the subject him-

self or to those who strongly influence him.

In Fig. 130 is given another instance of a bad influence.

When the bad influence on the line of life is indicated

FiCx. 132.

236 THE GRAVEN PALM

upon the health, which is confirmed by the island, cl, on the

line of health at the same age. The long and peculiarlymarked island, c 0, is, of

course, the influence of the

inesmerist.

Changes in the life are_b

,...-4 ,

outside the line of life, as »

shown by crosses innnediately

at cz, 6, Fig. 83; and a great _

»--/"A#_

change in early life is shown 7-éA

:LAQ

by the large cross at the com-/`

niencement of the ¢'"d " Q

line of life, as at c.5,5 5

`

In Fig. 83 there

is also shown, ,>

G/

at cl cl, the in-fy fluence (not a

`

_,fl

good one) of a l ""~_

fail- person (see"

y Zz f"

colour line, cl e) ,

which caused the

subject-a man-much I'

sorrow (see line f and___

occasioned a great and -_

' '

unfortunate change in his ,TJ "

life (see cross, g, and also FIG. 132°the crossed downward lines

following at h).Small crosses seen on influence and other smaller lines will

also indicate changes happening either to the subject him-

self or to those who strongly influence him.

In Fig. 130 is given another instance of a bad influence.

When the bad influence on the line of life is indicated

Page 243: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE MOUNT OF VENUS 237

by an island, as at e, it is not necessarily a morally wrong

one, but is always a cause of great trouble, and will indicate

a dishonest friend, if any trouble is shown on the line of

fortune at the date when the influence is shown on the line

of life (see island, /, on the

line of fortune). And this

is especially so if the lines

of trouble, g g, starting im-

mediately after the influence

line commences, go to the

line of fortune^ thereby show-

ing money trouble at that

date.

The island

on the line of

fortune shows

temporarymoney trouble,

caused^ in this

case, by the

dishonest in-

fluence. If

there were no dishonest

influence marked upon

the mount of Venus, the

line of trouble and the

island on the line of

fortune would show that

the subject himself had got into temporary money trouble

or difficulty.

When money trouble is caused by the dishonesty or ill-

will of a relation, there will frequently be found an island

on that particular relation line, with a communicating line

of trouble to an island on the Apollo line.

THE MOUNT OF VENUS 237

by an island, as at e, it is not necessarily a morally wrong

one, but is always a cause of great trouble, and will indicate

a dishonest friend, if any trouble is shown on the line of

fortune at the date when the influence is shown on the line

of life (see island, f, on the

line of fortune). And this

is especially so if the lines

of trouble, g g, starting im- » ,-

mediately after the influence*M

»,

line commences, go to thei

T' '

line of fortune, thereby show-_ -';"..

ing' money trouble at that £3'

if"Q

date.

The island_ f `

,,,

on the line of ~`__fortune shows §temporary /r ',

money trouble, 'Z '

A/

'

caused, in this ~ -

case, by the

dishonest in-y (L

fluence. If

there were no dishonest

influence marked upon 0/

the mount of Venus, the

line of trouble and the -/'island on the line of

fortune would show thatFIG' 133'

the subject himself had got into temporary money trouble

or difficulty.Wlieii money trouble is caused by the dishonesty or ill-

will of a relation, there will frequently be found an island

on that particular relation line, with a communicating line

of trouble to an island on the Apollo line.

Page 244: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

238 THE aHAYEN PALM

Divorce.—In Fig. 131 is given an instance of a woman

who married at the age of eighteen^ and obtained a divorce

from her husband at about the age of twenty-seven.

The divorce is shown, in this case, by the large leaf-

shaped island, a a, lying across the hand and cutting the

marriage line, h b, on the

mount of Mercury; but, as a

general rule, the island indi-

cating divorce will go from

the mount of Venus to the

mount of Mars, as Mars indi-

cates law trouble and scandal.

That the fault is her hus-

band^s is, of course, shown

by his line of influ-

ence on her hand

being islanded

(see d d).

Her second mar-

riage is shown at

about the age of

thirty-five (see

lines/ / and / e),

and this proved a long and

happy one.

In Fig. 132 is given an

instance of a woman whodivorced by herwas Fm. 134.

marriagehusband. The

line is shown at a a, the husband^s influence line, a h,

and the influence of the fair man, who comes between

them, at g f and g g. The divorce line, or island, in

this case, is to be found at h h, crossing the hand

from the mount of Venus to the mount of Mars, and the

238 THE GRAVEN PALM

Divorce.-1n Fig. 131 is given an instance of a Rvoman

who married at the age of eighteen, and obtained a divorce

from her husband at about the age of twenty-seven.The divorce is shown, in this case, by the large leaf-

shaped island, an on, lying across the hand and cutting the

marriage line, Z9 Z), on the

mount of Mercury , but, as a

general rule, the island indi-

cating divorce Will go from_:_

the mount of Venus to the .Ȣ7~

,-*zzmount of Mars, as Mars indi-

cates law trouble and scandal.

That the fault is her hus-

_,_

l

-arf -5& _,L

111' ` `<.

;»,-

band's is, of course, shown _

by his line of influ-

ence on her hand

being islanded

(see cl cl).Her second mar- W

riage is shown at

about the age of

thirty-five (seelinesff and e),and this proved a long and

happy one.

1n Fig. 132 is given an

instance of a Woman who

was divorced by her

husband. The marriageline is shown at ct ct, the

W

_,_`

`_,Z`

`

g/ '§-

I

.f `

`

~;

dn

l ` wr 0C ,,_ _,Ex9;

V

I I

0" 72

/ 1%_.__

/

FIG. 134.

husband's influence line, 00 lv,and the influence of the fair man, who comes between

them, at g f and g g. The divorce line, or island, in

this case, is to be found at 71, 71, crossing the hand

from the mount of Venus to the mount of Mars, and the

Page 245: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE MOUNT OF VENUS 239

divorce will here be much more public than that shownin Fig. 131.

The co-respondent's marriage with the subject, after the

divorce is concluded, is shown by the connecting line, h,

and the influence line, 1 1, and the second marriage line, / m.

Marriage and divorce, fol-

lowed by a second marriage,

are often marked on the line

of fate, as in Fig. 133. Thefirst marriage line is shownat a a, and the first husband's

influence line at a 6 (i a,leaving

the subject's fate-line at d.

The island, e, on the fate-line

following, showseither divorce, or

every cause for it;

and in this case

divorce is shown by

the break, /, and

by the second mar-

riage line, g g.

In Figs. 134 and135 are shown the right

and left hands of a womanwho makes a very unhappymarriage (a a a) at about

the age of twenty-four

;

divorces her husband at the

age of thirty-eight (c),but does not marry again (see h h h)

until after her husband's death at about forty-six (see d d)

.

In this instance it will be seen that the second marriage,

h, is with a man (a good influence) whom she had knownfor many years.

Fig. 135.

THE MOUNT OF VENUS 239

divorce will here be much more public than that shownin Fig. 131.

The co-respondent's marriage with the subject, after thedivorce is concluded, is shown by the connecting line, k,and the influence line, Z Z, and th_e second marriage line, Z m.

és:-`T

£-

=¢~_Y?-5

`

-T}'.__

J i/`

;`-7 /-'=-'~..Z

cz

Z

L(

Marriage and divorce, fol-

lowed by a second marriage,are often marked on the lineof fate, as in Fig. 133. The

first marriage line is shown

at a, ca, and the iirst husband's

influence line at ah CZ ct, leavingthe subject's fate-line at 0Z.

The island, e, on the fate-line

following, shows

5g

either divorce, orF

every cause for it 5'

`§`___`

and in this case

_§,___, Y divorce is shown by`&_, / 6 the break, f, and

F / by the second mar-

4a riage line, g g.

éQ/

bQ `.=-=

"-

\? *"-_'J

i

FIG. 135.

In Figs. 134 and

135 are shown the rightand left hands of a woman

who makes a very unhappymarriage (cl cb ct) at about

the age of twenty-four 5

divorces her husband at the

age of thirty-eight (0), but does not marry again (see Zo Z1 Zu)until after her husband' s death at about forty-six (see GZ cl).

In this instance it will be seen that the second marriage,Zn, is with a man (a good influence) whom she had knownfor many years.

Page 246: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

240 THE GRAVEN PALM

As will be seen by the star at a, on the end of the first

husband's influence line, his death is a sudden one, caused

by an accident. Also the stars on the commencement of

the divorce islands on the mount of Venus are, as a rule,

marked only on the hands of extremely sensitive persons,

showing their great dislike

to publicity and notoriety

of any kind.

In Fig. 136—a woman's

hand—is given an instance (in

the island, a a, which nearly

but not quite closes) of a case

where, on account of grave

misrepresentations, the hus-

band had very

nearly divorced

his wife.

His s u s -

picions were,

however, un-

founded, and,

when proved to

him to be so, the

second period of their

marriage, marked at h h,

continued for many years

to be very happy.

I have often found

events in the lives of

subjects to be correctly indicated on the line of fate ; but at

the same time this line in many hands is singularly inade-

quate, and it is not wise to place implicit confidence in the

indications marked upon it, unless each event is found to

be verified upon the mount of Venus and the line of life.

240 THE GRAVEN PALM

As will be seen by the star at cc, on the end of the lirst

husband's influence line, his death is a sudden one, caused

by an accident. Also the stars on the commencement of

the divorce islands on the mount of Venus are, as a rule,

marked only on the hands of extremely sensitive persons,

showing their great dislike

to publicity and notorietyof any kind.

i

In Fig. 136-a voman's ._,

.___»

hand-is given an instance (inthe island, cn co, which nearlybut not quite closes) of a case fl:

Where, on account of grave

'

Q"i

misrepresentations, the hus-

band had very

nearly divorced

» K- __`1-

b ~

his Wife.s \

H i s s u s -

picions were,

' 'L `

however, un- ,founded, and, Q

when proved to

him to be so,thesecond period of their

marriage, marked at 5 19,continued for many years /Ito be very happy. \

lf have often found FIG_ 135

events in the lives of

subjects to be correctly indicated on the line of fate; but at

the same time this line in many hands is singularly inade-

quate, and it is not Wise to place implicit conlidence in the

indications marked upon it, unless each event is found to

be verified upon the mount of Venus and the line of life.

Page 247: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE MOUNT OF VENUS 241

hi Fig. 137 is given another instance of a secondmarriage. The first marriage line is shown at a a; the

husband^s influence line^ a h, accompanying the line of

fate, indicates that it was a very happy marriage; his

death is shown by the markacross the line of fate at c,

ending his influence line.

Her second marriage is

shown a short time after-

wards, at d, with a man whomshe had known and liked

before she had ever met her

first husband (see line e).

In Fig. 138 the

same events are

given as markedupon the line oflife.

The first mar-

riage is shown bythe lines, a h anda Cj with the colour

line, a d, to Jupiter;

the husband's suddendeath is shown by the star

on the end of the influence

line, a h, and by the widow-hood line, //, ending onthe mount of Mercury.

The second marriage, later, is shown by the influenceline, h g; and the long influence line, h h, farther back onthe mount of Yenus, shows that the second husband hadbeen a faithful friend to her—at any rate in heart—duringall those years.

16

Fig. 137.

THE MOUNT OF VENUS 241

In Fig. 137 is given another instance of a second

marriage. The first marriage line is shown at cn ca; thehusband's influence line, cc 5, accompanying the line of

fate, indicates that it was a very happy marriage; hisdeath is shown by the mark

across the line of fate at C,

ending his influence line.

Her second marriage is"_:_, *

shown a short time after-- ;

Wards, at ol, with a man Whom '-"' `

»

she had known and liked -4

nl-5-:§before she had ever inet her Q -=~

Hrst husband (see line c). T

In rig. 138 uwT

-='>`

7' 24

_ _ d, ~same events are ga _ Qgiven as marked

'

i

upon the line oflife. »

- 4The first mar- ~-

riage is shown by y

Z1

the lines, cn L and 01,ci c, with the colour

line, ci cl, to Jupiter; I

the husband's suddendeath is shown by the star I 8 <'

on the end of the influence ~/; þÿ�l�1�1�1 ¬�,�C�L6, and by the widow- `

hood line, ff, ending on F1G_ 137_the inount of Mercury.

The second marriage, later, is shown by the influenceline, k gg and the long influence line, h h, farther back on

the mount of Venus, shows that the second husband hadbeen a faithful friend to her_at any rate in heart-duringall those years.

16

Page 248: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

242 THE GEAYEN PALM

CDCO

I—

I

242 THE GRAVEN PALM

[ff /» Q#

» ,

Q

Wf-"'r`-'>/`*

Qlli '

9 (xx YF S §

.' ' ""'w ,} f~==b§

Ag/

l< '15

§'Y

'/ 31 mg

/ `

'

Q

Q.; 1 I *

HI* X; "

9~

/ W*

,S _._ ©>/ Q

{ .. H* `

'

Page 249: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

THE MOUNT OF VENUS 243

His colour line^ hj, goes to Saturn at the commencementof their friendship.

In Fig. 139 I have combined all the lines shown in

the last two figures as

an example to the

student.

In Fig. 140 an in-

stance is given which I

have found only twice

during the many years I

have studied palmistry.

In bothcases the

s ub j e c ts

were r e -

markablyfine cha-

racters and

distin-guishedsoldi ers.

Each of

them had

had a hopeless affec-

tion in their lives,

and had never either

loved or marriedanybody else.

This influence is

shown at a a, and

there was absolutely

no other influence line of any sort marked on either hand.This long influence line must not be confused with that

called by DesbarroUes the line of Mars, which is found

Fig. 140.

THE MOUNT OF VENUS 243

His colour line, 71, j, goes to Saturn at the commencement

of their friendship.In Fig. 139 I have combined all the lines shown in

the last two figures as

an example to the

student.

In Fig. 140 an in-

stance is given which I 1`

o

have found only twice ,..:-`Q

during the many years I

have studied palmistry. ~i-_Z_

I n lo o t h _7" 'Q

, cases the

`

subjects _, §", `-{ 1;-¢f"' E-were re-

°'

:markably , /f ;_fine cha-

racters and '""'

d i s t i n - /1'

g u i s h e d

s ol di ers.

E a ch o f

them had

had a hopeless affec-

tion in their lives,and had never eith_er a'

loved or married \Y2; Danybody else. `

'_

This influence is

I

5 "/

shown at 0, a,, and FIG, 140,

there was absolutelyno other influence line of any sort marked on either hand.This long influence line must not be confused with thatcalled by Desharrolles the line Of Mars, which is found

Page 250: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

244 THE GEAVEN PALM

occasionally running parallel with the line of life from

its commencement, and said by him to be an indication

of great success in life, but which does not start from or very

near the line of life in the way in which an influence line

does, showing the date at which the friendship commences.

This Mars line I have always found in those hands which

are unfortunate with regard to love, though fortunate and

successful in their money affairs.

2441 THE GRAVEN PALM

occasionally running parallel with the line of life from

its commencement, and said loy him to be an indication

of great success in life, but which does not start from or very

near the line of life in the way in which an influence line

does, showing the date at which the friendship commences.

This Mars line I have always found in those hands which

are unfortunate with regard to love, though fortunate and

successful in their money affairs.

Page 251: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

CHAPTER XII

ILLUSTRATED HANDS

[It must be remembered that the fate-line, and frequently thehealth-line, with their attendant minor lines, have, in many of these andthe preceding drawings, been purposely omitted for the sake ofclearness/

I WILL now give drawings of a few hands with different

events marked upon them, which will be explained, and the

dates fixed, as a guide to the student in learning my method.

It must be borne in mind that lines must always be traced

from the mount of Yenus across the hand, and not to the

mount of Yenus from other parts of the hand, and that no

lines or marks should be interpreted singly.

The student must also remember that it is almost impos-

sible, without the aid of a strong magnifying glass, to see

many of the fine lines, squares, crosses, etc.

Of course, in the illustrations, I have drawn all the lines

very clearly, so that the reader may be able to trace them

easily.

In Fig. 141 is shown, at a a, a death, by which the subject

inherits money and a large amount of property (see line, h h,

of success to Saturn). She is about thirty-three years of

age at this time. Shortly afterwards, at about the age of

thirty-five, the subject marries (see c c), and her severe

illness at the birth of her first child two years afterwards

is shown by the square on her child^s line, d, the break

in her line of life with the square, e, over it, and by the

star on the line of health in the island on the line of

head at/.

A woman's malevolent influence, g g, when the subject is

245

CHAPTER XII

ILLUSTRATED HANDS

[It must be remembered that the fate-line, and frequently thehealth-line, with their attendant minor lines, have, in many of these andthe preceding drawings, been purposely omitted for the sake ofclearness.:

I WILL now give drawings of a few hands with different

events marked upon them, which will be explained, and the

dates lixed, as a guide to the student in learning my method.

It must be borne in mind that lines must always be traced

from the mount of Venus across the hand, and not to the

mount of Venus from other parts of the hand, and that no

lines or marks should be interpreted singly.The student must also remember that it is almost impos-

sible, without the aid of a strong magnifying glass, to see

many of the fine lines, squares, crosses, etc.

Of course, in the illustrations, I have drawn all the lines

very clearly, so that the reader may be able to trace them

easily.In Fig. 141 is shown, at a, a., a death, by which the subject

inherits money and a large amount of property (see line, b b,of success to Saturn). She is about thirty-three years of

age at this time. Shortly afterwards, at about the age of

thirty-live, the subject marries (see c 0), and her severe

illness at the birth of her first child two years afterwards

is shown by the square on her child's line, cl, the break

in her line of life with the square, e, over it, and by the

star on the line of health in the island on the line of

head at A woman's malevolent influence, g g, when the subject is

245

Page 252: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

246 THE GRAYEN PALM

about forty, causes a great deal of scandal, sorrow, and

trouble (see island, h h, across the hand to Mars)

.

The husband's sudden death, twenty years later, is shown

by the star on the end of

his influence line, and by

the subject's widowhood

line, I I.

In Fig. 142 I give an

exact reproduction of some

strange events in the life

of a man who had been a

great traveller from his

earliest youth.

The squares,

a a, on the

early part of

the lines of life

and healthshoAV that he

was at that

time very deli-

cate. At h h

the death of a

relation, deeply

felt, is shown; and money

trouble and worry pro-

ceeding from it are in-

dicated by the island

of misfortune, h d, to

Saturn ; a preservation

from death by accident

is shown at e, and this is also marked on the line of health,

at e ; the voyage line,//, on the mount of the Moon, shows

that a great change takes place in the subject's life, and

Fig. 141.

246 THE GRAVEN PALM

about forty, causes a great deal of scandal, sorrow, and

trouble (see island, YL h, across the hand to Mars).The husband's sudden death, twenty years later, is shown

by tl1e star on the end of

his influence line, and bythe subject's widowhood

line, Z Z.

In Fig. 142 I give an

exact reproduction of some

strange events in the life

of a man who had been a

great traveller from his

earliest youth.The squares,

at ce, on the

early part of

the lines of life

a u d h e a l t h ,

f

show that he

was at that

time very deli-

cate. At b D

the death of a

relation, deeplyfelt,is shown; and money

trouble and worry pro-

ceeding from it are in-

dicated by the island

of misfortune, b cl, to

Saturn , a preservationfrom death by accident

~.-

"'-."`,f

ef/_7 .

__._

""~.f'»-

f Z

'__/, "

_2 `__`, `_57 %`-_

Juff

J PL' c `~".cf

`-

b '__ Q

`wI,ll

6 Q ll C/

§ /

0» C <2 ///" /A ,,-. l

1 / /i

i

/1

/ /

L.

41

/

__

.1

FIG. 141.

is shown at e, and this is also marked on the line of health,

at e; the voyage line,ff, on the mount of the Moon, shows

that a great change takes place in the subject's life, and

Page 253: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

ILLUSTRATED HANDS 247

Fig. 142.

ILLUSTRATED HANDS

f'&

'ir-

.§>~

'P/1*

þÿ�~�/ ¬�'�§�`

1,-:__ '<:E./ --.»

if >_,` Q¥

'I 'é 5~ R

ff? ' La DZ? QE

/1, Q

I

. ~| :,§ L ' "%f "rm

`|¥|1l ``

`

»

'

¢f"" ' % Y

1 z u ,

1

$__ A // »

0

y5

.

U '

/

//FIG. 142.

247

Page 254: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

248 THE GRAVEN PALM

that lie goes to reside in another country (see also cross at/

on the line of life).

Just about this time is shown the influence of a woman

coming into the subject's life, which, however, does not long

remain in it (see influence line, g g, and colour line, g h,

indicating a Mercury person)

.

At i is shown the death of a relation, not much felt, but

one from which the subject receives money (see success

line,y).

At k is shown a large square of preservation over an

unbroken line of life, and exactly the same sign is shown at

the same age on the line of health. The subject told me

that, at the exact date I gave him, he had, while out bear-

hunting, fallen over a cliff of immense height, and escaped

practically unhurt on account of his having fallen on a

drift of deep snow.

The next event on this hand is the subject's marriage, I I,

which proved an unhappy one. There is one child shown

by this marriage, x.

There follows a very long sea journey, m m, which can be

absolutely traced right down into the voyage line on the

mount of the Moon, at m. The death of a fair person at

is the next event marked, and then comes a change,

shown by the cross at p ; while the large island, q q, to the

mount of Mars, indicating worry, law, and scandal, which

occupies a space of some years on his hand, shows that

the subject divorced his wife after a great deal of

difficulty.

During the divorce proceedings there will be noticed

three changes, marked at r ; and after this a great deal of

travelling and short sea journeys, etc., are indicated

by the lines s, A severe illness is shown at t t by the

broken line of life, surrounded by a square, and by

the breaks in the line of health, at the same date, which

248 THF) GRAVEN PALM

that he goes to reside in another country (see also cross at fon the line of life).

Just about this time is shown the iniluence of a Woman

coming into the subject' s life, Which, however, does not longremain in it (see influence line, g g, and colour line, g h,

indicating a Mercury person).At fi is shown the death of a relation, not niuch felt, but

one from which the subject receives money (see success

line, j).At k is shown a large square of preservation over an

unbroken line of life, and exactly the same sign is shown at

the same age on the line of health. The subject told nie

that, at the exact date I gave him, he had, while out bear-

hunting, 'fallen over a cliff of immense height, and escapedpractically unhurt on account of his having fallen on a

drift of deep snow.

The next event on this hand is the subject's marriage, Z Z,which proved an unhappy one. There is one child shown

by this marriage, There follows a very long sea journey, on m, which can be

absolutely traced right down into the voyage line on the

mount of the Moon, at m. The death of a fair person at

o 0 is the next event marked, and then comes a change,shown by the cross at pg While the large island, g Q, to the

mount of Mars, indicating Worry, law, and scandal, which

occupies a space of some years on his hand, shows that

the subject divorced his wife after a great deal of

difficulty.During the divorce proceedings there will be noticed

three changes, marked at 1' ; and after this a great deal of

travelling and short sea journeys, etc., are indicated

by the lines S. A severe illness is shown at 15 15 by the

broken line of life, surrounded by a square, and bythe breaks in the line of health, at the same date, which

Page 255: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

ILLUSTRATED HANDS 249

indicate that the illness was caused by pneumonia or chest

affection of some sort.

This is followed by a change connected with a line of

great success, ti u u—the two branch-lines, one to Apollo,

and the other to Saturn,

being an indication of the

acquisition of both moneyand land.

A second marriage—

a

very fortunate one—is shownat V, and by this marriage

there are two children, iv.

A death is shown at y y,

which is the

forerunner of

much lawworry andfamily trouble,

lasting for a

period of some

years, all of

which are un-

fortunate for the subject,

especially with regard to

domestic affairs, as will

be seen by the lines of

worry from the family

line at the base of the

thumb reaching to the

line of life. A great change is shown at z; and a very serious

illness is the last event given in this hand, and this is also

marked by the break and cross on the line of health.

The subject^ however, appears to recover, and apparentlylives to be very old.

ILLUSTRATED HANDS 249

indicate that the illness was caused by pneumonia or chest

affection of soine sort,

This is followed by a change connected with a line of

great success, za va it-the two branch-lines, one to Apollo,and the other to Saturn,being an indication of the

acquisition of both nioneyand land.

I

A second marriage-a':""

very fortunate one-is shown ==-'K'

at 11, and by this marriage _~_

there are two children, 10. f'j° Y'115; _

A death is shown at y y,which is the *_forerunner of >

/''

ff_;

E"

in ii C h l a w ,fb /CZ `§worry and

/,f //0" f

family trouble, / _ /,

_

I 8

lasting for a C jg'Q

period of some ¢`//,,,/,//// il*

years, all of 1////' which are nn-

g

fortunate for the subject, _

especially with regard to

domestic affairs, as will

be seen by the lines of Z,worry from the fainily \line at the base of the FIG. 143.

thumb reaching to the

line of life. A great change is shown at z ; and a very seriousillness is the last event given in this hand, and this is also

niarked bythe break and cross on the line of health.The subject, however, appears to recover, and apparently

lives to be very old.

Page 256: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

250 THE GRAVEN PALM

It will be noticed that I have drawn neither the lines of

fate nor of fortune in this hand, fearing to confuse the

student ; but in a hand which has events so clearly marked

on the line of life, the lines of fate and fortune would, in all

probability, merely confirm all the principal incidents.

In Fig. 143, I give some events in the life of a lady.

At the age of twenty an engagement to a Jupiter

man is shown (see influence line, a, and colour line, h) ; his

sudden death two years later is shown by the star on the

end of the influence line, and by the deep line of sorrow,

c c, from the mount of Yenus to the line of heart.

At about the age of twenty-four the influence of an

Apollo man is shown, at d, whom the subject afterwards

marries, at e e, when she is about thirty.

The birth of her child at the age of thirty-five is marked

by the two squares on the lines of life and head with the

connecting-link, /, and also by the square on the child's

line, at/, indicating that she was very seriously ill.

At the age of forty-two is shown her husband's sudden

death from an accident in which the subject herself was

also involved, but from which she escaped (see square of

preservation, g, on her line of life), though with a

terrible shock to her nervous system (see star on the head-

line at h, followed by the island on the head-line, showing

in this case severe brain fever).

After recovery from the illness a long voyage is shown,

and a second marriage takes place at the age of fifty.

250 THE GRAVEN PALM

It will be noticed that I have drawn neither the lines of

fate nor of fortune in this hand, fearing to confuse the

student; but in a hand which has events so clearly marked

on the line of life, the lines of fate and fortune would, in all

probability, merely confirm all the principal incidents.

In Fig. 1413, I give some events in the life of a lady.At the age of twenty an engagement to a Jupiter

man is shown (see influence line, ct, and colour line, b) ; his

sudden death two years later is shown by the star on the

end of the influence line, and by the deep line of sorrow,

c rr, from the mount of Venus to the line of heart.

At about the age of twenty-four the influence of an

Apollo man is shown, at cl, whoin the subject afterwards

marries, at c e, when she is about thirty.The birth of her child at the age of thirty-five is marked

by the two squares on the lines of life and head with the

connecting-linl<,_f, and also by the square on the child's

line, at indicating that she was very seriously ill.

At the age of forty-two is shown þÿ�l�1�B�1�`�l�l�1�S�l�) ¬�1�i�1�l�(�i�l�_�,�Ssudden

death from an accident in which the subject herself was

also involved, but from which she escaped (see square of

preservation, g, on her line of life), though with a

terrible shock to her nervous system star on the head-

line at YL, followed by the island on the head-line, showingin this case severe brain fever).

After recovery from the illness a long voyage is shown,

and a second marriage takes place at the age of fifty.

Page 257: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

ILLUSTRATED HANDS 251

Fig. 144.

Woman's Hand.

Married at nineteen (see a a) ; husband was delicate, and died sud-denly when she was about thirty-four (see b h). The first marriageis not marked on the fate-line, but the change in her life at the date of

her widowhood is shown by the break in the fate-line at d. The secondmarriage is marked on both the line of life and line of fate (see c c c).

ILLUSTRATED HANDS 251

'¢¢- ,> V

.»--,

/,-

.-y_ &

-` "~v,__ »--»..

Q" _.<__Lf .f

»-¢~..

`

¢/`

~

¢-I ""

_/ `

/'/

/"/V zz[V ,_,

//6? J/'ri

ff//

C

b_

f .»5°

A

r

/5 f

M ///

-- /

FIG. 144.-VoMAN's HAND.

Married at nineteen (see a, ct); husband was delicate, and died sud-

denly When she was about thirty-four (see b b). The first marriageis not marked on the fate-line, but the change in her life at the date ofher Widowhood is shown by the break in the fate-line at cl. The second

marriage is marked on both the line of life and line of fate (see c c c).

Page 258: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

CO

I—

t

ck.

J

} ,} Y'

'/y §

A `

)i, mi 15 _

`<Q) 1 l

w

Q ,

1

Y \ Y , E3 wk m

Q i~6 9 bu

,\

§

'1/,W 'Y/M L/1

I [U3 1 'L 1 A

\ "

. ( Q'

I

`

l''}

\in

)%=

/

Q \ h X ma

)

' ' 5 '!t';, TS

6 / Q

N

Page 259: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

c8 .,&1

o'^

M

CO.2^ a

h CO

S 2! --^ fe cc

O -T3 ;5 ^ •£

S •-;! o +^

•r^ .-^ "TS F^ (D

^ Se o ;>ice ^-^ ^^ a i'S^<^m ce S ^ 2

<D OCO ^"^

to

4-1 O

-t-3

ao

CO

O

bC'

•43

>5 <»

C 4i> "^

0)

o

O "73

CO CO

"a^03 ^ OJ

S ^^?^ £3 s

CO

22 "^ "S

o ^

a

>^o

Co

-t-3

.3 I

'^ q

fl >cS ca

S=! .22

M-T fe .^ CO

»

.in O

r^ >3 n-j

O O

fl-^p T! ^

P^,-

*^ cS

^ aCO Q

a)

c3

P-?-(

§.22^ rG03 ^

43

o

c3 ^::3^

j:i^ el's cS'^-^^

43c3 _^

^ ^ O

rO 5-1

fn cS

f^>^.22-^ oQi

a, o

G (1^

o cS

;=3 M 43 ;::3 rG <4:3 ^

125

<

O

I—

I

i>D^ <X> O

g •'- CO

^ oo -^ fl

43*,,,

- Ol

'S -t^ "^ r^e

43 5h

o ^^1^ O 0^ 43^03 G <u f=! ^fl c6 rt O o

•i. <1> '^ ^-g S ri ^ -^^

« rj O G fen

t^ 43 CO *43 .,-143 r3 (X, 5g P

G _r 03 "-"

<i^ '^ G ^ Oi

^-^ ^^ S^3 (D > J3G •"-G I^ -^

CO 4^ ^ P Qrt2 .r-( rrt 43 QiDG ^ 2

^.22 ^ 5^

CO

CM

'CS wang CG 'U -#J:gp I <11 m I-:nf-< :Um~

f-Q, as :>, --- ne-»-<1-me" mmm"%=@§a"~:a ~=§~f1:.,§ wwf-5_9 Q Q-4 qJQ?QD3

5 Q5

Qndggm '§\_;> Q'_®~\,,_,»-urgm CD"U:=Q þÿ�c ¬�<�1�J�c�3�[�5"V 5-::m___'~»;; C1_CI~-°"-'°°="§51"'"3f~='° "S"®=@"'>=~> °'=»»wm--< £!<..¢g°""° O §$*"°35 ""':'E@þÿ�"�§�=�~�°�1�>�-�~�Z ¬ 6 'E-<1 '=w»~¢Q§OQ,)!~mQ-dm'D >§OGJ%. U] gn-1 C6

@<=~=';""a§s.@ T=='=m§2'ém ~~'="*~==°~_ _s-|¢@ ..-¢ -Q -m

~°=.2 22523; ~=1s,§°'?3@ -§D"<3§Eþÿ�"�'�?�'�:�.�_�-�5�°�f�5�_�;�_�'�=�¥�-�» ¬�>�>�'�,�I�$�'�§�5�,�,�% §'*=>O.§=3§ £5 -;,.=~f'"§°°=n-2.°,;»=.._@ pg ~=°5:%;;5.2' Z ;,5>»"@»Q#-i:f1:.o3o..<: Z 5'*5$¢e+=».-="C' <1 ~== *§"\",C2i33Q.'I»'r- <:°' _,Q {JI',5"+=°"\'-cs-an ¢3wbgc1.>fD 3 ,§"H"-1 O Og*-' C:

0 A (log m Q.,-¢OO,`-20 mga;-»o$~m,..SI¢Lg'3@°9nc6,,': __q_.D®®_°(; ..- þÿ�+�=�g�° ¬�f�,�_�Q§-2 ;~.S='"»s~»'° ~;' -»°=°§*sa;°§~1 E Q. if=-2%"°§v»';.'§-'=~"53 ;.= §==~&§..,$H E "3""s~".Q Qs:

>=g®::'§3<1>.,"° 4 _§p:r::.s'?o ;>Q¢§§o3-9-'gg >;sE |@:>ms:'.*°~,>,-°= »/oq:,O.Q,g;-»==¢-¢w¢3W3OO . E@""-»==";m |§_` GJO3

2° =~§~'=#;.= 2 >:~;==.==§.@s L; game/-'lo - CG_

QQ

'§,°°°~©.c~C=E~=g "' E* o»='§».E,¢¢ 3 9='=m_o°'°»=5=»§'"~5°"@ <5 þÿ�§�-�2�'�"�©�.�. ¬�"�`» EEQQEGJ °° C "' '*°'J.§<,e mf"

'

.._.

3'§£'/o==>3§°<= PH "WSE £52 9- 3'°§'55.ha .,&g®~.,Q.M ggi# °'4,.2,= F14 Q »¢a'"'®-C þÿ�°�-�:�-�.�c ¬�9�-�'�f�c 2'§.§¢eq'3"`f' °>"°§.C1®þÿ�*�a�=�a�®�C�s�»�$�:�c�G�¢ ¬ C|JQ.¢5...|l*\;F' (1)75 Dv~D _'QQ<4-40-¢=» 55333 O-HQ |13 -on EE qgggjo -,554 ;;~,"dm"\4;q,»¢s>¢ g.,g_~,»-»-=--I>> m >>aJ Q Q ,. A .5 ..-.naw s-4

°°,\"°Q "';...§- cos-»a>°;.~- ;> Q90hogf-<'¢S®Q@ /" D+-1Q,,Q»-C1¢§' -as >1q: '-"""

cS _;'7,;__qo>§Qw 'rio ...IH "Q D-<..,£>,.5<»@+'°"E-4=»'1'~EQ'Sff*`c3§a§'_g§*g>' ~EQ'Sff*`c3§a§'_g §*g>'

r"1

£3136 ~¢.2""";°3, ~<=5gZ='5-f§°= -'~=-'=f¢;b'=?f>am 'QV-;9>;3,_' ® ¢SQ'*'4'U$_}f/1 Q,-in ._

<¢"®cs°°Cos'"":.< ¢f4a>0~="" D "mmQQQQQQ .§O Q-eg1§=»-.p'T,°0 .p'T,°0Qammwienw :::m»=:,:.<.x:.:: ¢e.~=»m

I

L ~eI

.1 .\/ 'iS \`1 f' v Q

' I \ NA I] f $ `

_

\ I! <11

\ % _ JSP- "='2§W gs

\. ~e ~4§-\ .` ml#

,\\ `

| .- - __

V( 'K .\ S

§\

Page 260: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

i-t

00

M

\) ,} Y

1-,

>

\

'\ W * lf; 3f

"`

\

»

» 5,\\ M ~;

A

T g

'` "

é"

I

1 .tggg|

\

Q \

\) J YI

I' f-Q

(3 QL`(

' 'fi »

I

/ \\`

)$, 1L}\ 'Q

Vi \\ Y Q /'` 1

. QR

W"Q\

\\\

Page 261: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

oI—

t

doCO

• i-i

O)CO

!3

o

5 ^

I ^Ttl O

o

ne3

o ^

o

I—

I

•ril, 5-1

P g O

o) a tw

oo" 5-. ^

Cd g «

9 %^

^ o S-^ ^ rTS

^ m <^:d oj (D

a, 03 <x> Oi

-d 03 J3^ ^ -O o f-i

a ^ o

;zi

o

o

I—

I

fl d ^ > en ^5; a ce ^ «2 1^

ocii d^ SJ^13

G O) o cS o

3 2 G § a5^

^ O ^ ^ fH dt; fl OJ C5

'^ O

cc O ."S

n3

c3

PrG

O CO

Sh P

2 ^<X) CO

'm

i^ .2 CO

O CO

r«ii-d^

bo

p

1^O '^

^ ^ '- o •'S

"^ oT q c3 P a»

.5 03 cu S-, M

o

h-t

' '~'i>>"c' g;EL~:><:|JL¢=+-¢s ceq); Q cséwaaoQ fig" '*é'=3é'"3"`§°°

-»-1/QQ) Leg-1 .2 -E*J "'-P -QQ",-U'UC1"'3 43 C3 r-5 ,_°3§ O>

Q ~»;=- ==wT,~ ag;O [Sa þÿ�¢ ¬�°�"�-�~Mi :I

.-Q ww r-5.S:""§Q-70 gao ®»§»§ ,qv/1cG'13 'UQ

" "

~ E23 §§2E%g"3 "'°~»°3.E

_ 10 rgwgi. *QF* Q

Q 'U DH z <1> ...gwwcsZ 3 ,Q4-32 ,¢ mow ®__q

m Q oo"=~ m 'r5C1c;34;:;"g.£2»'o <1-'GJ

"

\/nur; mm,AHB U1

___+2

_H

rn »~_

=-I 1 f-5.¢d°"'C5DE5F :Q

CD CBS 6 Q QJQOQDZ.Q <1-1 bb 5 '®"';',2mg: mg:<1 *_* ...H-Gm" Q

-FU 35; ____

2 uf 51cm O "5 "See $13,Q Q5 Qs a gm; <»"-;--

:3 >-4w

Q 5w..~Q7:_|'U'

:s he "ms I *£=~<>=»'=<-vogi' O wgm . DW-lil ®a4D,..| Q an-4 3 QQQQE 4:

42

¢3@°"' v-I -- £1 073''

Pu 'QC 'Q-QQ2 Q "lg - @~<@2'-@E, (D " GJ ...

L* g _§'5§ "' 3230* °'f<~:'C""51 #4:-%' LL* s:1_¢3<,,"° ,QU

f-<1 ©>¢~'-nano .Qv-5 .2"'cS 55-'-SO;-°~S: 'Er-1 qJ§c'q-H/Sfcd 2,-'gag _§§<_='"§:~»§5 ;»2g=»<%zse_x 5 A §*'e~ 5* ~.=:8O W °'° .LI >,o°°f§'§C7O 'H '_'$: PS.-4-v-a'_'U) GJ

,CI .SS-gg 5: nw-<~o='§ ,ggU1 992% Dgggggwgg:guna C-:Q-4 5-aaaf?/YQ.,-1

/If ly \/ \l

I/Q.) \,%\

J /r " If ~* \(

al \ \

r \.

Q_ "

\x`

\ "W

\ > \ \`\ \ \

`

'¥ \'W $3 1

.\ Q '

X\ \

V* \

Qil

Page 262: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

CO

CM

C5l-H

I—

(

, _U,I QY ' '

/

Q /

'S' § '

`

_

/

§¥ \X `

)Aa 'LA Y

' |111'

yi L Y |.

, "i

If /A

&

" ,,' 4 (0 '

Y /1), f- Q. ` w\ >( ,I Q)

5_4

A '

"1?` '

<` »' `

f I.) 3 Q`

<n> ii

§*N

Y

f

¢ _

..`

l<5\

V é

M"Q

r

Page 263: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

ft

(M O

O O 05 >5X!n3

CO

oli

° « a

O rH "tS CO

PU'-' ^ of3 ^ "^ «2 ^ "+^

^ 2 CJ O ^•- .coHpSOJOfll

rrt CD <D ^ CO

Sh O ^ CI

<Si

'In ^'^

H -rH iri -^ CO

t/3 - ^ r1 g

SJ_^^^"^^ ...

M PhS Or^ SS

-^ . '^^ c3 <=> 2^ 00

^ & ^^ o e ^

ft

o

c5

o

0.2 C

03 CC

CD

co*~

5-1

cS CO

6^ a

c3

CO

^-H CO^

t> o o d

CO -^ CC

.5 O^

n3 TS rrT t^O • -^ ±i

cS -u -r^ CD CO-:) (rf

oCm-h 2.52 S fl q

note

i

ate

ssepa

c,

bri

ardly

ect

hi

.,v S P>5 ,r'—' "z^" r3 r-H 03 ^« -^ .3^ « M J3^ ;^ a —1 02

Q ^ -^ '^ .-,

;2;

ffirst

Very

e

no

life;

whoo

Q,

but

^C/22 K. >

1

CO10

cancer,

A:),

ence

line,

and

wife

heir

famil

second

wi

,

/,is

sho

1—

1

_^ ;3 -t^ - CD

^ g^^ rj M^G CI -^ ;a ^1—

1

1 § -^^oT^ ^

dden

dsquare

iage,

h

re

enti]

ly

trou

ness

wuddenl

S rt P rj TO .;5

tr-io

c3 a ^ a ,j3 T^

«<^%v

17

'US-4-'wwf/1;_, .»-a

þÿ�a�§�§�5 ¬�§�eGSO Q G

;.§2_2.9§S4=Q)4¢§5"'g<~°`

%&§a"`

<:>;::~

@§E3Ef§s=ga~ee§_'_`__,®%fcs'§comm

þÿ�m�%�£�§�° ¬�E�6-~_$§§é>oc1§33§"Qm°®S§°§°"E,£l>m°"° QE

.»-4 Q">b §m'U§>'5%+[g=»°§__q"° Q3>:'T5g_~\» C6

g";'"§§E§$;c6»\»-Q_'5;g.,.._rn> 5;g.,.._rn >C1D§~»-1 "'

(D<_,CSq)»§""rd®»-4°"4[/24-'JUJ ME°§Q%?§°0Qggggggg. ,_:;>,_. -

sg q>O"':o>)§ "'-*'"<$§'>§þÿ�i�e�a�§�s ¬�§Q-4 ~ -53;'CSC`|J2<9 <9

"sn "2-EQgawg S-4

C'55..u§O®-23U

mgbégws_ff1©`q;°>~e=»~ Q9PU _w§cs°_é-'co3Q..§"o`°°-¢:».§.SOM--QQ s-4

OE"%©°5"þÿ�c ¬�°�S�5�g�O�;�>�gPEQCICSSOH

\ `\\

,s

-\ fg

>§.._`

~cs»-csas

E3.Zig§@Q?

mgS-an"sq

3-2...Q3.15

~4-3

Q?Q5"5,egg"fi:_:`r_1

gsQs§<»Hs:QQOE

<3\_/$4

QE4:

Q

EOwif§§'UU''Gm:S

masQCG

\

§§£%`C§oc=f22

Q .CIan-4 >)"'|Q4§-'"G.) 'uar/1U~§o

,:'c1>

§§`§5:D\>`°-'C1412 53

Q_

~4:n~»-4"C4DOMS:QJESFQ2=E§cSI>s»-53E10

355%T." "G

5°';g.2'U~ '~

C'3_§I/iq;

ru ?"'QE-25"wg!"

.Qs-4 'U

33-5.S¢s"U:§' _

~-,Z°<1>`ntf'°§]E?.f'.I>>

a°@§§ss»==5_'c@Q)'&UZ!5-I QQ*(/)cS`*;OcSq)»r'1

Eininfc

Page 264: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

»o

f^

00

MP4

/If ,M I vu¢

/1 7%\

\

4 , [ ,Q \ "\ 7)

~5, ), x$>~ _ .457 1' 9

. Missa;-'§|!'=' =~ \

\ h \h. Ms:-'z{|&»»¢ ,, `?< ,I J VN \

' In

(_~

~ Q ¢vQ °\\\ 1

;` 8

\ "_,za

_

`

§

\

\

-m

\\} \> "

\§| W"` >l\ gl J /

8

\ itfi \'

I ) .r I

m\~ ' 4 ry `

Y \\ Y V \I\

QQ

. _,§

6/

\\§ 1\6 6 5

Page 265: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

M

c6

ais CO J3xnO

CO £» pisj

c3 •-' oa O O(XI •-

CD ai ^ cQH 05 OQ

fl a flcs n o)

q CO CD CD

^ fl ^ t>

.^ <=* o .

Q ^ t»

o o

a d 5h

Q I—

I

'•^ -^ o

O r] <U

•rH -(J

OA c3

e8

O

cS • r^ ^03 CD

^ 03

o it3

q C3

O) '^ o^

C8-^^ ce r^

J-1 Ci <D ^C6 ^ t^ &l

<

oo

to O)

c8 ^

^ .CO

o 1^cc

n3

O

CS<1

O <X)

^1<D tS

c3 ^.1—1 '^

c3--

a^o

,13 «+H

CO 03 —0) CO > o""

CD t? c3 rt

.S §):§ ..I

-^ CD _ - *~

'^ ^ m ^ ^<^ S O ^T3^•^ § fl •"J M <x)

i-l CD 4Jc3 O COc;-^

03^ CB fcO «

. -tS ^ g 5-1 >^

^ fl 2 :! §^ a §

'^^

•"^

?•>

«re

$H O)

0) «-4Jrc f—

1

C/2CD

CO '^-i cr* -.2 a; «- ^

C3 ^ CD §a g— § "^-^

^-^ ^ (D O eg

^ c3 H eg > "CD rH !^ S ^ <15

o i^'H^ """^

CO CC .Ji; n3 .2 eg

a;

S en

CD

, ,^3 ,|3 «(_, ••^ .+3 -Uc3 eg O «+^ CC !c

>- -»3 -IJ -„ - -.,^

g eg eg O «+^ ^S3 '> '^ 2 "^^^ '5p i> CD a ^jCO d jH K^ -t^ 2 o*" ^ ^ t^ ^ 2 <^

-d 4:1 S 2 CO

rrt <P cc m ::i q "rH

-M "*-' rH fl <X> {50 jH

r-i S-in"^

CD •IT'

2 eg OJ Srrt U-^»5 O Cl > 5 P cSS eg O) M _( '^ J^c8

I ^ —^ ^ ^tc„ CD

o ^q rH CD 5-; P o)

^ ^ eg^q d-U

q 05

^ cc ^ yj _„

- ^ a « .2 q

fH g g CO q o P0;a g^ -•:: O

^ § 3 ^o3 ^-S

q oeg P

rp q(D .q

rj eg

C^qee ^

roCCeg ^> ccl> O)

QJrQ

•^ :^^3 CD

'1 rqeg -1-3

a eg

rd-?1

j^ S CO q'^ 5 ^ ^ .p^j o

" 1 a^ ^ eg -g -^^

q o) ^ q ^ -SO CD H -r! -^ O)

rrt-^ o 2_?aq § S g.|^-

q q p « o) rH

go-l ^ =^ a o^

ro ^ ^ ;Lq a ^

'^ pq sp-^

q CO

.2CO 'h

- . Sh

TJ eg

q qeg «CO

<x,

rP CO

qo

CO

<D>>C ""<DQ-4

fl

Page 266: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

oCO

If `{» I/ydQ

_g 2%

_

y

_

'P Y " % 4

. _ ff °"

_ _

lv '13 ' Ll

l

A V þÿ� �'�=�' ¬�'3 W /

<l KW 1 A'

_ 4 U4~

A

9/

/ 4 /

2' _I .4

~f'

_,_

' S_

_.?>'*9;`|

.

M

Il' `

I N~

F

I Y4

1

1 \'

'

Q

f' \

r `_

'

\ |

Page 267: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

CO

<i3

tr-io

h-

1

CD

'O 9. ^ <DS3 2 2 c3O S rC3 .1=1

o 2 o §CO ,X3 s-i ^^"^ .^'^ a

^ cS ?^ S^

S_| S^ Co

^ =^ s g-l

o

^ ^

ce

. -^ CO

CO CfH Co '-'

> CO•'^ -^O (D fi-, ^^ CSO) o

toPh <D +^ cc

o

00

M

'^^

-2 S'^

« S ^ "^03 »^ ?-l

g'>.a

rG

O

ce

03

O O

=^ .a r^" fl

'^^^^^ fl CD f3rO .S 03 CO

ga" Icc s-, o OcS gi C-!

CO

<:.' a o^

^'^^'^. §

-^ ^ m 2

03 CD fl• rH t4H .1-1

•^-'r-fi) O CO t^^

'O s^ a^ ^ S O'^fO^ CO <-. a;

• »N 1—

^

•« O 03 S '^« 03 IH ^ 3 flT p =^ a ci

*2;

O ment

t

reatens

divorcemarries

Shock

1

-^^1 a '^ <VM <i>

C5»o1—1

a f^ CD '^6 "

-. cic ce ^ ^j1—

1

^ 03 "H c3

fe ^ s: ^ sS fl

marria;

!,

interdange

dies

a

any

ye

are

sho

b^ ^5 rH-t^ o ^ rt ^ fl

^ „ o ceJ-.

.1:5

pL( C4_, (^ CO o eg

CO

05lO

t-i

»-5-.-Q~c__6c1>C35-I":m

2-Ev

-.03

,2,E"z/Qmce

§;1'"'*"';>>5

£~3u3'§

o 39,Dam

___aa

£>>

<1>»~g1')>'~"°q_)"Qg`»~

g1')>'~"°q_)"Qg

`

s:®E°>QDQE

.af/230'-c

SES-E gg#7 gas

P11

43Q

an

§@S>»'3,,;.E§

_Q

wgié'3.§§>s_

E#-1 wJ

cs _

=»-_q__C3®CD.-_`_,__,_ q__C3®

CD.-_`_,__,

z S.;-55Q E_"°';=>T>"':,§

_"°';=>T>"':,§

<1cn

Z; -Q.2-*S-4"Q

.2-*S-4"

mm"'U4=»©

<1 _gg O

s<9c3F<`5:"

þÿ�q�;�c�S�c ¬�:�Dm

,JEZ s-4/I-4"'¢'5

-.-05-4:11=o-<5O__§:

<2 cdgaéU

J/1 §__§g_""q5U, OO;-:*§

E E2QU;

Z QCSOJQUJ° ..m Q,

ogqgzs

3 E "'°@'; 5% =~>`©-"' O" Q

4 ,z=>;S;2 23-5 "sn

Z `°w®='>`°'

Os'-'Omof-as

'Um" Q00

lndvvg >A©f<=

2 '°@=~~:~2

L4 ?.Qc;>'+=»/ >,®§f':=

S §'-'SHO

xgO__QQn>,:s»/ECW.-'CGC

__QQn>,:s»/ ECW.-'CGC

f-4~~".°@

| :ww" S"f=s§~'=

"\n.,;;=._. O60 |55

U1

<5 ~-'Su 'E mr>"'5>>3§~

°"°°4-'=1>

>-1C`~"SQ>>m

»-4'DE 43

CD _Q O,_:: ,3

5|CS OQS-»-1

QajllLD .pf-5

wc>'\

E"-J:

' O'dm "4 Csgp-|

We

>°G.>>¢: 2 ¢3CG"5O"

°°3°>¢s-~ Lp<6

0° <5 -~ =s:"5§

aigbmm ESm"-§

°5s..4;'§§Oag§

<1>`§m\>"§;

a~°S=§§ #gy.§°E§,§§g

>w.E£§'"'QQ

~~$-443Q' mrs

»-Qewq) 'E §.EcS$ rn

@'§@~f=é';>#`~§.<»f

E "'=%Z'<1>

mU' up

g~<>26% :SQ

CD+=|Qm'SFU nc?

~+:>o>'T5Q

(0,953C6°>m

.':, -Odo

'r-lq.4_,_'

.,.4CS(/QQJQ:>.r<'5<;»-'fmrgxscg

ff ,i

., ,

|/I \\'

/Y`

( /,

\

1

4'

|] f,

\

1 \Q_ Y

'

W

®'¢~,

",_

i

.

\Q `L`

\

W' *Q

'i

i

Q Q1

1"

QY

Page 268: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

COrH

6

CD

OCO

C5M

|,/ 1,

!Wea'

I

/ /' MQ

4' £7

lj 1 )[Nm

U I ')f ,I Q5.5

»

.'`

', )»~> \" ">

`

w Q

' \ wff $2 '*

Q M ~ _']I

If ,, ex`

" ,7 <0I

N P `

_> 1

'? N YP ` §§SX

'' * QN

.

lx 5; Q

N",

Q/

WY

/

_

Page 269: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

o

o

O R c8

ir-l f 1^

oCD

rO Mc6 |3 5

S-l

Q) "T^S ,^

M «

__ _ p

CS O 0) ,-h"'^Jr! ^ O cS «

^ a '^ ?^

-(-3

O• l-H > "^ '^

a -«"or ^

°

02 Si 2 be -

2:;

COl-H

6I—

I

:3 G>—I Sh

CO -"cS G

ai

4^

O 0)

•G <D

GCO

o

o o '^

4-1

G "^.^g CO

O

cs '^ G

5-1 O

'^ cS G

0)

l-l _

5r;'=4H

G

G

en G CO

c3 O c3

^'^'^

CO ^r^

o

GSh

2^ c^

CO QJ

'Sh

c6

'^ Gr^ O

O

n3G02

CO

• —I

^ .GO)

f-i sJ^ 0^ ^o ^

G GG

CO c6,, "-I oc5 ,X3 CO

CO

G-^G «2

Ig

cS

Go

(jT G t^C-^J of bo^ 03 G ^ G S2

n:3 ^

n3 '^S

c3 «l-H ^--^

^^

G cS

CO

I—

I

4J Vil V4^

5 - f-( --^-(J O

G CO =+i Og;=3 ^ ^ ^

' "^ri O o <0 'T3

^ G ^ ^ -G O

^ ^ ^ -5 . a

'^ ^ '^ S Gr^ O 05 G 5cT^ g g 'S^

ii^ CQ

>,G

rQ o O t>

g p^o^^g

§-§ Pg o^O ;? O E-I i-Q c3

03CO

CO

M

@§E§%é?':1O<1J',j§5p<1S§§§@QE>__"Qin-3%

f7°rU'i"-'fa-4§`g`Q 23.00 "SOþÿ�|�° ¬�S�.�E�;�,'uF23 mm"

P4 '\

6A

"E"§<;,'°4;2§?;<_DGJWQQ-4 ».-4

þÿ ¬�§�§�f�¥�2�§�§:1`°3°§,o£'"E°¢v3®

*'

OE Qwuqgkaws,-\§;5° U1

3* 5323?S>=Or/:SIE-|,£.1§"°¢~ 6

-of '~°°'

r/JCLJEPE4-:,"§,-E24, 24,OQ5§gQc\SmQC§C3;_'Ovv-1gQJ-§Eo.DOéEg.E>£."§$>E.2'<3§

'Eg'-f""dc1>+=='-';.'5TGHQQJQEJE;-gpg-»-=m an

S§;@@"§§Q- O

,':=°'§-45352r.'3.E:,<;;°05'*° r/2

He §1o®bo_QQEQSQEE®>u> .QE>§.§g.S°' *-'

®®.;»©4ag"*J__QOmsgs .<:*""o $21 O,.C>

510565.-Qui!

.._ . ,_.-...

©3352 §g§®§o°r..@ -1:-¢:>'~§°o .> .

_®"°~ (TE þÿ�~ ¬�>�>cuff) rd CSQPVD H

0 O -|-\_'r1CCg,\-IS'as 53 Qg- 49" §3Oq3'§°'\.5¢@»= #u~ O

=1=1¢e°'3°> Q @°"'='°>fz: cn Q53"-5_ "":1'LE¢e`§@2mg~ ?"£%£§

-45'E$ 45 'E$SQ__Q+=.Ebmq> ___Q__Q5 :EPBZ Q' ~=--1 Q o°3<=¢e,<1 ¢e"',_,'U:.' z *eww

Dj rdggsd 4243.-QMQQ"§~°'~g°' m °°53w:'=>§""H",,m'~5;4,-SVIPC1 ,Q wi

@5125 rn -":m _~

§'~°EU1.£.'.§ "Z~Q§~£q§4= Q'51 ~

Mcu §»-4 § »-4

O QQ "`bD **_

" 'pr-4> QGJ'f,;~QQ ¢,.5r/1C3U1¢3¢5 ~

|,.._.~»= CS lcecgod Q4<5

<-:»=|-e,_`__'s >§3 ;_, >-4

|cGOqg,_, . Er þÿ�"�5�q�,�u�,�_ ¬ Q_ Qpofsv »-4 þÿ�§�§�»�_ ¬

S Qgggg 2*§$aL¢'*'4"§O Q) C6 °"*.-1 ~/:meg .QQOHPDE

a #4

In .~<=>'§$c=o 2 Ef:sQ"`T;§Q,_' SQ.:-1 >_> LL' þÿ�®�®�: ¬�.�r�;�2�q�)�OQ .wy wa m5,_ Es°'°3g'=""»1: 3 ®':':=°QQXQH-1°$ S-(goo CD

@0352 ~©~e"= A66 &'Q°3~_;gr/JCIEv-<5q\o,_, _ ..~®i>c>SPS" ~§ §}>§°M°;

-°;°'- fK3QJQ..§'@'-'-p¥*c*0,"% "s:>>;4"®=¢-4|-4"1°'°.§bD~ =- :=§°"'=@

.E-_f-;_:»|§:,'»§ §'_o:O*"3"C5F1|O""U¢-s £5126 Q

QCSEQJ OHQ-Egc3E<-v'U m-gaiilw

,QJ$ 5

|/ ,.

( "` 4'. (/ Q\

\ 1

/ /Q)

,.,..

~»;;/

`\\\S

\

'

I,A

þÿ ¬ if H~'

'

,w I'

*i Q* 1 §/\%*`§/ "° /'

Q W` wg \ ,

Page 270: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

CO

_ ff/

5 (J /if~a

Q

*P

QA /.9 U / '

*I "lx /`in

Q1 \\ H,_._-

,Y/M //'I `

",

1% V' ff

H; ,5 y \'

1 ` R f ' } '

Dig /7I

` J '

'K/ *~ )

Q 'V M if ~m

W fgw-~ A

' ? ; ._ , \

~

/' `

M,

L~

-<

Page 271: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

o • •%

rCl ^

-*=» 02

Oc6

r^ 03-4-3 ••-H

C3 <1">

(U <D•7:3 W03

53

.2

OS

cS 03 •

o ^ fl

'T3 03o'"0

q -4—

>

.-o* « CI") flCO ^ rtJ

""•

1—1 5-1

-1-3 erf OS '^ w i-ri

h-

1

^ 03

f^ ^ ori3

H^ 03 ^

Qi <1)

• 1-1

03

c3

03 flo

O'o

J+H -u f-r^

"i«f-l -t-> (t!o

,

02

(h 4-J O03 r^r-^ 03

CO «

CO

o

03

03

-(J

03

13

rO

?^

03

r5 03

CO cc

4J

w

o

CO

6

£3 03 03

03 O 03

^^ ^^ '^

03 -^ r^H

OJ o >^Sj CO

rri -^ _d

03 9 T3c^ 03

o g g03 o

sh ^ ce

^ cs "oi)''^ /-, G?:; -^^H

erf ^ o

H 03 I

0303 ITSfcD 03erf sn

„ 03 ?-i

"^ 9 03

^ 03 cfl =^ §crfM a

CO

CO

,43

E%3GJ¢3¢§

"+-4

0

S2503

_

U2

°'>-Q

cu'

3

§f'®"°

_,~<§f/T

,Q

cnggu

'U

E

Q-lil.:-1

=+-<5

<13Q-4

O¢3

CD

QQ,

5

E

#QQ

_£""

Q-

$445-1

mg

cn

09'D

'Uv

'

.s1

vs

é:§*"»=**

£2w

<=

ami

as

'U

mOEM

QE

C1E25aff'

Q @~§=

_

C3

£33Q

5gg"

S-=(,§'°'°

U)

*Q

76

.»-1994Q4

n

Q

_-ESQ

_

$6.53

35

iiijn

3%

'73

.

<0 S

3<5

.~

rg Q

55

O

"'

4;

H

3

lg

O42/@

_

¢5m"5

Q4

QQF-

_

Gaf-'S

S

,-4

-QDO

P-1

(AOS»~

_ fd-"'°

in

QSM<5

Q

M515

~mq)

Q)

""

§tOQJ

®»o,s:fc

.

54

>&5

EQ:~ss>=

ffm;

°'-*___@

OZ

.-$:<°4:»

v-gmi

CSE

$02

242°

CDCQ

-°D

¢s<@bE'

Q""

'USG

'CCS

.v-4(1)

qJCS,$;',

ogg;*QL

COQWQ

þÿ�"�;�'�c ¬�>�¢U

C509"

:-.

Do

¢c,Q>~ "

:gg,Q»'%

£1GDS:

"gam

,gg

m~v'§§

cS>

ug

Q`C<'

r

cS

C3¥-I

W4-=>O

mmUJQSE.°==~

<3Q50

,Qu

/,L

Y

\x/

@'UW\~

/`(

\

/

\: 'Iv

\

/

\\

,/'

\

--`~\

\('

\*<\\`\

"Q-'_%`

"`

_

QS

\

»\l\\

<\

"`"w

Page 272: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

CO

M

COCO

COCO

SLB

\) |} \{\

\

. ,4

\(\ ; ; »

l I \

r! H $7/_ Q !\`AQ Q \ »~

.W`

3\=_

<<>\

\\`

I/A 1 Q "S

/ ,

I

»A__¢1 :-7\

,i

0 J¢ IJ' f 1' \\\

1 ¥\ r¥ \ JK; A "`*

\Q M \§A

<I In

Q LE \\ '\ °".

\

Y

~->Q§;§>

Page 273: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

o

COCO

O eg

o

1^

o

c3

S P <D

Cl Oi M

.-H q|60^

eg

5-1

CDQ)

n3

CO

0)t>. CO

<D CObe CO

be fl

^ a;

c8

S-i Co

o

CO o

Q-r^TJ

S fl ^cp

-+i '^c8

cS

SdS

CO

f^ .2^

_2 ^-(J .l-H

•S 'Ub£)

o '^

,

to"

fl -^

C2 02

>O

=^ M '^

^ rG ,2

d (D CD

f^ CO CO

00CO

I—

I

's ^ aas

<D c;» Q

rO CD

•- a ^o o gbX3^_2

.JH tM tH

• l-H 03

. Co COCO P45 fi be

cS

•S CO

r| c3

fl O "^'^

O .r-l CO

CO

00CO

->,-'~m_gQ /QP1

=§§a?@r»»§22...."s¢e®§£'SE no 'D

o 'gdq-QF-'<'§3.:4§°$+5.E'"§<==~=>_=..Q Q'

H

~°°>>£"§ei þÿ�r�g�`�i ¬�;�§�'�°�*�§53 þÿ�Q�g�f�é�.�-�C ¬�O�c�n

cg 3,-Ea.:H .-.§ an-2>¢6 5

fn ..2;_:;0"°Q&li þÿ�®�@�°�<�:�"�$�`�§�° ¬�"�'2 QS-°`S5°'O _:Q 3> ~'='®"5q)03`_,>' >.~~:s ~~:s

I §§#""=LA 43

H ='°.sf>'zs°agC5 '°3"'§'.§~,;

CG .|-1

Q 503256§'.2'°§3>°'@§§~5M.c/1-5

Q30 PG"-v-420 -GJ.<:L>mG>'Cl&3b"UHuow:1"'°§'r'<19 rn 'CS

gc<;':§gQ"U®=.5'___|Oé,§.Eþÿ�@�§�§ ¬�2�2�e

[ff In

'I

ll llll Ya,\

\ \l I) ' y.Q\

G9 O

a§ab3E%*"

wmaone

f-c::L."=.':

.20Ee§Qqgi25"sliggco

Fgw-43<:1 "KO5

rn

dgg,ogg"gg&Ȥ

.§=._.9¢go

>§.23376.=g

35503.=G3

egm§e.E<,3

03-15'-'.§o$1'¢Q ni'gov:/1.-C25-442 Q)O m".;;\Qcnfcsf'QQQQ

Egg)O.,-.ug

/~

`\

\

~vél\:\

Page 274: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

00CO

wb

/ ,

,

QE

/

,/ 1r~Q

1I_m,___

t EL___

`

"°"1 /

/

'Q (

1 *

Y 'QSM'/ Q sv.

¢ ><_('fl _

° ='f~f"'I "%¢»

iv/f

/ _

T)

Page 275: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

05CO

Ph

"^ o

&iD ^2 Q^ oI—I cc

.2 3. ^'co05 02CC OO QjS-l

'^

O^TO cp

CD a)

c3 bo

oo -»

-^ ar.2

^s §•:S^ tio

/^^ c3

r I Co 02

c3

ft

12;

O

l-H

:^ S ci -^g=^CO CQ I—

I

13 CD M S^ CO c5

o ce -tf^ ^

cC= 1-21rj £iX) ce ^

<D fl S r^

CO e^-l

r! d ^ oti o O)

O)

eg -^ -^ "^ S

.2 -^ c3

>;r'^ ^-^ c3 ^ T^* o o _ ^

c3 <D

o3 TO

^ >^ O&0=G "^

flcS Oi O

=*:; o3 1^o -^

m

02 cc

fl ^

,>H tiO eg ^O

>s

<X> -u ^ r^ egI—s.rH eg CO CD

M

• - eg ^ '^ 5^

O CO '^^ of .^^ ^-'^^ s

^

_, 02 _, _, CO

3 ^ S S ^eg ;h O eg c3

50-*^ t .. "Srs TO jr; <D '-'

^-5 CO

z ^^"^"^^^

- ° CD

-j^ =+H 173 ~s: CO g-^ o o

^ -S ;:; eg •'-•:2

egCD S S-,

"^ '^

^^ eg CO Ogcoeg •- ^O eg

l'^"^ n SP^

n ^ b ^^3lU eg cB aC 5;)

<53 ^^ &i^ M

05COCM

M

v

I">;5""U

,sm-Qs

,

Q 'gil

goo

:>"¢3°:m-~¢s.S S1

';:sU1

_+=

f~s._~:::*§.~5

wo

»`¢3U2'-*

c.> "Q

;_,

5-4»-Q'~ CD

4-J

Hun:FD.-'CS "cg

>&5>>©",_v:;O

"IA $3

"5

-Q 3>~

°'@~">>

cu

'QQ ,Jo

,413

U03

»=<»,m'§°.,5'§,-Q

"S"Dom 3

Dasam

Q

cs

rn'CS

428-Qin/U1 O

=*°'C'3q_)-<5

>§~"'r§'51'U5'lQ"§

760)'-'3`3,S<:S

§°o§cS.af-*,

2ci §T=*§£»°S

5 PEM'.f2,-Q

Z UmggZ

®-_§§5..-44;__"L';J`

<2 <1

5g*';®C.>

mf/1

m ;_,;,m '15

m ¢;~s°3

5/JO

.~ 43

0301.-4"'a

mn(0366.-Umg

>>r5q_,g,_Qs-¢

an C." F-'05an 0

$4 :I

434;'~

*gun*~

>q)Q4 U2

£3 E =°°,3»..25; <»

15

'

<4 uv-4

"(/1

cv

fc$"1<1>""\ GJ `

'D

©

~<==`<§ E ®=§~'=I 2;""'°§4-E

F*

25-4> god *HO

I C-30.-'F'

'

DDI?

-»-|&*'$-:O. O

CSO

53 cg| s'Z'5°'f-c"' "'

Tgggx-gp_ _Q as

5

in. '32.=sag,_,5~#1 sag

,_, 5 ~

#1

'

.-.

°

-'~

,_C1.-

'gasS .

QQEQDQSOi/2

'_4»-Att'

Q2___'@"\A: _

_Ig|3940

mug »-<K

QJQWQ

030-

~|-UQEGS-Sp [iq *Ju-¢"U"O

wg

QQQQOQE go 'D-,.;m

O"m

2395*-'gg;1@§g>.-.2

"UE°;>>c3§>

up

'£"'§E'§"`:"C:$1,305

t1D$..|=4-1§\>;,|§é®C,3L' _QS

ciA:

_QSO-f__'__`2_'__/`5<¢-4¢gg,n2 A

'SEE §¢=g'§"3®4§"=sS°'°=

qgoq)66°C 'Q

Q51°

vs_"gm....,§»=®

>>_ __:_. _

wo"'C»gs.4Ce""'

-1°9"5;}""®#Ts

»=~;'<»q=;;<>@<>~7i'

_§"q5Q:t321o¢5-Qg>>

;q§'5.,'2§°.2þÿ�=�'�2�` ¬�f�9�3

E13-WEOT;"@&.<25

E-longwwgiq, 'U

Q)

..-qu-15.49-I

'Q|\\) tI §

w

I/

} \

V

\f

I "I `\}\

'

)/ /

mx \£~,

'_ Q-FIIffl '"` EQ ' V)`

>}(W ~

\|,

'|\

Ag -

v, ='Q

|

\\\ '}\ "Q

\_

'I|

I

nl\

\

M

Page 276: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

CO

o

Y L\ Pj g bx

') 1; ? Q Q'S(Y

DQ" I Q

' 'Q /§;\~

M

1

/ \

DQ 5 ` `

' W ,W , °` 1 L/

` vgyz ,

_

Z

' . \ /Q » 3 1

`

J ,f l,' -- 5 _

ff` (!E " `

» ,I ) 0, _ / '.§§" , ig; I`

//

F8'

" '`

/8

~

V wb > Q 1~ ~»` / A (

'Q g h' /

f

5

Page 277: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

CM

^

rt <L> O CP "§

^ o ?i ^ &&^, a^ e o CO .1^

o f^ o '=1^ 7^

cu ="o, ^ ^ «

J-i c3 o o CO Oto -r:^ -^ O) -^

CC Q J^ CO r^ ^fl ^ CD ^ ^ o=« <=^ O) <^ ^ £>.

'^ ^ « CD ^"^

I § o <5;bo=^

3 -a -s ^1 >.

cS .^

^ -5 -2 ^ ^ =3

03 O CS

o -^

CS

•73

o3

o -^

0) ^ S ^c3 p a !2ri o

o

CO

M

OCO

H B^d J CDCS 73 .'

c6 ^^ ^8 "^ ^ «+^&;< O) =° o3

too d 03

rO Q CO

OT d CD

d P CZ3

d d d

.3 '^'^^O) s

« o- dO c8

rO d

c3.-J^

O)

a ^ w

,

o

P "o '^

d^'

-73

C6 rd-(J

>^d

"o o^^ft—'

+= o

5.

a

CO J:?

CO CO

tJ3.a

CQ -d

<1

l-H

ft

-Q .2 ^ d -£

eg "^ 03

- 5-1 c8

c3

CO

C3 CO <!• '^'^

fl o ^ do.£P^ d t^

^ a> P .2 >?^ ^ <^ rid.d -^^ r>^ d•d jh '^ d to

CO ft 03 't;

o - 1 a 2.^ o d

» a a'=2:s ^^ ="-

• •^"^ Id ^ "^

•^C3 CO 03 ^

»> •'2 03 CO

© S d 2

^ ^ « o ^

C3 P CS r^

M

(D

_.E+o

O~4=

S1453

HS..'E

-

U1raasOo

£3un

43

<.'3CDHQ0

U2

.SL6C10

fu£1as

L:

<D

J:E-4

Il

"wagsnl-1

°°2221TE!

O'ioF543QSDPUOD

,213mo

33_ "6

§§rn

¢@.§>

§s'gm

-SD

35'QU>c~s

'saa

"E'|'1

Qt/J

>bv~D*Jon

.Ho,-3.2

K>

'SS'-gU1Q)

dnl:

`5`§Q)@1024c6525

»/~ /I

ll Y

Q,

Ibn: .

M'

W/

I l ' -

'

,f V'

/

V li . ~Q

` W/ /

.

é K ', t

Page 278: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

G<1

Ot-

^

/

4/" ~@

1' S'> \

\ \ $*'%¢$'.nw `

\

>3\\\ ' ` \\

\ ` » " ` \'=

_ ' '

_ \

` ~ Y=<~

,\ U \1 >-__

4_

-» :_ §~_ %\

"\

l> \>

Y.!/ l

ww \ll 1

\V

7' \~\. If /. ' O~..r=~» _k

2

»~ 'Q

_

` "' ""

"`:_

§\

Page 279: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

'rii

CC 05(D •i-H

cQ rsCD

c3

•-ICi) ^ <D

T^ ^ i-O -t-=>

C CO r^ O >—

'

^•^ ^ .a

-^3

c8

o-1-3

-^ o

C5

^

<DO,r^^

wO ^ COcS ft ^

0)

6X5eg

o3

a>

CDO c3

„ 0)

HU o

CO CM

CD "^

P<D ^

c8

O

CD

S CIo

o

§5

CD_ O<D OQ

CO

(DCD

J3 ^ ft^ tiO ft

CO

CD

tie

O 133

c8 o

o ,.

CD COrj CO

CO

CO ;a ^H

<55

O>CD

a

c3

CD

O) O ">

^ ^ COc6 CO S-(

a "^ "Sr !x> oo o^

-t-3

a<D

O

a

eg

cS

Oa

,^a

a c^

•=* >^

CD

CO

a ": ^ s;a fo ^- ^^rj:3

—' co" ^ ciT rj

-^3 a" ao

•43

f-i

c3O)

o CD

.y o

M

:§- ^

a'^'^'So a

2-a ^a §-So^ ^o o

CO .—

I

a ^ "o

a '"'^^•^ CD 'S ftM -S O CD

a '^.a ^ -3

^^^"^

a p^ CO cc"

5-1 ^ o3 -u-^^ o o o3

a

-73

aJ3 CScS

O

02

•-,a o

a-is <D

na "^ '-+3

CO

M

18

un

éiéim £§§§§ ¢§e"' "

'O-4,_ GJ 'F'

u-4O*'f¢G';',q> 0:3 sado SFC!#Qo

§i@g§ £5253 Qia~

anza>>.§ §@?>. °'°>~<=f%='a Vis"þÿ�'�a�1�>�w�< ¬�g�*�§�® gégnv qv;Q'"'5°"'§s° *=' $2-cog O- 5O$4's'Q) _'_' no

S u-4 "PsC3 'SQ Q50 "PuEk-1 -D"*§ o-giipé 321.53mé'":3 °

,,,p=>wE§ §-5nhS,gFg 35.5d 2.24% En ° "" ébm °°E"e%Z qw .

Q r/1° '~ ._g'. '

O_ O< mmdg ZU; _G531§v\~w Q

J);-e3<°""¢»O~»"Zn5=»O <°""¢»O~»" Zn5=»Om _p,£Q_| CS Qqvgkégwm <1 .How-4-o....5>,>; m'UQ<_m_QJN m _QJNz/:ESQ 2..~ _§,_.O»i_1:>o -§§'hq5Z ®"'<»'5?'.f1S3 -5° ""7:g'3~»=§ U1r~<35@"OS .$°2m¢'f.,°§ Z'°"1>§° "Z Q"'-*EQ CD-+= @"*'*,-5 4 'O-15' =»-450 <3 <;S¢,»-QQ*§&'°3 >'"°° 2°S°°°-5 ='3~=é'@~~»-4

Q) |~ faf g'E§°»\§ |_ §<%:'2g_'®`§ | .wgrfaI þÿ ¬�l�I�.�'�O�'�§�,�Z�>�n�"�.�§Q9 §_'JqQc`3°"' %,g gg 5--*E*"5 .E þÿ�3 ¬�1�:�:�§�3�§�°�,�0�<�:�>5 "°§_S°§§DfU '> 5w°S~:",lin-5oce®QQ0 _gg 56 '_-{Q)'C:'-'Q¢e°°<=>'E>'4°@'6 <5 "5 C0555-'-Q ' "`§"5"`-

>,> fvsi>> H was Q <5 -QQ, ~Qmgoapo L;,$IJ.°*\<:aZ> Qgmgpén~' ¢@""°'-i> :='°réé{"\.@m :H ci-QL'

.Q;.°,___~»=;>-»=»®"©¢s,___ ~»=;> -»=»®"©¢s$"':"=2*=§nf°S ¢S$,g`%§.~ Em: >=,§'§

:::.2~°Sq =~§o_§_,§~~ _.wing'-'°`3'§ "SO 3050.253 ww-95as "S-<'E""'_' .D " ..¢'3'@ I2 _gg§@§¢s" @°@@¢a 652°Us '~

-'°.§>s>g °'=1:<=>°>$ ¢§@"?3g"°=+°E'5c%O S-9°"_'-»'J§+° "°'°._CI"°in fum; ,°*§""'§ 2-4 »Q~=<::=@O2w @~§oE§ Saga=.'?.:z.=Q~~e Snéwxn uzzfuss

l) \ l` '?}l/ /

` \

\\\ Q\

15, I' `('' \ \~ M \

1/ ~~3 / \\» \\\§¢ \ \

)L )I'~}\ p\` X

Q \\ ' \lA;__ -_

I

Y

`} )\

" 5/

k ll!\I '¢$§a%n\

M`

r

Page 280: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

` 6{ MF W "

_

`

,( *ll* & M W W f,, ,,,____

.

,

W1 wgy*_

W

I( ) F 'i§ v

,__ 1 '"PL 0

_

' JR '

5. 'W f/ _V _/

'

_ ¢` T

(jp ( ( ., M ._ #EL _ zz"

',.=-»~ ~'%<1~

in

_,_ f=;_§¢my

'

f~<=»~m

|`I'

'

55 gf] /')` _,MQ

'A \__ '_

___ _

. Q I ' _

Q Q

*x W) 'F »\§ \\ w '

" we

Page 281: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

^ssiiji

o

00

^ c3 OQJ -1-3 ."

Isen r^

§^CO

-! C3

o

o g g =3 !^ a*^ ZJ H O (X,Co be >-,'—' -M

ft

o ,—. a> ti/o «

^fl ^ ^ ^*r^ "—I ''+H Q --

" be ;i 5 H_cs o^'S r-Cj CO

O -Hrj

.- o (73 ?^ s:

g,

O)

>i

1^^ a ^ g^CO P c3 O H<u CD ^ =+-, ^^ m ^ <^ rT*=

,p -Jl

^ ;t5 .^oT^ oj >—

1 .2 2^ i-Q^fH S c! ^ ^ rs

52 o qq 3 oj ri3 CO

CD

(» a

M

c6

a. OCO

"TS <D

g CDri2

M '^CD a; s^ CO

rP ^ cs s^;::?

^^ ^ «

a

rr' CO _ o) w

.3'^ § <^ >."^ ^. ii; (D p^.

^ s a^s .

CS .rt ^ rrt «+H <^

r^ 03 J^o g^

r^ '-H CD _r oi CO

o ^ n § ^ ^S-i P CD O

. „ SEh^ ^'^^>

o

<!

OGO

M

• . CS CD ^

'T'r, ^ O CD ?H

p Or^ n3 ce

p ^ ^ CO 3^ .p

2 , ^ -^ CD

^ 2 CS § M

O CO S 5 -

C! 4^ TJ -g 5^

s ^ a Q. oT ^g o ce f^ p IT3

^ S §'^ -§^=1 O ^ CD O ^^ tdO ti '^ OTO ,,^ O ^ <Xl '^

."S CO ^ C§ C«

^ a ^ «^fl

^^^^^ ^

-^i> CO CO ^ ^

O00

C5I—

I

'='§3;l;§§°5 "a;s§>,fS "§°°§§i>§3,==g»-3 ©~@'.§;;L C633 -Ei+=»8-;'"'»§ §L°"§,'Q:» +°;15?>,;__§$J®s-<°°_g cS.E+=¢*3"> 2:30-Cir-¢`°\n§f:§'">, '§""§S§ 5;3g353.g§&:@§§ §§=§@ §@e§§Gbgogmfg -»-<41 °"'QJ""'é)».%¢s-§rg3U3§§,>m5 -§rg3U3 §§,>m5+==>¢>'J°m 'ox can -~ ceq,"__2`§'1=<'$"13 QEIIIE 5: -a>..c>"05/1 :i'qg "0an 1: -2,.§§'c/1-»-'CS

Q '

'15 figag ,155 _

-

migoqgs Q'Q

0:5 qg 'U Q O sq Z 5:1665-4EQ: » Q U'

2; Q;"" '*" fi

wan:-4,-Q f/J?-4 S-HU <2 fm-OsS'o§;;j'53mmDqgf-'T1"U°S

m Dqgf-'T1"U°SO

gg Q23 III "'§§»§'§ o7§i?_§§»~G[} 'Un-<,__'O QH (D 5-4»oQ>;oJ.n.-4 ,,, i>>C5 ~ O ,_<;;»-'I-'fn~ Ms"~°' ~ '""'»@-¢ Z,:#--» 4:Q"5®»O¢,,,*' z ;;5'~e® <1 ~=©¢e¢mO:.'3¢e4¢;.Q>, £14 q,=_E'§ 3 __.£1_ _=§§§S 23,3 Q gyms § @~"°'*§'E§»-1 - or/1,-2° 'D I C30

P O.m_°'£ "<|J/\.S"""" C63 . | q"_,_,"5~»'3 gL'i'T5'§E3g OD.-<$O`-'ig_ c3;3C2'f3q§s¢+=>,,,Q do |>

¢w\_,>go® O §¢¢e9-¢<;_'1:þÿ�_�§�°�"�?�3�'�¢ ¬�"�i�3""§-=;s'°0"3-'Sm °0 "3-'Sm.§:@@@@ éggeéeg þÿ�'�f�§�§�; ¬�§ ¬Qor-4»r-4 (Q"_a>3*§'g=;-'L F"

Mag we 5 "°°°.-*§`"2q_),_Qq;»-¢_,_' .-Q,UCDQ SQ-1 6 QNG*:msn =~°'== Q Q-HW Q' ww",Q -Qomgaim 3 ,gimcegg""$-4 -

- do. U1g,'_'_D`Q|-I 'CQ

0 ;'h;' _v-0,-4þÿ�§�© ¬�§�"�§�§§2§f@2 þÿ�'�§ ¬�§�"�3'Dra ~*-' Q0

GJ £1L",c1>M3?g§ g§g'gQ_>>> þÿ�l�>�D�;�3�»�-�<�.�2�$�¢ ¬>° Q`3O"'fs »:-5<22-<2» -5 <22-<2»Quail! ,rin-4r155.CI ";> 5-m¢3 Pu

go: ua 3 5| ,-\

,_,,__,m ,__,þÿ�¢�%�'�3�"�' ¬�§�w�c -»=»°:"a"@n if-°<1>§3""H "®°'"\-$5 ;~.E°@° Hi" >§"2#"\=© 'E E=§ 'séédw._C15cS'|\J£4'=fZ' wQ>"3;.':'..S -¢»znm.f-5.2

3', * f/ F5

// ~ \ \ '~Q\ | `

'

\l I

\\. »|\) /I

_`~gA_,; 1_1__ \"~ "'v~_

` l4§: %__ ¢ 11._

.,\|' fix .A &"

\ / 'rp/' \'=>\//` \ Q3_

/1/ \ /f nlgk /f'Wf \ M*\ ,

' W "é§3\\n_\ ,[=\ Esge

'

-;";\~;__..\%§

§\

Page 282: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

CO

QO

O

Page 283: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

ft

00tH

M

tO ^ fl flooo

c3

02

o

fl tie 0303

CD 03

02 G

p: .2

a

<D > (Dtoo o)

n r-i I—

I

P3 fl-' ai

^ ^^ aO O o:

3 to2 G

f3 "^O s3

O 02

o

5£l

c3

^ a(D c3

ft

w

O

00

d ^ fl '^rs

^ c3 ° §

a d

"- da> _, <;i (DCic S -^

^o dS^

Sh t-i cS .^O ^ Sh -M

o^ d

if c3

d >

a c6

;h "7:3

<4-t 03

03

O Oo3 rt

a °

03

d n3

QJ

._ -^ n:3 CD

J" rd -^^

?5 oa "rt 03

^ a? ^

« a -t^

gJ.a:S

03 rC

125

CO00

.d ^

d"^

o

<D$-1

ho

cS

M .^

O

bJO O

CO c3a>

^^•^od -

d o?^

d<D

.d.a

Oc3

O

^ o

do

C3 CO

c3

tic

do +=» ^ .d

I—( (D

Q

^ "73 ^o3 c3

d '<D O) >;

o s

CO00

c5

N

/

Page 284: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

ex /,

toGO

I—

I

00

f//A

/jjM____h___`____

/ j'B%f7 //,

Q #W /Q gy" ~

W _>

/-»~r"7?""* x J __, z

l& W U |} I (D

\ ' v ' /fL4

i' W X 1 g ff_

'

1

*\ \i LI

X W ix

_ ,,

dw?

'I

""'"T`*-L `" "I" \C Q fl) ,ff ` / /' 1

--._;f , _

i

\ r¥ `-V.

= b ` \. M _mgélx § up

~

» \ li +5 '

/

_

%

Page 285: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

00

-^

aCOm

-M o

oo 4:;(aCO r^

asso o J

03 >t3

O Oo

O

o ^

eg

CD

bo ^c3 H

ce

0)

fco

c6•rH5-1

$-1

c6

<X>

O -r^

f^

cc O i^j

S3 O CD

o

o 3 «^

C5 "=^-1

«r^^ -J3CD

CD o3 rtOoO)m

n a

5-1

S <D O

O CO ^

H tR ^ "

O ^ c3

is: OO

c3 o

O 14_| ^O —

<

02 CO O?-( -tJ

^^

bo i»

S-l f3 .r-l

CS 'f-l ^

o «^ :3CO :^

o oO "4-1

o

r^ •-Q rii

O

02 .a

r-a CO <4H

^ o-t-3 =4-1

CS(D

<DbocS

c8

q

00

c5

a bJD o o

• '"^ o

CD d S->.

- vl ^ «

O 13

<DCO

.Q T5Oobo

-(J02

^ e3

•-"^

CD _CD ""d

^^ 02

CD cu

^ tD

<D CD

b0X5eg

P (X)

Si!

03

rd 02

o eg

0) eg

eg

eg

• 1—1

> o

m

> o

o

CO00

c5

CO 5-1V,

"Cj

CD o ^.q<0 '^r^ ^

^E3

--do

•rH ,—( F>-

., eg egCD 0) Q^ ^ —

'

^^-^O CO

02 -^ •'

=4H ni

02 Xi,

02 02S-l ^eg o

^30^ S

;:^ >^^ o

1-H CDeg r^

pi

02 HSh ^ ojCD _, O>. 'O -i-l

ou eg

CD

>^ eg

03 02eg

0)

^ 1—4

•+3

o

CO

o

'^ ^ CO

oT ^ gbo o geg O JZ

eg 'Ti*^

,

S eg

eg CD

j^ eg

CD pd

^C .^ CD

O ^^eg

>s

eg-t-= '4-1

eg

4h 02

egqii

bO (D 03 "^

O o eg =*::;

-M «+-( r—I O

05

CO00

*°'U <" 1'/l'UbCGJ"6 "" -

Z.'S11E5*'§'5§cIQQ: Shorgug 3;`*\.E2§<_mOOO,§®cS..-.,::'_Q gg ,U on-4., <30

@>'S-w= => Q;"

:s >~~®.=>=o-Jq-4 E w O QE -@§~,..-f-D_

"OG >>C=1J_»;5 þÿ�"�C�5�'�" ¬�,�.�."M-4

""§=a@&@°@ afoé 2 ~°@6--°§§;:¢§"'=:£ >§?s:1 ;n53<,;gEgo.- g_9,¢eOm",§,¢ ®.ce,5.2 -~§>qf/300¢e'Eq°§8"'®->§=#°" b.OaQ°'&" waagriwg°5'~O.°-'°3'" 05 'S J1.s"".'I'~>>Z°ggw =>¢@°<»>>Sg=O °z"§'§'E,' .- @°~?:=

c5rB.C!¢3>>_,-§;,,¢g E059 ,,,'T:$,g-éclnoElm =@a<>@@a-~ fmwv gg <=>°¢ *svnf§;>= >Q+=>§j" ECL) m»Q°'~Q'Ua

þÿ�`�5�3�C�,�~�°�§�>�=�e�"�*�3�=�.�'�3�° ¬Qmwgd ?:=§frs°,'§§OH.-

c,:1U1O'U<1->§)):»¢QOa 23/"g m þÿ�F�~�'�,�§ ¬�"�'�m�E'dl/lCD> Q-»-<...4 rpm" O

-Q m .Q QPU s-4oJc|.> m GJ >"U~.-.men<~§qc3=eQ -f§§,0fQ -z.§:'.<1>O¢s»1:¢s»-||6¢§"-0-4g mac §m_;' J:-S¢'O,_Q ~

.-.Q ojio »- O° QU < as fc

<1-1 <2 ,_..- gm IQ mm 5 \-<4=..` U,

v-4 ®qJ.£>"5"`¢3 .`O_g v--4 qgr/1_ »-Q qgm CD

_ §mwOfc$ g ,_,I>> gp-Sm !> _-ad Q[Du-|"5OCD_-°»-IU] .Q £5 »-4>= FE

'I þÿ�»�-�.�<�=�=�g�t�,�,�_�<�:�:�n�z�>�\�= ¬�<�:�>�m�_,_,g;,_.r¢ ogg, Q..-.fv Q- l1o;1;> <15 ._-

P-'-( q_)Os_|%q_)§¢_-3.,..v'§ kg w$J,,sL'..\ 5; "'

G;

2»©§$~"§@ @@i° | »@§>2;'su-mg.,-4;.4,§EGJm»-4 S-H15 A

' 'U =>Q4"" "'

-is-»f-cs "Oce" c"1'3¢'°f:3°'~" »~>°°-'.-Q -.§'| +1 ® » QH

_QM '\.£2;soo U1o¢*3_ ,_| ,C1cuo>D,_,»-1-43þÿ ¬�>�=�2�'�§�-�2�»�w�°�°�-'§=,-»2a "»§,af°s=@

þÿ�' ¬�'�.�;�5�5�o�=�.�4�3�*�°�"�'�.�"�°-gi-' ~~°=~ <58 -5, 'SnS-4 O-1 °9 'UCD'-`3O -' c-< r-*ap

°'3>'U°'3¢§;T§='E- þÿ�3 ¬�f�=�5�S�@�>@ @5390 w"'| -r-I on

E::a"i3»=~=;~.:é'@ E:sg,2'U _;°_é'§'5>,~;3 ¢s"\n»U.- » -'QE 3'- >° .2 EEL.. SEZO., \ "'>`° L; O'Q'U5".§ > OH-eg

£62 @~f3'&.Ef'-33% .Eg $9 ~"_5' 5on IT4

3gc1>\>§<%)c1>"nf§§C1 3-Qcsqgg). þÿ�S�`�.�,�§�C ¬�8�é,qlmm -Q'Ow--< *'

..E;>O -*c:°3O>>G3 yg®;> _,_-A >: ._.=¢-4 cum -as

?§§~;g~g'QQSOQ3§5>=O§>f@ 'QQSOQ3 §5>=O§>f@_

..-| _ .._¢ --.54

"2§E5§©§§Zf @%2"§ 2@§"223Sf<:5m.§Ecnoo £"e73.E& ¢eu::2=2,f..G

\

/0

4/

/ "`7'%

, /yr IQ

`// b N"1

/f'T"T\\

I |

5 gh) M \ 1

\ w \\

E

r- Q

Q5Q-4.-1r*¢

Q-4

O

/

Page 286: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

0000

o00G<1

00

t»5M

'I,J

kg; -|l|__Y_

'EIIII *

,~' 7' ®

»' (rl )' !; _'

Q2 1

Eé igxw

`___

` /` ~. X*_*

m`

_

U J -.~I

w

__ wx

>'» 'ff' f Q \ < an

Q 5

§

Y

Q ~s

.

"

N

.

|

`"

'

F

Egg §'_-s-£!'i" /2;'-»` %

'

Page 287: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

a:

6

xrt m

w -g

'^ OQ,

^ Co CC r1

- «, ^ <^

Q5^ rO ^ g

s fl e o ?;^.O w ^ u 5

M Q g g

S o '^ o

.^ '^ QJ ^

CO s^ 0) "73

jh cs fl t:} oj

^ .2! 8^

0000

03 (D ^ r-H 29 fl

"

G © rH

<x> .X « S b

'=*ri5 © ° O

;^ f-i :3 ^ o50 ^ CD M

g cS P! (DCo Q) CQ f>

fl O O

02

a

.J-i ^ (D CS t^

o

(D

cG !^

cS ^^^-^ o

-^ ^ i ^ g 3

O CC f-! OO-^ Sr^ ^^02 ^ r^ O 2 ^

-5 CO .q CO'"I

© n 5^ G^ O

''I

o

Oi00

o q oO -^ r^M*-< .« «5

.^ O ^

^>

© 'TS fH CO

> CO

^-5 §

en

CC

o • Oa 3-^

CD "^Cj 03

CO .rt i~<:

(-1 :x a -*-=

g ,12 '^ ©

© ^ ^ =^

Ji "S o ©^ © -»^ ^K^ a -^ ^F>5 gj CS ^

Q O c3

P>

00

0500

t-l

PR

l

QJKA

Page 288: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

o05

ooCO

4 , ~§

W A »f

/W/

22" 0 fnvw

&

S .* "

J

f* Q

` 5 j '

ff / pf*

,

K)35? VW 'J/ w

K w 2 / 5E4

_ _

wr_

' nw

3 `b

Page 289: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

ft

O05

III-

o g'a^ CO r^

Too

eg •r'

a;

«}ce

d c3 n

^ S3 fe COD

O O -i-i S-i

Q • »- Co

«2 o s ^•- o ^ c3

-SrO O « (13

tc" OT >i O <^

O .1—1 -ij ^j« cS tc

• 1-1 -U i-G JT'rSSO -^ 't; _

cs o ^ flcS " $q « ^pR TS ce ^ O

o3 .3 ^j 02

cc

Of-i

!3 ^ idCO o '-'

<4i

O

PQ

m

<

wwH

OQ

<

a

Ph

<!3o

o

05

Sri 1>

m CO

.S CO O

S^ o

c3

oo

<n CD =^

o

. . ^ 2.H -^^ rd

-4-3

OSi

60 bo.25 gt

;3 ^3 CC

-f^ n3 CO

CO00

C55

T—

I

l-l

mm->,;_m%'0.E.2;Q>,-'II-»-1

§=#eUS$16.05...;95_§O355;,._g Q-4

qS`®'15<4-4% (D

»3f,_q'§2

. §<:°'§~°Q q>§3Q"@ _

i¢q,%°~§Em`2@>3f1==2

,-<"'° ..'I1.-CI»--49534;

'ED 4'§2ca'E._;Z @*"

;.' þÿ�'�=�= ¬�§�.�2�=�~�&�°4

#gf-°%,r:.cDcu °'°s::"S2s;'þÿ�'�_�'�,�£�4�)�C ¬.E-»-4

. '§§Qq°Q) »-4%-J

»-|2~'~U»i~"C'3þÿ�"�*�*�i�"�i�i�,�l ¬�2

þÿ�'�i�4�n�<�1�J�'�>�>�,�g�c ¬(Dos-4 5

C'*°mc'*§'.'@=<2w=a§5><,,5C/19',§U'®:4S4=3°.5°'-°.i>°QQQEEce-dam;

£;I'7é'5SqgFgþÿ�r�: ¬�.�E�-�i�m

§E§

Q)

.S43

Q4

O

QO:li

43

neI?

GJH

cs

'O-4

O

QE'cdO

ws

GJ

.EE4

6

;5'§~é-I-3

geeF4

C1

"E5-4CD

41%U1

EEO..-1.;:i_'-4116%QJ$-1|

"'QJ

-.-5Q43

5.53§§'Um

y .Q M' \§`\

6

W

5 555 in " `

n

'

f

\ §h "\

Page 290: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

Fig, 192.

Woman's Hand.

Marriage, a ; sudden widowhood and complete change in the Ufe,

h h ; engagement, c, broken off, d d, by the intervention of another

woman, e ; scandal,//; subject's own death, g.

284

¢-...,q~

"~<

-Z_` »-

'SA`.,.;¢

._7'...sf

,¥ §*QQ

-

,-7/5, §'

"mr 7

// k

if I 1 .4 >»"

J

/' 9

/' /

g -<__

/7

FIG. 192.-VOMAN'S HAND.

Marriage, cv; sudden Widowhood and complete change in the lifeb b; engagement, c, broken off, dd, by the intervention of another:Woman, e; scandal, ff; subjectfs own death, g.

284

Page 291: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

Fig. 192a.—Right Hand of the Same Subject.

285

~qn~='

*ID* 35...

:=-=QL

, Q ~

V kill }"

24; /J) L1-~"";,

:Ea4_1

ff

Ncz v 5

'Z; é

bf ff'

,Q

§_* __,/__

.

FIG. 192A.-RIGHT HAND OF THE SAME SUBJECT

285

Page 292: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

CO00

/

CO05

yy/

CO05

M

`

\//f f

/

) / vt .1

/ E"

{

'05 C6 E . 5

M IH " I `*-TQ]'

YM S L V 6 V

ny "NS/,Q ,M M411

/, 1 f )r 5 'J' "' "

. "IS ~

»'

p' \ h'-

, ,y "

I.

;_

\ § -V ~ q\ ' MA.

, B-il''*EL*QY`»-5,» " 'E£7 Is. 41%*

§Q/

_

'

)§N

1

Page 293: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

tsoO i5i^

^ >K"

. »< -(-3

^o ^^^

circ+^CiO oc6 ^

Q^S s-^<1 oM ••N.l-I

cc ?-i

>; oT^<J

«<-( ,^

g ^^P*5 -—( CD

. h tiDCO ^ c305 <D .^I—

1

1—

1

Pq

hange econd

O CC

4^ ..N

^ '^5O)?-i ObiO ^Q

o^^^ ^H ^r^

oflc6

H OJ

O >,Hi-s

"^

•r-H

C/2 ?:3

oEc! -(-=>

g o< fl

m 03c3

w ^wH^ '^o

-1-3

Q;?; ca-11

M+i>

H -4-9

w c3

o ,^3M -MPh CQ

!

^o

<^ ,i3

CO CO

05 SM

Tt-.

oT

H-t fi

CT"

cc

;2;

o

M

CO r!3

CI cS CD O CD^-i Z, '^ Xi

c3

OD

^

rO

M c3

s_i..-I

eg r^

-4-3

.. . 02

f3

o3

_ <»

^^ .2

" -i-H

I

a"CD

5-1 CO

1^

O

bo

OO

*-H , •(D jr *i^ r-CD r^

o<x> <-i

o

CI ha•rH r3

I-H O

-1-3

cS

aQ .. .

.^ Q

" fl o;

CO

c3

CO

53 Cl rO "^

^ O "^ S <1^

.a =+H -(-=> ,-c; CO

oo

I—

I

00

OM

C

_;3¢e'§....s:c=3m'13

03,21/z'§Q,Q"""CD

.

-

Eggqgfw,413

2`°3

sg *§~§<

"

z/1CD»' .~"`

'sg_ sf,

, Q,-~z§¢§,=~~F133 5 >>

Q

þÿ�§�'�°�§�*�' ¬�-�°�`�§�g�°Fi E

Q»-4

m5214200

.ng»-3

54(5 ¢3--

OQ"U.»-1

.eafi!

5'<1

fcs©c>Q:

DQ m ww

w~.._.=4

*

CD

Ei :`5 -Show

mg*

Q)

"`.f-4

,-¢®¢§Q_'

gloQ 43

C5

g»DmQ,r_§;D=-<0-1

-05

'gg 5 QE

.§_g>é'§;¢m;¢;13; 63%) U2 g

E z ao an 5

gnQ qéamgg

4.._~»-

D1Q

rn

.-.~

m Sc-O PI2:

QQ) GJv=§:.»-4

SQ > Q

$"°°.:<'®§.OaD©"E ©"°

° 3 5"§;"iw"§a@f=

as Q ,321 U1

@zs=Qf°fi~=§'§ZTBM?

Q <=>

§':s§2»=`"é'3_ S-abD

.-S

cancs

Q 556E 2

§§`§§~=£3s4"|

Hs"U1 G3

O

»-CI';<§8"""'D

.-.cs

U, .SI> mms..

E#

.

-»-*EH 43

pf _CI 03 »

m°*é'

F5(IJ

pq rn

| "'§.§E"f-`5°'s..L2 235°

I 3-=~

§-°'":sg

'- °

E? þÿ�<�5 ¬�"�°�#�=�°�'�Q�3�§eso

<1 ff,,_, -

L'w<:>»-on -

_QQCQ

\>

fD50QQJ'U

owCD

Q;(5 -JE -Q§cs._<:'$

QM

.

»-.

'EQ.MD mg

:Su'D

gl"-H00 'Urn

Sw Ei Q

'i¢1§@"'é2'§egb.D¢~

pr-( 5

IQ

q>r"|"-'pg.v-4

3U'

"°`3=§§°>§'§f'3H2.SI

//1,11 \

1I/

\`\ \/

\

f

/ll \

\/ (V"\| <9

y _ " *

_

`_

Ȥ ff*5%

\"

\ \

Q' "Y" \) In

\\`

gy '

\

\'»_\

<' 0' '~~

\

\\

»'-is

\;

Page 294: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

0000

M

[lf In

.A

IfI y

C'ff li/ W?9' { Yu `

f

Q "5 \ Q

3?

\

'

\) 1)

' Y v/A gb v\

111| f V `¢ AS:§_

vA "

"Y >\vs

lQ

\

' ~~`-` ig: l!X \; \ `@§§§§ what _` I A " l

| \= ;,¢``

£'3¥i'®-'_"-$¢\ _ -.._

\_ -.- ~|

s

\\

Page 295: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

05

I—

I

^-3 1,2 M^UJJ,—

I

«^

(DC ^j-,

-t-^ ,0^ Jri o =^cS ^t! --O g o CD

n3 ns o g ^.^

^tl ^.^ S.2

gj ._ IT! n-!

fl .2 fl o oo s^ <^ <^ >

•-=1 +3 "tn o ^j

g § ^ ^' g o

o o <x>n3^^e a c3 ^ fe.Sii^ hn"-i CO t^ -I-3

O) © 3 a 5:i CD

eg ^ 03 O Q

CO <D M 53 O CC OJ

o ps <x) ce c^ 2fJi CD ^ <^ O Q

CO

I—

I

p g> fl ^fl c6 <!^ ^

o •TS c3 -

^^.r^ a '-3

M a m ^ Q

13 efl .,- CD ''^

sH o

g^

>» cc

C3 o" <jfo bo?

'^

CS

0)

.2^13 -^

tjo S 2 oH o -^

• ^.d ^c3 -*^ j> c3

t+H 05 I> S-l

(D ^ o ^1—( <VM rrj rj-j

+=> c6 r^

e_- O £? fl

O

, c3

> C3 02(D O •-!

^ O

02

>5 02

S ^ ^2 K*i C6

g c3^CO ^ '^ !=J

CC -M C3 r^

03

05

O

J cc rj CD Js

o fl fl

03 r-:^

go

O)

tUO O tc qfl

O O) HO) (DO

°te_ CO > -r-!

'^ -^go ^ di3o • ^;=5 d

CD rj

02 OQ

a-s

o •-

eg c! '^ 02<D .d ^

(a 02

(X) p^

>o

0.2S>i> 02 ^

^ ^ 03

00

05

19

\\

'§~5.- (D

33 "wg-5<5=0m\|` an-1

h[},.5&

,5"L.-qdofflq)_Sloan-.,

fo EMCLOESIDE"-'m

QU"

.~

Og

II) ..>>

QQGJ

~

-QQ

-»~°®f~iV1

CQQ

OCD

N

.,_,

Q5

Quart:

E _Q

_'Us"'¢

OQ--CE

'\

'U

=f°=5~"°Si'é'"Egg°=5~"°Si'é'

"Egg

GJQJQDHQ)

(1)45 cg.,

þÿ�C ¬�,�_�_�,,`

.§§§§6wéisgg

S2°g

§~'§"°\;§§"°é'°°"'1f,E=

0355

Q =»5»E'm_§-4/Q..d méggw

_»=»\,,ig:

_g©~'"`w§zfzsw-50°

'U"Gee,

U1*°§s"5»S.A<"*=

"`° gq"°>`3"£'

gDo`§r-3.5

"5 þÿ�'�_�§�f�'�~�4�_�§�"�"�U�§�r�6�v�= ¬m "3Q"®._m'§

§ gang

'50GJ

q30¢D-.."Z

2>,

wa;fn M_@\e

< §=>_§a

I ZW-fam325%

»§m @».§'°£

L6=>m%,,:,:e;E

3 .§°g=@'S".w "Egg

93 §.9+=Qg=__;>

f1:4=§o.2z ;,¢S>;¢>

~;@~f Q,~f§+:,'§23°

;'wS'~E

cs=SQ'§

_op

I -~=H=»~5gQ 5,8-/5.5

*"°=' Q

:S£51-°o¢'~15

>O Q

in gg., __§<>Q 5

__-5-._

f=>.,:g

8°§L'°@Z°

~' þÿ�<�=�» ¬�~�=�'�@I s°@<@

Qcggmas

'

þÿ�"�°�= ¬�v�g4°

5=¢-<

"MASS

m"°D""503-*'

2 .

'D

þÿ�°�"�° ¬Q5

þÿ ¬�>�)�c ¬

@°-<&45

"U-qg

Q.,_,.__,§

c1>2*'°"°:VL* S

"=f'*°Z='"* o>~_f:

:1o°`3Q"®

'U-5-'¢°"3£1°'""-"'<=

dw-nga->_"E::JUL-1.2¢

ID *SGDU3

awgogQéiréfé

fi- £255

*§...._"§;"§;?¢q'3o.53 512

GSE

QCDQO"-

-O>.b

>_;'.-4

"

=-°-9.§'33_i'§@_c:;_é'§';§$E°i'§@_c:;_é'§

';§$E°

C5K>;>,Q°3'§j;mO'°>;>.-Q

¢@DM

ggcugaoseiw; "CS

wig.;

"'°=,f:¢§:1,'E>>»."¢S@Q

>>"c5 Sf;

°°

93533ggwg

-QOEUJ

>'»-< r-fd

wp-E5__-M5

1/

"° G

|

'I 1"°"s

(_),I/ 1.1¢

il

I]

I'

, rl.0:

\ Q

)( 5 'K

"

/J\e

w\\

.\'».

'$\ )3

\VX\V D

Q,

`\

QY

\

Page 296: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

o

CO05

^^S^

CD05

_

///

`-

/

/

QQ,4/)7g;T (//1

X' W

I

CI;nl, A

_

1* Q?`

r ; *§

55-

` wx 'X

|]

} \ Q '

/Q

by QQ(-»

X

. /< M;g Q

Ik f/7@ ~<

91 '

é[KQV

`

_

~/ Y-

M\

5 Xe Pe"""Y

'

J1)//

M

W ,N

'xl.

` \§

X

/

Page 297: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

O

00

«

0005

M

CO n:3

^ O E? (D

05

M

^ fl^

r^ o oT

eg CD •—

!

fl CD

73

oCD O

O cS

^ ^ bO-tS

rH S '^

O TO^3

^ <t1 .2 f3

sh a> M 53

^ fl !^ >

cc *(D ^

OSCM

0505

h-l

Om "O *J QQ >bq""` i'aassgog ees @e§=°s§§*°5'.-§.~4>~Q== "ECE .s'°¥'5'.S§ >=,C;O®¢~°@©@ Sas veiesgivQi 33a'E%'@ egg, .E"§2gg.2~'§is 4-=u= =-gqja ¢-3 :B of-»-<¢D-»-.'§§>>q>§<1>::§ _g3.§ g'-:sw-§.&'Q¢e_§. ,x,U,_Q CD5 ,cgi-= ,_'@-»-4"_'»-Gee.;2 321: <3S'°'$..» ggw >>`<3©~§Qg;~g._. an ~-1 °

s.¢__13 Ece5°'>.§=»- moi 'DQS CO5-Eone ... Q, >n ~ E >U1 >w,s> Q em .JQEQM "cf"

"SZ 2% E55 $°°°3'5"<=" .-55.4 q_>"§-54:85OQQm>>>_' "ag "QS .20 Bm:/7034)<0 °f'¢¢.==-.s== '§@=@'° 05-2¢>=<;E"*FE.'þÿ�c�»�'�"�s�= ¬�§�~�:�:�"�'�~�;�»�>sang: fag53 30% qgr-;§`.E.°Q<1_§:. "iq-E§q5-1f<'.2__§_>2;._C1®¢_-3

RI! `°"*£'§ ;F' EE°'*§f>Q*=i"°f3"°°°§5QQ*'<=>>>we"cs-'">».°@"":: we "cs-'">».°@ ""::I ~; ge s~gE§>§e,ez»e§~§&;sE§~2'=©<3 CD, »15> as ~-~ cnO þÿ�+�=�>�< ¬�"�U�i�-�'�I�.�'�<�1�>

3 þÿ�-�2�'�§�5 ¬�s�"�.�°�r�T�o�z�=�e�~�5�E�#�§�°�é�°�"�'�5�»�3�§�§�~�§v-4 "'Q>P+="'$l¢"F1'°>CIa>=~2"°o6`:E° " moQ. ='§'*'-'i-"gs-=>="1°'>*;°=a5°°"§"'"- <3 O v-4 °'~ O Az ECI -~® > "On ce -

<1 <,,°>'<1.5m>=%5,§£<5?*° -.S"§"S.Q`§fI Q5 @S';;C@@=~°5 ._=e'-'Q-,g>r=4¢H~§£g_g'-*

<1>q>5>>>=®<1>¢@§§gb.n»,.3¢=:@ :s;::` |50 S-AN "E Q) -»-1 Q)¢::S-1"_"'Sg"°'U1 Q ....»-|rnBw0cvq; »-| rn Bw 0 cvq;<5 þÿ�@�<�§�2�°�¥�"�a�=�°�e�"�s�"�*�e�- ¬�§�2�'�~�2�w�;�°�=�~�2""-|-4 CJ

-»-4 cSlin "1 QS* sms: '~> P;/2=»-¢S _Q.. §'.§@¢s'-°~5"SJS_2+=°'5§D'Q"§.-¢¢ _w£§3~°'S'"Q§= þÿ�=�=�~�<�=�E�>�'�_�.�= ¬�'�°�=�£�Eþÿ�§�§�,�'�u�n�g�§�' ¬�»�'�<�=�n�o�'�§�_�§�°�3�.�_�5�r�:�'�.n'£`.'-'<»__§'";5~'°..°l.3I3g§hD__g.§ ":3<1Jf3r6FEs"'°3§Dggc.>,;=- Q emwww fc; ui...

þÿ�"�*�§�é�?�'�E�§�,�°�3�.�a�>�`�=�i ¬�'�°�'�3�§�§�§�§�e�¢�°�§�3�'�§�+�,�'�§�"�i�§�§�°§I>csm3"<5§ 51:13 ,£2o3<1>.:»~2eso

/ff /. eu'I ly/

Q

Y'

\

1

_

Page 298: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

oo

6I—

I

OO

6

y, ^

/éy

g /*pl .1/f3 X55 Q(

"ti`} \`

,_`__/

Q \

,lf I Q >

f byl

;§n] " k f ~` _

l" } @ W/J 3 KY

Q

Page 299: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

ft

<

<oo(M

Q

<oo(N

CO

OM

a^'^

^ O fl

CD

5^ CO oa>

g § «^ cs 2q:^

^ _a f -^•- ^—I o

p CO c6

OJ 5-1

o

6

'^ fl « OO

ce S 2'r* Tt r-r*,

^-§

CD

a>

1-^

p ^

> CO

CO _ri

O

m

03

i ^

9:3^ " ^^^^

o03 O

CO (D ;^

^^" CD q

S? 5^ <3^ ?-(

^

>i

1§CO e^

jH -^^ o 2

d CO

OO)

OCD OJ ,^

c3

>^ c3 O CO O COOi

3 -^ ^ oj ^ .a .2 ^

o

M

Page 300: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

OSCM

O(M

6(-1

If /. ,QI I/

fri/ |

` {\¢S' (am M m

Il L3

l

¥

my , /WQ) Qi rl In

,2 /V

~; W\

Page 301: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

O

fe

<U -tJ <D CD?-i 13 r|

^ o o o

doCO -u

2 9

-f3$-1

o

^ o

+3 -te

(D S-i

05 -^a

00^

fl

(D 0)

U fl ^03o

'oo j^

<-(-a

o -t-3

1303

^ o<Ti

fl UJ n orrt r^(-1 o oo ^

be

'S

Zi

2o

Q

w

o

COoCM

6I—

I

^ g ^

CD p -r;

p o ^

2 a 1^rt .1-1 ^o o q

^cT 02 d cs

03:3 ^ c3

.2 ti ..^

J:! S n3 n

^ S'=^ ^.

^ o

a3>iC3n::3<xir^a)<DcJ -^ - fl ?r. ,. a s

tJ 5c3

0) ,^j

a g:i-^ a

O >H

J-^

c3 c6CQ ^

J-i O) (D

5/3 ^--i) 0)

^r-l

CD <D

^ «2

CO n^

S^fS S cS

oSf3

oo

o-73

ce > ^S ^ dCO (D ^^ WD O

a fl

c3 ?

^ a sc3 o '""' '—

'

<^ ^ ^ _??OI

TO IT-!

c3o

c3 o S

eS c6

^ a ^ o a:*

a^c8 <D

5 ^'^

5-1 M-i

•" CD

*^ •f-i

'o^ o

tS p•a a

o o

CO O)

O) O)

^ o

o3

CD ' (D ^

.2 -*^ 0) (X)

5^ O

1;^ 03 CD

"^ 2 aCO ^-^

O 03

O

O 0) d &-I -^5

o ^-tJ I—

I

p n3O fl

ao3

CD

-JbD

^ ^ ^ t» M c3 ?5O CO CO .^ .,-1 I—I ^d c3o o

10OS(M

o<M

6

Sférgg=9»-Q-+A,-D

:L-#3-.`

Uggrg[`§,m*§

-E-QU3'§§_,°'§'»-~

rn

- .'

_§gQ§Eg

@-cs¢ec6__§:'~§§E»4;¢"p

Of-ofavg gg~<1'_+=

QW;/-`

Q'

"se-21;§~»§

Qargaimmm

§"°@;§=

é%%Q°§§Q"¢"ai"

Qi?=1"*'<¢_;>"§<='

"EE

wg.;§_g~~

';m~=_d.:;~_ga`;_

-rg

|--»~

©r34"='>>Q

Q"3

"UQJA¥QE,§`*°»-

E=~;~§ 263;¢ §§@@§"§-Er?

CD0

--Q

.,_,___

113 _Q-,_."-'

g,>>=Dm <»

+=2% ~i2"Q3H=.2"'

_

was0%

< =""§"='§®?s5"'f:°mga:

_¢,,mana

,'11§g_.,,_Wap

3QP

»

°»-<®q"4J/`QUJD

°»-<®q"4J/`QUJD

N fig

hm EES3£JO_§>>.E,x;1.$~

-.czH

z,_<:.»w°'*°=~s'*<1>O

2363"þÿ�3�~�5�"�°�. ¬�i�»

5,;;'s=§§§_§§*;ésQ

C556> 5-a'1»'cS

~'< 5 ";;;f.'3o,_,on

O®,_Q-#2nf QE"-'

O ,gmUM

f-1*-'m

.:-#|,:1.,.;'

:>¢s='3gQQ,@<@'Up

mm-1242

f .-F=@'UQ

3==-Qi'Cf;

Om? I'=='m°°3¢.>Q='~E

i-|""'Q.,_4

,

þÿ�O�C�§�¢�; ¬�r�5�`�§�-�5�1�:�-�»�-�1�U�S�;�,�,�_�5

3°"°3H'N dcefux

'H Og'U®""Q":'&')<;?

§.§<>_E 6,¢,~,,,g;-g g -§M;,i;';§_g.§Q>o

°;#'~'@ pf:°~2='2~= °§°°§f==~S~'="3

$309

®,,;q;"°V

'U-

*'#Jr/Jqg

cS,-C1

QD f/103»-4

°--4\>\-/CSOQ) 5,5

-a#°2fm' 3

in W »=f¢"<§§==~=

Q rg

5_4

"~

A

G)F-4.

CD

þÿ�~�<�= ¬�§�§�>Qma

þÿ�*�°�'�=�@�a�°�§�§�T ¬�Z�=�>�§Q(/2

aug,-5'-.,_¢3Q¢_3'-'U

.Hu-4

G3'go

~»-c

-v-4

CGID

HO.S

"+="5%°'-q~¢==Z1D"U.Z2_£'I°,Q

"'*°"£E>`þÿ�"�§ ¬�q�J�5

<.SO°§=`¢.-=~=~=._.

'D -Q

=_.¢a~-<"'';*=<1>@°¢'3

<6sI'.¢s

»§léDQ>;-.-4;"C$g

,_'w+=Q*j3gwGJ5r-5

E"-_.Eggk<~>§;

¢s<=>2omVsgc

§1>~E§I_§®°'3§2

2_§§g3'§§",'§"'§,§g°>

þÿ ¬�*�§�g�_�g�5�=�"�"�.�9�§�¢�,�,41

Ogaiggag

_

ogggmm-§.6Q;g

/f

-|-||,_|F_';-'Og

I M

\¢ Q

I/"§;|

H'`f=~

.

S

/~ Q.

\

0.

\ A' f.

'

1

»\

\

\"_ >\

'%»

f

Ix

A

bvfifé

-

V44

Q|' \

Q"

"

1) _

~\ ,

iii*` U

rN5

%Y

l

Page 302: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

o

6M

%%

f /Q( /,1 þÿ� �{ ¬�/I

44 K95 ff/ M»

It \ ' IR ) I

A

R & /Q

`§ '

//4 In

" /J'

\r |

1,

1

? NF YQ { /I

.`__,:Q/

/`

lt I/3 FY

\

Page 303: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

<oCN

oCM

cc

OM

S ^ o

CO P^o3 -^

e3

03 ^ f^ "73 +=

M c3 O "3

oo

.22 ^ .S;2 '^ 'So

CO

o

pi

o

O >5

02

n3

o 5^

~ r-i Q CC g

OJ^

-1-3

ho

osi

1-=

eg Co

o ^H>5 05

Oi

a; T^

CIc6

w

o

O o3 O

fl fl 2eg e -^^ r^ ^M

-t-3

c3

S-t

o3

"-I s-i

IS

CDO

O '^ i-d r^P, 03 r—

I .^

g 2 ^ >

^ CM03 ;:3

S-)

<4-l

Pi ^

CO ^CS -f^

_ >oo

ceO) he

o

-73

o3 o

O ri-l

c6 Gt^ -S

3 CD r^

?? -^

CO «4-|

•1:1 o > 03

CD

CD

CD-73

CS

fl P!CD O(D r^03 H

03

Cj CD

<D

r-Ho$-1

m

1^ .;^

CO .2

GO

O-1-3

<D>eg

i^ CD (DrS r^ P-H

C3

ce

O R3CD

c3

'^ -M f^

^ o «

03 ^^H

_i eg

I—I

"^fl S ^

>i

eg C CD ,^eg

S CU

O-f303

§.ga 8

S-i

eg<x>

<D

^ »*H CD

^ O o >• *+-•^ rQ -M © O

eg

Q

12;

O

o

M

<D 1 Si

bc-^ CD

eg Pr^• •H ro

CT) 6003 ^ fl

5^-t-3 •?:

'^ -^3 !=S

eg -Tit3 ^eg -f^ CD

'=4-1

o fl ;r3

o <D<D Si

•^ ro Cl)

n <U ^O

1—1<4-1

of^ 775

o^3

-4J

Ots- O CD

CO arO 03

o CD

CD CO 3o rH (CCD ^ •

fl

!3 fl n-)^^-Sa +j

.,^1^ CO

^ eg S 0^^ ^^ «> a

H <D Q "*-'

r1 ^1.3 • •"!

05

Ph

\(:

.2j§=5q5,L5¢'.§f-cs§ 5E§§°.<:§ 'gmG3 ;.,¢,£>-¢®.,.-5s- ,UTS .,_|__|O s..<1>°0~?Z2éM~"°°=~ =s°°?3q,<» §f5~§_2¢e<=_§S§O3r53 °3c.>EcD¢.£I _pg"'*E'15f¢:+=w= C5 ~>3"'f=`° "='¢S"C='G

Q °'> 'CSO its itscz>§cs°~>*-°»=~'¢S+=fn":3w_q»-¢3m'D;';,""-5:CSW49r-#CG-C=;,gQ'UDgf-1 s°~>*-°»=~' ¢S+=fn

" :3w_q»- ¢3m'D;';,"" - 5:CS W 49 r-#CG-C=;,gQ'U Dgf-1o.§§O§""<1.>"1`§ ""g,_.;;""°D QQ;g;;'I>""CG;¢"'57"C5 rn 5°3>°Q" "gg~»-I®""m"'<1J"7Q$I.' " mm,Q7»2a °

'C»£a"'gCDOG.>..S1-QJCSO >=5w><:"Qo®'Q Q o®'Qgg -¢=»<_§,@O 'GCI <1.>°> Z 9,9þÿ�"�j�'�, ¬�>�`�)�$þÿ ¬�o�3�_�,�;�;�;�m�mc3*®'U.0JQ.> <1 ,_c;;,___,"5O5-*Om bD435 "'|>C@'>..'ZI"C$ m >;7¢_''-'O-SICSSI-;5m»5-"'§ rn=¢-<'3as3""';>, Eg*g¢§;`§~'2E2=~§ §°»-<>~2s Q rsaéQJO.,-¢GJ) 4243 (_§(/205: >"'l

~§2§Ei,2§f¢,, ¢§§a>S*§ § iw:'U»'"¢=D =.°3¢S.E é1'39'5fQE'°' ° QSC?,g2..-.<3cSt,__'§>u,;:qp mtl!

CDm E Ugg);q,:=::_Q§;_.*°-Q g@§_>,,;§ Q-~=1:zCD00 ¢e=s'°-=w ..¢*' "~--~ Q52Q>$11,U"¢D=»-4F35--~ ¢_3§3'g"t*D<.S"' q_)'"""

-§°55¢sI>>m"§'9§ 5057"-'O°'°-C'¢ O -'5$2q.>ar_§g:_)2®¢§o3'_6._ cS<1J§-3-¢s>:~_2 (N ;é,_¢_,_:- as +=

§5=,;>§+;§§;é' §<§%'é'§"§ gviwS-4 C/2.-C1 »-4_Hé"§2~<=~°~"3@ @~ =~»'2¢O,£+=,_-@QQ_§c1.>,_q rn 56635þÿ�'�$�¢�,�O�,�_�;�;�C ¬�°�'.-C1 :.>'U"1 com .,_..HQ ,§.§=4-1 <4-4 °3P""O~ U 43CS _*JO >;'U'£: »-ihm CS >;Azcegmt Q0 3-sr. »-.dog ~;§;3£ wing .pCSC5 ;f543::O »-<"" »-.CSQOQSC/2'D'53I5 .CSQOQSC/2 'D '53 I5'5"U$'""':*"=of<:~.»~-'Q¢e°-'>= g'U-'WI/J..-15,4 ,U

GJLD 'Scania QOH:'§.~:_§3g~"§f§'a3z=§2~gaQ,®3§ ~;;$=C55 CD ""N.~ Q-4 L4 ;*¢3mm-C1.§L'"®i.'.:'9"5oS"'g+'§=-<5 "'»-S1<=»"Q"3~'i="*'§°"°""E§*@°=E',&°"<,G 9° h*-ivé'E36 cs"ES@,.<:.' f.-s:..<:>25°'E'> 3.91.-C:

'/,L we

Yf/

``

'

-

\ " XM\¢ »\) (I \v,| ~,§\ QWD#` \ _ (mi 5 7*`I\ K

\

\ ` /

_` ,L_

\Yi "\ &

*\

Page 304: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

00OS

o

6

L ww

Y l `S

1/ V _Q

fl

._-_i__-1.®f__ i e» /

' ® Q/' Q

"`¢

§

6/

ws

I/ '

11

pb =

A` Q //

-~ »~o" T

'

(D»-1

B54

Page 305: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

Q

<

O

6

S =3 a O) -r^

-^<jj

<to CJ

P CD CO ^ ^H .

^ ^^—^ ^ ^ O

!L< TO pi ;^ O ^

CO S ^ s^ C rt

o 2-^ § '^"^

riCO G "^ O e4-<

S -t^ (» ^ "^ o

aT"^ CO '^ • g4

.s ^ i I § o^ i ^^^'^«rH ^ fl c3 'S3 ^^ a O C3 ,i3

2?^ «o o egd ^ >. .Ji;

S ^ ^ vi

o ^ ^ ^

eg c3'^ oo

Q ^ K rj

O

1

• <->

CD

1

00*

or^ CDo ^ tuDS;

(N CD S^^ ^ P3 CO -15

c5 o ^-CM T3 Q O O^ QJ a o -^

O S'^ '^^

o O TO -»J13 ""S 'i-l

,i3

>5C6 Sh O o r^^ ^ > ^ fl

?s - o S-2

fx<

OS 03 CO (D

+3 eg jj cS

fl ^

CO H c>i <a

-S f3 s S

;z; ^^ CO 03

^ '^ fl ce ^^rt 03 ^ C3 +3

rt .2 r3 CO o)

^^

rO^ G c3 C3

-1-= COcS 03 ^ ^03 ^CO S J3 S

<X) Hi-j 03

O^ 03 .rH J-l

Oi

05O

/

5-ef-\4DGJ ...

~°3°'3°~'J wgnogg_,__=o-< gp bbwqg -G

C3"',.5q5` GS>.§ L,Q'§_o<1J°~° 5 .sg gg an

Q3Q3O50 Q3 Q3 O50

5.4: ®i> >=°'Q 'Q

qpgbna $5459""5'*' 4°-@cSf-5 »-aqp=¢-15OPC:-¢=m.q5_ .5 .gg oggnqj

4a0

Q- >>!-4° C3-on :s3$°=: 5660 `f5=1:s§O,g_-'_ QS m.»=»§® .DQQCD

>_}u35'*Qg C56 U3 Ogg-C,Z='UO°°,f:,JC'3 .%.2'<=»'q, ..=.~

'ZQMQ;Q¢S'1°.2-~ 'Z Q MQ; Q ¢S'1°.2-~;.C3f"' O GDQJO O

..-4 §"'U,,;$c§ ZPg UQ Z

"§".-112355"1 r/JPQSDSZI <1 bogus"

CD "" m QJWO m CD

Qmggm mo- »;~@m'5"Usc/2§"*"3Qf/>3>'§- c/2§"*"3Q f/>3>'§-gsvgmgo 'z LSQQQE "z _QF/1§59"-'+=>°3"'§8 5 cofcg,-'C1 E #3320630oo-C12""" §,'§-'§" 3:T3'EQ>'§§,%°§"§;i;) E ,..°D-12 §3F§E._.:>

;:.'<>;g¢.3Q :-~@¢S _,gsm-,.;"E,E "QT" L þÿ�>�Q�»�C�1�' ¬

¢.s<=§§§,§ Q "-";3¢D3.E®5*°¢s 3 .E®5*°¢s- s-4

2§§£"# w xmas N §§S$§:. 5 °>°'5 ..sc=g3 . _ QS.

§Bm=>`+"3® Qqjgoo Q S§~=°'°`5q:'@°"' ~=-<0 LH <1>$1§.. m Q"-*__g.§-'LI>.=.;:a>5;g g,-< az.-C2 ,QQ'-»-|.»-1 4° Orug Db

-Q..-¢:., _QGSCG £71 , -425

..9#"C5~=,_;|"' 5.21 'E ~"° "9

Swszos gg Cog# s<1>%,_§q,.s'-$15 Q. .r:.'°'§ '"ZE¢~s .11

qJv~_*;U5\;_4 'Q' aq)""' 433) 4543QQ:/JS-|$_|"°C3 cS®°3 5 545:-4 '

S-4" 4:0.,..m@=Go<1> cs--OQ>. mug=~»::>>§,¢£ §>°7,j UQ../msþÿ�¢�' ¬�°�S�:�>�.<1> 2°"3"'>=c> mg 5°~+°"::¢e'§"-' »~@"°fl~ Q::$°i#»a=@...;§ ©==1=<@

.QEOQLI |~a"E/.Qi:.'

7&

*Q/

/ \

v \ /\ I' \5/ 1] Q~

//J,

§' \I(/' \4 | »1,_"

Af ,I

\\

Q

\

§\

Page 306: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

ooCO

or-i

M

%

//'

/

i

M I'W/. #_

'iii

wa( Jr

` f

Q

"Q)

@ \~1

\"

*_

) Q

`®',_,Q

`

'Q` _

Q

Page 307: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

o03

o1—

t

«

Oi-H

(M

CO

CO r^

.;ii tn

o-4-3

-1-3

o

I—

I

.—

I

<D CC

^^13

©rO

-4-3

eg ^

f3 oO

§§

^ 03

CD

eg

oT^ si

>^o :if

^3 tS

O

n:3 :^ !>

CO ^cc

OJ

CO jj^nS

CO .3

^^-^?« ° 2gCQ

+H +J O

Q

1^

CD

ooc6

tc B2 o

!•?CO <D

^ ^oO c3

O r^g

CD "^© ©

o ©j:3

© o^ ^^

s ©

© oCO

6I—

I

'CS .,®'»~

_

'('

©.` jT w

`

Q3¢g®m_QQEQO'Flm

4;

:~.

_

.Qc

Q"'4`U)

m

2`5`1¢z".§

"E

r/J<Ds..4-<

"<D

J :m¢@

Sn

A _Q'>Q

do

4-1'rg§

glow

<1 :~g':f§"°¢,;

-Z%§

3 ,";3§S5=

'Um

rn<::.5`%Sff5<';_

Q"-3-520|-4

3

A@"1,;1<1>»:e

.

O

'Q 5®°-'gtgQ

mm

W rigidiai?

I §B3i'°=m nn.;

<5 _§,<5O§;.W Eg

Q»-

Egé E-

>>C'~S°~°,_,Q

'Q

Q"Q°9Q>cS"j,'

4 E3

5;lcqé)

"mm

ICDG;

§n)E£cS;>,,...]

§?'.I.'

@

'»-1

v-I

'_'gi-|,U__»;-JS

ggO

NO*-:s`;}`3

:ag

.§qc§C1L|°5

<5"""°

3þÿ�5�;�}�C ¬�g�_�2

»-1GJ'-o-e

Qþÿ�i�@ ¬�m�¢

" gi

.3_'v-|'

CSO

§%§§e%§

5-I

B:>=3=-~~

D'

,Q`§°5'U..'§liar'

Song;

s:.H=»

2,Q§m"°

Eommsa

þÿ�'�°�=�~�"�1 ¬�§Q

§aQ.~

HHU

~q

Page 308: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

CO1—1

6

C<1oCO

6M

Sb

5

EW" ~

"

M

If /u QI Q( /// '

' {)'' W M ¥

_

§

ll 1,3 é"

_ l1_n-`

l pq

QQ * Q \,,.

I

Page 309: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

ft

<

O

•-n3© obc o

g ^

O)

-^ rH «

•i-H CQ

§ ^ ^

CO1—1

6ptH

'02

o d <D

g.l-H *

-^ d

rj CO

O ..^ >.

CD ^

M «*-! r-O "rj rt

(D .j_i rr! -*3

>^ Ci_i

a

„ .- =^ ij:< '^ >0)

1—1

6p—

I

^ O) o

•2 22

n3 be

COoCO

"clrif

P4

I.O1v--4O1

Q5¥-I

R+

<',§.,/ cp §T þÿ�e�;�@�`�t�~�> ¬�§�£�,�.

/;_

Page 310: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

oCO

K

& <»= /5 3?

ww me Q" §\

D

`

_Q °

f

) W A fl a@;M N

"

_

"_

A `

> '5

Q ? /(I ' * !\ ~ .

// \

} .

/ 1% /M ,_

/7[_ 4/

_

'

5'`

'S :I 'Bri ,Z~

' 4 '

4; 1' U lg-- }'

,

'_ Isa = <||g'' | v' ` nf'

` , F:

` `

S 'D "

/Tl!

*Q

Page 311: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

6

> >sO fl

" ^ <^

CO O^

PC5 03 CO

flO CD

^ CO 03 rQ

o

s ^ g

02 1^ 03 o

^ CO tr" _i

^ o o ^«^ ^ o

c3 c6 -tJ

COT—

I

CM

6

rO

-to

03CO

03 rj 02O Q 03

T5 AJ -S

Q -rH CS <33

•-^ _ 3 '^03 f3 H -f3 e^H

-^ "^ ^ .«

"

-Jl.^ CD

CO

„ o^.^£>C CO

a ^

03 cu

03 X>

g^'^-

oCO03

$-1

CO

" 2O r^

en ^

^•~ q 03

eg ^CO «-^.2

00 o

03 -^^ CD

03 CO ^ CO

03*^ ^-^

&0-M '-' c3 g O CO

,^ •> CO o P= "^

CO 4j 03~"03

03 •'

'.^

PI ^ 3» 02 C3

oj o

o ^o

I—

I

o

03

09CQO)OO!3QQ

i-H03

g03

03

a

T3

c8A03

O0203

• .—

<

i—t

03

-aoCO

1—1

6MPh

20

'-*>;c.o ~.

2.3¢ `§§~:s"2§§£ _

Q .T :>»»> ¢@.:1q,w 5

29; -Hgwgw CSHo Q" £1#wg °.=.'@'U: E

Ei; §»@§E~ Q

jlomg O

0° þÿ�Q�5�-�= ¬22 EGJ,,5`2 O 'F'-»-#UDF/J Q-4

_Q 43 UIQ U1

éffg Q §hgmw Z §°=~==> =>

yew < <»=<1>@>z= 52s Q "Im-~°'

_-ma gp§;®a§ >,'BWI/1

'""

Q22 "3 E§9£°a_?=' § §ce

22.12 ; ,J _z=$,,~° g 2"*E5"C5 c> ::*+§ 'Q35.5 5 §#._§'2ff>g_" <5 0

'wnhg OEQ E Q. U1

. r-4gggqqj lg ®Q'2;D gi E¥'°§= H '=f~=1"~===§>. °

'75 Q-4 (N Q"°""""'~o=»q) FUOG.-Qo . C663 "2<0

',;¢sq, <5 ;>,_g§§3;>}o §Q)

£5 "Sn E 3 ~'5?»T>` -Q"':"E-4°'"' 0" c6

U?-59H 'q'"'U=S.n°3 .3

QJ5 .0 .»~ao'E O (6 4:no ,Q ¢s ~ on

§§§§ @2§§aE§ þÿ ¬:1>}*§'o Q-?n5"g="3s <0

CU.- c3>8w'D c3>8w 'D

Q;-5©»-4 ...|§f0O"qgO QI-I Q40 I-4 fp:/1 _ga ;:.'

3",gO'§ ?3f/Jggg DD QD

,630 \_w<,-3._. gsm _QS _*DQ ;®'@P§L'»-4-»-4 E4iw; g;:Q<1>°3asneg ._.mce:a=i.'o

).'I

"W /M ,»

17 L//

' )I \

ry .1 '

1

|\ §`H n' --""

\' *I*

f

q\ N/\\

3-\\

\

Page 312: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

051—1

6

CDOCO

COrH

6

1) } ?`~

I~' f%l`

K '

f L am- >_

. l

Y K

þÿ ¬� 5

IR4

>

'R

./ L

y 5 I"

`

W fl _

'a pl* :_§~ ` '

`

_ l Q3 'Q // ki

Il \`

§

Page 313: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

oCO

|

\\

þÿ�~�9�@�"�» ¬�é�§ bé Er..5 Q ~-+= SITOCS

DDHO E5 O~a=».,_,.Eg .S Cam "gg22-QQ "Q þÿ�'�S�~�<�= ¬�"

»-4cS'g QU Q-IQJO»U"C',2 3° -.-C253QCIOTS OO vi-4-"*';q_'Q30 Q ws! "§>,o_QODDO ~.-a-D

CD5m0 0 '_q¢5 qg

5:/1.§<1> Q; '"C$>§m,_q,.é~Q4"' 'gfd m._..o

25; f-<45 °`

s.l.=°®_,_ Q] §§"" Q 'UmmGJ > Z 54:

Casas Z -QOQ <4 þÿ�¢ ¬�S�s�4�>":'4,§"Uo <1 Q O

m.nano

-..-. ,_,f§ "'>s=J "'>s=JQgqx H513 5135Oo

Q'm

S1 m _fn -CICS

"§°S°5'?>' 'Z *"~"~f"é° 5 $55>~'=.S<> < qs:-~ S 2gmép "du-4: 6 "`5=H

cu ;_. ,._. >._

|. -225 5 §§°'HP_._.-<-°=-MQ, om -Ego, | -5

U1

use" ~' Q:~ ~°°-2

'Sa-agg " (N ~»-4 >`> 3 CS.E"U""CS¢-|Q&) » §|

H-40

"5®E'>¢¢-3 '5 UQ" £¥Es'§-i"°°©.s£123%<5»~=1>g £1 23% <5 »~=1>gug ~+:»_"1 GJ '~'4 »-4 *Ziaþÿ�,�_�5�`�F�5�§�c�1�.�> ¬ @ 5;==<=3*; s:'U°" ¢5"55.-Fg__=a-|966 .HES to

0

&w°~>.-C22 "$ 'lg §$G.5513 -@ oqpln QQ)

wage am 2-rf===§~._°;.'§¢,~ #mfg "-'QS§@°"'s-4 gf-5,53 goo

0.5 mo 55-4-§_;g__,:_,;, ,Sm

@,_¢§.*3m§ 535 }d.sE¢e-1: <15-4 _QU-

@» e

Y./

/'I

\|\} (I N\ \

£11s

\ /

/

\\ __ Q

'Q

\_

\\

Page 314: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

00oCO

1 IS Q

a{ ,` )\ If } ¢ S

. <5

6ka

`

'TT'_X

/ 1. Q

;'"'

,

PM' Vw

'§:f //-f' N

7 ` e Q

M i'

(A

` Y /

» \ Q? é

L/_ `

\`

<

Page 315: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

<

I—

I

C3 (D (D

f>- +3 -+3

^' ^ .

rO »

02 CO •''

"^ U -^eS cS flO O (D

02 O !»

gj O) CC

I—

H

o-(-3

o

c3 -2 OM O h3

o

o „

4H ^g

i~0r^

;j

03

. CD

02

CO 03 n t*

'^^ii o o?^ o o

> ^ ^I? 02 02

-^ « n3

w

6

§*«

03

Org CO

g Q «O "^ -^

O I 1

'^

-^3 CO

o(S

flH .S

02CS -413

5^ <D ^

^ 2

<5

CO

6M

^

O) o

§^2 ®--^

• l-H

O O

t>i c^ oT'^'^^

CO ^" o,

rj O <D

^ §::

> 5fl c3

CO fl ^^ ^ +3

-173 03

oCO

CO

6M

m)

I1

f-csG)Q-¢tsOU)

GJ

3

"35 E°'

sQ3 E.Q caO z 2's

" °"

Qt M gua U; Q;3 z ~

o 4 <43

5 T? 3Q .Q

3 oi '515-4

'i 01 3=1 N

._ (5 es

U2 Ili

gg ki .E

§ £;_- 3uri

Q *S3 -'AQ .-D

gg 5O <1>

.2 .-C1

.Q E-15U2

.) Y

[|

l

|

545ED

5-4

C54-7

cn

Q)

S-Q

OU2

l**

'ei03CD42

gdQ)

EEQF?*HS53WeQ-35.1:H+:

3:1°""O

£§EsQC*5:/1

»-QU)-,-Cl

ggi-353°w

.,-4|'§,SGD

'U

55|I"|

32

.-CICS

"¢`§-..go

Q

gsséQ

gi'233353

d U)

Z 23

Q Qt?fQ"C`~

"KD ...S

5 3:2&4'4:|D

if_ 'CS

coinC`I gs:N

CD:/1

665H 52hi O;

ilu

§<dU3

ScioHGw--~

gc:~E"is6

l>>z.-D

mi

s/f 1

/ |W

s

13 §// / 't "Q ) )l, 1/~/I yo Q

I m

'K li Y SQ)

Q.)I

M`

Page 316: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

6

otHCO

J'/ ,j ,M _

Q

ly /H f J /ffihy

>~

\

\\ Y

Page 317: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

c3

09a>>o

o

-55

wr/5

0)-^

S •5 «2"

o o .S

1 <1M P• O

'^

8.^, C!^O OJH-l

f3 cc

kn ca oQ-^•-< -1-3

-H ri

^<^ ^^ rOH ^

r^-T Oe or^

o

oft

ow

a

6M

S-( TO r^ 03 rg

cS02 O

aJH- «5 §O CQ Wrt CD O

03 CO p^

.^^^?S «« ^^ CD P>^« S-< Jh

'^rr, ^

fe^ oo ^«> Oi OT

(U 2 ^ >o -^^ - ©oj .- o

an ^ <u 03^^CO t» .

«+-( CD"^ H

02 c3 bC^fl o -rl >

.i-H h» ^ .r-l

ft

<

O

6I—

t

fin

^ « m 53 2O c! 2 "X* fl

^C (D

a

• 1—1 c6

-1-3

oo

asO CD

4-1 1-^

^ o aj

V3 Q$-1

ce 03

2 '^

<x>-^

3^r^ CO

bo CO

2^

P^ o

J3 rO

cS-I-3

03

02

O O

c3

aCD ^

CD(X) c^

o;::^ eta>^ Zi ^ cu

03

03 ,i3

ooc3

(D

d 03.- ce

?-, ;r^

a ^

be fl

.1-1 P^*3 I—

I

?-i CD

.a o1—1 03

os^

CO obc fH1:3 b£

03

^ to""<D

02 hi-^ <^O p*-( CT*O 02

CO

CO(MCM

Q

3Sim

-22%

as

"lf-<5

D

'sc

UQ) .Fd

2

Q03_Eg-»"§§¢S"°,Z,=q

Hd

4:_<:,;;.<:§@_<>

O

S ,`

4;$3

§;e;zs.Q§@'§§W0

m5$g§©E

cf

$53-§*=§¢|

'Si

°*

3;.s§£;~,.sé'°=~S

3ia

;2§°~~=>v'§§:aE5

1:6

Q.;:>q_)GJ+=~»=

Q5328:-Q

so

2362%

amfogaQ-2

géfwi

=§g§3 5;

g'53,3

';>§O®"§'bi

"§"ae

Sf*-agif

Q-¢

___,

2

53

O

'He

.Enos$14

§'s§22@° af

O-_

on»~

5.2

5-S

~»-<_§q,§s:"Q

gl!

O 'Sammg

mf/1©,;1

mgwom22

:ag3g=_&

gggcoza3*

A5g=<,3§D_3 mg

T25

"'QI/)g_4O§__5"

Q23

E2Q2

'E55d®5'Eco

3

'QQqg>®§m

G);

2 ~

JG

;°55§f"",3&3°'°

5-4"°gJ~"3»

esg24° 'gg

.ui"Soo

'ioggwE5

o

CDH3

CD

go

>~;CS

CG#CDE E

aEE

§a°§='3""vi

WGS

'".5,"`5`§id

OS é

"gn

OCDQ

U-':'¢.§P+=aio

ll]/

.

\

3/

n

;_

.

'l,.., 4. \

E

/

`v`.`I

'

-QAQ

'

\

'I\_

/ w h1 \~

a-A4 '*'4f§

\\_~

l,"_"»_,,"'

3§"?'S§i ~\

\\A

i *``

" \\`?

ff %

" \ \\§

\

"

'Q:<:;_é.>§§;», Aa,

,`"`

»*'>

Page 318: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

P^

CO

CM

6

vv >

-/'

'W< ly ,

»-+ V 9A .°=_, rg" *'< gn QL ,.., gmu

L

x f'/ f " I(1 i f L/'

v

X

my

1/ L

Y SW/Q./ 'QJI

I ~ _}v,* _

_ Q é 1_,

_-~,;_ __ _i_

~

"V 'I `;"%i";w<¥ A"Y-' Q'A

"2 \5, I__

.

_._

'

,:s,i--ff?*'%@@,X ¢K|F75*"§=i§!- Ag''If (la '§

§» ¢' 7

'Uri §

Q

QS

,__ _7;_1 .,

_l;',,' `_

»

_

' 7 f

ll _Qi;

`

, l,_ _ ` A. `__|`

Page 319: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

O g ^ ^ § ^ §

-^3

05 ph O •+=

flO c3 <D

Is O "*-!

S-. -1 .TO

o -^

+3 5-1 OS

«'1

Q

Qj '^ CD 3

ce

CO fl

g

Oh 2

CO rCj OH c3 P

7^ -to

CO

cfi Eh

CO M c3

cc

CD ceCud o) .

c3 &.

O c3

'fto

CO "js

CD

fl CD

2^

eS

^ s s-t-3

ID

goCO

-1-3

CO

^ ce

H ft Oce

^ O 02

•^ J 5-1o ce 3

5^^ ce

- =^ ^^K,^ ^ ^ 5H^^

CD ^ ft fli73"^

1:3 ce ce

o<DtiX)

5hc8

00

6l-H

"—' tr -*j •<-H jr "J

^^•^'^ °a-s^ o s .s S s

^.g ^^ gr^o Sh CO "^ ce 3fl ce o f3

'=^

ce d P»:,-M cr"—-^ a -4^ J.co'^

CO C3 ^ CO

g O >«i ^ « _rt^ rH ce o -^

^ J ce g •§ ^Q ^ H ce o'^Q "o^ o-^_^'-^ °

rt ft ^^ ^ (11 c8 C 2<D

© ^ „ .

v_^ ce n

0)

g Q <X> 02^^ ri^ ^

• rH

^ ., »

'T o 02 .S ^ F-i t3'T O 02 .S j3 R T3

O fl ^ ce :3

—1 (-1 '—! S-i i^-( Q

e3

ce r^

173 ce

5h

Oo

ce ce '^

«*-i '^ ~ S "-<

e3 O^ rt-^^_«*t::J ^3 «*H ^.S a O

,^ ,a> ^ CO o) 03

^ s q^ .g^^ aj *^ r^ « «,

•=3 ^^ <^ S S

<3j -M 0) P>s'^

^ 2 f3 ce ce.2-M a t-:) ^ ^ TS

H I g g'-g-^ CD

C& g«^ §^:S

CO

CO

00

6

§

Page 320: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

CO

"Q

if/.`

///V '

VA`

þÿ ¬ /(f 0/If W"

"

~} G /_m X ®

`\Q

,

Y

is gf) w

as /,f§> EW ,

.

#1 W "

Q1 "M

Page 321: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

OS

ptH

EH

CO

P4

-a

o-3

'^Q>U?-^

<X)«+H

$-1

cn a03 PcS CT^a 02

o o^ a-(->

TS<VM iTi

o ^rr! -<J

i=l

Cj

-^-s-1-3 OJ

br • 1-1

Ph -t-s

«4-l

o

<

o

oCO

6I—

I

O>-«

eg CO

O

"73 03

.1

>i 03

f-l 03 .

<X) CD _Q

O rt S

5::!i^ fl

<«: ^ >-C! SM

TS ,^ O)

';z;^Hgthe

ss.

onti

1

c^_, O oo "^ ^.

,—

1

^ o oCO g ^i> 4J .rH

S^^^h

^ tlCrlSrj CS

CO .P (D

'^ ^-^o 5^

^ -1-3 r-H

^ -to -+J

a GCO

COCM

M

I

'UC1CS

.-C1

3aa

l'°l

as

.QE1

cdcm

si42

ce

.8

§ 2-it

U5 cn

)-l'4-|-5-1 22

$3335'aao

.DCI""-U

"SE|'§~JDQ0

E35

EU)2505|-Q

N-4

o

).'I

/,Q

1

7 1

" 1);

Q1

%\

'x

.2 e gg

CQC3"CQ =-#3

:>>""ff5Q 3132

as ;>°'»°as _`§'g'u

_ ggi;-SQ DW#om; ggi:

ci S _ £0.55Z 43,5 _ <1 fu

~

Q °'<5'Eé°='m gg' 51 =-15;

*|'1

5 5* rw Qi;EE 2-9 Z '"

Q

O 5-5<1

£23 _Z3

3 :E § v

'OH

é 3% A °§2cf: csv Q gwgol ,gms _ _EggIIS sg 2 "ggH .-Cl,-5 iq Q35-a-»-1

il" ws "Waan cu Q

.QQ SDD.-.

Qo "aim Q35gé 02%

>> C2'""

mn fguiasQQ'-cs w.<::.E

qg Qcu-4

QE """r;a.>Q0 $I'.",£!

=2 QQ»-10

rw) '

1 L;f

9\

I'Q

/

\\

\` }\n!|

.

/

K(

f

"\

Page 322: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

CD

CO

l

) } { `¢ Q \§"I ~'

l _,_I 3§ 's

A* IL F Q-

,V "

F14

Y \Y' ' ,l

,

If In

'f ,J

\1' (Q. Wg ' I in

K L3 5%%

Y

Page 323: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

ft

w02

o

CO

M

^'^^

60 SO flS^ cS o

!^ i« S-iM 2 cs

O) ^ CQ

•i-i os^ ^-^O "w

Sr^

P o fl

'2 "^ >*

>i'^ o-!•- 22Co -4J ""^

7; O CO

O ^ r/5••-( <gn .rH

cs :gI—

I

^^

?> • rt --^^-^ S-^

fl S^ ' ,•-

^ fl c3 So o „ "^

Jt^ CO rj CO <D

CO g •§ § .s. gCO ^ -^ 9 rO 2

"? H P !»

.2.2<1 S-^

H-1 r^ "^ .3

^-^3 2c3 c3 ;iS cCh

ft

<

S5

COCM

i-t

<» ® <D '

rX3

ce

o3

O c3

^ .1-1 '^ <D

r^ •i-H

ci o

CO ta p-

O ^ ?-i

c8 P ro rrt

p-^ bp(D

ac3

c3

c3 Q

43 -t-=>

rj O ^5 &( &( CO

'^ O <^

2 Qj CO

t^ 05 J=

0) _ O e3

t^ "^ Sh fl .

05^ >i

q ^ g ""

O ^^ zi •'"' «i "' <ii

O^^^co

P ^^T-(

CO

CO

6

I

Ir

Q)

Page 324: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

00

CO

iff In @)

'f y ll1/ /{

> \._

5lr- _/-4~

9 N Wm ¥

Ln

F V w s lj

~

~©V

QQ

/' ,' ~7 ,J X,

§ ' \

' " *w 1

/'f<""

~A

1

Ll H3 \Q *

"`

`

Q

QY

Page 325: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

ft

o

CO

6

73 -t?^ '3^

(D CD 2 03 ^pj eg tn cc

_ O S3 "^^

cS « =3 .t^ -^^rH O O OJh es 02

(X) q

- 2 ^•^ ^-5

o

m o^^^r^-Zo

•- fl

fl o >5

c6 O 43 ^•43 c? 3?

'-' -4-3 <X) O

rt ^ O i^

r—; a O 2

tJO

c3

QJ .2 cj oj rj t:!

Eh c! o -S o)

'p..1^

§^^J3a w)r^.S

j-<

p^ ^^ c3

^ aQ ^ f=^

^ p ph< &"

w c3

2^XII i^"^ p ^<3

^ ^^ ..

<l1 ^ O)1

02

[bO c3

cSCOCO

narrthis

on..

l-H

first

1

rce

inpositi

ti^:a^ 02 ^—1 >> TO

q fl

hH r^ "^

^ «= fl

*rO ^rO S

COcq

6l-H

o,13

S-l

two g

oA02 ITS

c3 eg

•^ 02

^ 'OCO ._i

^^

o .

.

eg «

O r^

O)fl

^rH

• i-i02

grrf B

PIH

0)^CO

COCM

6M

I

_.wa

22°-QQ5:zu-:__§3°*¢e#ins'ESQGoo

QSCSUIU1

.°3§§

.ESO(03%Ev?"ao"Fam.-on

Q23mfgU-If/$4

Ounce$3~~:=S

Q52~4-TqggCIO.;

.225CVE?23.2.2636bmw!!gui?...gg0,0nf5'§54.5

wg"

//'J

,CvVJ,-C1

3342FDU)OU!s-.oU5-l

O43

.,_..3'DCI

.Em'-'an

3%.

ou

Q

,§:~»-1Z

3% 55q ._

23°5"

#Qs-1Z

£3 §o

s-4,4Q

094 5.2 4

þÿ�I ¬

.Q

ig;|

co

30 CQ

Ei'°"

:'°Fi*

Q42o

SQ>.g.EO#QPU;_QQ-1

§-2°mioQa§

If

\,v 7//

.Y

3°6

.,_..£1Q1-*BQ4C63

.SianQCD.'3_§

s*

QEcu

.>5

*sason

32"'>:

533_q>.26

-go635'CDQS

E0S-m

EE -

;~uCJH

o

932'

'fZ""'&'H00

mgaU1>,5

.§;.3'.'i°Om;F536CIOC

»-4%--<-Q"mm

QE

1|

\

Q.

M.Q)

»-C1<19

§$4CD

-5

43

ws

is§'°§: Q5

__q.-CI"fo

'dei£3'Sm5/153gm

§#f§OEas'53

"SQ,":-325Q.-Q'53°E°s§'

"""'§.Q

®j"F¢?\

/0' J:9 ry

' ¥\\H

YQ"° þÿ ¬

.1 `

\

-

Q

G 3 \:-\\

,, _7 _:_/_ '

I

. gl

Page 326: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

Fig. 238.—a Woman's Hand.

a a Shows the death of the subject's husband and of her naother

within a year of each other ; h indicates a kidney operation.

320

¢_

._.`_

_(_.

37' ..

__-,.I

¢",` 'L' _-~

2 4 ¢ _

_

' ff` -°

.w

`\W af

f5

|

I

\J

FIG. 238.-A WOMAN'S HAND.

at a Shows the death of the subject's husband and of her mother

Within a year of each other ; IJ indicates a kidney operation.

320

Page 327: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

Fig. 239.—a Woman's Hand.

a Shows a break on the husband's influence line caused by 7m re-

lations ; h h indicates widowhood, shown at the same date, both on the

mount of Venus, and on the husband's influence line on the line of

fate.

321 21

\

,_ .

»"_,.

`

#_ 5-

/1 "/f

§/

`/

Waz

I

V

.

5

; \ J'

FIG. 239.-A VOMAN'S HAND.

a, Shows a break on the husband's influence line caused by his re-

lations ; b b indicates Widowhood, shown at the same date, both on the

mount of Venus, and on the husband's influence line on the line of

fate.

321 21

Page 328: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

Fig. 240.

The hand of a man who married three tmies, and eventually committedsuicide (see line of health crossing break in line of life).

322

/'X i

- if

;`.- `_LT <;'<

L §;- if-f`

_ A

"<\_"<'_

' l

`-**

/¢-T-'_§_/-`--v-n-f

l

._;_;: ,-»/~

l

l <

d_,;" "lz",§t

5?;,-';>:' £ NTT i /haf'

/ ~ /

' .» 5" l"'f!-f¥3"' 4 ` ff F

'

,,,,, þÿ�'�l� �a�'�.�.�. ¬�§�i £_;_'w t `*|» W' *tf

/F //'1"'l l K 'A7 Qr

2

M/ f' f

ff ti " f/

_ ; L

l

FIG. 240.

The hand of a man who married three times, and eventually committedsuicide (see line of health crossing break in line of life).

322

Page 329: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

Fig. 241.

The hand of a lady who was unjustly accused of causing the deathof her husband by poison. She was acquitted after the case had beentried in court.

323

l

__Z¢\

.$

.I

2/-

gZ

';"`//

,_ ,_

Wd d

<\

\¥ `¥

/X1

by*'

4/_ ,

FIG. 241.

The hand of a lady Who was unjustly accused of causing the deathof her husband by poison. She was acquitted after the case had beentried in court.

323

Page 330: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

Fig. 242.

The' hand of a lady whose husband was estranged from her through

the machinations of her own great woman friend.

324

.

..,2.'." -;

1>--

¥ "§ *Q

Q-' `" ¥

7/ \

,_

J! `

I

'-/

.

FIG. 242.

Thelhand of at lady Whose husband was estranged from her' throughthe machinations of her own great Woman friend.

324

Page 331: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

Famous Hands, No. i. Sailor.

l ~

f

Y

1

»

.

_H*

/

_.L

¢

I ,.»ff'

kf

`

1% 1

| A_,

'Z 1 _

ffY

' `

Y

>

V._

'Q/_ ._ _i 1

_4¢,'

1- ' ».'1'..':»3-_" '

rf~

-- tt' 1'»f T/§>f,f5`V._,f v-

,

#~f.¢,- W* " »"' :>~f:°,¢ ~

~-I""

33; (_, "I`_ I ,*T '-zlér' fr*

_

_ f'I

`

>

-_

*",if;. gf'. f'»~=

.f`"~ _ ;f° " ' - "-

~ ~

,~ .., W uf -

,

'

¢" Q . '»LI"'~; '

`

`

2._ f '

fqabv' f >

A.IOU> HAxr», No. I. S_~.1I.oR.

Page 332: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry
Page 333: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

Famous Hands, No. 2. Airman.

I

'

.4

» A

x

"`

-

u

mm H um, Nu. .z. Alnunxx

Page 334: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry
Page 335: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

i

Famous Hands, No. 3. Barrister.

4V

_

~,._

11

gt' /AQ(AH k

'

»;»~'Q

'X-l'%'l"

sf~3&

,J /

'>\

7/

I<`Ax1oL'=; HANDS, No. 3. I§_\1u<1sT1;R.

Page 336: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry
Page 337: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

Famous Hands, No. 4. Explorer.

,fo

S!

fi 1

'u

m

( 6

1~`A31oUs PIANDS , No. 4. EXPLORER

Page 338: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry
Page 339: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

Famous Hands, No. 5. Soldier.

~s»-

w,<»

»-~

"'f<.

»5».

~..

1

1 ~, }'I*>§»_ r-.

.vp

fc

*V

ff v

4 .

an ~.:

°v.»` ,M

1 »

'Elf *~':~=~'~ ~.»"_'LM "_ >L$~'

_,__~..»»;, (___)¢-¢ )5¢ 1' L;; z

<,»»_f 14 .J

bfi-'" »' ,f lia-

M r/ /.cf//,J rf//ff!

,- /rf ,ka

//r_,_

___.~

¢

-4'P'_;¢"{>/véh '* þÿ�, ¬�`�~�r�;�e�¢�'_ *__ x QXU

___»» ,\

ff{;__¢':/ ..

ff

_(__,-».f

(kv

Q7__

.....J. 4,

~4.,§""_",,_£.»»"" fx

eL.,

"VA.

f'/_fiAx. A;

¢ _,

Y

V

' 74

%-,'

'

'' '

iff

' °"*»

'

-'

-

~_

-

:rf'

_

`- ~i<`.,x-3"

_

U if _

' "7_ 15; _,_

~

§ >-\ 1 X ~;~m.,v _ _

'- -

5 ='_

_ -yr __ __

'

_

¢~¢_ _< __ __ »_=,_ _.` ,__ _

_ .

A

0 '_;"E;`§" '_ :_ __

"

_f` - - "*' vim`

1; __ ~;_ _z __~

~

'___~' :jg i1;I___3.- Q

:._,' (__

`

;s-; __r

'

*pu* ~1_~ 1

,._

_jf ~

_ __ _ _i':<

_

'

_;_:\

-9. '.. /. =" x `- <2 .»-

.~ <~ ~ f-P __Q 1 _

_f

_-»

RE* `

_

`

f' #F f I 'st-"'_`¢_ `..

7 '

'¥ ` *ff '

.

~» 1- 1.1 _; _ ¢-33 _ _

~

_S f,

_ _

1` '

3' ~_ Q, W; -,_ ..~,, _ '_ _ #__

'f_ 1r 5 ~'

; .:>

-L, ,f_~'< 'f;'r~f _

'

, .~ ~._<_A _ , _._Lr`,_ ___< .

'_

-

_Hr---___q_ = __~

;:__,; _ _ _,tt .95 _-.v

_

_,.'~~ I .1 _ _f ~; -_~' wa; »T_.'fi ,.

37.-F3"7f 2' rl " 7 5?' °"1' ~ :<`4' 5 "f

__ E§__;._.,_-

__ _ *, Q,_.__

\

,~ ;~~

`

~",~ _

_.; -»,._ <,»: ~;-

»,~__, _

5-< _¢~_ 1 ;,

~ Q; _; Lai, f. » yiffff

" 6' P *1 ~'."_= Q -H?

;=;~ þÿ ¬�=�_�,�f�~ » ff~15F»_ A ff _ EV F " }":1

4 '

~__s=-#f __ is _ »_,> _

-5:4=@

_

- _r -_-_1_' _ ._ __,

_ _

,_. ,. ,..1._' -3, _

_ ~

-/_ __1

__ ,ft _-_lf r ,4

_ <9 _'_<§_;3;_¢;- 4_;_'f>` _,U

`

gm :_:,:-t5_ __ 1 Iii; ;,§.»é"jf/'_ if- "'.¢f1L.j~$'Tf»ff'1{_;-'gif ,_

L -_v?='"<2'ff¥'".*"¢f§"»- _ *'

, .¢§?T;"'f$;'&"é§T? ~L"-_ '__§`. _f, __ _

__ _, ___,_, _4 __ ,_ ____ ___ ,___

"*' T &' þÿ�`�f�}�f ¬�"�?�'�<�"�'~ _/' _i.f "i» 523 !~'.1» _,___ _,.,_=»/.»_' =- 1 Q ,

_ _~':' -__~;'¢> \""

~

~_ .- F* A .=<_

'

'<='-wx V

_"i '

` `

,_ z "'_;'_~°: _

~

'

/'i*`-/Lf"~

' I þÿ ¬�`�~�'�§�"�"�__if 2517? _

~_ ' `, - -._

"

`

_ _- þÿ�'�/�~�>�e�¥�=�`�\�<�"�f�;�7 ¬�=�=�3�7�.�"�'�<�"_

l "SV:- " 3'

_ ` , ,'_< 1'/__

_ ._ /A, _

., '

___ /'~

_/"

__ ..i,'¢§

';_ .1/,__ _ __ »:.,,¢- lg 15-;_ =~2'-A

_ _

__ ____1;-': ~» -f»:_,,'~_

_

___ __

_

_____W_%__

____ __ _gag_ ,X __ _ _ _ _ _ ,yi _

'

> 4* f.'.f1~f»=~ .~~

giqif __' _Q jg, , mfg-__? 4_~ if

1. þÿ ¬�i�`�-�:�I� '~ ._ _m .fri Tak; ,_.Q '\2 ,V

N"

_ Q 4 _ __ .» _

_ '_;_ 1 '

=

'»-1"-

_'af _

_Z au 1 . Q __-"¢;§~;Z., _x _ , ,:,_~_7 13, '~-

1

'

_ 1' 'W ffl/u "

I

f b" 5 1; _

'

____ ___ ,_ ~ _

_

_

__

..

__ __», _L _,;\_ __

,_'.ff ~-

A_

,_ .__-;"*

`

'

_

-

,,,' 4 < _1 . _.i

.el' "

»'r' » _ -_ _

fl :""f< ,~ '-7fJ»' - »

'-

_ -Q, ,

~-__ __»_~:: _mf

'

. _

#5 j _' ~,' __ .__-.fy 5~

_-

'" _¢f"'°``

_¥~ _ ff, , i'>§ ' '

_"_

_ a_ _ ;__ _ .4_

_ '_ __ Qi 1'

"

_

1

_ _/ _ii _'T,~;$__§ __'

'_ ~:_

f -`

¢ _

A

_

»-z,__- . _

__",E» _ , ¢- _v, _W

_ __ ,f _

FAMOUS HANDS, No. 5. So1,mER_

Page 340: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry
Page 341: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

Famous Hands, No. 6. Actress.

I

.-rm 'iw r

1);'

1 "W

3- 1..-

,~.5',,J

'i»»»_

r

-m

z

,qvY

JK ~§Jf,f

1

f

an

fn,

1:/»

xx

~

v,

il

.

1_,

O

'

`

__,

~

'

am."-

'

1. A __

`

F

=' -

`

_Q"Z-

'

If

'

'

;

»,

_

_

_-

»

-_

-¥»~ _@f:-_ 6

f _'-2

<13 _

vT"3" _

'

-

P'

4

A _

_

_

`

'

"2'

.

' f'

¢ _

fféf

> ~a`

#_-_

`

- ;_'~

~

" 'L .1.

W

`f

;~

~ fzfff

VTQ

'

_

` wi._

4f

*~

' -

1

*f , 1/_ _

~ "

_

.

D"

>

`

'

<_

_f-~

_

-.

'

'lv

'E-V3 J"

_

»4

»~:'~

`,'> -

';in

" 'E

2'`

»

_¢._;'2'-

U,

»~J

f=

"".;_

'

' '_

v 'Q

' ,;, 3"

if"

"'

E -

kQi

' /Qu

";~'

_» _.'-J

' ' tfwv-_

=

*

~

*Q '

`

1./7

.

_- -1 ~!» :ZQQ, Q; _

~'»:`_`-.__ ._

.5_

_l

~ R;

_

.¢f§@'sf"_» - i»' £YS»Lfzf ¢_r:@;~

'

j,, 1 þÿ�_�=�_�1�'�T ¬�;55,731=', ?» 2 fi"

'I

'

`

5% .

222: _ .f _

. f

¢g_

. 3 4_A`_;§z¢ 521,54J

\

_¢ ;"

E; 1

rw

=.~ _R __ ;

'- y4- wr-

_

-A

-

Q' ff.'@`

'

1' _',

" wa

Eb '

4

-

»

` *

'

_Ja*-nw

' ;'

's_

L_ ,r

1.

-.`,"¢wg~'§'_~

_

'L'- __ __

':'f -

Yig,~', ._

Kg? Rf' ';¢_~,_, -V,

_ _~ ,- gif.-

" _ ;.

*»'.6

.f"-f *ij*

':_¥

if bl __,,f f _

4 ,I

~"

" if

""__

é.f

' 1 ai' ,

#V ._ '

f~ X ,A

~V _af W

`

"

_ §

<` .;-

_

,77A

g. 'Sy» '>,{;;_1,__ ,Sl

,

V

'Q fi- ; _jg

'

»

V

' "fi,» ,

,_2 'git-.32

gf

,y u'

-

-

-

,V

;~» 3,_-_,_i'

-

)

*:4- ,_

'I

.~fx

' u#_

'

`

-

'

'

' J1 ~'_,_*\

,

' »i I

'» ¢é. f\f{¢'~' vu

»___ -fm;

=

'

'

"

*I_

`- '.~"

_

'

_.A

,

~

_

$. _, fy @_

\<2;

'> »'

_

`w

`_

*__

' ,_.'

.''

" _

~

in"-

1* ,Fh

" \

1

'

.354' .

"

'

_ 'W

14

>

_

'v

'

_

Fu;A _ 1 .

lm IIANU5 NO 6%

- . _MER ESS,

Page 342: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

.Q

Page 343: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

Famous Hands, No. 7. Authoress.

#hu

.'~'"~ .1

-=f

A

,. 1

<

?-

4

as

VJ'5, -.

»____

%

X <~~2/W, 1

'Q S, ~

<~2v'4

,,.

1/1-vm =f~ »/'Y

u »~ 'wb'§-»°""1

'" '*"»-'W g' Kms# 1 n

Ix-

xx ,av,_ Q

u

N," n

'nw

ms

1

'f

->

J 5-

Fmxous HANDS, No. 7. AUTH0x1~;5s.

Q..

Page 344: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry
Page 345: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

Famous Hands, No. 8. Author and Dramatist,1<`.\ M0115 HANDS,

\§ \\)

//

//,-/

/;f"""//

T.l\o. 8. Auruok ANI) DRA1\1\'I`I5'1'_

T?-

sa

Page 346: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry
Page 347: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

Fig. 243.

The hand of a lady showiDg three love affairs, the last of whichends in marriage, after her having passed through much trouble, owingto the malevolent influence of the second man she was engaged to.

325

<32

/`

-

I "`

/ *_ ¢ "

l, _

>~ V

»

l

i

ll ld S- 3'Eh

,Z2

/

f_

I

ij(Qu

,ff`

»1_ "é .--.

_,Z

FIG. 243.

The hand of a lady showing three love affairs, the last of whichends in lllarriage, after her having passed through much trouble, owingto the malevolent influence of the second man she was engaged to.

325

Page 348: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

INDEX

Ability, 122 (see also

Capacity)

Abnormallines, 110-115,

259, 263, 267, 273

Accidents, 81, 82, 83, 84,

87, 88, 126, 128, 134,

166,171,180,201,230,263,265,273,279,281,291

Actors, 66, 105, 112

Adaptability, 47, 61

Affection, 71, 148

African negroes, 117

Age (of subject), 75

Ambition, 39

An?emia, 107, 144

Animals, 205Apoplectic stroke, 317

Appendicitis, 317

Arrogance, 63

Art, 44, 67, 71

Artists, 66

Ascetics, 64

Asthma, 146

Athletes, 67Attachment line, 159,

183, 184, 185, 187

Authors, 57, 61, 66

Blackmail, 283Blacksmith, 6, 43Blindness, 165, 273, 305,

319Bohemianism, 54

Bracelets, 158Brain fever, 106, 127,

261Broadmindedness, 65,

107Brothers, 281, 317Brusqueness, 104

Calculation, 64Calvinism, 42Cancer, 136, 257, 275

281Capacity, 104, 106, 112,

150

Caprice, 70

Caution, 44, 47, 64, 104

Chaldeans, 2, 205

Changes, 80, 153, 236,

301Character, 3, 94, 173Childbirth, danger in,

151, 172, 245, 250Children's lines, 170, 187,

255,257,275,279, 287,

289, 295, 303, 309Chinese War, 6

Circles, 165, 171 (see

Blindness)

Clairvoyance, 14, 70Clergymen, 24, 63, 305Colour lines, 181

Common-sense, 49

Comparative values, 23,

224Conceit, 104Congestion of the lungs,

132Constitution, good, 126

delicate, 138Conventionality, 51

Cookery, 72Cramped life, 118Crosses, 153-155

Cruelty, 60

Dancers, 67, 69, 71

Danger, 165Danger from fire, 154

Danger signals, 156Dates, 73-78

Deafness, 115, 145

Death, 154, 165, 177,

180, 200-203, 248, 265,

269, 287sudden, 94, 128,

129,210,241,250,251,257, 261, 277

Deliberation, 37

Desbarrolles, 1, 32, 69,

173, 273Detail, 34Determination, 68

Diplomacy, 60, 155, 259,

271, 299

326

Disappointment, 202Discontent, 64Disgrace, 176, 208, 291,

301Dishonesty, 46, 154, 208,

209,236,257,273,301,303

Divorce, 157, 238-241,

248,257.261,263,271,279,281,287,291,297,299, 319

Doctors, 67, 209Doctor's mark, 160Dramatists, 61

Drink, 3, 71, 141-144,

206, 215-217,255,271,273, 289

Drowning, 231, 309Drugs, 133

Economy, 60, 64

Eliphas Levi, 2

Elopement. 253Endurance, 69

Energy, 51, 69

Engagement, 250, 253,

265, 277broken, 186, 259,

267, 281, 284, 289

Engineers, 210Epilepsy, 140, 317Estrangement, 275, 287,

324Exaggeration, 54, 106

Excitability, 54, 106

Explorers, 51

Extravagance, 60

Failure, 221

Falls. 134Fame, line of, 122

Family line, 198, 211,

213, 253, 259quarrels, 226, 257,

283Fanatics, 64

Farming, 64Fate, line of, 116, 168,

184, 185

ABILITY, 122 (see also

Capacity)Abnormal lines, 110-115,

259, 263, 267, 273

Accidents, 81, 82, 83, 84,87, 88, 126, 128, 134,166, 171, 180, 201, 230,263, 265, 273, 279, 281,291

Actors, 66, 105, 112

Adaptability, 47, 61

Aifection, 71, 148

African negroes, 117

Age (of subject), 75

Ambition, 39

Anremia, 107, 144

Animals, 205

Apoplectic stroke, 317

Appendicitis, 317

Arrogance, 63

Art, 44, 67, 71

Artists, 66

Ascetics, 64

Asthma, 146

Athletes, 67Attachment line, 159,

183, 184, 185, 187

Authors, 57, 61, 66

Blackmail, 283

Blacksmith, 6, 43

Blindness, 165, 273, 305,319

Bohemianism, 54

Bracelets, 158

Brain fever, 106, 127,261

Broadmindedness, 65,107

Brothers, 281, 317

Brusqueness, 104

Calculation, 64

Calvinisni, 42

Cancer, 136, 257, 275281

Capacity, 104, 106, 112,150

Caprice, 70

INDEX

Caution, 44, 47, 64, 104

Chaldeans, 2, 205

Changes, 80, 153, 236,301

Character, 3, 94, 173

Childbirth, danger in,151,172,245,250

Children's lines, 170, 187,255, 257, 275, 279, 287,289, 295, 303, 309

Chinese War, 6

Circles, 165, 171 (seeBlindness)

Clairvoyance, 14, 70

Clergymen, 24, 63, 305

Colour lines, 181

Comnion-sense, 49

Comparative values, 23,224

Conceit, 104

Congestion of the lungs,132

Constitution, good, 126-- delicate, 138

Conventionality, 51

Cookery, 72

Cramped life, 118

Crosses, 153-155

Cruelty, 60

Dancers, 67, 69, 71

Danger, 165

Danger from fire, 154

Danger signals, 156

Dates, 73-78

Deafness, 115, 145

Death, 154, 165,180,200-203,248,265,269, 287- sudden, 94,

177,

128,129,210,241,250,251,'257, 261, 277

Deliberation, 37

Desbarrolles, 1, 32, 69,173, 273

Detail, 34

Determination, 68

Diplomacy, 60, 155,271,299

326

259,

Disappointment, 202

Diseontent, 64

Disgrace, 176, 208, 291,301

Dishonesty, 46, 154, 208,209, 236, 257, 273, 301,303

Divorce, 157, 238-241,248, 257, 261, 263, 271,279, 28l,287, 291, 297,299, 319

Doctors, 67, 209Doctor's mark, 160

Dramatists, 61

Drink, 3, 71, 141-144,206,215-217,255,27L273, 289

Drowning, 231, 309

Drugs, 133

Economy, 60, 64

Eliphas Levi, 2

Elopcinent, 253

Endurance, 69

Energy, 51, 69

Engagement, 250, 253,265, 277

--- broken, 186, 259,267, 281, 284, 289

Engineers, 210

Epilepsy, 140, 317

Estrangement, 275, 287,324

Exaggeration, 54, 106

Excitability, 54, 106

Explorers, 51

Extravagance, 60

Failure, 221

Falls. 134

Fame, line of, 122

Family line, 198, 211,

213, 253, 259-- quarrels, 226, .257,

283

Fanatics, 64

Farming, 64

Fate, line of, 116, 168,184, 185

Page 349: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

Fate, running up iingerof Saturn, 118

Fickleness, 54Finger of Apollo, 44

Jupiter, 39Mercury, 45Saturn, 41

Fingers, comparativelengths of, -34

Fingers, knotty, 51Finger-tips, 49

conic, 54, 105pointed, 53spatulate, 51square, 49

Fire, 154, 168, 309Forgetfulness, 107Fortune, line of, 120,

263

ladder of, 315

Gaiety, 62, 67, 71Gambling, 44Gardening, 42Generosity, 62Genius, 149, 224, 269 (see

also talent)Gipsy Lee, 30Girdle of Venus, 99, 101

148Grilles, 72, 149, 167Grossness, 43Growth of lines, 21, 90

125, 311, 313

Head, line of, 103-115Health, line of, 126-147

delicate, 47, 178branches from, 101

Heart, line of, 94-102Heart disease, 129Hereditary marks, 115

129, 142, 143, 146 '

High position, 149, 319Histrionic talent, 105Honour, 62Hopefulness, 44Horse -racing. 43, 151Hypnotism, 235Hysteria, 94, 140, 141

Illnesses, 187, 248Imagination, 104 109

157' '

lack of, 49, 104

INDEX

Imprisonment, 153, 217,227, 265, 303, 317

Impulsiveness, 34, 99148

Incapacity, 106Incompatibility, 178Independence, 47, 64, 66Indian Mutiny, 163Indigestion, 129, 146Infidelity, 179, 193, 194Influences, 176, 179, 253

255, 263, 267, 271,273, 287, 293, 303,305. 311

imaginary, 191remaining after

death, 187right and left hands

compared, 190single, 243

Initiative, 51Insanity, 41, 105, 127,

153,253,263,265,269,'

271,277.279,281,289,295, 303, 315, 317

Insomnia, 129Instinct, 34Intestinal trouble, 315319

Intelerance, 104Inventiveness, 51, 67Iritis, 127Islands, 94, 104, 107, 120

156,171,176, 178,184',196, 226

Jealousy, 102Johannesburg, 172Josephus, 2

Journeys, land, 161Judgment, good, 159

weak, 106, 108

Kabbala, 2Kidneys, 259, 275

Ladder of Success, 119Lady Hamilton's hand

112Language, 40, 45Lawyers, 67Laxity, 71Liars, 46Life (early), 152, 175Life-saving cross, 154Line of life, 79-94

327

Line, growth of, 90Litigation, 153, 226-228,

248,253,273,281, 309Liver trouble, 146, 317Luck, 124Lung trouble, 132

Magnetism, 58Maid of honour, 222Malaria, 147, 289, 303.

317Marriage, 117, 173, 182-

188, 196, 251— happy, 150, 154,185, 187— unhappy, 98

to a relation, 196,198, 289

on fate-line. 185in name only, 185,

269Marriage cross, 150

square, 189line to Mercury, 187

Mars, line of, 243, 257Martyrdom, 42Meanness, 60, 65, 108Measles, 176Mechanicians. 57Melancholy, 41, 70Memory. 21, 107Mesmerism, 58Mimicry, 46Misfortune, 212, 246Misunderstanding, 178Monotony, 116Mount of Apollo, 65

Jupiter, 62Mars, 68Mercury, 67Moon, 70Saturn, 64Venus, 71

Morbidity, 64Music, 71Musical Composition, 57

ear, 56touch, 57

Myers, Mr. F., 17Mysticism, 41, 70

Nails, 34, 37, 58Names, 29

Narrow-mindedness, 107Negroes, 117 '

Fate, running up lingerof Saturn, 118

Fiekleness, 54

Finger of Apollo, 44-_ Jupiter, 391 Mercury, 451 Saturn, 41

Fingers, coinparativelengths of, 34

Fingers, knotty, 51

Finger-tips, 49

_~ pointed, 53< spatulate, 51Q

square, 49

Fire, 154, 168, 309

Forgetfulness, 107Fortune, line of, 120,

263

INDEX 327

þÿ�I�I�1�1�]�f�)�1�`�1�S�0�l�]�I�I�`�1 ¬�1�"�l�t�,153, 217, fLine, growth of, 90227, 265, 303, 317 1 Litigation, 153, 226-228,

Impulsiveness, 34, 99, i 248, 253, 273, 281, 309148 Liver trouble, 146, 317

Incapacity, 106 Luck, 124Incompatibility, 178 i Lung trouble, 132Independence, 47, 64, 66 f M U t. -8Iudnuitiuan 163 » "¢"@1S"% 0Y,

,. _

Indigestion 129 146 Ofhouour' 222

1n6a@upy,i79,i93,191 f ;f§"% 1471 289»303»Influences, 176, 179 253, 1 _. ,_ ,____66nn2 54,105 1 255. 263, 267,'271,|1Ii§;a§%612£,1'3»182'273, 287, 293, 3o3,!

Lappg 150 1,4°0'_311 "`", ~,' > '

»

;inmgiIim`y' 191 lgiiiilliippy 98_"rema1n1ng after=to a rclaition 196,death, 187

198 289'

#right and left handsSn fateliue 185Compared' 190

-_ in name only, 185, *1addCr of, 315

Gaiety, 62, 67, 71

Gambling, 44

Gardening, 42

Generosity, 62

Genius, 149, 224, 269 (seealso talent)

Gipsy Lee, 30Girdle of Venus, 99, 101,

148

G1'illes, 72, 149, 167Grossness, 43Growth of lines, 21, 90,

125, 311, 313

Head, line of, 103-115Health, line of, 126-147L delicate, 47, 178-- branches from, 101Heart, line of, 94~102Heart disease, 129

Hereditary marks, 115,129, 142, 143, 146

High position, 149, 319Histrionie talent, 105Honour, 62

Hopefulness, 44

Horse-racing, 43, 151

Hypnotisni, 235Hysteria, 94, 140, 141

Illnesses, 187, 248

Imagination, 104, 109,157; lack of, 49, 104

i single, 243

Initiative, 51

Insanity, 41, 105, 127, 253, 263, 265, 269

271,277,279.281,289,295,303,315,317

Insomnia, 129

Instinct, 34

Intestinal trouble, 315319

Intolerance, 104

Inventiveness, 51, 67Iritis, 127Islands, 94, 104, 107, 120

I

156,171,176,173,1341{196,226

Jealousy. 102

Johannesburg, 172Josephus, 2

Journeys, land, 161

Judgment, good, 159% weak, 106, 108

Kabbala, 2

Kidneys, 259, 275

Ladder of Success, 119Lady Hamilton's hand,

112

Language, 40, 45

Lawyers, 67

Laxity, 71Liars, 46

Life (early), 152, 175Life-saving cross, 154Line oflife, 79-94

269

Marriage cross, 150

-square, 189-__ line to Mercury_ 187Mars, line of, 243, 25711&l`ty1`dOl1l, 42

Meanness, 60, 65, 108Measles, 176Mechanieiaus. 57

Melancholy, 41, 70Memory. 21, 107Mesmerism, 58

Miiniery, 46

Misfortune, 212, 246

1Iisunderstauding, 178Mouotony, 116Mount of Apollo, 65

Jupiter, 62

I--_ Mars, 68; Mercury, 67

Moon, 70Saturn, 64

Venus, 71

Morbidity, 64

Music, 71Musical Composition, 57_-_

ear, 561 touch, 57Myers, Mr. F., 17

Mysticism, 41, 70

Nails, 34, 37, 58Names, 29

Narrov-miudedness, 107Negroes, 117 '

Page 350: The graven palm; a manual of the science of palmistry

328 THE aHAYEN PALM

Nervousness, 103

Neuritis, 127

Notoriety, 123, 209

Novelists, 61

Nursing, 46, 209

Obstinacy, 90

Old maid's line, 159

Operation, 134. 136, 176,

178, 255, 259, 263, 287,

295, 303, 305, 313

Orators, 45, 67

Order, 49

Originality, 47

Ostentation, 45

Painting, 56, 71

Palpitation, 129

Paralysis, 6, 145. 301, 317

Parents, 78, 151, 152,

171, 176, 263, 281,

289, 315, 319

Passion, 99, 148

Patience, 64

Perseverance, 46, 64, 102

Philosophers, 67Physicians, 67 (see also

Doctors)

Pleurisy, 132Poetry, 70Poison, 269, 307, 323Policemen, 69

Politicians, 63, 156 .

Power, love of, 39

Precision, 49

Prejudice, 51

Presentiment, line of,

159Preservative line of life,

79, 94Preservation, squares of,

175, 189, 219moral square of,

189Pride, 62, 65Procrastination, 79

Prodigality, 71

Punctuality, 49

Quick temper, 45, 69

Reason, 34, 39, 59

Recklessness. 44,60

Relations. 198, 255, 261,

265, 275, 291, 295, 301

law with, 253deaths of, 289

Religion, 39, 62, 155,

157Reserve, 95

Revenge, 60, 94

Rheumatic fever, 136,

138, 279, 317

Rheumatism, 136, 138Rhythm, 56

Ring of Saturn, 160Solomon, 159

Rioting, 210Rogues, 46, 56

Romanticism, QQ

Savants, 67

Scandal, 165, 187, 246,

253,255,261,263,267,271, 273, 283, 309

Schoolmasters, 63

Scotland Yard, 4

Scribbler's Cross, 154

Selfishness, 7, 148

Self-reliance, 47,56, 103

Self-sacrifice, 42Sensitiveness, 45, 54, 103

Sensuality, 69, 100, 148

Sentiment, 54

Separation, judicial, 307

Serfdom, 118

Shocks, 165, 168, 230,

313Sister, 277, 289, 317

Slavedriving, 57

Somnambulism, 138

Speculation, 44, 257Squares, 120, 126, 163,

187, 189, 211, 217-

220Stage -fright, 103

Stars, 94, 105 145, 149,

177, 218, 221, 233Statesmen, 63

Success lines, 211, 221-

224ladder of, 119, 255

Sulkiness, 45Superstition, 41

Surgeons, 58, 69

Surprise, 222Suspicion, 65, 192Sympathetic marks, 130,

132, 299

Tact, 46, 60, 155Talent, 61, 102, 105, 122,

155, 224Tassel. 94

Temper, 45, 69

Thought-reading, 14

Throat trouble, 146, 277Thumb, 59-61

Tientsin, 6

Triangles, 155, 224Trident, 122

Trouble, lines of, 207-

212Tumours, 134, 263

Turf, the, 43, 151

Twins, 172, 176Typhoid, 134, 271, 289

Unreserves 97

Untruthfulness, 46, 106,

155

Vertigo, 82

Victoria Cross, 154

Violence, 69

Vitality lines, 92

Voyages, 92, 117, 160,

248, 250, 273, 279, 311

Vulgarity, 45

War, 217-220, 271, 289

Weak judgment, 106, 108

Wealth, 121. 151, 224

Widowhood, 201, 241,

251, 253, 257, 259,

279, 284, 289, 295,

297, 303, 321

virtual, 214

Suicide, 41, 89, 111, 156,

269, 271, 277, 322

Will, 59Woman enemy, 233, 245,

284, 291, 307, 309

Wounds, 85, 217, 219,

259, 271, 279, 311

Yellow fever, 152

BILLING AND SONS, LTD., PRINTERS, GUILDFORD

-v

i----1;-_;..,=.<1

328 THE GRAVEN PALM

Nervousness, 103 Relations, 198, 255, 261, 1Sulkiness, 45

Neuritis, 127 265, 275, 291, 295, 301, Superstition, 41

Notoriety, 123, 209 -- law with, 253 , Surgeons, 58, 69

Novelists, 61 -_ deaths of, 289 Surprise, 222

Nursing, 46, 209 Religion, 39, 62, 155, Suspicion, 65, 192

157 Sympathetic marks, 130,Obstinacy, 90

Old n1aid's line, 159

Oweraticn 134. 136 1761 » ,1 »

178, 255, 259, 2631 287, 1

295, 303, 305, 313

Orators, 45, 67

Order, 49

Originality, 47

Ostentation, 45

Painting, 56, 71

Palpitation, 129

Paralysis, 6, 145. 301, 317 1

Reserve, 95

Revenge, 60, 94

Rheumatic fever, 136,|138, 279, 317

Rhcumatism, 136, 138

Rhythm, 56

Ring of Saturn, 160

Solomon, 159

Rioting, 210

Rogues, 46, 56

Romanticism, 66

Parents 78 151 1521S'"'""tS=67

1 32, 299

`Taet, 46, 60, 155

Talent, 61, 102, 105,122,155, 224

Tassel, 94

Teinper, 45, 69

Thought-reading, 14

Throat trouble, 146, 277

Thumb, 59-61

Tientsin, 6

Triangles, 155, 224

Trident, 122

Trouble, lines of, 207-212

1 3 Q 7 »-

171 1-6, 263, 281 ,SC3,1ld211, 165, 187, 246, ,

2891313319' 1 253,255 261, 263, 267,

Passion, 99, 148

Patience, 64

Perseveranee, 46, 64, 102

271, 2/3, 283, 309

Sehoohnasters, 63

Scotland Yard, 4

Tuinours, 134, 263

Turf, the, 43, 151

Twins, 172, 176

1>1n10S5p1,erS, 67 þÿ�§�°�{�,�§�1�b�1�>�1 ¬�1�"�SCIOSS- 8154 Ty1>h<>id, 134» 271, 289

P1 N H7 1 6 S111eSS,7,14 `

þÿ�%�5�i�'�§ ¬�?�3�`�i�l�3° ts" 1©332;§§i19i;,§;,,46

1Henrmy.132 Sdf3"F"H°@»43 , 1 155' ' '

poetry, 70 Sens1t1ieness,45, .>4, 103 | v _

Poison, 269, 307, 323 Se"S}"=lhtY= 69> mov 148 X/f31`t1g9' 82

policemen 69 Sentiment, 54 'Victoria Cross, 154

politickmgj 63, 156_

Separation, judicial, 307 þÿ�V�i�0�l ¬�H�C ¬�,59

Power, love of, 39

Precision, 49

þÿ�P�l�` ¬�_�]�1�l�d�1�C ¬�,51

Presentiment line of

Serfdorn, 118

Shocks, 165, 168, 230,313

Sister, 277, 289, 3177 5 ~ -

159 1 Slavedriving, 57

Preservative line of life, S01m"*ml)uhSm» 13%79, 94 Speculation, 44, 25/

Preservation, squares of, þÿ�S�<�1�"�f�'�f�1�` ¬�S�>120, 125, 153,

175, 189, 219 187, 189, 211, 217-

-- moral square of,189

Pride, 62, 65

Procrastination, 79

Prodigality, 71

Punctuality, 49

Quiek temper, 45, 69

Reason, 34, 39, 59

Recklessness, 44,60

220

Stagefright, 103

Stars, 94, 105 145, 149,177, 218, 221, 233

Statesmen 63

Success liiies, 211, 221-1224

-- ladder of, 119, 255

Suicide, 41, 89, 111, 156,269, 271, 277, 322

BILLING

,Yellow fever, 152

Vitality lines, 92

Voyages, 92, 117, 160,248, 250, 273, 279, 311

Vulgarity, 45

War, 217-220, 271, 289

þÿ�V ¬�8�7�1�{�j�l�1�d�g�l�1�1 ¬�I�1�t�,106, 108

Vea1tl1, 121, 151, 224

Vidovhood, 201, 241,

251, 253, 257, 259,279, 284, 289, 295,297, 303, 321

-- virtual, 214

Will, 59

Woman enemy, 233, 245,234, 291, 307, 309

Vounds, 85, 217, 219,259, 271, 279, 311

AND SONS, L1D PRINTERS, GUILDFORD